Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1500 S French Ave 18-3728 Plans Doors
I FOR DOORS W/ STD. LOCK OPTION #1 MAXIMUM DESIGN LOAD RATING = + 55.0 PSF SURFAC (FOR SIZES SHOWN OR SMALLER) — 55.0 PSF FALS MA) FOR DOORS W/ PANIC LOCK OPTION #2 MAXIMUM DESIGN LOAD RATING = + 60.0 PSF (FOR SIZES SHOWN OR SMALLER) — 60.0 PSF SEE SHEET 3 FOR LOCKING OPTIONS 3/16" TEMP. GLASS OR 1/4" TEMP. GLASS w a rFj m M W In 2 OPTIONAL( g LO a 12 I 13 m �` a I II! I II r7 dAh c III :: H W W w `\ 20 GLAZING DETAILS NOTE: GLASS CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON ASTM E1300-09 (3 SEC. GUSTS) AND FLORIDA BUILDING COMMISSION DECLARATORY STATEMENT DCA05-DEC-219 DOORS NOT RATED FOR IMPACT. INSTALLATION OF THIS PRODUCT IN THE HVHZ AREA REQUIRES THE USE OF APPROVED SHUTTERS OR EXTERNAL PROTECTION DEVICES COMPLYING WITH HVHZ REQUIREMENTS. INSTALLATION OF THIS SYSTEM OUTSIDE THE HVHZ AREA SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND BORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION. 20D NARROW STILE ALUMINUM OUTSWING ENTRANCE DOOR SEE NOTE ABOVE FOR DESIGN LOAD CAPACITY OF SINGLE (X) AND DOUBLE (XX) DOORS W/O TRANSOM. FOR DOORS WITH TRANSOM (0/X OR 0/XX) SEE HORIZONTAL LOAD CAPACITY CHARTS ON SHEET 2 LOWER VALUE RESULTING FROM DOOR CAPACITY CHART OR HORIZONTAL CAPACITY CHARTS WILL APPLY. DOORS CAN ALSO BE USED WITH YES45-FS STOREFRONT SYSTEM SEE SEPARATE APPROVAL FOR YES45-FS STOREFRONT DESIGN LOAD CAPACITY. THE LOWEST VALUE RESULTING FROM DOOR CAPACITY CHARTS OR STOREFRONT APPROVAL WILL APPLY TO ENTIRE SYSTEM. DOORS NOT APPROVED FOR INSTALLATIONS WHERE WATER INFILTRATION RESISTANCE IS REQUIRED. 75 1/2" MAX_ nr u/ ail_u ( XX ) THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE INCLUDING HIGH VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). WOOD BUCKS BY OTHERS, MUST BE ANCHORED PROPERLY TO TRANSFER LOADS TO THE STRUCTURE. ANCHORS SHALL BE AS LISTED, SPACED AS SHOWN ON DETAILS, ANCHORS EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO ANCHORING OR LOADING CONDITIONS NOT SHOWN IN THESE DETAILS ARE NOT PART OF THIS APPROVAL. A LOAD DURATION INCREASE IS USED IN DESIGN OF ANCHORS INTO WOOD ONLY. ALL SHIMS TO BE HIGH IMPACT, NON-METALLIC AND NON-COMPRESSIBLE. MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STEEL/METAL SCREWS, THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. MANUFACTURER'S LABEL SHALL BE LOCATED ON A READILY VISIBLE LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. ;4) ANCHORS NT 2-1/2" O.C. %T MTG. STILE ENDS 6 MAX. CORNERS FRAME WIDTH 35 3/4" MAX. 35 3/4" MAX. a S LEAF WIDTH LEAF WIDTH 30 1/2" MAX. 30 1/2" MAX. E APPLIED MUNTINS x af t7 u- 00 D.L. OPG. D.L. 0 BE USED AJ r to ' I L-- \\ C n - ,u Do - \ It / I 33 33 \ .I C) a O - ---- C -c-- -- -- - / i----- x J 1 \ / N !i \ It / Ln O II \ I \ / 37 (4) ANCHORS / AT 2-1/2" O.C. 12" MAX. AT MTr STII F FNnS nr u/ ail_u ( XX ) THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE INCLUDING HIGH VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). WOOD BUCKS BY OTHERS, MUST BE ANCHORED PROPERLY TO TRANSFER LOADS TO THE STRUCTURE. ANCHORS SHALL BE AS LISTED, SPACED AS SHOWN ON DETAILS, ANCHORS EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO ANCHORING OR LOADING CONDITIONS NOT SHOWN IN THESE DETAILS ARE NOT PART OF THIS APPROVAL. A LOAD DURATION INCREASE IS USED IN DESIGN OF ANCHORS INTO WOOD ONLY. ALL SHIMS TO BE HIGH IMPACT, NON-METALLIC AND NON-COMPRESSIBLE. MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STEEL/METAL SCREWS, THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. MANUFACTURER'S LABEL SHALL BE LOCATED ON A READILY VISIBLE LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. ;4) ANCHORS NT 2-1/2" O.C. %T MTG. STILE ENDS 6 MAX. CORNERS 39 5/8" MAX. V FRAME WIDTH I N 35 3/4" MAX. LEAF WIDTH Zco _O �I 30 1/2" MAX. j- Ia ¢ I D.L. OPGQ W gay (L N a <Z ii0 0 O Ij M U A (00 aW �o L O� h M I / it j M C O O.QQ ei O �~t0� I, ---��-- v1 0 N X �E1 a w 3 LL w^ / LIj 01 L�.z MI ZNQ w -------- a W�� ---- /ZIT --I� m I II U Q n a I oo Z 0- T N \ ;( z!I0- \ II ID_d4- Q Z cLct1 I \ z Q O F! �3 = W :I \CLC7 Q=z� Y o) J I m Y C,4 J Fw- 12" MAX. 6" MAX. c:) HEAD/SILL CORNERS z �� ( X ) `o A- THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION DOCUMENT (P.E.D.) PREPARED BY THIS ENGINEER IS GENERIC AND DOES NOT PROVIDE INFORMATION FOR A SITE SPECIFIC PROJECT; i.e. WHERE THE SITE CONDITIONS DEVIATE FROM THE P.E.D. 8- CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SELECTION, PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF THIS PRODUCT BASED ON THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION PROVIDED HE/SHE DOES NOT DEVIATE FROM THE CONDITIONS DETAILED ON THIS DOCUMENT. C- THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION DOCUMENT WILL BE CONSIDERED INVALID IF ALTERED BY ANY MEANS. D- SITE SPECIFIC PROJECTS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A FLORIDA REGISTERED ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT WHICH WILL BECOME THE ENGINEER OF RECORD (E.O.R.) FOR THE PROJECT AND WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER USE OF THE P.E.D. ENGINEER OF RECORD, ACTING AS A DELEGATED ENGINEER TO THE P.E.D. ENGINEER SHALL SUBMIT TO THIS LATTER THE SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW. E- THIS P.E.D. SHALL BEAR THE DATE AND ORIGINAL SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF RECORD THAT PREPARED ff. PERMIT FL #5851 N o 11 m PJ0.70592 'I ,aL • �- � 1O U ?0 Y Z N O U . S".•:. 'OF ��� drawing no. ;,�°��,.!�coR►°P'•��®�` W13-12 n-4- J1 1 ,)A ,r sheet of w M a S w O J m 00 af t7 u- 00 W u7 -� I- 39 5/8" MAX. V FRAME WIDTH I N 35 3/4" MAX. LEAF WIDTH Zco _O �I 30 1/2" MAX. j- Ia ¢ I D.L. OPGQ W gay (L N a <Z ii0 0 O Ij M U A (00 aW �o L O� h M I / it j M C O O.QQ ei O �~t0� I, ---��-- v1 0 N X �E1 a w 3 LL w^ / LIj 01 L�.z MI ZNQ w -------- a W�� ---- /ZIT --I� m I II U Q n a I oo Z 0- T N \ ;( z!I0- \ II ID_d4- Q Z cLct1 I \ z Q O F! �3 = W :I \CLC7 Q=z� Y o) J I m Y C,4 J Fw- 12" MAX. 6" MAX. c:) HEAD/SILL CORNERS z �� ( X ) `o A- THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION DOCUMENT (P.E.D.) PREPARED BY THIS ENGINEER IS GENERIC AND DOES NOT PROVIDE INFORMATION FOR A SITE SPECIFIC PROJECT; i.e. WHERE THE SITE CONDITIONS DEVIATE FROM THE P.E.D. 8- CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SELECTION, PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF THIS PRODUCT BASED ON THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION PROVIDED HE/SHE DOES NOT DEVIATE FROM THE CONDITIONS DETAILED ON THIS DOCUMENT. C- THIS PRODUCT EVALUATION DOCUMENT WILL BE CONSIDERED INVALID IF ALTERED BY ANY MEANS. D- SITE SPECIFIC PROJECTS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A FLORIDA REGISTERED ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT WHICH WILL BECOME THE ENGINEER OF RECORD (E.O.R.) FOR THE PROJECT AND WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER USE OF THE P.E.D. ENGINEER OF RECORD, ACTING AS A DELEGATED ENGINEER TO THE P.E.D. ENGINEER SHALL SUBMIT TO THIS LATTER THE SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW. E- THIS P.E.D. SHALL BEAR THE DATE AND ORIGINAL SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF RECORD THAT PREPARED ff. PERMIT FL #5851 N o 11 m PJ0.70592 'I ,aL • �- � 1O U ?0 Y Z N O U . S".•:. 'OF ��� drawing no. ;,�°��,.!�coR►°P'•��®�` W13-12 n-4- J1 1 ,)A ,r sheet of HORIZONTAL LOAD CAPACITY-PSF WIDTH -WI INCHES WIDTH -W2 INCHES DOOR LEAF HEIGHT -A INCHES WITHOUT WITH REINF. REINF. EXT. (+) EXT. (+) INT. (-) 60" 72" 24" 24" 80" 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60" 72" 24" 24" 84 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 G W/O REINFORCING WITH REINFORCING Wi a YKK YES -45 FS STOREFRONT _ SEE SEPARATE \ APPROVAL II II II i. 11 I I i II Ir --- n n n n II II II II •� II II II II II II I I II 11 YKK YES -45 FS FY 75 1/2" MAX.39 5/8" MAX. �� ly (3) ANCHORS FRAME WIDTH x � V) 2 z FRAME WIDTH -�r� AT HORIZONTAL ENDS a wIr z I J �o F�o Z �!i O Z 9'z tH�) E" W t Q N a OH—i 0 Go 10 °a W °° N O C.) vo Q'0Wm of oo N� = C' D = C E Wvi= o� I m m_ // \\ <_ // Q .�ZNw m wX / \ w / Q W c•i I- w a00 Xo % ' w - w O / m 00 \ h Q // j Q N \ �/ X I U Q r Q � _ Q DO / N \ m N< U Q O n Q \ zLj z rn UJ CL 0 cn?� Y m a YN =) -j J 0 Fw c 12" MAX. 6" MAX. 12" MAX. 6" MAX. o HEAD/SILL CORNERS HEAD/SILL CORNERS Q z 30 1/2" MAX. 30 1/2" MAX. 30 1/2" MAX. �o D.L. OPG. D.L. OPG. D.L. OPG. cff N 35 3/4" MAX. 35 3/4" MAX: 35 3/4" MAX. LEAF WIDTH LEAF WIDTH LEAF WIDTH /XX ( o/X i FL #5851 co PO 0 No. 70592 d � O y F!®�• SIMEOF �y�\ drawing no. qORIDPI ..YON W13-12 ����W 13-12 .,_._ t,t.uuu� .,.� sheet 9 of 7 STOREFRONT SEE SEPARATE i APPROVAL JJI \ II I II I n II II J jj I I U II w II I J II II II II I II II FY 75 1/2" MAX.39 5/8" MAX. �� ly (3) ANCHORS FRAME WIDTH x � V) 2 z FRAME WIDTH -�r� AT HORIZONTAL ENDS a wIr z I J �o F�o Z �!i O Z 9'z tH�) E" W t Q N a OH—i 0 Go 10 °a W °° N O C.) vo Q'0Wm of oo N� = C' D = C E Wvi= o� I m m_ // \\ <_ // Q .�ZNw m wX / \ w / Q W c•i I- w a00 Xo % ' w - w O / m 00 \ h Q // j Q N \ �/ X I U Q r Q � _ Q DO / N \ m N< U Q O n Q \ zLj z rn UJ CL 0 cn?� Y m a YN =) -j J 0 Fw c 12" MAX. 6" MAX. 12" MAX. 6" MAX. o HEAD/SILL CORNERS HEAD/SILL CORNERS Q z 30 1/2" MAX. 30 1/2" MAX. 30 1/2" MAX. �o D.L. OPG. D.L. OPG. D.L. OPG. cff N 35 3/4" MAX. 35 3/4" MAX: 35 3/4" MAX. LEAF WIDTH LEAF WIDTH LEAF WIDTH /XX ( o/X i FL #5851 co PO 0 No. 70592 d � O y F!®�• SIMEOF �y�\ drawing no. qORIDPI ..YON W13-12 ����W 13-12 .,_._ t,t.uuu� .,.� sheet 9 of 7 a SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING a' 4 L n TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING \"-Os m U O o � p ° NO3 li X . 2 CO to it �I TYPICAL ANCHORS TYP. SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING LOCK OPTIONS SINGLE DOORS: AR MS1850 HOOKBOLT LOCK (YKK #H-3201) WITH LOCK CYLINDER AT 32" OR 41-13/16" FROM BOTTOM. STD. PUSH/PULL BAR AT 45" FROM BOTTOM OPTION #2: DOR-O-MATIC 1490 SERIES (YKK #P2362) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1690 SERIES (YKK #P52497) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1990 SERIES (YKK #P2323) CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD TOUCH BAR EXIT DEVICE WITH KEY CYLINDER AT 42" FROM BOTTOM LOCK OPTIONS DOUBLE DOORS: OPTION #1: ACTIVE LEAF: AR MS1850 HOOKBOLT LOCK (YKK #H-3201) WITH LOCK CYLINDER AT 32" OR 41-13/16" FROM BOTTOM STD. PUSH/PULL BAR AT 45" FROM BOTTOM INACTIVE LEAF STD. LEVER TYPE FLUSH BOLTS (YKK #H-4101) AT 11-1/2" FROM EACH END OF MTG. STILE. STD. PUSH/PULL BAR AT 45" FROM BOTTOM OPTION #2: ACTIVE LEAF: DOR-O-MATIC 1490 SERIES (YKK #P2362) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1690 SERIES (YKK #P52497) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1990 SERIES (YKK #P2323) CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD TOUCH BAR EXIT DEVICE WITH KEY CYLINDER AT 42" FROM BOTTOM INACTIVE LEAF DOR-O-MATIC 1490 SERIES (YKK #P2362) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1690 SERIES (YKK #P52497) OR DOR-O-MATIC 1990 SERIES (YKK #P2323) CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD TOUCH BAR EXIT DEVICE WITHOUT KEY CYLINDER AT 42" FROM BOTTOM NOTE: TOP AND BOTTOM FLUSH BOLTS MUST BE ENGAGED DURING PERIODS OF HURRICANE WARNING. TYPICAL ANCHORS: SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING 1/4" DIA. ULTRACON BY 'ELCO' (Fu=177 KSI, Fy=155 KSI) INTO 2BY WOOD BUCKS OR WOOD STRUCTURES 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION INTO WOOD (HEAD/JAMBS) THRU 1BY BUCKS INTO CONC. OR MASONRY 1-1/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONCRETE (HEAD) 1-1/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONC. OR MASONRY (JAMBS) DIRECTLY INTO CONC. OR MASONRY 1-1/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONCRETE (HEAD/SILL) 1-1/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONC. OR MASONRY (JAMBS) _1/4" DIA. TEKS OR SELF DRILLING SCREWS (GRADE 5 CRS) INTO F.B.C. APPROVED MULLIONS (MIN. THK. = 1/8") INTO METAL STRUCTURES STEEL : 1/8" THK. MIN. (Fy = 36 KSI MIN.) ALUMINUM : 1/8" THK. MIN. (6063-T5 MIN.) (STEEL IN CONTACT WITH ALUMINUM TO BE PLATED OR PAINTED) TYPICAL EDGE DISTANCE INTO CONCRETE AND MASONRY = 2-1/2" MIN. INTO WOOD STRUCTURE = 1" MIN. INTO METAL STRUCTURE = 3/4" MIN. WOOD AT HEAD OR JAMBS SG = 0.55 MIN. CONCRETE AT HEAD, SILL OR JAMBS f'c = 3000 PSI MIN. C-90 HOLLOW/FILLED BLOCK AT JAMBS fm = 2000 PSI MIN. X S rn TYPICAL ANCHORS IIr7 Z;jh O Z W Z F aW 0 Q � C4 a' _ 0 00 ad m� �o O L± Caaa� �O °-' Y.N O N a W>u. L4 ILLI 0 ' �m� aWN� ullI SEALANTS: ALL FRAME CORNERS SEALED WITH TREMCO SPECTREM 2 OR DOW 795 SILICONE. FL #5851 i No. 70592 V 30 sl OF Np C 0 drawing no. W13-12 sheet 3 of 7 I WOOL 3/8" MAX. SHIM SEE ELEV, FOR SPACING o, 1BY a, WOOD BUCKS v a.. V. TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING ,-1 3/8" MAX. EXTERIOR WOOD UCKS AND METAL STRUCTURES NOT BY YKK AP MUST SUPPORT LOADS IMPOSED BY GLAZING SYSTEM AND TRANSFER THEM TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. FL #5851 'PICAL ANCHORS -E ELEV. FOR SPACING METAL STRUCTURE TYPICAL ANCHORS =E ELEV. FOR SPACING I p ' p 6 C p D p Q p p � CAULK BY OTHERS No. 70592 ?o s P%iE OF l IY r N � J 2I Z O I- � Iz Z N Q ZE Qm n N 0 O (L J m U m a U. Ov Q'Ir>M 001 O IL O -a 00 N °� aW��� LLz "0 z C4 w Q wri m U)g, U Q 0 (Z C N CD > N Q m O 010 Z x 4 Q L Ldw 3 Q p 0 r; O �< HE f^V =z� � i `1 m r, m .� Q YN -i LLJcLU N �C 3 0 E z � sheet 4 of 7JI _ TYPICAL ANCHORS 18Y REINFORCING TYPES &CAPACITIES SEE J APPROVAL FOR YKK YES -45 FS STOREFRONT HANNEL REINFORCING X 4-3/16" X 13/16" X 1/8" _ET 2 FOR CAPACITY 0 ALTERNATE D. L. 0. OK REINFORCING TYPES �' & CAPACITIES SEE APPROVAL FOR YKK YES -45 FS STOREFRONT I --- T—�_ i 17 I I I II I I II I I I it I I I it I rl II I lal II LL— =�L A r— — 2 0 LICABLE FOR Y DOORS 'XXL DOORS W/O REINFORCING FL #5851 y1GENSR e UY 4 Y } N I M Z t- o pZ � FW SII �Qy 2 NId li 0 0 I0 0w mlo 0 �+ �o m a�; 1.752 1 2.252 1/ FRAME HEAD 1A ALT. FRAME HEAD m 15 TRANSOM HEAD v.122 .500 1.826--�I 4.000 THRESHOLD 3.500 087 -1 .374 SHEAR PLATE 52 2.311 118 TYP. U DOOR TOP RAIL 126 3.938 I 1.563 I-- 1.748 -= I 5 DOOR BOTTOM RAIL 2.014 1.748 h-- 2.185 I O 1.748 .118 1.748 126 DOOR LEAF MTG. STILE 1.575 10 .295 ll�- MTG. STILE COVER T-- �) .96 047 18 O .919 L 126 1 TRANSOM GLAZING BEAD OF- 2.123 6 DOOR LEAF VERT. STILE .665 047 .268 543 12 047 .276 .543 12A .728 DOOR GLAZING BEADS .796 .047 2.252 TRANSOM GLAZING POCKET 2. 4.188 .813 .125 38 HORIZONTAL REINFORCING CHANNEL O FRAME JAMB 10 .063 DOOR STOP 111 c 0 T ND �� � .• �,10ENSF' � �� � o No.70592 �� • Mi. of �: drawing � no. FL #5851 ///��®®jy����\ Isheet 6 of 7 FRAME TOP CORNER LEAF CORNER I #12 X 1/2" FH MS ITEM # PART # QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MANF./SUPPLIER/REMARKS 1 E9-0402 1 FRAME HEAD 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 1A E9-0425 1 ALT. FRAME HEAD 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 2 E9-0421 2 DOOR FRAME JAMB 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 3 E9-0407 1 THRESHOLD 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 4 E9-0305 1/ LEAF TOP RAIL 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 5 E9-0306 1 BOTTOM RAIL 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 6 E9-0301 1,2/ LEAF DOOR LEAF VERT. STILE 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 7 E9-0303 1/ LEAF _ DOOR LEAF - MTG. STILE (INACTIVE) 6063-T5 AT DOUBLE DOORS 8 E9-0329 1/ LEAF DOOR LEAF - MTG. STILE (ACTIVE) 6063-T5 AT DOUBLE DOORS 9 E1-1054 AS READ. SHEAR PLATE @ ANCHOR LOCATIONS 6063-T5 2-1/2" LONG 10 E9-0332 1 MEETING STILE COVER 6063-T5 AT DOUBLE DOORS 11 E9-0215 1 DOOR STOP 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 12 E9-0314 AS REQD. _ GLAZING BEAD (STANDARD) 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 12A E9-0339 AS REQD. GLAZING BEAD (OPTIONAL) 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 13 E2-0050 AS REQD. GLAZING GASKET EPDM DUROMETER 55±5 15 E9-1003 AS REQD. TRANSOM HEAD 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 16 E9-0434 AS REQD. TRANSOM GLAZING POCKET 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 18 E9-0403 AS REQD. TRANSOM GLAZING BEAD 6063-T5 YKK AP AMERICA 19 E2-0051 AS REQD. BULB WEATHERSTRIPPING PVC - 20 E2-0054 1/LEAF SETTING BLOCK EPDM DUROMETER 80±5 SHORE A 21 H-7107 OPTIONAL DOOR SWEEP PACKAGE 24 E2-0087 AS REQD. PILE WEATHERSTRIPPING - - 25 PC -1216 AS REQD, FRAME ASSY. SCREWS - #12 X 1" PAN HEAD SMS 26 - 2/CORNER 3/8"-16 X 5/8" SCREWS - - 27 - 2/CORNER #10 X 1" FH SMS - - 29 E1-0308 2/ LEAF JOINT CLIP FOR TOP RAIL 6063-T5 - 30 E1-0309 2/ LEAF JOINT CLIP FOR BOTTOM RAIL 6063-T5 - 31 E1-0311 4/ LEAF BACKER PLATE - - 33 - AS REQD. PUSH-PULL HARDWARE - - 37 H-2101/2102 2/LEAF TOP & BOTTOM OFFSET PIVOT SET - - 38 - AS REQD. REINFORCING CHANNEL (Fy = 38 KSI) STEEL ,813 X 4.188 X .813 X .125" 39 E9-0403 I AS REQD. TRANSOM GLAZING GASKET EPDM DUROMETER 70 +/- 5 _ 12 X 1/2" FH MSI SHOLD CLIP l' #E1-0300 hH MS FRAME BOTTOM CORNER #12 X 1/2" FH MS FL #5851 V (Y N I M 00 0J rn� W N I Q _ a O0 0 J M ° aLu O 0 K<< q 0 can- u) Q W3U. N 7 Ll. zy m1 1, J pMNQ Q W ci H z i Locn 0 o Z� N w Q m z U r� z Q 8 w ca ¢ irni W CD n O Q = N _Z Y cV m d: m J 0 Fw- 0 z 0 0 e.i 41XIIIL I I I I r \\�®' AHAI ' u 1I Q 4' ENSE i Ij T _ No.70592 _ W I. w r o , S'..;.EOF ��� drawing no. ORI Wl 3-12 ®®���. .1111 \%\_\� .,, „ sheet 7 of 7 INSTALLATION NOTES: YKK AP AMERICA, INC. YES 45 FI Aluminum Storefront Systems f.FMFRAI M(1TFC- 1. SEE SHEET 2 FOR ANCHOR TYPE REQUIREMENTS, MINIMUM 1. THE PRODUCT SHOWN HEREIN IS DESIGNED AND EMBEDMENT, AND MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES. ALL ANCHOR MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT FLORIDA REQUIREMENTS MUST BE ADHERED TO. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM BUILDING CODE (FBC), EXCLUDING HVHZ AND HAS BEEN ANCHOR REQUIREMENTS REQUIRES SEPARATE EVALUATION AND EVALUATED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING: APPROVAL. • AAMA 501-05 3 • AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 2. ONE (1) INSTALLATION ANCHOR IS REQUIRED AT EACH ANCHOR 4 LOCATION SHOWN. 2. ADEQUACY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE/MASONRY, 5 2X FRAMING AND METAL STUD FRAMING AS A MAIN WIND 3. THE NUMBER OF INSTALLATION ANCHORS DEPICTED IS THE FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING AND MINIMUM NUMBER OF ANCHORS TO BE USED FOR PRODUCT TRANSFERRING APPLIED PRODUCT LOADS TO THE FOUNDATION INSTALLATION. IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF COMPONENTS AND BILL OF MATERIALS RECORD FOR THE PROJECT OF INSTALLATION. 4. INSTALL INDIVIDUAL INSTALLATION ANCHORS WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF ±1/2 INCH OF THE DEPICTED LOCATION IN THE ANCHOR LAYOUT DETAIL (I.E., WITHOUT CONSIDERATION OF TOLERANCES). TOLERANCES ARE NOT CUMULATIVE FROM ONE INSTALLATION ANCHOR TO THE NEXT. 5. SHIM AS REQUIRED AT EACH INSTALLATION ANCHOR WITH LOAD BEARING SHIM(S). MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SHIM STACK TO BE 3/8 INCH. SHIM WHERE SPACE OF 1/16 INCH OR GREATER OCCURS. SHIM(S) SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC OR BETTER. 6. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE EXCLUDE WALL FINISHES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STUCCO, FOAM, BRICK VENEER, AND SIDING. 7. INSTALLATION ANCHORS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE MUST BE MADE OF CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL OR HAVE A CORROSION RESISTANT COATING. 8. FOR HOLLOW BLOCK AND GROUT FILLED BLOCK, DO NOT INSTALL INSTALLATION ANCHORS INTO MORTAR JOINTS. EDGE DISTANCE IS MEASURED FROM FREE EDGE OF BLOCK OR EDGE OF MORTAR JOINT INTO FACE SHELL OF BLOCK. 9. INSTALLATION ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANCHOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE USED IN SUBSTRATES WITH STRENGTHS LESS THAN THE MINIMUM STRENGTH SPECIFIED BY THE ANCHOR MANUFACTURER. 10.INSTALLATION ANCHOR CAPACITIES FOR PRODUCTS HEREIN ARE BASED ON SUBSTRATE MATERIALS WITH THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES: A. WOOD - MINIMUM SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF 0.55. B. CONCRETE -MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI. C. MASONRY - CMU UNIT STRENGTH CONFORMS TO ASTM C-90, WITH MIN. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI AND GROUT CONFORMS TO ASTM C 476, MIN. GROUT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI. D. STEEL - MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 36 KSI. MINIMUM 12 GA. WALL THICKNESS. E. STEEL - MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 36 KSI. MINIMUM 18 GA. WALL THICKNESS WITH 2X WOOD BACKING. F. ALUMINUM - MINIMUM 1/8 INCH THICK 6063-T5 ALUMINUM. 3. 1X AND 2X BUCKS (WHEN USED) SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ANCHORED TO PROPERLY TRANSFER ALL LOADS TO THE STRUCTURE. BUCK DESIGN AND INSTALLATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR THE PROJECT OF INSTALLATION. 4. THE INSTALLATION DETAILS DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE GENERIC AND MAY NOT REFLECT ACTUAL CONDITIONS FOR A SPECIFIC SITE. IF SITE CONDITIONS CAUSE INSTALLATION TO DEVIATE FROM THE REQUIREMENTS DETAILED HEREIN, A LICENSED ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT SHALL PREPARE SITE SPECIFIC DOCUMENTS FOR USE WITH THIS DOCUMENT. 5. APPROVED IMPACT PROTECTIVE SYSTEM IS REQUIRED ON THIS PRODUCT IN AREAS REQUIRING IMPACT RESISTANCE. SEE SHEET 3 FOR GLAZING DETAIL. GLASS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E 1300. 6. STOREFRONT FRAME MATERIAL: ALUMINUM 6063-T5 7. ALL STRUCTURAL MATERIALS & DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE PROTECTED, TREATED, PAINTED, COATED, AND/OR ISOLATED AS REQUIRED IN THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE CURRENT FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND REFERENCED DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. PERMIT TABLE OF CONTENTS SHEET REVISION SHEET DESCRIPTION 1 A INSTALLATION & GENERAL NOTES 2 A ELEVATION 3 A GLASS & MULLION DESIGN PRESSURE TABLE GLAZING DETAILS 4 ANCHOR TABLES 5 - VERTICAL SECTION 6 - HORIZONTAL SECTIONS 7 - COMPONENTS AND BILL OF MATERIALS INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE: 1. DETERMINE DESIGN WIND LOAD REQUIREMENTS BASED ON WIND VELOCITY, BLDG, HEIGHT, WIND ZONE USING APPLICABLE ASCE 7 STANDARD. 2. SEE CHART ON SHEET 3 FOR DESIGN LOAD CAPACITY OF DESIRED GLASS SIZE. GLASS SELECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E1300. 3. CHECK MULLION CAPACITY FOR A GIVEN SPACING AND HEIGHT USING CHART ON SHEET 3, THE CAPACITY SHOULD EXCEED THE DESIGN LOAD. 4. USING CHART ON SHEET 4 SELECT ANCHOR OPTION WITH DESIGN RATING MORE THAN DESIGN LOAD SPECIFIED IN STEP 1 ABOVE. 5. THE LOWEST VALUE RESULTING FROM STEP 2, 3 AND 4 SHALL APPLY TO ENTIRE SYSTEM. %I mwv K ap YKK AP AMERICA 1229 HWY 441 BYPASS DUBLIN, GEORGIA 31021 PH: (478)277-1955 FAX: (678)838-6001 AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF BUILDING DROPS, INC. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, HIGHLIGHTING, OR OTHER MARKINGS TO THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED AND Digitally HE'ki #! NOME1110 .E.• FLORIDA P.E.No 73778 BUILDING DROPS, INC 398 E. DANIA BEACH BLVD. 111 338 DANIA BEACH, FL 33004 FBPE CERT. OF AUTHORIZATION No. 29578 FL #: FL12926 DATE: 08.10.17 DWG. BY: CHK. BY: W HFN SCALE: NTS DWG. #: YKK216 z m £ y zN� 2 o V o OF 7 F Go- o oma^ Z � m a a OmLL am O J Q<< m n a � LL W w wm a (D mmm_ 3 Lr) Uj 00 IJ p [O __j0 3 z m Q } m m cc m Z z W w W <& a � J � Q W a REMARKS JDATE BY I A-VALIDATOR'S COMM. AR 10.12.17 AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF BUILDING DROPS, INC. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, HIGHLIGHTING, OR OTHER MARKINGS TO THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED AND Digitally HE'ki #! NOME1110 .E.• FLORIDA P.E.No 73778 BUILDING DROPS, INC 398 E. DANIA BEACH BLVD. 111 338 DANIA BEACH, FL 33004 FBPE CERT. OF AUTHORIZATION No. 29578 FL #: FL12926 DATE: 08.10.17 DWG. BY: CHK. BY: RV HFN SCALE: NTS DWG. #: YKK216 SHEET: OF 7 146" FRAME WIDTH 46" 46" 46" 6" MAX. JAMB CORNERS D.L.O. D.L.O. D.L.O. 120" 1 FRAME D HEIGHT 6" AT HEAD ~� SEE SHEET 2 FOR OPTIONS ELEVATION TYPICAL YES 45 FI STOREFRONT TYPICAL ANCHORS (SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SPACING) #14 WOOD SCREW: INTO 2BY WOOD BUCKS OR WOOD STRUCTURES (MIN. S.G. _ 0.55) 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION INTO WOOD 1/4" DIA. TAPCON BY ITW' (Fu= 120 KSI, Fy= 92 KSI) THRU 1 BY BUCKS INTO CONC. OR MASONRY 1-1/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONC. OR MASONRY DIRECTLY INTO CONC. OR MASONRY 1-3/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONC. OR MASONRY 1/4" DIA. TEKS OR SELF DRILLING SCREWS (GRADE 5 CRS) INTO FBC APPROVED MULLIONS (MIN. THK =.090") (NO SHIM SPACE) INTO METAL STRUCTURES STEEL: 18 GA.(.048) MIN. (Fy = 33 KSI MIN.) ALUMINUM: 1/8: THK. MIN. (6063-T5 MIN.) STEEL IN CONTACT WITH ALUMINUM TO BE PLATED OR PAINTED) ANCHOR EDGE DISTANCE INTO CONCRETE AND MASONRY = 2-1/2" MIN. INTO WOOD STRUCTURE = 3/4" MIN. INTO METAL STRUCTURE = 3/4" MIN. CONCRETE AT HEAD, SILL OR JAMB fc = 3000 PSI MIN. C-90 HOLLOW/FILLED BLOCK AT JAMBS fm = 2000 PSI MIN. SEALANTS: ALL FRAME CORNERS SEALED WITH JOINT SEALANT WOOD BUCKS AND METAL STRUCTURES NOT BY YKK AP MUST SUPPORT LOADS IMPOSED BY GLAZING SYSTEM AND TRANSFER THEM TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. a p 1 YKK AP AMERICA 1229 HWY 441 BYPASS DUBLIN, GEORGIA 31021 PH: (478)277-1955 FAX: (678)838-6001 W DWG. BY: CHK. BY: RV I HFN CJ m NTS DWG. #: YKK216 :_ Ln 0 s " z g °mLLcc �m _ [) O D u a Ln LLL = w w m (7 mm 3 3 d' CI: Q z a z a LL 00o m W 0Z -j L 3 Ln¢ 0 „ z5.: m o m w w a a J Q W Cl - REMARKS REMARKS BY I DATE A-VALIDATOR'S COMM. AR 110.12.1 AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF BUILDING DROPS, INC. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, HIGHLIGHTING, OR OTHER MARKINGS TO THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED AND 1111111/ 111 O .. �. i. OT O 4QP'•' ki HEF"W *I F4FiEtE. FLORIDA P.E.'No 73778 BUILDING DROPS, INC 398 E. DANIA BEACH BLVD. / 338 DANIA BEACH, FL 33004 FBPE CERT. OF AUTHORIZATION No. 29578 FL #: FL12926 DATE: 08,10.17 DWG. BY: CHK. BY: RV I HFN SCALE: NTS DWG. #: YKK216 SHEET: OF 7 ROUGH OPENING HEIGHT TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING EXTERIOR i TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING 1BY OR 2BY WOOD BUCKS VERTICAL SECTION HEAD VERTICAL SECTION HORIZONTAL INTERMEDIATE C VERTICAL SECTION 5 SILL i 3/8" MAX. SHIM TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING METAL STRUCTURE 3/8" MAX. SHIM q VERTICAL SECTION 5 HEAD TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING c .a G .ate d aa. 3/8" MAX. SHIM q VERTICAL SECTION 5 HEAD TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING WOOD 3/8" MAX. SHIM VERTICAL SECTION 5 HEAD %lFK I P 1Tttf YKK AP AMERICA 1229 HWY 441 BYPASS DUBLIN, GEORGIA 31021 PH: (478)277-1;55 FAX: (678)838-6001 C C_1 m z m E N� o V o w CL p m v ^ o N 0 v v` z ocm" ck4m _ O o p wwa 4' LlULo Lu Lu � mm_+°i 3 1* OC LI)z Z Z a LL 3 poo m O u J W 3 C W m m m z o Qw � a J J W H REMARKS BY DATE A-VALIDATOR'S COMM. AR 110.12.17 AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF BUILDING DROPS, INC. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, HIGHLIGHTING, OR OTHER MARKINGS TO THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED AND INVALIDATE OUR CERTIFICATION. E S �:• // ya!' HEdhki, /III QREkoPE.. FLORIDA P.E.No 73778 BUILDING DROPS, INC 398 E. DANIA BEACH BLVD. / 338 DANIA BEACH, FL 33004 FBPE CERT. OF AUTHORIZATION No. 29578 FL #: FL12926 DATE: 08,10.17 DWG. BY: CHK. BY: RV I HFN SCALE: NTS DWG. #: YKK216 SHEET: OF 7 _4 1BY OR 2 BY WOOD BUCKS TYPICAL ANCH SEE ELEV. SPAC p HORIZONTAL SECTION 6 JAMB L. OPG rv-rrn��n - FRAME WIDTH EXTERIOR E HORIZONTAL SECTION �,-6j INTERMEDIATE n c7Cn D.L. OPG. METAL STRUCTURE TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING F HORIZONTAL SECTION 6 JAMB n rl)r" METALSTRUCTURE TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING INT. CAULKING OPTIONAL TYPICAL ANCHORS SEE ELEV. FOR SPACING K! YKK AP AMERICA 1229 HWY 441 BYPASS DUBLIN, GEORGIA 31021 PH: (478)277-1955 FAX: (678)838-6001 U-1 CJ I� Z m E 0 V) o d N z o m 0mLL�m O ~ o v v LL � W a a (Dmmvm 3 Lf) LLI z< rte J a 3: o0o m � O p J w 3 m m Nm Y OC O 00 W <K�a Lij � J H Q W a REMARKS BY I DATE A-VAIIDATOR'S COMM. I AR 10.12.17 AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF BUILDING DROPS, INC. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, HIGHLIGHTING, OR OTHER MARKINGS TO THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT PERMITTED AND INVALIDATE OUR CERTIFICATION. O'4i ♦'`} .•'•• .. Imo' N .7 7 r ?y S A OF OT O lop, 4 C HERME1$71 tav kai P.E. FLORIDA P.E. No 73778 BUILDING DROPS, INC 398 E. DANIA BEACH BLVD. / 338 DANIA BEACH, FL 33004 FBPE CERT. OF AUTHORIZATION No. 29578 FL #: FL12926 DATE: 08.10.17 DWG. BY: I CHK. BY: RV HFN SCALE: NTS DWG. #: YKK216 SHEET: ■ OF 7 D w m 0 W CL0 LU w _ O z O w 0 z 0 J 0 z 0 z Y } z LL_ O w U) D w IV O _ H z w ¢ z 2 iz U_ O W 0 a LU _ C7 z_ rn _ a - C) LP N N M 0 0 N r` N 0 DaVita Medical Group - NORTHSIDE-SANFORD (#2010504-801) 1500 S. French Ave. Sanford, FIL 32771 Project Owner (d/bla): DaVita Medical GroupSouth Florida Inc. c/o Davita, Inc. - Legal Department 2000 16th Street Denver, CO 80202 Development Type: Construction Responsibility Matrix Last Updated: 04.04.2018 COMPANY DAVITA FBO PROVIDED BY INSTALLED BY Single Use, Business (B) ITE REQUIRED VENDORS PRICING OWNER GC OWNER GC LOCKNET STOREFRONT, ALUMINUM DOORS & GLAZING X X C) 0 3 DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE X X RESILIENT & CARPET FLOORING SHAW DAVITA.CUSTOMER@SHAWINC.COM MAIN FLOOR AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANCTLOAD VINYL SHEET FLOORING, LVP FLOORING, CARPET & WALL BASE SHAW X X X DAVITA.SPEC@IFTI.COM PAINTS & PRIMERS SHERWIN-WILLIAMS X X X PAINTS & PRIMERS ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS ARMSTRONG X X X 300 N. Park Ave. WALL PROTECTION CRANE COMPOSITES X X X (P) 484.913.2508 CORNER GUARDS INPRO CORPORATION X X X OCC. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES FERGUSON X X X LL ROLLER SHADES X X EMAIL: sarah.miller(a)davita.com EXTERIOR SIGNAGE J.L. GEISLER X X EMAIL: rbaker@in-formstudio.com 1 INTERIOR SIGNAGE J.L. GEISLER X Mechanical X Fire Protection GRAPHICS & ARTWORK ENDLESS EDGE X X LAVATORIES X inFORM Studio inFORM Studio inFORM Studio inFORM Studio Y CABINETS & COUNTERTOPS X X Kelly Sugg SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS & INTEGRAL BOWLS DUPONT CORIAN X X X LU Cn TELEVISIONS I MONITORS & MOUNTING BRACKETS X X SERVICE SINK 47 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b FURNITURE OFFICE FURNITURE GROUP X X ISSUED FOR BIDS & PERMITS w - REFRIGERATORS, FREEZERS, DISHWASHER & MICROWAVE X X PH: 248.449.3564 PH: 248.449.3564 z PLUMBING FIXTURES, HARDWARE & ACCESSORIES FERGUSON X X j WATER HEATERS FERGUSON X X a Sheet Index FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & CABINETS FERGUSON X X General FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM X X U LU FIRE ALARM SYSTEM X X P-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, SCHEDULES & SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM X X G 101 CODE COMPLIANCE &LIFE ASP -02 SPECIFICATIONS FP -001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT & CURBS LENNOX X X X z EXHAUST FANS & SPLIT AIC UNITS X X ASP -04 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL CONTROLS X X DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - HVAC DUCTWORK, AIR TERMINALS, DAMPERS & ACCESSORIES X X PLUMBING MD -111 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN - HVAC ASP -06 SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL PANELS & DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT X X FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES, DEVICES & WIRING X X PIPING LIGHTING FIXTURES & CONTROLS ACUITY X X ROOF PLAN - HVAC X U LOW -VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION RACEWAYS X X DETAILS I.T. EQUIPMENT, LOW -VOLTAGE DEVICES & WIRING X X w NURSE -CALL SYSTEM, DEVICES & WIRING X X AD -101 DEMOLITION PLAN EMERGENCY GENERATOR & TRANSFER EQUIPMENT X X AD -201 EXTERIOR DEMO ELEVATIONS NOTES: 1. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP HAS NEGOTIATED PREFERRED PRICING AND SERVICES WITH "REQUIRED VENDORS". GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UTILIZE "REQUIRED VENDORS" WHERE INDICATED. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. ITEMS "PROVIDED BY OWNER" REQUIRE A PURCHASE ORDER DIRECTLY FROM DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY WITH REQUIRED VENDOR. A-003 PARTITION TYPES 3. ITEMS "PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR' ITEMS ARE TO BE ORDERED AND PURCHASED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR ITEMS "INSTALLED BY OWNER" SHALL INCLUDE COORDINATION OF SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR ITEMS "INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR" SHALL INCLUDE COORDINATION OF SCHEDULE A-102 ENLARGED PLANS AND AND DELIVERY, UNLOADING, TEMPORARY STORAGE, INSTALLATION, AND FINAL CONNECTIONS OF THOSE ITEMS. * (:(INFIRM THF I ISF CIF PnSSIRI F PRFFFRRFn SI IRr.nNTRAr'TnRS WITH THF nAVITA MFniCAI r;ROI IP PRn.IFC,T MANAGFR DETAILS Build -Out (TI) Vendor Contact Schedule Last Updated: 04.04.2018 PRODUCT COMPANY CONTACT Single Use, Business (B) Detailed Req's per Use & Occupancy DaVita Medical Group DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE LOCKNET JEFF KIRKNER IIB, Fully Sprinklered, with Fire Alarm System (Chapter 6) ASSA ABLOY DAVITA@LOCKNET.COM Jacob Attias Building and Fire Prevention (P) 1.800.887.4307 x131 RESILIENT & CARPET FLOORING SHAW DAVITA.CUSTOMER@SHAWINC.COM MAIN FLOOR AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANCTLOAD (P) 1.888.393.2830 INDEPENDENT MOISTURE TESTING INDEPENDENT FLOOR TESTING & DAVITA.SPEC@IFTI.COM 4333, Ste -Catherine Ouest INSPECTION, INC. (IFTI) (P) 1.925.305.2907 PAINTS & PRIMERS SHERWIN-WILLIAMS LOCAL RETAIL STORE WWW. S H ERWI N -W I LLIAMS.COM/STORE-LOCATOR/ Suite 400 300 N. Park Ave. ACCOUNT MANAGER: RICHARD MAY 300' max, with sprinkler, (1017.2) Dead End Corridor (P) 484.913.2508 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS ARMSTRONG LOCAL DISTRIBUTOR OCC. REQUIRED WWW.ARM STRONG.COM/COMMCE I LI NGN PH: 513-933-8400 PH: 407.688.5150 All fV`ATC r)1CTDIDI ITOD ICDH Project Contacts DaVita PM Property Owner Local Authority Architect Single Use, Business (B) Detailed Req's per Use & Occupancy DaVita Medical Group RAMCO USA Development Corp. City of Sanford inFORM Studio IIB, Fully Sprinklered, with Fire Alarm System (Chapter 6) Type of Construction (Chapter 6) Sarah Miller Jacob Attias Building and Fire Prevention Renee Baker FLOORS CLASS II WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM Project Manager MAIN FLOOR AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANCTLOAD Project Leader 4,673 SF 100 47 TOTAL 47 (10 4333, Ste -Catherine Ouest Doors and Other Components, 0.15 inches per occupant Section 1005.1, Sprinkler Exception Occupant Load Req'd Width, Inches Actual Width, Inches Main Floor: 2000 16th Street Suite 400 300 N. Park Ave. 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 300' max, with sprinkler, (1017.2) Dead End Corridor Denver, CO 80202 Montreal, Quiebed, H3Z 1P9 Sanford, FL 32771 Northville, MI 48167 OCC. REQUIRED PH: 609.667.8659 PH: 513-933-8400 PH: 407.688.5150 PH: 248.533.5028 --C/) O EMAIL: sarah.miller(a)davita.com EMAIL: iattias@ramcodev.com EMAIL: buildina@sanfordtl.00v EMAIL: rbaker@in-formstudio.com 1 2 Mechanical Plumbing Fire Protection Electrical LAVATORIES inFORM Studio inFORM Studio inFORM Studio inFORM Studio 1 PER 40 FOR THE FIRST 80 AND 1 PER 80 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 80 1 Kelly Sugg Kelly Sugg Kelly Sugg Stephen Kelley 2 DRINKING FOUNTAIN Professional Engineer Professional Engineer Professional Engineer Professional Engineer SERVICE SINK 47 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b 235 E Main Street, Suite 102b ISSUED FOR BIDS & PERMITS Northville, MI 48167 Northville, MI 48167 Northville, MI 48167 Northville, MI 48167 PH: 248.449.3564 PH: 248.449.3564 PH: 248.449.3564 PH: 248.449.3564 EMAIL:ksugg@in-formstudio.com EMAIL:ksugg@in-formstudio.com EMAIL:ksugg@in-formstudio.com EMAIL:skelley@in-formstudio.com Sheet Index General Architectural Fire Protection Plumbing Mechanical G-000 COVER SHEET & INDEX ASP -01 SPECIFICATIONS P-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, SCHEDULES & M-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, & G 101 CODE COMPLIANCE &LIFE ASP -02 SPECIFICATIONS FP -001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS SAFETY ASP -03 SPECIFICATIONS ABBREVIATIONS P-002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M-002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ASP -04 SPECIFICATIONS FP 101 FLOOR PLAN -FIRE PROTECTION PD -101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - MD -101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ASP -05 SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING MD -111 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN - HVAC ASP -06 SPECIFICATIONS P-101 FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY & VENT M-101 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ASP -07 SPECIFICATIONS PIPING M-111 ROOF PLAN - HVAC ASP -08 SPECIFICATIONS P-111 FLOOR PLAN - WATER & GAS M-501 DETAILS ASP -09 SPECIFICATIONS PIPING P-131 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING M-601 SCHEDULES AD -101 DEMOLITION PLAN P-501 PLUMBING DETAILS AD -201 EXTERIOR DEMO ELEVATIONS P-602 DIAGRAMS A-001 NOTE, SYMBOLS, & ABBREVIATIONS A-003 PARTITION TYPES A-101 ANNOTATED FLOOR PLAN A-102 ENLARGED PLANS AND DETAILS A-111 DIMENSIONED PARTITION Electrical PLAN A-121 SLAB PLAN & DETAILS E-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND A-131 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & ABBREVIATIONS DETAILS E-002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS E-003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS A401 MILLWORK SCHEDULE & ED -101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - DETAILS ELECTRICAL A402 MILLWORK ELEVATIONS & E-101 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING DETAILS - SPECIALTY E-111 FLOOR PLAN -POWER & MILLWORK TELECOM A403 MILLWORK ELEVATIONS E-121 FLOOR PLAN -SYSTEMS A-601 DOOR SCHEDULE, NOTES & E-131 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DETAILS HVAC A-701 STANDARD FINISHES & ROOM E-141 ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL FINISH SCHEDULE HVAC A-702 FLOOR FINISH PLAN E-501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND A-703 WALL FINISH & GRAPHICS DIAGRAMS PLAN E-511 LIGHTING DETAILS AND A-801 FURNITURE, FIXTURES & DIAGRAMS EQUIPMENT PLAN E-601 SCHEDULES AND DIAGRAMS COMMENCEMENT OF WORK: NO CONSTRUCTION WORK MAY COMMENCE WITHOUT DAVITA EXCEPTION APPROVAL UNTIL ALL AIA CONTRACTS HAVE BEEN FULLY EXECUTED. THIS APPLIES TO DEMOLITION WORK, TENANT IMPROVEMENT, SITE WORK FOR ALL DENOVOS, RELOCATIONSIEXPANSIONS, FM PROJECTS AND RENOVATIONS. PRINTING REMINDER: DAVITA USES AN ALL -ELECTRONIC BIDDING PROCESS. NO DRAWINGS OR BID DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE PRINTED DURING THE BID PHASE. THIS HELPS TO SAVE TIME AND REDUCE PRINTING AND SHIPPING COSTS. Project Data *Governing Codes 2017 Florida Building Code, 6th Edition 2017 Florida Mechanical Code, 6th Edition 2017 Florida Plumbing Code, 6th Edition 2017 Florida Building Code - Fuel Gas, 6th Edition 2014 National Electric Code 2017 Florida Fire Prevention Code, 6th Edition 2017 Florida Accessibility Code, 6th Edition 2010 Americans with Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines * All work shall be performed in accordance with all Federal, State, and Local codes. All work shall be done with a professional standard of care using current construction Building Use Group Single Use, Business (B) Detailed Req's per Use & Occupancy Allowable Building Areas & Heights 5 (Chapter ) IBC SECTION BUILDING HEIGHT 504 ALLOWABLE HEIGHT 3 STORIES 55'-0" ACTUAL HEIGHT 1 STORY 19'-3" BUILDING AREA 506 ALLOWABLE AREA (PER FLOOR) 23,000 SQ FT TOTAL ALLOWABLE AREA (PER FLOOR) 23,000 SQ FT ACTUAL AREA (PER FLOOR) 4,817 SQ FT Type of Construction IIB, Fully Sprinklered, with Fire Alarm System (Chapter 6) Type of Construction (Chapter 6) BUILDING ELEMENT RATING PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME 0 HR BEARING WALLS EXTERIOR 0 HR INTERIOR 0 HR NON-BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS EXTERIOR 0 HR INTERIOR 0 HR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION AND SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 HR ROOF CONSTRUCTION AND SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 HR EXTERIOR WALL BASED ON SEPARATION DISTANCE 0 HR Interior Finishes (Chapter 8) WALLS AND CEILINGS CLASS B - EXIT PASSAGEWAYS CLASS C - ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES FLOORS CLASS II WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM Means of Egress (Chapter 10) MAIN FLOOR AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANCTLOAD Business 4,673 SF 100 47 TOTAL 47 (10 REQUIRED WIDTH: Doors and Other Components, 0.15 inches per occupant Section 1005.1, Sprinkler Exception Occupant Load Req'd Width, Inches Actual Width, Inches Main Floor: 47 7.05" Exceeds Common Path of Egress 100' max, with sprinkler, (1006.2.1) Exit Acess Travel Distance 300' max, with sprinkler, (1017.2) Dead End Corridor 50' max with sprinkler (1020.4) Plumbing Fixtures (FPC - Table 403.1) FIXTURE CALCULATIONS BASED ON OCCUPANCY OF 47 (24 MALE, 24 FEMALE) FIXTURE OCC. REQUIRED Lr) �O PROVIDED WATER CLOSETS n=/ of --C/) O ca MALE 24 1/25 FOR THE FIRST 50, 1/50 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 50 1 2 FEMALE 24 1 2 LAVATORIES MALE 24 1 PER 40 FOR THE FIRST 80 AND 1 PER 80 FOR THE REMAINDER EXCEEDING 80 1 2 FEMALE 24 1 2 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 47 1/100 1 1 SERVICE SINK 47 1 1 ISSUED DATE DRAWN CHECKED ISSUED FOR BIDS & PERMITS 08.29. 2018 JT RB inFORM www. i n- 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 C) U W 0 a c a) E m Q a1 LU 5; L O m � D 0> Q o g C CI) U N D W W 7 U) J NJ W X / W O 0 U z OF Ft0_%1rA% Vl VAN 0 AR 98237 PROJECT # L V I M38.00 0 G-000 wl ID CL =30 0 LL CD Q (10 W Q ti M Lr) �O J LL. LL 5 n=/ of --C/) O ca 0 Lo CU z U I...i � C/) W W 7 U) J NJ W X / W O 0 U z OF Ft0_%1rA% Vl VAN 0 AR 98237 PROJECT # L V I M38.00 0 G-000 wl b W I— m 2 cc CL U) U w 0 w 0 z 0 w z 0 J U z C Z Y z Q 2 2 CL M a; N 00 0 N w F. 00 Yn L 21 LL U J -a ccc 5) 0 0 z U MAX EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR OCC CLASS 'B' (SPRINKLERED) LESS THAN 300 FEET EGRESS PATH'D3' =18 FEET 2 MAX EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR OCC CLASS 'B' (SPRINKLERED) LESS THAN 300 FEET EGRESS PATH 'A2' = 91 FEET EGRESS PATH 'B2' = 83 FEET EGRESS PATH 'C2' = 86 FEET EGRESS PATH'D2' = 88 FEET M `� FURTHEST POINT FROM MEANS OF EGRESS FE -01 1 a • MAX EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE �a 4 O° WALL -MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER pp DOOR ASSIST PUSH PAD ES FOR OCC CLASS'B' pg DOOR ASSIST REMOTE PUSH BUTTON IS INTERCOM SLAVE STATION IM INTERCOM MASTER STATION FIRE (SPRINKLERED) LESS THAN 300 FIRE RATED WALL I C14 U) r - FEET W o o0 ' ¢ ti ti U C c Ch co = p LL u' L U EGRESS PATH'At' = 81 FEET jj W o 0 o CT a Q \£ a a • ice_ :� "fi. 1 � � EGRESS PATH 'B1' = 74 FEET i EGRESS PATH 'C1' = 113 FEET � _........ ....._ .,_-.,,,_ ,_..., I ' I ( 1 EGRESS PATH'D1' = 115 FEET T 1 � LIFE SAFETY PLAN G-101 3/16" =1'-0" REF: 1/ A-201 EXISTING DEMISING WALL NOTE: GC TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING CMU DEMISING WALL EXTENDS FULL HEIGHT TO U/S OF ROOF DECK. GC TO ENSURE 1 -HR FIRE RATING IS MAINTAINED AT DEMISING WALL AND FIRESTOPPING IS PROVIDED FULL LENGTH OF WALL. WALL TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 101 6.1.14.4. AS APPLICABLE TO THE ADJOINING OCCUPANCY. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF FINDINGS. LIFE SAFETY PLAN LEGEND �•�• EXIT �0�0� PATH OF EGRESS AO FURTHEST POINT FROM MEANS OF EGRESS FE -01 FE -01 �J.L.INDUSTRIES ACADEMY SERIES SEMI -RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FE -02 4 O° WALL -MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER pp DOOR ASSIST PUSH PAD ES ELECTRIC STRIKE pg DOOR ASSIST REMOTE PUSH BUTTON IS INTERCOM SLAVE STATION IM INTERCOM MASTER STATION FIRE FIRE ALARM PANEL FIRE RATED WALL 1 HOUR RATED 2 HOUR RATED DOOR LABEL IN RATED WALLS 1 HR WALL: 45 MIN 2 HR WALL: 90 MIN ii ELEVATION METAL STUD FINISHED CABINE U.L. 3A40BC FIRE I I I I I I DECA ;OMPLIANT i PULL LE F-1 J � 1 I I I I I I I I SECTION I I I I I i I I I �I I FINISH 2 EQUIPMENT - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET G-101 111=11-0. "=1'-0" FIRE EXTINGUISHER SCHEDULE Mark I Manufacturer I Model Comments Count U FE -01 �J.L.INDUSTRIES ACADEMY SERIES 1022-F-10 I-ADAC FLUSH PULL HANDLE; I - CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM TUB; VERTICAL RED DECAL ON GLASS "FIRE EXTINGUISHER' 3LDVRFE 4 z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z J z z U 0 U w U W a 0 0 w U) U c c ca a� N 0 m o m 00 = N 0 f° 1-- U CU cD 0 o 0 (D C CD N [] W 0 U Z W O O 0 Q U to W w LL. �\ Ca U) r - W o o0 ' ¢ ti ti U C c Ch co = p LL u' L U o o 0 o CT a Q Q Z �N-�.��� `h_► o , C/) W U Z W 0 Q U to W w LL. J O LLJM U OLS ®F FL O'pi .Q �%IETH VqN l�R-93237 JED PROJECT# 538.00 G-101LiLU Z 0 W H M = O W (L U) H 0 LU 0 W M W W 0 Z O LU U) z 0 3 J 0 Z 0 Z Y r Q 0 z a U) = M a N 6 N Cl) 0 0 Q N w SECTION 01 1000 -SUMMARY 1.1 PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW MEDICAL OFFICE USE. 1.2 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE FULL USE OF PREMISES FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL AUTHORITY'S REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PERFORMANCE OF ANY'NOISY OR DISTURBING' CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES OR PROCEDURES DURING HOURS PERMITTED BY THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT, SAFETY PROCEDURES AND OPERATION OF GAS POWERED EQUIPMENT. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND TENANTS OF ADJACENT SPACES IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SECURITY REQUIRED WHILE WORKING IN ADJACENT SPACES. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL ORDINANCES, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLIMENTARY AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR THE ENTIRE COMPLETION OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REASONABLY IMPLIED THERE FROM TO PRODUCE THE INTENDED RESULTS. B. IN THE EVENT OF INCONSISTENCIES WITHIN OR BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE BETTER QUALITY OR GREATER QUANTITY OF WORK, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MORE STRICT MEANINGS. C. IF THE CONTRACTOR FINDS ANY PERCEIVED CONFLICT, ERROR, OMISSION OR DISCREPANCY ON OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, SHALL CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND PROJECT ARCHITECT FOR AN INTERPRETATION OR CLARIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CORRECTIONS REQUIRED IF WORK PROCEEDS WITHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS RESPONSE. 1.5 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LANDLORD AS REQUIRED FOR TRASH REMOVAL. SECTION 011100 - FURNISHED BY OWNER (FBO) PROGRAM 1.1 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION DESCRIBES, IN GENERAL, OWNER AND CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THOSE ITEMS THAT ARE PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AND ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE PURCHASED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH NEGOTIATED FIXED PRICING THROUGH THE "FBO PROGRAM' AND RELATED ITEMS OF WORK NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE PROJECT INDICATED BY THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: SECTION 013300: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.2 GENERAL A. THE VENDORS LISTED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS ARE ON THE DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP'FBO PROGRAM'. STRICT ADHERENCE TO THE PROCEDURES OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION AND THE PROGRAM MUST BE MAINTAINED WITH RESPECT TO THESE SPECIFIC PRODUCTS IN ORDER TO MEET DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP'S GOALS AND TARGET VOLUMES. B. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP HAS WORKED DILIGENTLY TO NEGOTIATE VOLUME PRICING FROM THESE NATIONAL VENDORS. THE NEGOTIATED PRICING IS BASED ON AN ANTICIPATED VOLUME OF PRODUCT TO BE PURCHASED BY DAVITA AND/OR ITS CONTRACTORS ON AN ANNUAL BASIS. THE DISCOUNTED PRICING TO DAVITA IS ACHIEVED THROUGH ONE OR A COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS. 1. NEGOTIATED FIXED/DISCOUNTED PRICING FOR PRODUCTS AT START OF PROGRAM FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF YEARS. 2. DISCOUNTED PRICING FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF YEARS WHEN PREDETERMINED VOLUMES AT MET. 3. REBATES/REFUNDS ISSUED TO DAVITA CORPORATE WHEN PREDETERMINED VOLUMES ARE MET. C. DEPENDING ON THE MATERIAL OR VENDOR, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING APPROACHES WILL APPLY. 1. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM/PROCUREMENT TO SUMMIT PURCHASE ORDERS DIRECTLY TO THE VENDOR TO OBTAIN PREFERRED NATIONAL PRICING FOR MATERIALS AND POTENTIALLY LABOR. OWNER FURNISHED MATERIAL IS TO BE COORDINATED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR OR NATIONAL (FBO) VENDOR FORCES. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SECURE DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP NATIONAL PREFERRED PRICING AND INCLUDE THE COST OF THE MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION IN THEIR BID. MATERIAL PRICES SHOULD REFLECT DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP NEGOTIATED NATIONAL PRICES PER THE FBO PROGRAM. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SOLICIT BIDS FROM VENDOR CERTIFIED SUBCONTRACTORS WHO SHALL PREPARE QUANTITY TAKE- OFFS AND SUBMIT PURCHASE ORDERS DIRECTLY TO THE VENDOR. SUBCONTRACTOR BID SHALL PROVIDE SEPARATE MATERIAL AND LABOR COST TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR INCLUSION IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS BID PROPOSAL. E. INTENT OF PROGRAM: THE INTENT OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION (FBO PROGRAM) IS THAT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION ALL PRODUCTS/ MATERIALS INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT SCOPE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO HAVE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATION OF ALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS WHETHER PURCHASED BY DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP, THE CONTRACTOR OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS TO ASSURE FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. COORDINATE WITH DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM OR PROCUREMENT SPECIALIST AND/OR DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP FURNISHED BY OWNER PROGRAM (FBO) CONTACT, THE TIMELY PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL/ PRODUCT ORDERS SO THAT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE CAN BE MAINTAINED. 2. COORDINATE WITH THE VENDOR PROJECT SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY DATES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT/ MATERIAL, TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. 3. ACCEPT DELIVERY AND UNLOAD MATERIAL AT PROJECT SITE. 4. INVENTORY MATERIAL AT TIME OF DELIVERY TO VERIFY THAT SHIPMENT IS COMPLETE WITH SHIPPING BILL, REPORT ANY MISSING PRODUCT IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR AND DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM. 5. INSPECT MATERIAL/PRODUCT FOR DAMAGE AT TIME OF DELIVERY, REPORT ANY DAMAGE IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR AND DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM. 6. SOLICIT AND ASSURE SUBCONTRACTORS UTILIZED FOR THE PROJECT ACQUIRE MANUFACTURER TRAINING AND MAINTAIN CERTIFICATIONS FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND TO MAINTAIN THE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP. 7. STORE PRODUCT INA SAFE AND SECURE AREA AND PREVENT THEFT OR DAMAGE. 8. MAKE TIMELY PAYMENT TO VENDORS FOR PRODUCTS/ MATERIALS NOT DIRECTLY PURCHASED BY DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP. 9. COORDINATE PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS, PUNCH LIST AND CORRECTIVE WORK. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WARRANTY ITEMS WITH DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM AND VENDOR, IRRESPECTIVE IF WARRANTY ITEM IS A LABOR AND/OR MATERIAL DEFECT. 1.3 OWNER (DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP) PURCHASED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED - COORDINATED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP VENDORS MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS A. ITEMS IN THIS SECTION ARE ORDERED AND PURCHASED DIRECTLY BY DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP. B. OWNER/ DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM/ PROCUREMENT TO SUBMIT PURCHASE ORDERS DIRECTLY TO THE VENDOR FOR PREFERRED NATIONAL PRICING FOR MATERIALS AND LABOR TO INSTALL. 2. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM TO COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY ISSUES WITH ORDERS OR SCHEDULE. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. COORDINATE WITH DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM ANY ISSUES WITH THE ORDER OR PROJECT SCHEDULE. 2. COORDINATE WITH THE VENDOR PROJECT SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY DATES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT/ MATERIAL, TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. 3. ACCEPT DELIVERY AND UNLOAD MATERIAL AT PROJECT SITE, AS REQUIRED BY DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PROJECT MANAGER. D. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS ARE TO BE PROCURED AND INSTALLED THROUGH THIS PROCEDURE: 1. ROLLER SHADES 2. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 3. TELEVISIONS, MONITORS, AND BRACKETS 4. FURNITURE D. SEE COVER SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX AND VENDOR CONTACT SCHEDULE. 1.4 OWNER (DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP) PURCHASED AND SUPPLIED MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS - GC COORDINATION AND INSTALLED A. ITEMS IN THIS SECTION ARE ORDERED AND PURCHASED DIRECTLY BY DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP WITH THE COORDINATION AND INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. OWNER/ DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM/ PROCUREMENT TO SUBMIT PURCHASE ORDERS DIRECTLY TO THE VENDOR FOR PREFERRED NATIONAL PRICING FOR MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS. 2. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM TO COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY ISSUES WITH ORDERS OR SCHEDULE. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. SOLICIT BIDS FROM SUBCONTRACTORS TO INSTALL'FBO PROGRAM' MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS. PRICE TO BEA SEPARATE LINE ITEM ON THE BID FORM. 2. COORDINATE WITH DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM ANY ISSUES WITH THE ORDER OR PROJECT SCHEDULE. 3. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR PROJECT SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY DATES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT/ MATERIAL, TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. 4. ACCEPT DELIVERY AND UNLOAD MATERIAL/ PRODUCT AT PROJECT SITE. 5. INVENTORY MATERIAL AT TIME OF DELIVERY TO VERIFY THAT SHIPMENT IS COMPLETE WITH SHIPPING BILL, REPORT ANY MISSING PRODUCT IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR AND DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM. 6. INSPECT MATERIAL/ PRODUCT FOR DAMAGE AT TIME OF DELIVERY, REPORT ANY DAMAGE IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR AND DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM. 7. STORE MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS IN A SAFE AND SECURE AREA AND PREVENT THEFT OR DAMAGE. 8. COORDINATE PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS, PUNCH LIST AND CORRECTIVE WORK. 9. COORDINATE ANY WARRANTY ITEMS WITH VENDOR, SUBCONTRACTOR AND DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM. D. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS ARE TO BE PROCURED AND INSTALLED THOUGH THIS PROCEDURE. 1. DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE 2. INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3. APPLIANCES 4. LIGHT FIXTURES 5. LIGHTING CONTROLS 6. ARTWORK/STRETCHINGS. SEE COVER SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX AND VENDOR CONTACT SCHEDULE. SECTION 011100 - FURNISHED BY OWNER (FBO) PROGRAM (CONTINUED) 1.5 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALL'REQUIRED VENDOR PROGRAM' MATERIAL/ PRODUCT D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SECURE DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP NATIONAL PREFERRED PRICING AND INCLUDED THE COST OF THE MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION IN THEIR BID. BID PRICES TO BE PROVIDED WITH A SEPARATE LINE ITEMS IDENTIFIED ON THE BID FORM FOR MATERIAL/ PRODUCT AND A SEPARATE PRICE FOR INSTALLATION. E. OWNER (DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP) RESPONSIBILITIES 1. DAVITA MEDICAL GROUP PM TO COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY ISSUES WITH ORDERS OR SCHEDULE. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. CONTACT NATIONAL VENDOR TO OBTAIN NATIONAL PREFERRED PRICING FOR THE FBO MATERIAL/ PRODUCT. PRICE TO BE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM ON THE BID FORM. 2. SOLICIT BIDS FROM SUBCONTRACTORS TO INSTALL FBO MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS. PRICE TO BE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM ON THE BID FORM 3. COORDINATE WITH NATIONAL VENDOR ANY ISSUES WITH THE ORDER OR PROJECT SCHEDULE. 4. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR PROJECT SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY DATES. 5. ACCEPT DELIVERY AND UNLOAD MATERIAL/ PRODUCT AT PROJECT SITE. 6. INVENTORY MATERIAL AT TIME OF DELIVERY TO VERIFY THAT SHIPMENT IS COMPLETE WITH SHIPPING BILL, REPORT ANY MISSING PRODUCT IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR. 7. INSPECT MATERIAL/ PRODUCT FOR DAMAGE AT TIME OF DELIVERY, REPORT ANY DAMAGE IMMEDIATELY TO VENDOR. 8. STORE MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS INA SAFE AND SECURE AREA AND PREVENT THEFT OR DAMAGE. 9. COORDINATE PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS, PUNCH LIST AND CORRECTIVE WORK. 10. COORDINATE ANY WARRANTY ITEMS WITH VENDOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR. D. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS/ PRODUCTS ARE TO BE PROCURED AND INSTALLED THOUGH THIS PROCEDURE. 1. FLOORING 2. PAINTS AND PRIMERS 3. ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE 4. SOLID SURFACE COUNTERS AND INTEGRAL BOWLS 5. PLUMBING FIXTURES, HARDWARE, AND, ACCESSORIES 6. WATER HEATERS 7. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CURBS 8. MECHANICAL CONTROLS, INCLUDING BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SEE COVER SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX AND VENDOR CONTACT SCHEDULE. SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1.1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SHALL BE SUBMITTED ON FORM: CSI FORM 13.1A. A. DOCUMENTATION: 1. JUSTIFICATION FOR SUBSTITUTION, 2. COORDINATION INFORMATION WITH ADJACENT WORK. 3. PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES AND DETAILED COMPARISON OF PRODUCT/ SYSTEMS. 4. CERTIFICATES AND QUALIFICATION DATA. 5. LIST OF SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS. 6. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS AND RESEARCH REPORTS. 7. DETAILED COMPARISON OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 8. COST INFORMATION. 9. CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF RIGHTS TO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OR TIME. C. ARCHITECTS ACTION: IF NECESSARY, ARCHITECT WILL REQUEST ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WITHIN SEVEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION. ARCHITECT WILL NOTIFY THE CONTRACTOR OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION WITHIN 15 DAYS OF RECEIPT, OR SEVEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. D. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CAUSE: NOT LATER THAN 15 DAYS PRIOR TO TIME REQUIRED FOR PREPARATION AND REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS. E. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONVENIENCE: NOT ALLOWED. SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1.1 SUMMARY A. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: AIA DOCUMENT G710, ISSUED BY ARCHITECT. B. OWNER -INITIATED WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUESTS: ISSUED BY ARCHITECT. 1. RESPOND WITHIN 15 DAYS, WHEN NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2. QUOTATION FORM: CSI FORM 13.6D AND FORM 13.6C OR OTHER FORM ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. C. CONTRACTOR -INITIATED WORK CHANGES PROPOSALS: SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT. 1. WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM: CSI FORM 13.6A, FORM 13.61), AND FORM 13.6C OR OTHER FORM ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. D. CHANGE ORDERS: AIA DOCUMENT G701, ISSUED BY ARCHITECT FOR SIGNATURES OF OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. E. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES: AIA DOCUMENT G714, ISSUED BY ARCHITECT. SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.1 GENERAL A. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: 1. FORMAT: LINE ITEMS BASED ON PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS AND CONSISTENT WITH FORMAT OF AIA DOCUMENT G703. 2. PROVIDE A BREAKDOWN OF THE CONTRACT SUM IN ENOUGH DETAIL TO FACILITATE CONTINUED EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AND PROGRESS REPORTS. COORDINATE WITH PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. PROVIDE MULTIPLE LINE ITEMS FOR PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACT AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF TEN PERCENT OF THE CONTRACT SUM. 3. PROVIDE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR EACH PART OF THE WORK WHERE APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED OR FABRICATED AND STORED, BUT NOT YET INSTALLED. 4. ALLOWANCES: PROVIDE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR EACH ALLOWANCE. SHOW LINE -ITEM VALUE OF UNIT -COST ALLOWANCES, AS A PRODUCT OF THE UNIT COST, MULTIPLIED BY MEASURED QUANTITY. USE INFORMATION INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE QUANTITIES. 5. EACH ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE. INCLUDE TOTAL COST AND PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF GENERAL OVERHEAD AND PROFIT. B. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: 1. PAYMENT APPLICATION TIMES: THE DATE FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT AND THE PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION WORK COVERED BY EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IS INDICATED IN THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. 2. PAYMENT APPLICATION FORMS: AIA DOCUMENT G702 AND AIA DOCUMENT G703. 3. APPLICATION PREPARATION: COMPLETE EVERY ENTRY ON FORM. NOTARIZE AND EXECUTE BY A PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN LEGAL DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WITHOUT ACTION. ALL SIGNATURES WILL BE ELECTRONIC. a. PAY APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED IN A TOTAL OF 4 APPLICATIONS IN THE AMOUNTS AS FOLLOWS: 1) APPLICATION #1: 25% OF CONTRACT AMOUNT MINUS 10% RETENTION 2) APPLICATION #2:25% OF CONTRACT AMOUNT MINUS 10% RETENTION 3) APPLICATION #3:25% OF CONTRACT AMOUNT MINUS 10% RETENTION 4) APPLICATION #4 25% OF CONTRACT AMOUNT PLUS ALL RETENTION AT PROJECT COMPLETION. 4. TRANSMITTAL: SUBMIT ONE PDF COPY SIGNED AND NOTARIZED ORIGINAL OF EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT TO ARCHITECT BY MEANS OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION. INCLUDE WAIVERS OF LIEN AND SIMILAR ATTACHMENTS IF REQUIRED. a. TRANSMIT EACH COPY WITH A TRANSMITTAL FORM LISTING ATTACHMENTS AND RECORDING APPROPRIATE INFORMATION ABOUT APPLICATION. 5. WAIVERS OF MECHANIC'S LIEN: WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, SUBMIT WAIVERS OF MECHANIC'S LIEN FROM ENTITIES LAWFULLY ENTITLED TO FILE A MECHANIC'S LIEN ARISING OUT OF THE CONTRACT AND RELATED TO THE WORK COVERED BY THE PAYMENT ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. a. SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS ON EACH ITEM FOR AMOUNT REQUESTED IN PREVIOUS APPLICATION, AFTER DEDUCTION FOR RETENTION, ON EACH ITEM. b. WHEN AN APPLICATION SHOWS COMPLETION OF AN ITEM, SUBMIT CONDITIONAL FINAL OR FULL WAIVERS. c. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DESIGNATE WHICH ENTITIES INVOLVED IN THE WORK MUST SUBMIT WAIVERS. 6. INITIAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS AND SUBMITTALS THAT MUST PRECEDE OR COINCIDE WITH SUBMITTAL OF FIRST APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS. b. SCHEDULE OF VALUES. c. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). d. SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES. e. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). f. COPIES OF BUILDING PERMITS. g. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE AND INSURANCE POLICIES. 7. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: AFTER ARCHITECT ISSUES THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, SUBMIT AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT SHOWING 100 PERCENT COMPLETION FOR PORTION OF THE WORK CLAIMED AS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE. a. INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION SUPPORTING CLAIM THAT THE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND A STATEMENT SHOWING AN ACCOUNTING OF CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUM. 8. FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION: AFTER COMPLETING PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS, SUBMIT FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH RELEASES AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION NOT PREVIOUSLY SUBMITTED AND ACCEPTED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED, TO THE FOLLOWING: a. CONSULT OWNER ABOUT THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL AFFIDAVITS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. b. EVIDENCE OF COMPLETION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. c. INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FOR PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS WHERE REQUIRED AND PROOF THAT TAXES, FEES, AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS WERE PAID. d. UPDATED FINAL STATEMENT, ACCOUNTING FOR FINAL CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUM. e. AIA DOCUMENT G706-1994, "CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS" f. AIA DOCUMENT G706A-1994, "CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS. g. AIA DOCUMENT G707-1994, "CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT." h. EVIDENCE THAT CLAIMS HAVE BEEN SETTLED. i. FINAL METER READINGS FOR UTILITIES, A MEASURED RECORD OF STORED FUEL, AND SIMILAR DATA AS OF DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR WHEN OWNER TOOK POSSESSION OF AND ASSUMED RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRESPONDING ELEMENTS OF THE WORK. SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.1 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWINGS WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED OR IF REQUIRED TO INTEGRATE PRODUCTS. B. COORDINATION DIGITAL DATA FILES: SAME FORMAT AS DRAWINGS. OPERATING IN MICROSOFT WINDOWS OPERATING SYSTEM. 1.2 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI'S) A. RFI FORMS: AIA DOCUMENT G716. B. ARCHITECTS ACTION: ALLOW SEVEN WORKING DAYS FOR ARCHITECT'S RESPONSE FOR EACH RFI. C. RFI LOG: MAINTAIN A TABULAR LOG OF RFI'S. SUBMIT LOG MONTHLY. USE CSI LOG FORM 13.26. 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS A. GENERAL: SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES AT PROJECT SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. ATTENDEES: INFORM PARTICIPANTS AND OTHERS INVOLVED, AND INDIVIDUALS WHOSE PRESENCE IS REQUIRED, OF DATE AND TIME OF EACH MEETING. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF SCHEDULED MEETING DATES AND TIMES. 2. AGENDA: PREPARE THE MEETING AGENDA. DISTRIBUTE THE AGENDA TO ALL INVITED ATTENDEES. 3. MINUTES: ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING MEETING WILL RECORD SIGNIFICANT DISCUSSIONS AND AGREEMENTS ACHIEVED. DISTRIBUTE THE MEETING MINUTES TO EVERYONE CONCERNED, INCLUDING OWNER AND ARCHITECT, WITHIN THREE DAYS OF THE MEETING. B. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. 1. ATTENDEES: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND THEIR CONSULTANTS; CONTRACTOR AND ITS SUPERINTENDENT; MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS; SUPPLIERS; AND OTHER CONCERNED PARTIES SHALL PARTICIPATE IN THE CONFERENCE. PARTICIPANTS AT THE CONFERENCE SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MEANS OF OWNER AND ARCHITECT PARTICIPATION BY MEANS OF VIDEO CONFERENCE OR TELEPHONE CONFERENCE. 2. AGENDA: DISCUSS ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANCE THAT COULD AFFECT PROGRESS. C. PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCES: BEFORE EACH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY THAT REQUIRES COORDINATION. 1. ATTENDEES: INSTALLER AND REPRESENTATIVES OF MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS INVOLVED IN OR AFFECTED BY THE INSTALLATION AND ITS COORDINATION OR INTEGRATION WITH OTHER MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS THAT HAVE PRECEDED OR WILL FOLLOW, SHALL ATTEND THE MEETING. ADVISE ARCHITECT AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF SCHEDULED MEETING DATES. 2. AGENDA: REVIEW PROGRESS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND PREPARATIONS FOR THE PARTICULAR ACTIVITY UNDER CONSIDERATION. D. PROGRESS MEETINGS: AT WEEKLY INTERVALS, COORDINATED WITH PREPARATION OF PAYMENT REQUESTS. SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1.1 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. FORMAT FOR SUBMITTALS: PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. B. STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND WEEKLY UPDATED SCHEDULES. C. CPM REPORTS. D. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS: SUBMIT AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. E. SITE CONDITION REPORTS: SUBMIT AT TIME OF DISCOVERY OF DIFFERING CONDITIONS. F. SPECIAL REPORTS: SUBMIT AT TIME OF UNUSUAL EVENT. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. ACTIVITY DURATION: EXTEND SCHEDULE FROM DATE ESTABLISHED FOR THE NOTICE OF AWARD TO DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION. B. CONSTRAINTS TO BE INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE. 1. PHASING. 2. WORK UNDER MORE THAN ONE CONTRACT. 3. WORK BY OWNER. 4. PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE. 5. OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS. 6. WORK RESTRICTIONS. 7. WORK STAGES. 8. OTHER CONSTRAINTS. C. MILESTONES: INCLUDE MILESTONES INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN SCHEDULE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE NOTICE TO PROCEED, CONSTRUCTION START, CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND FINAL COMPLETION. AT A MINIMUM, THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE TIMELINE. D. SCHEDULE TYPE: CPM. E. SCHEDULE UPDATING: CONCURRENT WITH MAKING REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE, PREPARE TABULATED REPORTS INDICATING IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVITIES THAT HAVE CHANGED, CHANGES IN EARLY AND LATE START DATES AND LATE FINISH DATES, CHANGES IN ACTIVITY DURATIONS IN WORKDAYS, CHANGES IN THE CRITICAL PATH, CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME. SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.1 PRODUCTS A. DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHS: 8 MEGAPIXELS. B. VIDEO RECORDINGS: SUBMIT IN DIGITAL VIDEO DISC FORMAT ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. C. PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. 20 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING EXISTING CONDITIONS ADJACENT TO PROPERTY BEFORE STARTING THE WORK. 2. 20 PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING BUILDINGS EITHER ON OR ADJOINING PROPERTY TO ACCURATELY RECORD PHYSICAL CONDITIONS AT START OF CONSTRUCTION. D. PERIODIC CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 10 PHOTOGRAPHS WEEKLY, SUBMITTED IN A WEEKLY REPORT FORMAT ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. E. FINAL COMPLETION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 20 COLOR PHOTOGRAPHS. SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. ACTION SUBMITTALS: INFORMATION THAT REQUIRES ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIVE ACTION. B. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: INFORMATION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. SUBMITTALS MAY BE REJECTED FOR NOT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 PROCEDURES A. ELECTRONIC COPIES OF DIGITAL DATA FILES OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS WILL BE PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT FOR CONTRACTOR'S USE. B. PROCESSING TIME: 1. INITIAL REVIEW: 10 WORKING DAYS OR 14 CALENDAR DAYS. 2. RE -SUBMITTAL REVIEW: 5 WORKING DAYS OR 7 CALENDAR DAYS. C. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: 1. POST ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS AS PDF ELECTRONIC FILES DIRECTLY TO ARCHITECT'S FTP SITE SPECIFICALLY ESTABLISHED FOR PROJECT OR SUBMIT VIA EMAIL AS PDF FILES. 2. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE A STATEMENT THAT INCLUDES SIGNATURE OF ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING CERTIFICATION. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL AUTHORIZED TO SIGN DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF THAT ENTITY. 3. PRODUCT DATA: COLLECT INFORMATION INTO A SINGLE SUBMITTAL FOR EACH ELEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND TYPE OF PRODUCT OR EQUIPMENT. 4. SHOP DRAWINGS: PREPARE PROJECT -SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN ACCURATELY TO SCALE. DO NOT BASE SHOP DRAWINGS ON REPRODUCTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR STANDARD PRINTED DATA. 5. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR REVIEW OF KIND, COLOR, PATTERN, AND TEXTURE FOR A CHECK OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS WITH OTHER ELEMENTS AND FOR A COMPARISON OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS BETWEEN SUBMITTAL AND ACTUAL COMPONENT AS DELIVERED AND INSTALLED. 6. PRODUCT SCHEDULE: AS REQUIRED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, PREPARE A WRITTEN SUMMARY INDICATING TYPES OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK AND THEIR INTENDED LOCATION. 7. TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS AND SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SUBMITTALS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS." 8. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 017700 "CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES." 9. MAINTENANCE DATA: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 017823 "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA." 10. QUALIFICATION DATA: PREPARE WRITTEN INFORMATION THAT DEMONSTRATES CAPABILITIES AND EXPERIENCE OF FIRM OR PERSON. INCLUDE LISTS OF COMPLETED PROJECTS WITH PROJECT NAMES AND ADDRESSES, CONTACT INFORMATION OF ARCHITECTS AND OWNERS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SPECIFIED. 11. WELDING CERTIFICATES: PREPARE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT WELDING PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT RECORD OF WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION AND PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORD ON AWS FORMS. INCLUDE NAMES OF FIRMS AND PERSONNEL CERTIFIED. 12. INSTALLER CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER'S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT INSTALLER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND, WHERE REQUIRED, IS AUTHORIZED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT. 13. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER'S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT MANUFACTURER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INCLUDE EVIDENCE OF MANUFACTURING EXPERIENCE WHERE REQUIRED. 14. PRODUCT/MATERIAL CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER'S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 15. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS WRITTEN BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY'S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND INTERPRETING TEST RESULTS OF MATERIAL FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 16. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORTS INDICATING THAT CURRENT PRODUCT PRODUCED BY MANUFACTURER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BASE REPORTS ON EVALUATION OF TESTS PERFORMED BY MANUFACTURER AND WITNESSED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, OR ON COMPREHENSIVE TESTS PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. 17. SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS" 18. COMPATIBILITY TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS WRITTEN BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY'S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS OF COMPATIBILITY TESTS PERFORMED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT. INCLUDE WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRIMERS AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION NEEDED FOR ADHESION. 19. FIELD TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORTS INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS OF FIELD TESTS PERFORMED EITHER DURING INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT OR AFTER PRODUCT IS INSTALLED IN ITS FINAL LOCATION, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 20. PERFORMANCE OR DELEGATED DESIGN CRITERIA: WHERE PROFESSIONAL DESIGN SERVICES OR CERTIFICATIONS BY A DESIGN PROFESSIONAL ARE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OF CONTRACTOR BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS COMPLYING WITH SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED. SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (CONTINUED) E. CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW: SUBMITTALS MARKED WITH APPROVAL STAMP BEFORE SUBMITTING TO ARCHITECT. F. ARCHITECTS ACTION: 1. ACTION SUBMITTALS: STAMPED WITH AN ACTION STAMP AND RETURNED. a. APPEARS TO CONFORM b. APPEARS TO CONFORM AS NOTED c. REJECTED d. REVISE & RESUBMIT 2. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: REVIEWED BUT NOT RETURNED, OR REJECTED IF THEY DO NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. 3. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 4. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED: MAY NOT BE REVIEWED AND MAY BE DISCARDED. 5. REQUIRED SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE: DIVISION NO.: PRODUCT: 0 & M MANUALS AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 033000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 072619 TOPICAL MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 068316 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL 102613 CORNER GUARDS 064116 PLASTIC LAMINATED FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 123661 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081423 CLAD WOOD DOORS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 084113 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 088000 GLAZING 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 095123 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE 072100 THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION 078400 FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 096513 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING ACCESSORIES 096516 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096519 LUXURY VINYL FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 093013 CERAMIC TILING 099100 PAINTING 102800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINETS SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.1 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL: MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. 1.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER SHALL HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ON-SITE OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. A. REPRESENTATIVE SHALL: OBSERVE FIELD CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF SURFACES. OBSERVE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.1 GENERAL: PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. 1.2 CONTACT GOVERNING AUTHORITIES TO ESTABLISH EXTENT OF REQUIRED TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 1.3 TEMPORARY POWER: PROVIDE POWER SERVICE AND LIGHTING REQUIRED FOR OPERATIONS. LOCATE BRANCH WIRING AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES TO ALLOW SERVICE AND LIGHTING BY MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION -TYPE POWER CORDS. 1.4 TEMPORARY WATER AND SANITARY SERVICES: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED DRINKING WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES WITH ENCLOSURES. 1.5 NOISE, DUST, AND ODOR CONTROL: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE, DUST, AND ODOR CONTROL. 1.6 BARRIERS: PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM OPERATIONS AND AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. A. PROVIDE BARRICADES AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND/OR LANDLORD IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, CRITERIA, AND DETAILS. B. SECURITY: SECURE THE SITE AND MATERIALS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1.7 CLEANING: CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH. AS CONTAINERS BECOME FULL, DISPOSE AT OFF-SITE LOCATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES, 1.8 SIGNS: SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 1.9 STORAGE: LIMIT ON-SITE STORAGE TO AREAS WHERE DIRECTED AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY OWNER. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WEATHER -TIGHT, SECURED, OFF-SITE STORAGE IF REQUIRED. 1.10 REMOVAL AND CLEANING: REMOVE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES, CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY OPERATIONS OR USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES. SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.1 CONTRACT AMOUNT: BASED ON MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS LISTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS NOT LISTED SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL. 1.2 PRODUCTS: COMPONENTS SUPPLIED IN QUANTITY SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE. PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR SPECIFIED. 1.3 INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT PRODUCTS. SECURE IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, AND RACKING. A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 1.4 TRANSPORTATION: TRANSPORT PRODUCTS TO AVOID PRODUCT DAMAGE. DELIVER IN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR PACKAGING. 1.5 HANDLING: HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING AND DAMAGE. PROMPTLY INSPECT TO ASSURE PRODUCTS ARE CORRECT, COMPLETE, AND UNDAMAGED, AND THAT QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT. 1.6 STORAGE: STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 1.7 PROTECTION: PROVIDE COVERINGS TO PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. REMOVE WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. 1.8 SPECIFIED PRODUCTS: IF THESE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE MULTIPLE PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS FOR AN ITEM, SELECT THE PRODUCT OF ANY NAMED MANUFACTURER THAT MEETS THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1.1 SUMMARY: SALVAGING, RECYCLING, AND DISPOSING OF NON -HAZARDOUS DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: END -OF -PROJECT RATES FOR SALVAGE/RECYCLING: 75 PERCENT. 1.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN: A. IDENTIFY TYPES AND QUANTITIES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE. B. IDENTIFY TYPE OF WASTE AND WHETHER IT WILL BE SALVAGED, RECYCLED, OR DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILL OR INCINERATOR. C. IDENTIFY NET ADDITIONAL COST OR NET SAVINGS RESULTING FROM WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. 1.4 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. ENGAGE A WASTE MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR. B. TRAIN WORKERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS ON PROPER WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES. C. RECYCLING INCENTIVES: REVENUES AND OTHER INCENTIVES FOR RECYCLING WILL ACCRUE TO CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ',iil �nii I's " I , � � " • z 2000 16th Street Denver, CO 80202 0 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 w 0 Ix a z Z 0 0 Y W 0 0 W C0 W U w 0 n Ld J w U) W M i5 W U C uS aD C m M W m LLJm _j J 2, o J_ m � No =BOO f6 L O = Q ;co - oo= C::) m C/)a N 0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ASP -01 low U) 0 0_ Of 0 O z Q I Ca U) T- ULLJ� >, Q ti Q) 0 1 � L I- 0 M �LA j C:) N J LL U_r -� Q Cn oO CU cl 0" Z ,-0,T C:) a U) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ASP -01 low U) D W H Co = O w CL W (6 U W O of a of W = O z O W U) 0 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z 0 z 0 U) = M CL 00 M 0 N M 00 0 N az P. 0 9 Y _� w J I -o 0 M U) m a Cn 0 z SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.1 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING. A. OWNER ADVISED OF PENDING INSURANCE CHANGEOVER. B. TOOLS, SPARE PARTS, AND EXTRA MATERIALS DELIVERED. C. FINAL CHANGEOVER OF LOCKS PERFORMED. D. STARTUP TESTING COMPLETED. E. TEST/ADJUST/BALANCE RECORDS SUBMITTED. F. TEMPORARY FACILITIES REMOVED. G. CHANGEOVER INFORMATION FOR USE, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE SUBMITTED. H. OWNER'S PERSONNEL INSTRUCTED IN OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. I. FINAL CLEANING PERFORMED. J. TOUCH-UP PERFORMED. 1.2 FINAL COMPLETION: BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL INSPECTION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: A. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT SUBMITTED. B. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) COMPLETED OR OTHERWISE RESOLVED FOR ACCEPTANCE. C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED. D. WARRANTIES, MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENTS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED. E. RELEASES, OCCUPANCY PERMITS, AND OPERATING CERTIFICATES SUBMITTED. F. EVIDENCE OF CONTINUING INSURANCE COVERAGE SUBMITTED. G. OWNER ADVISED OF HEAT AND UTILITY CHANGEOVER H. FINAL PEST -CONTROL INSPECTION REPORT AND WARRANTY SUBMITTED. 1.3 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. PARTIAL OCCUPANCY: SUBMIT WARRANTIES WITHIN 15 DAYS OF COMPLETION OF DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE WORK THAT ARE OCCUPIED OR USED BY OWNER. B. ORGANIZE WARRANTY DOCUMENTS INTO AN ORDERLY SEQUENCE BASED ON THE TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. C. WARRANTY ELECTRONIC FILE: SCAN WARRANTIES AND BONDS AND ASSEMBLE COMPLETE WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTAL PACKAGE INTO A SINGLE INDEXED ELECTRONIC PDF FILE WITH LINKS ENABLING NAVIGATION TO EACH ITEM. PROVIDE BOOKMARKED TABLE OF CONTENTS AT BEGINNING OF DOCUMENT. D. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF EACH WARRANTY TO INCLUDE IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. CLEANING AGENTS: COMPLY WITH GREEN SEAL'S GS -37 AND CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOC LEVELS. B. CLEAN EACH SURFACE OR UNIT TO CONDITION EXPECTED IN AN AVERAGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. C. REPLACE DISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS AND CLEAN PERMANENT AIR FILTERS. D. CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS, AND COILS IF UNITS WERE OPERATED WITHOUT FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. E. CLEAN HVAC SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH NADCA STANDARD 1992-01. 1.5 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. REPAIR OR REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION. WHERE DAMAGED OR WORN ITEMS CANNOT BE REPAIRED OR RESTORED, PROVIDE REPLACEMENTS. RESTORE DAMAGED CONSTRUCTION AND PERMANENT FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO SPECIFIED CONDITION. SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.1 SUMMARY: EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.2 FORMAT: A. PDF ELECTRONIC FILES WITH COMPOSITE ELECTRONIC INDEX ON DIGITAL MEDIA ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. INCLUDE A COMPLETE ELECTRONICALLY LINKED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DIRECTORY. B. DIRECTORY: PREPARE A SINGLE, COMPREHENSIVE DIRECTORY OF EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND MATERIALS, LISTING ITEMS AND THEIR LOCATION TO FACILITATE READY ACCESS TO DESIRED INFORMATION. C. ORGANIZATION: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ORGANIZE EACH MANUAL INTO A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM AND SUBSYSTEM, AND A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM. EACH MANUAL SHALL CONTAIN A TITLE PAGE, TABLE OF CONTENTS AND MANUAL CONTENTS, IN THE ORDER LISTED. 1.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS: TYPES OF EMERGENCIES, EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. 1.4 OPERATION MANUALS: SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS, OPERATING PROCEDURES, WIRING DIAGRAMS, CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, AND PIPED SYSTEM DIAGRAMS. 1.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SOURCE INFORMATION, PRODUCT INFORMATION, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, REPAIR MATERIALS AND SOURCES, AND WARRANTIES AND BONDS. 1.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SOURCE INFORMATION, MANUFACTURERS' MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE SCHEDULES, SPARE PARTS LIST AND SOURCE INFORMATION, MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACTS, AND WARRANTIES AND BONDS. SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.1 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. ONE SET(S) OF MARKED -UP RECORD PRINTS. 1. SUBMITTAL: PDF ELECTRONIC FILES OF SCANNED CORRECTED DIGITAL RECORD PRINTS. ARCHITECT WILL INDICATE WHETHER GENERAL SCOPE OF CHANGES, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RECORDED, AND QUALITY OF DRAFTING ARE ACCEPTABLE. 2. FORMAT: ANNOTATED PDF ELECTRONIC FILE WITH COMMENT FUNCTION ENABLED. 3. ONE SET OF PAPER COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS, MARKED TO SHOW ACTUAL INSTALLATION. 1.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS: ANNOTATED PDF ELECTRONIC FILES. 1.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA: ANNOTATED PDF ELECTRONIC FILES AND DIRECTORIES SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 1.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM 1. PROGRAM STRUCTURE: TRAINING FOR EACH SYSTEM AND FOR EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM, INCLUDING BASIS OF SYSTEM DESIGN, OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND CRITERIA, DOCUMENTATION, EMERGENCIES, ADJUSTMENTS, TROUBLESHOOTING, MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS. A. FACILITATOR TO PREPARE INSTRUCTION PROGRAM AND TRAINING MODULES AND TO COORDINATE INSTRUCTORS. B. EVALUATION: DEMONSTRATION PERFORMANCE-BASED TEST. SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1.1 SUMMARY: DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF SELECTED PORTIONS OF BUILDING OR STRUCTURE, INCLUDING SALVAGE OF EXISTING ITEMS TO BE RECYCLED. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DEMOLITION WASTE BECOMES PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: STATEMENT OF REFRIGERANT RECOVERY: SIGNED BY REFRIGERANT RECOVERY TECHNICIAN. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: REFRIGERANT RECOVERY TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED BY AN EPA -APPROVED CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. ADJACENT TENANTS WILL OCCUPY PORTIONS OF BUILDING IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AREAS OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AREA. CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SO OTHER TENANT'S OPERATIONS WILL NOT BE DISRUPTED. B. CONDITIONS EXISTING AT TIME OF INSPECTION FORBIDDING PURPOSE WILL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER AS FAR AS PRACTICAL. C. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. D. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE WORK. 1. ANY KNOWN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE REMOVED BY OWNER BEFORE START OF THE WORK. 2. IF SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB; IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. E. STORAGE OR SALE OF REMOVED ITEMS OR MATERIALS ON-SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. F. UTILITY SERVICE: MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 1. MAINTAIN FIRE -PROTECTION FACILITIES IN SERVICE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING EPA NOTIFICATION REGULATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. COMPLY WITH HAULING AND LEGAL DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. G. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ASSE A10.6 AND NFPA 241. 1.7 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT UTILITIES HAVE BEEN DISCONNECTED AND CAPPED BEFORE STARTING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. B. PERFORM AND/OR ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO PERFORM AN ENGINEERING SURVEY OF CONDITION OF BUILDING TO DETERMINE WHETHER REMOVING ANY ELEMENT MIGHT RESULT IN STRUCTURAL DEFICIENCY OR UNPLANNED COLLAPSE OF ANY PORTION OF STRUCTURE OR ADJACENT STRUCTURES DURING SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. C. REFRIGERANT: BEFORE STARTING DEMOLITION, REMOVE REFRIGERANT FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 82 AND REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION (CONTINUED) 1.8 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. EXISTING SERVICES/SYSTEMS TO REMAIN: MAINTAIN SERVICES/SYSTEMS INDICATED TO REMAIN AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE. B. EXISTING SERVICES/SYSTEMS TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ABANDONED: LOCATE, IDENTIFY, DISCONNECT, AND SEAL OR CAP OFF UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SERVING AREAS TO BE SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. 1. ARRANGE TO SHUT OFF UTILITIES WITH UTILITY COMPANIES, BUT ONLY WHEN APPLICABLE. 2. IF SERVICES/SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ABANDONED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES/SYSTEMS THAT BYPASS AREA OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND THAT MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICES/SYSTEMS TO OTHER PARTS OF BUILDING. 3. DISCONNECT, DEMOLISH, AND REMOVE FIRE -SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS, PLUMBING, AND HVAC SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO BE REMOVED. C. PIPING TO BE REMOVED: REMOVE PORTION OF PIPING INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAP OR PLUG REMAINING PIPING WITH SAME OR COMPATIBLE PIPING MATERIAL. D. PIPING TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE: DRAIN PIPING AND CAP OR PLUG PIPING WITH SAME OR COMPATIBLE PIPING MATERIAL AND LEAVE IN PLACE. E. EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED: DISCONNECT AND CAP SERVICES AND REMOVE EQUIPMENT. F. EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED: DISCONNECT AND CAP SERVICES AND REMOVE, CLEAN, AND STORE EQUIPMENT; WHEN APPROPRIATE, REINSTALL, RECONNECT, AND MAKE EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL. G. DUCTS TO BE REMOVED: REMOVE PORTION OF DUCTS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND PLUG REMAINING DUCTS WITH SAME OR COMPATIBLE DUCTWORK MATERIAL. 1.9 PROTECTION A. TEMPORARY PROTECTION: PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER PROTECTION REQUIRED TO PREVENT INJURY TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO ADJACENT TENANTS AND FACILITIES TO REMAIN. B. TEMPORARY SHORING: DESIGN, PROVIDE, AND MAINTAIN SHORING, BRACING, AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO PRESERVE STABILITY AND PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES TO REMAIN, AND TO PREVENT UNEXPECTED OR UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OR COLLAPSE OF CONSTRUCTION BEING DEMOLISHED. 1.10 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. GENERAL: DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. NEATLY CUT OPENINGS AND HOLES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO DIMENSIONS REQUIRED. USE CUTTING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. USE HAND TOOLS OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS TO REMAIN. 2. CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES. 3. DO NOT USE CUTTING TORCHES UNTIL WORK AREA IS CLEARED OF FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. AT CONCEALED SPACES, SUCH AS DUCT AND PIPE INTERIORS, VERIFY CONDITION AND CONTENTS OF HIDDEN SPACE BEFORE STARTING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN PORTABLE FIRE -SUPPRESSION DEVICES DURING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. 4. MAINTAIN FIRE WATCH DURING AND FOR AT LEAST ONE HOUR AFTER FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. 5. LOCATE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE DEBRIS AND MATERIALS SO AS NOT TO IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS ON SUPPORTING WALLS, FLOORS, OR FRAMING. 6. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS AND MATERIALS PROMPTLY. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 017419 "CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL." B. SITE ACCESS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS: CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND DEBRIS -REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, WALKWAYS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED AND USED FACILITIES. C. REMOVED AND REINSTALLED ITEMS: 1. CLEAN AND REPAIR ITEMS TO FUNCTIONAL CONDITION ADEQUATE FOR INTENDED REUSE. 2. PACK OR CRATE ITEMS AFTER CLEANING AND REPAIRING. IDENTIFY CONTENTS OF CONTAINERS. D. EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND CLEANED AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFTER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. 1.11 CLEANING A. REMOVE DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF THEM LAWFULLY. B. CLEAN ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 GENERAL NOTES: A. MEASURING, MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 304. B. PROTECTION AND CURING OF CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 305,306 AND 308. C. ALL PERTINENT SECTIONS OF ACI 318 SHALL APPLY. 1.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT: A. REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615, GRADE 60, DEFORMED. B. PLAIN -STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A 185, FABRICATED FROM AS -DRAWN STEEL WIRE INTO FLAT SHEETS. C. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACI 315. 1.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS: A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, TYPE 1/II. 1. FLY ASH: ASTM C 618, CLASS C OR F. 2. GROUND GRANULATED BLAST -FURNACE SLAG: ASTM C 989, GRADE 100 OR 120. B. BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT: ASTM C 595, TYPE IS, PORTLAND BLAST -FURNACE SLAG CEMENT. C. SILICA FUME: ASTM C 1240, AMORPHOUS SILICA. D. NORMAL -WEIGHT AGGREGATE: ASTM C 33, UNIFORMLY GRADED, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. CLASS: SEVERE WEATHERING REGION, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3S TYPICAL EXCEPT NOT LESS THAN 4S FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENTS, BRIDGE DECKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS, WALKS, PATIOS, GARAGE FLOORS, EXPOSED FLOORS AND PORCHES, OR WATERFRONT STRUCTURES EXPOSED TO FREQUENT WETTING OR NOT LESS THAN 5S FOR EXPOSED ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 2. NOMINAL MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE: 1 INCH. E. WATER: POTABLE AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 94. 1.4 CONCRETE MIXES A. FOUNDATION WALL AND INTERIOR CONCRETE: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRNEGTH: 3,500 PSI AT 28 DAYS. 2. SLUMP: 2 TO 4 INCHES B. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRNEGTH: 4,500 PSI AT 28 DAYS. 2. SLUMP: 2 TO 3 INCHES C. INTERIOR FLOOR SLABS: 4,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. 1. COMPRESSIVE STRNEGTH: 4,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. 2. SLUMP: 2 TO 4 INCHES 1.5 ADMIXTURES A. GENERAL: ADMIXTURES CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER TO CONTAIN NOT MORE THAN 0.1 PERCENT WATER SOLUBLE CHLORIDE IONS BY MASS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL AND TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ADMIXTURES AND CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. DO NOT USE ADMIXTURES CONTAINING CALCIUM CHLORIDE. B. AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 260. C. WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE A. D. HIGH -RANGE, WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE F. E. WATER -REDUCING AND ACCELERATING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE E. F. WATER -REDUCING AND RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE D. 1.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. SYNTHETIC FIBER: FIBRILLATED POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS ENGINEERED AND DESIGNED FOR USE IN CONCRETE, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1116, TYPE III, 1/2- TO 1 -1/2 -INCHES LONG. 1.7 REPAIR MATERIALS A. REPAIR UNDERLAYMENT: CEMENT -BASED, POLYMER -MODIFIED, SELF -LEVELING PRODUCT THAT CAN BE APPLIED IN THICKNESSES FROM 1/8 INCH AND THAT CAN BE FEATHERED AT EDGES TO MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR ELEVATIONS. 1. CEMENT BINDER: ASTM C 150, PORTLAND CEMENT OR HYDRAULIC OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT AS DEFINED IN ASTM C 219. 2. PRIMER: PRODUCT OF UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED FOR SUBSTRATE, CONDITIONS, AND APPLICATION. 3. AGGREGATE: WELL -GRADED, WASHED GRAVEL, 1/8- TO 1/4 -INCH OR COARSE SAND AS RECOMMENDED BY UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER. 4. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: NOT LESS THAN 4100 PSI AT 28 DAYS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. REPAIR TOPPING: TRAFFIC -BEARING, CEMENT -BASED, POLYMER -MODIFIED, SELF -LEVELING PRODUCT THAT CAN BE APPLIED IN THICKNESSES FROM 1/4 -INCH. 1. CEMENT BINDER: ASTM C 150, PORTLAND CEMENT OR HYDRAULIC OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT AS DEFINED IN ASTM C 219. 2. PRIMER: PRODUCT OF TOPPING MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED FOR SUBSTRATE, CONDITIONS, AND APPLICATION. 3. AGGREGATE: WELL -GRADED, WASHED GRAVEL, 118- TO 1/4 -INCH OR COARSE SAND AS RECOMMENDED BY TOPPING MANUFACTURER. 4. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: NOT LESS THAN 5700 PSI AT 28 DAYS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 109/C 109M. 1.8 VAPOR BARRIER A. PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER: ASTM E 1745, CLASS A, NOT LESS THAN 15 MILS THICK; INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE OR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE. B. VAPOR BARRIER SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING QUALITIES: C. PERMEANCE OF LESS THAN 0.01 PERMS PER ASTM F 1249 OR ASTM E 96. a. MAINTAIN PERMEANCE OF LESS THAN 0.01 PERMS AFTER MANDATORY CONDITIONING TESTS PER ASTM E 154 SECTIONS 8, 11, 12, AND 13. SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE (CONTINUED) 1.9 INSTALLATION A. USE AIR -ENTRAINED CONCRETE FOR ALL SIDEWALKS, PAVING, PLATFORMS, CURBS AND OTHER EXTERIOR WORK EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. B. STEP ALL FOOTINGS AT A RATIO OF (2) HORIZONTAL TO (1) VERTICAL. C. ALL FOOTINGS TO REST ON UNDISTURBED SOIL. D. EXTEND ALL REINFORCING AROUND CORNERS FOR CONTINUITY. MINIMUM LAP TO BE 24". HOOK ALL BEAM BARS AT DISCONTINUOUS ENDS. E. ALL WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE SET IN PLACE ON BAR CHAIRS 48" O.C. BOTH WAYS. F. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE PLACED AND PROPERLY TIED IN PLACE SUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF PLACING CONCRETE TO ALLOW INSPECTION AND CORRECTION IF NECESSARY, WITHOUT DELAYING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CONCRETE. G. CONCRETE PLACEMENT: 1. COMPLY WITH ACI -304 AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 2. DEPOSIT CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY OR IN LAYERS OF SUCH THICKNESS THAT NO CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON CONCRETE THAT HAS HARDENED SUFFICIENTLY TO CAUSE THE FORMATION OF COLD JOINTS OR PLANES OF WEAKNESS THROUGH THE SECTION. DEPOSIT CONCRETE AS NEARLY AS PRACTICAL TO ITS FINAL LOCATION TO AVOID SEGREGATION DUE TO REHANDLING OR FLOWING. 3. CONSOLODATE PLACED CONCRETE BY MECHANICAL VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPLEMENTED BY HAND -SPADING, RAKING OR TAMPING. LIMIT THE DURATION OF VIBRATING TO THE TIME NECESSARY TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE AND COMPLETE IMBEDMENT OF REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS WITHOUT CAUSING SEGREGATION OF THE MIX. DEPOSIT AND CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE SLABS IN A CONTINUOUS OPERATION, WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, UNTIL THE PLACING OF A PANEL OR SECTION IS COMPLETED. CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE DURING PLACING OPERATION SO THAT CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY WORKED AROUND REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER IMBEDDED ITEMS AND INTO CORNERS. BRING SLAB SURFACES TO THE CORRECT LEVEL WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE AND STRIKE OFF. USE BULL FLOATS OR DERBIES TO SMOOTH THE SURFACE. H. CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION: 1. PROTECT FRESHLY PLACED CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING AND EXCESSIVE COLD OR HOT TEMPERATURE, AND MAINTAIN DRYING AT A RELATIVELY CONSTANT TEMPERATURE FOR A PERIOD OF TIME NECESSARY FOR HYDRATION OF CEMENT AND PROPER HARDENING. 2. START INITIAL CURING AS SOON AS FREE WATER HAS DISAPPEARED FROM CONCRETE SURFACE AFTER PLACING AND FINISHING. WEATHER PERMITTING, KEEP CONTINUOUSLY MOIST FOR NOT LESS THAN 72 HOURS. 3. CURING METHODS: PERFORM CURING OF CONCRETE BY MOIST CURING, BY MOISTURE -RETAINING COVER CURING OR BY MEMBRANE CURING AS REQUIRED ACCORDING TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ACI FOR THE PARTICULAR WORK. I. FINISHING 1. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 302AR FOR SCREEDING, RESTRAIGHTENING, AND FINISHING OPERATIONS FOR CONCRETE SURFACES. DO NOT WET CONCRETE SURFACES. 2. SCRATCH FINISH: WHILE STILL PLASTIC, TEXTURE CONCRETE SURFACE THAT HAS BEEN SCREEDED AND BULLFLOATED OR DARBIED. USE STIFF BRUSHES, BROOMS, OR RAKES. a. APPLY SCRATCH FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED AND TO SURFACES TO RECEIVE CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING OR MORTAR SETTING BEDS FOR CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE, PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO, AND OTHER BONDED CEMENTITIOUS FLOOR FINISHES. 3. TROWEL FINISH: AFTER APPLYING FLOAT FINISH, APPLY FIRST TROWEL FINISH AND CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE BY HAND OR POWER -DRIVEN TROWEL. CONTINUE TROWELING PASSES AND RESTRAIGHTEN UNTIL SURFACE IS FREE OF TROWEL MARKS AND UNIFORM IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. GRIND SMOOTH ANY SURFACE DEFECTS THAT WOULD TELEGRAPH THROUGH APPLIED COATINGS OR FLOOR COVERINGS. a. APPLY A TROWEL FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED AND TO FLOOR AND SLAB SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW OR TO BE COVERED WITH RESILIENT FLOORING, CARPET, CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE SET OVER A CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE, PAINT, OR ANOTHER THIN FILM -FINISH COATING SYSTEM b. FINISH SURFACES TO THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES, MEASURED WITHIN 24 HOURS ACCORDING TO ASTM E 1155/E 1155M FOR A RANDOMLY TRAFFICKED FLOOR SURFACE: i. SPECIFIED OVERALL VALUES OF FLATNESS, F(F) 35; AND LEVELNESS, F(L) 25; WITH MINIMUM LOCAL VALUES OF FLATNESS, F(F) 24; AND LEVELNESS, F(L)17; FOR SLABS -ON -GRADE. 4. BROOM FINISH: APPLY A BROOM FINISH TO EXTERIOR CONCRETE PLATFORMS, STEPS, AND RAMPS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. a. IMMEDIATELY AFTER FLOAT FINISHING, SLIGHTLY ROUGHEN TRAFFICKED SURFACE BY BROOMING WITH FIBER -BRISTLE BROOM PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN TRAFFIC ROUTE. COORDINATE REQUIRED FINAL FINISH WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE APPLICATION. J. TESTING 1. TESTING AGENCY: CONTRACTOR TO ENGAGE A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY TO PERFORM TESTING AND INSPECTION ITEMS AS DEFINED IN SECTION 014010 - STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO COOPERATE WITH THE INDEPENDENT AGENCY FOR THE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS LISTED IN SECTION 014010 - STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND NOT FOR COMPLETING THOSE REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS. 2. METAL LADDERS. 3. METAL BOLLARDS. 4. LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES. 5. STEEL PIPE HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS. B. PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED, UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. LOOSE STEEL LINTELS. 2. ANCHOR BOLTS, STEEL PIPE SLEEVES, SLOTTED -CHANNEL INSERTS, AND WEDGE -TYPE INSERTS INDICATED TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE OR BUILT INTO UNIT MASONRY. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS OF METAL FABRICATIONS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS. SHOW ANCHORAGE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. C. DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR LADDERS, HANDRAILS, AND GUARDRAILS, INCLUDING ANALYSIS DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. 1.3 METALS A. METAL SURFACES, GENERAL: PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH SMOOTH, FLAT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FOR METAL FABRICATIONS EXPOSED TO VIEW IN THE COMPLETED WORK, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITHOUT SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, ROLLED TRADE NAMES, OR BLEMISHES. B. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. STAINLESS-STEEL BARS AND SHAPES: ASTM A 276, TYPE 304 TYPICAL, TYPE 316L IN CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS D. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500/A 500M, COLD -FORMED STEEL TUBING. E. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M, STANDARD WEIGHT (SCHEDULE 40) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING: COLD -FORMED METAL BOX CHANNELS (STRUTS) COMPLYING WITH MFMA-4. 1. SIZE OF CHANNELS: 1-5/8 BY 1-5/8 INCHES, OR AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL, ASTM A 653/A 653M, STRUCTURAL STEEL, GRADE 33, WITH G90 COATING; 0.064 -INCH MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS. 3. MATERIAL: COLD -ROLLED STEEL, ASTM A 10081A 1008M, STRUCTURAL STEEL, GRADE 33,0.0528 -INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS; 4. FINISH: REFER TO DRAWINGS. G. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS: ASTM B 221, ALLOY 6063-T6. H. ALUMINUM CASTINGS: ASTM B 26/B 26M, ALLOY 443.0-F. 1.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. SHOP PRIMERS: PRIMER FORMULATED FOR EXTERIOR USE OVER ZINC -COATED METAL AND COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH PAINT SYSTEMS INDICATED. B. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: HIGH -ZINC -DUST -CONTENT PAINT COMPLYING WITH SSPC-PAINT 20 AND COMPATIBLE WITH PAINTS SPECIFIED TO BE USED OVER IT. 1.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. SHOP ASSEMBLY: PRE -ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN THE SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. USE CONNECTIONS THAT MAINTAIN STRUCTURAL VALUE OF JOINED PIECES. B. CUT, DRILL, AND PUNCH METALS CLEANLY AND ACCURATELY. REMOVE BURRS AND EASE EDGES, REMOVE SHARP OR ROUGH AREAS ON EXPOSED SURFACES. C. WELD CORNERS AND SEAMS CONTINUOUSLY TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. USE MATERIALS AND METHODS THAT MINIMIZE DISTORTION AND DEVELOP STRENGTH AND CORROSION RESISTANCE OF BASE METALS. 2. OBTAIN FUSION WITHOUT UNDERCUT OR OVERLAP. 3. REMOVE WELDING FLUX IMMEDIATELY. 4. AT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS, FINISH EXPOSED WELDS AND SURFACES SMOOTH AND BLENDED. D. FORM EXPOSED CONNECTIONS WITH HAIRLINE JOINTS, FLUSH AND SMOOTH, USING CONCEALED FASTENERS OR WELDS WHERE POSSIBLE. LOCATE JOINTS WHERE LEAST CONSPICUOUS. E. FABRICATE SEAMS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO WEATHER IN A MANNER TO EXCLUDE WATER. PROVIDE WEEP HOLES WHERE WATER MAY ACCUMULATE. F. WHERE UNITS ARE INDICATED TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE OR BUILT INTO MASONRY, EQUIP WITH INTEGRALLY WELDED STEEL STRAP ANCHORS NOT LESS THAN 8 INCHES FROM ENDS AND CORNERS OF UNITS AND 24 INCHES O.C. 1.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS NOT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. B. FABRICATE UNITS FROM STEEL SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FABRICATE TO SIZES, SHAPES, AND PROFILES INDICATED AND AS NECESSARY TO RECEIVE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 1. WHERE WOOD NAILERS ARE ATTACHED TO GIRDERS WITH BOLTS OR LAG SCREWS, DRILL OR PUNCH HOLES AT 24 INCHES O.C. 1.7 METAL LADDERS A. GENERAL: 1. COMPLY WITH ANSI A14.3. B. STEEL LADDERS: 1. SPACE SIDERAILS 18 INCHES APART UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SIDERAILS: CONTINUOUS, 3/8 -BY -2 -112 -INCH STEEL FLAT BARS, WITH EASED EDGES. 3. RUNGS: 3/4 -INCH -DIAMETER STEEL BARS. 4. FIT RUNGS IN CENTERLINE OF SIDERAILS; PLUG -WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH ON OUTER RAIL FACES. 5. PROVIDE NONSLIP SURFACES ON TOP OF EACH RUNG. 6. PRIME EXTERIOR LADDERS, INCLUDING BRACKETS AND FASTENERS, WITH ZINC -RICH PRIMER. SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS (CONTINUED) 1.8 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. PROVIDE SAFETY CAGES FOR LADDERS LONGER THAN 20 FEET PER OSHA. B. FABRICATE LADDER SAFETY CAGES TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A14.3. ASSEMBLE BY WELDING OR WITH STAINLESS-STEEL FASTENERS. C. PROVIDE PRIMARY HOOPS AT TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF CAGES AND SPACED NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET O.C. PROVIDE SECONDARY INTERMEDIATE HOOPS SPACED NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES O.C. BETWEEN PRIMARY HOOPS. D. PRIME STEEL LADDER SAFETY CAGES, INCLUDING BRACKETS AND FASTENERS, WITH ZINC -RICH PRIMER. 1.9 METAL BOLLARDS A. FABRICATE METAL BOLLARDS FROM SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE. B. SIZE: 6 INCHES NOMINAL DIAMETER UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. C. FILL STEEL PIPE WITH CONCRETE TO TOP AND PROVIDE 1 INCH CROWN. D. PRIME BOLLARDS WITH ZINC -RICH PRIMER. E. FINISH PAINT'SAFETY YELLOW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 1.10 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. PROVIDE LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES FOR STEEL ITEMS BEARING ON MASONRY OR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. DRILL PLATES TO RECEIVE ANCHOR BOLTS AND FOR GROUTING. 1.11 EXTERIOR STEEL PIPE HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS A. DELEGATED DESIGN: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS," TO DESIGN RAILINGS, INCLUDING ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. B. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: RAILINGS, INCLUDING ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, SHALL WITHSTAND THE EFFECTS OF GRAVITY LOADS AND THE FOLLOWING LOADS AND STRESSES WITHIN LIMITS AND UNDER CONDITIONS INDICATED: 1. HANDRAILS AND TOP RAILS OF GUARDS: a. UNIFORM LOAD OF 50 LBF/ FT. APPLIED IN ANY DIRECTION. b. CONCENTRATED LOAD OF 200 LBF APPLIED IN ANY DIRECTION. c. UNIFORM AND CONCENTRATED LOADS NEED NOT BE ASSUMED TO ACT CONCURRENTLY. 2. INFILL OF GUARDS: a. CONCENTRATED LOAD OF 50 LB/FT APPLIED HORIZONTALLY ON AN AREA OF 1 SQ. FT. b. INFILL LOAD AND OTHER LOADS NEED NOT BE ASSUMED TO ACT CONCURRENTLY. C. PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M, TYPE F OR TYPE S, GRADE A, STANDARD WEIGHT (SCHEDULE 40), UNLESS ANOTHER GRADE AND WEIGHT ARE REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL LOADS. 1. SIZE: a. HANDRAIL: 1-1/2 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER. b. GUARDRAILS, POSTS, AND INFILL MEMBERS: 1-1/2 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER, TYPICAL. D. 2 INCHES WHERE REQUIRED STRUCTURAL LOAD CONDITIONS. E. PRIME STEEL PIPE HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS, INCLUDING POSTS AND INFILL MEMBERS, WITH ZINC -RICH PRIMER. F. FINISH: AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. G. FABRICATION: 1. CUT, DRILL, AND PUNCH METALS CLEANLY AND ACCURATELY. REMOVE BURRS AND EASE EDGES TO A RADIUS OF APPROXIMATELY 1132 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. REMOVE SHARP OR ROUGH AREAS ON EXPOSED SURFACES. 2. WELDED CONNECTIONS: COPE COMPONENTS AT CONNECTIONS TO PROVIDE CLOSE FIT, OR USE FITTINGS DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE. WELD ALL AROUND AT CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING AT FITTINGS. 3. FORM CHANGES IN DIRECTION BY BENDING. 4. FOR CHANGES INDIRECTION MADE BY BENDING, USE JIGS TO PRODUCE UNIFORM CURVATURE FOR EACH REPETITIVE CONFIGURATION REQUIRED. MAINTAIN CROSS SECTION OF MEMBER THROUGHOUT ENTIRE BEND WITHOUT BUCKLING, TWISTING, CRACKING, OR OTHERWISE DEFORMING EXPOSED SURFACES OF COMPONENTS. 5. WELD CAPS TO EXPOSED ENDS OF HANDRAILS OR GUARDRAILS WITH 1/8 INCH MINIMUM STEEL PLATE AND GRIND SMOOTH. 6. PROVIDE WALL RETURNS AT ENDS OF WALL -MOUNTED HANDRAILS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7. BRACKETS, FLANGES, FITTINGS, AND ANCHORS: PROVIDE WALL BRACKETS, FLANGES, MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, AND ANCHORS TO INTERCONNECT RAILING MEMBERS TO OTHER WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.12 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. FABRICATE LOOSE STEEL LINTELS FROM STEEL ANGLES AND SHAPES OF SIZE INDICATED FOR OPENINGS AND RECESSES IN MASONRY WALLS AND PARTITIONS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED. B. GALVANIZE LOOSE STEEL LINTELS LOCATED IN EXTERIOR WALLS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. PRIME LOOSE STEEL LINTELS LOCATED IN EXTERIOR WALLS WITH ZINC -RICH PRIMER WHERE INDICATED. 1.13 FINISHES, GENERAL A. FINISH METAL FABRICATIONS AFTER ASSEMBLY. 1.14 STEEL ANDIRON FINISHES A. GALVANIZING: HOT -DIP GALVANIZE ITEMS AS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A 153/A 153M FOR STEEL AND IRON HARDWARE AND WITH ASTM A 123/A 123M FOR OTHER STEEL AND IRON PRODUCTS, B. SHOP PRIME IRON AND STEEL ITEMS NOT INDICATED TO BE GALVANIZED UNLESS THEY ARE TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, SPRAYED -ON FIREPROOFING, OR MASONRY, OR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. SHOP PRIME WITH UNIVERSAL SHOP PRIMER UNLESS PRIMERS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099100' PAINT" ARE INDICATED. C. PREPARATION FOR SHOP PRIMING: PREPARE SURFACES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BELOW: 1. EXTERIOR ITEMS: SSPC-SP 6/NACE NO. 3, "COMMERCIAL BLAST CLEANING." 2. ITEMS INDICATED TO RECEIVE ZINC -RICH PRIMER: SSPC-SP 6/NACE NO. 3, "COMMERCIAL BLAST CLEANING." 3. ITEMS INDICATED TO RECEIVE PRIMERS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099100 "PAINT": SSPC-SP 61NACE NO. 3, "COMMERCIAL BLAST CLEANING." 4. OTHER ITEMS: SSPC-SP 3, "POWER TOOL CLEANING" D. SHOP PRIMING: APPLY SHOP PRIMER TO COMPLY WITH SSPC-PA 1, "PAINT APPLICATION SPECIFICATION NO. 1: SHOP, FIELD, AND MAINTENANCE PAINTING OF STEEL," FOR SHOP PAINTING. 1.15 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. CUTTING, FITTING, AND PLACEMENT: PERFORM CUTTING, DRILLING, AND FITTING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLING METAL FABRICATIONS. SET METAL FABRICATIONS ACCURATELY IN LOCATION, ALIGNMENT, AND ELEVATION; WITH EDGES AND SURFACES LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND FREE OF RACK; AND MEASURED FROM ESTABLISHED LINES AND LEVELS. B. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS ACCURATELY TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS. WELD CONNECTIONS THAT ARE NOT TO BE LEFT AS EXPOSED JOINTS BUT CANNOT BE SHOP WELDED BECAUSE OF SHIPPING SIZE LIMITATIONS. DO NOT WELD, CUT, OR ABRADE SURFACES OF EXTERIOR UNITS THAT HAVE BEEN HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND ARE FOR BOLTED OR SCREWED FIELD CONNECTIONS. C. FIELD WELDING: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. USE MATERIALS AND METHODS THAT MINIMIZE DISTORTION AND DEVELOP STRENGTH AND CORROSION RESISTANCE OF BASE METALS. 2. OBTAIN FUSION WITHOUT UNDERCUT OR OVERLAP. 3. REMOVE WELDING FLUX IMMEDIATELY. 4. AT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS, FINISH EXPOSED WELDS AND SURFACES SMOOTH AND BLENDED SO NO ROUGHNESS SHOWS AFTER FINISHING AND CONTOUR OF WELDED SURFACE MATCHES THAT OF ADJACENT SURFACE. D. FASTENING TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND FASTENERS WHERE METAL FABRICATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE FASTENED TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION. E. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING OR ANCHORS IN FORMWORK FOR ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE BUILT INTO CONCRETE, MASONRY, OR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION. 1.16 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. TOUCHUP PAINTING: IMMEDIATELY AFTER ERECTION, CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS, AND ABRADED AREAS. PAINT UNCOATED AND ABRADED AREAS WITH THE SAME MATERIAL AS USED FOR SHOP PAINTING TO COMPLY WITH SSPC-PA 1 FOR TOUCHING UP SHOP -PAINTED SURFACES. B. GALVANIZED SURFACES: CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS, AND ABRADED AREAS AND REPAIR GALVANIZING TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A 780/A 780M. SECTION 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 GENERAL: PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY. A. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. B. PLYWOOD: PROVIDE MINIMUM APA C -D EXTERIOR (CDX) PLYWOOD; STRESS RATED WHERE SPANNING SUPPORTING MEMBERS; FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 3/4" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. PLYWOOD STANDARD: COMPLY WITH PS1 (ANSI A199.1). 2. PLYWOOD PANEL BOARDS: PROVIDE PANEL BOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION PANEL BOARDS; APA C -D PLUGGED, INTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 112" THICK. 3. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C -D PLUGGED, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED NOT LESS THAN 1/2" THICKNESS. C. FASTENERS: PROVIDE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SECURE INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY; D. GALVANIZED AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHEN USED WITH PRESSURE -TREATED WOOD; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; PROVIDE E. WASHERS FOR NUTS AND BOLTS. 1.2 INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. A. PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH APA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. B. PLACE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. C. COORDINATE LOCATION SO ATTACHED WORK WILL COMPLY WITH DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND BE PROPERLY LOCATED. D. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. E. FIT CARPENTRY WORK TO OTHER WORK; SCRIBE AND COPE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE FIT. F. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. G. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER BOLT HEADS AND NUTS IN CONTACT WITH WOOD. UaVltd, Medical Group z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 0 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W = Z)a z 0 0 W 0 0 0 LU 0 w w In I 0 W '0 a J F_ W V) a U c E ;B C M a w N J a o _J is 2 =6)o :a -cU m Q 0 o CC o a) U)N o U U_ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ASP -02 M Q w =30 0 � QI CU (f) --r- N ' 0 O aj = ti � U N ''^^ vJ co CU -rO LO 2 J LL. LL w � CU 0� I.-/ CU � U) U U_ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ASP -02 6 W H M_ = w a N C U w O w CL w w = 0 M O LU C0 cD z 0 J U z C Z Y } z Q ILw r;. ■ M 0 - CN N 0 N M co 0 N N E5 FO 0 9 Y _ca� U J `o m m M 0, s If 0 z SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS AND SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS. 2. WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS FOR INSTALLING PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS UNLESS CONCEALED WITHIN OTHER CONSTRUCTION BEFORE CABINET INSTALLATION. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT, INCLUDING PANEL PRODUCTS, HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE, ADHESIVE FOR BONDING PLASTIC LAMINATE, FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS, AND CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES. 1. FOR INSTALLATION ADHESIVES, INCLUDING PRINTED STATEMENT OF VOC CONTENT. 2. FOR ADHESIVES AND COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS, DOCUMENTATION INDICATING THAT PRODUCTS CONTAIN NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE C. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW LOCATION OF EACH ITEM, DIMENSIONED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS, LARGE-SCALE DETAILS, ATTACHMENT DEVICES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. D. PHYSICAL SAMPLES: VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FABRICATOR AND INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED PARTICIPANT IN AWI'S QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM OR LICENSEE OF WI'S CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE PROGRAM. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL CABINETS UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING AND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 1.5 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS A. QUALITY STANDARD: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, COMPLY WITH THE "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS" FOR GRADES OF ARCHITECTURAL PLASTIC -LAMINATE CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS INDICATED FOR CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES, INSTALLATION, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. B. GRADE: PREMIUM. C. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3, GRADES AS INDICATED OR IF NOT INDICATED, AS REQUIRED BY WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARD. 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: (AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS). a. WILSONART HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES. b. FORMICA HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES. 2. FINISHES: MATTE FINISH OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. 4. LAMINATE CLADDING FOR EXPOSED SURFACES: a. HORIZONTAL SURFACES: GRADE HGS. b. POSTFORMED SURFACES: GRADE HGP. C. VERTICAL SURFACES: GRADE VGS. d. PATTERN DIRECTION: VERTICALLY FOR DRAWER FRONTS, DOORS, AND FIXED PANELS. 5. MATERIALS FOR SEMI EXPOSED SURFACES: a. SURFACES OTHER THAN DRAWER BODIES: THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANELS. b. DRAWER SIDES AND BACKS: THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANELS WITH PVC EDGE BANDING. C. DRAWER BOTTOMS: THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANELS. G. CABINET CONSTRUCTION 1. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: FRAMELESS. 2. CABINET, DOOR, AND DRAWER FRONT INTERFACE STYLE: FLUSH OVERLAY. 3. REVEAL DIMENSION: AS INDICATED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H. COUNTERTOP CONSTRUCTION 1. EDGE TREATMENT: 3 -MM PVC EDGING OR AS INDICATED. 2. CORE MATERIAL AT SINKS: PARTICLEBOARD MADE WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD MADE WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, OR EXTERIOR -GRADE PLYWOOD. 3. BUILD UP COUNTERTOP THICKNESS TO 1-1/9 INCHES AT FRONT, BACK, AND ENDS WITH ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF CORE MATERIAL LAMINATED TO TOP 4. BACKER SHEET: PROVIDE PLASTIC -LAMINATE BACKER SHEET, NEMA LD 3, GRADE BKL, ON UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP SUBSTRATE. I. DUST PANELS: 1/4 -INCH PLYWOOD OR TEMPERED HARDBOARD ABOVE COMPARTMENTS AND DRAWERS UNLESS LOCATED DIRECTLY UNDER TOPS. 1.6 WOOD MATERIALS A. WOOD PRODUCTS: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD FOR EACH TYPE OF WOODWORK AND QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. WOOD MOISTURE CONTENT: 8 TO 13 PERCENT. B. COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD FOR EACH TYPE OF WOODWORK AND QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. RECYCLED CONTENT OF MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD AND PARTICLEBOARD: POSTCONSUMER RECYCLED CONTENT PLUS ONE-HALF OF PRE -CONSUMER RECYCLED CONTENT NOT LESS THAN 20% PERCENT. 2. COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS: PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALLSCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS." 3. MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD: ANSI A208.2, GRADE 130, PREMIUM GRADE, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 4. PARTICLEBOARD: ANSI A208.1, GRADE M-2, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 5. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1, MEDIUM -DENSITY OVERLAY. 6. MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1-95, APA B -B. 7. VENEER -FACED PANEL PRODUCTS (HARDWOOD PLYWOOD): HPVA HP -1, MADE WITH ADHESIVE CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 8. THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANELS: PARTICLEBOARD OR MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD FINISHED WITH THERMALLY FUSED, MELAMINE -IMPREGNATED DECORATIVE PAPER AND COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA LD 3, GRADE VGL, FOR TEST METHODS 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, AND 3.10. 1.7 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS, GENERAL: WHERE FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS ARE INDICATED, USE MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THIS ARTICLE THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND WITH FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. 1. IDENTIFY FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY IN THE FORM OF REMOVABLE PAPER LABEL OR IMPRINT ON SURFACES THAT WILL BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AFTER INSTALLATION. B. FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME -SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 20 MINUTES, AND WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET BEYOND THE CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST. 1. KILN DRY LUMBER AND PLYWOOD AFTER TREATMENT TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 AND 15 PERCENT, RESPECTIVELY. 1.8 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES C. FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGES (EUROPEAN TYPE): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 100 DEGREES OF OPENING. D. PIANO HINGES: BHMA A156.9, STAINLESS STEEL. E. BACK -MOUNTED PULLS: BHMA A156.9, B02011. F. WIRE PULLS: BACK MOUNTED, SOLID METAL, 4 INCHES LONG, 1-3/8' INCHES DEEP, AND 5/16 INCH IN DIAMETER. G. ADJUSTABLE SHELF STANDARDS AND SUPPORTS: BHMA A156.9, B04071; WITH SHELF RESTS, B04081. H. SHELF RESTS: BHMA A156.9, B04013; METAL, TWO -PIN TYPE WITH SHELF HOLD-DOWN CLIP. I. DRAWER SLIDES: BHMA A156.9. 1. GRADE 1 AND GRADE 2: SIDE MOUNTED AND EXTENDING UNDER BOTTOM EDGE OF DRAWER; FULL EXTENSION TYPE; EPDXY- COATED STEEL WITH POLYMER ROLLERS. 2. GRADE 1HD-100 AND GRADE 1HD-200: SIDE MOUNTED; FULL -EXTENSION TYPE; ZINC -PLATED STEEL BALL-BEARING SLIDES. 3. FOR DRAWERS NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES (75 MM) HIGH AND NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (600 MM) WIDE, PROVIDE GRADE 1. 4. FOR DRAWERS MORE THAN 3 INCHES (75 MM) HIGH BUT NOT MORE THAN 6 INCHES (150 MM) HIGH AND NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (600 MM) WIDE, PROVIDE GRADE 1 HD -100. 5. FOR DRAWERS MORE THAN 6 INCHES (150 MM) HIGH OR MORE THAN 24 INCHES (600 MM) WIDE, PROVIDE GRADE 1HD-200. 6. FOR COMPUTER KEYBOARD SHELVES, PROVIDE GRADE 1 HD -100. 7. FOR TRASH BINS PROVIDE GRADE 1HD-200. J. DOOR LOCKS: BHMA A156.11, E07121. K. DRAWER LOCKS: BHMA All 56.11, E07041. L. DOOR AND DRAWER SILENCERS: BHMA A156.16, L03011. M. EXPOSED HARDWARE FINISHES: STAIN STAINLESS STEEL, BHMA 630 N. GROMMETS FOR CABLE PASSAGE THROUGH COUNTERTOPS: 2 -INCH, COLOR TO MATCH COUNTERTOP FINISH, MOLDED - PLASTIC GROMMETS AND MATCHING PLASTIC CAPS WITH SLOT FOR WIRE PASSAGE. 1.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS: FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED SOFTWOOD LUMBER, KILN DRIED TO LESS THAN 15 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT. B. ANCHORS: SELECT MATERIAL TYPE SIZE AND FINISH REQUIRED FOR EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE. PROVIDE METAL EXPANSION SLEEVES OR EXPANSION BOLTS FOR POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS. USE NONFERROUS -METAL OR HOT -DIP GALVANIZED ANCHORS AND INSERTS AT INSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR WALLS AND AT FLOORS. C. ADHESIVES: DO NOT USE ADHESIVES THAT CONTAIN UREA FORMALDEHYDE. D. ADHESIVES: USE ADHESIVES THAT MEET THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES"'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS." E. ADHESIVE FOR BONDING PLASTIC LAMINATE: UN -PIGMENTED CONTACT CEMENT. F. ADHESIVE FOR BONDING EDGES: HOT -MELT ADHESIVE OR ADHESIVE SPECIFIED ABOVE FOR FACES. SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS (CONTINUED) 1.10 EXAMINATION & PREPARATION A. EXAMINE SURFACES FOR CONDITIONS THAT WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACING OR EDGE PERFORMANCE. B. BEFORE INSTALLATION, CONDITION CABINETS TO AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY CONDITIONS IN INSTALLATION AREAS. 1.11 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: INSTALL DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, APPROVED SUBMITTALS AND REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 6 SECTION'FINISH CARPENTRY' &'INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK'. B. INSTALL CABINETS LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 96 INCHES. C. SCRIBE AND CUT CABINETS TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, REFINISH CUT SURFACES, AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. D. ANCHOR CABINETS TO ANCHORS OR BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING. USE FINE FINISHING NAILS OR FINISHING SCREWS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING, COUNTERSUNK AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK. E. CABINETS: INSTALL WITHOUT DISTORTION SO DOORS AND DRAWERS FIT OPENINGS PROPERLY AND ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORS AND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED. SECTION 068316 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) WALL PANELS, 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.3RAN UALITY ASSURANCE Q SU C A. INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER REGULARLY ENGAGED, FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS, IN INSTALLATION OF FRP PANELS OF SIMILAR TYPE TO THAT SPECIFIED. B. STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS: STORE AND HANDLE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.4 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. DURING INSTALLATION AND WITHIN 48 HOURS BEFORE INSTALLATION, MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY WITHIN LIMITS REQUIRED BY TYPE OF FRP PANEL ADHESIVE USED AND ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.5 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE FRP PANELS THAT FAIL WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. B. INSTALLER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY: INSTALLER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH INSTALLER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE FRP PANELS THAT FAIL DUE TO POOR WORKMANSHIP OR FAULTY INSTALLATION WITHIN SPECIFIED 1.6 FRP PANELS AND ACCESSORIES A. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR PRODUCTS AND FINISHES. B. PANEL DIMENSIONS: USE MAXIMUM MANUFACTURED SIZE. C. MOLDINGS, TRIM, AND CAPS: 1 -PIECE EXTRUDED POLYPROPYLENE OR PVC, CONFIGURED TO COVER PANEL EDGES AND CORNERS. D. PANEL ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY FRP PANEL MANUFACTURER FOR REQUIRED SUBSTRATES. 1.7 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO REMOVE SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF ADHESIVE, INCLUDING OIL, GREASE, DIRT, DUST, OR OTHER CONTAMINATES. B. ACCLIMATE FRP PANELS BY UNPACKING AND PLACING IN INSTALLATION SPACE A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 1.8 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FRP PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS B. INSTALL FRP PANELS PLUMB, LEVEL, SQUARE, FLAT, AND IN PROPER ALIGNMENT. C. INSTALL TRIM ACCESSORIES WITH ADHESIVE AND NAILS OR STAPLES. D. SEALANT: 1. FILL GROOVES IN TRIM ACCESSORIES WITH SEALANT BEFORE INSTALLING FRP PANELS. 2. BED INSIDE CORNER TRIM IN BEAD OF SEALANT. 3. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT AND SMEARS AS FRP PANELS ARE INSTALLED. 4. CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 072100 - THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM -PLASTIC BOARD. 2. FIBERGLASS BATT AND BLANKET. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOG IN SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD, TYPE IV, ASTM C 578, TYPE IV, 25 -PSI MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; UNFACED; MAXIMUM FLAME -SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 25 AND 450, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84. MINIMUM R-5 PER INCH. B. MINERAL -WOOL BATT, UNFACED: ASTM C 665, TYPE I (BLANKETS WITHOUT MEMBRANE FACING); CONSISTING OF FIBERS; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME -SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 25 AND 50, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84; PASSING ASTM E 136 FOR COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS. MINIMUM R-3.5 PER INCH. C. MINERAL -WOOL BLANKET, REINFORCED -FOIL FACED: ASTM C 665, TYPE III (REFLECTIVE FACED), CLASS A (FACED SURFACE WITH A FLAME -SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS PER ASTM E 84); CATEGORY 1 (MEMBRANE IS A VAPOR BARRIER), FACED WITH FOIL SCRIM, FOIL -SCRIM KRAFT, OR FOIL -SCRIM POLYETHYLENE. MINIMUM R-3.5 PER INCH. D. FIBERGLASS BATT, UNFACED: ASTM C 665, TYPE II, CLASS C (BLANKETS WITHOUT MEMBRANE FACING); CONSISTING OF FIBERGLASS FIBERS; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME -SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 25 AND 50, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84; PASSING ASTM E 136 FOR COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS. MINIMUM R-3.5 PER INCH. C. FIBERGLASS BLANKET, REINFORCED -FOIL FACED: ASTM C 665, TYPE III, CLASS C (REFLECTIVE FACED), CLASS A (FACED SURFACE WITH A FLAME -SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS PER ASTM E 84); CATEGORY 1 (MEMBRANE IS A VAPOR BARRIER), FACED WITH FOIL SCRIM, FOIL -SCRIM KRAFT, OR FOIL -SCRIM POLYETHYLENE. MINIMUM R-3.5 PER INCH. 1.4 ACCESSORIES A. VAPOR BARRIER: 10 -MIL POLYETHYLENE. B. INSULATION ANCHORS, SPINDLES, AND STANDOFFS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. ADHESIVE FOR BONDING INSULATION: PRODUCT COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION AND AIR AND WATER BARRIER MATERIALS, AND WITH DEMONSTRATED CAPABILITY TO BOND INSULATION SECURELY TO SUBSTRATES WITHOUT DAMAGING INSULATION AND SUBSTRATES. SECTION 072619 - TOPICAL MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION SYSTEM 1.1 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES A SINGLE -COAT, FAST CURING, 100% SOLIDS EPDXY MOISTURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FORMULATED TO SUPPRESS EXCESSIVE MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS IN NEW OR EXISTING CONCRETE. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLATION OF THE MOISTURE MITIGATION PRODUCT MUST BE COMPLETED BY A CERTIFIED APPLICATOR USING MIXING EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER. B. PRODUCTS USED FOR WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY COMPANIES WHICH HAVE SUCCESSFULLY SPECIALIZED IN PRODUCTION OF THIS TYPE OF WORK FOR NOT LESS THAN 10 YEARS. CONTACT MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1.4 WARRANTY: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD WARRANTY. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.7 TOPICAL MOISTURE VAPOR EMMISION SYSTEM A. ONE -COAT MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE. 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: ARDEX OR EQUAL APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 2. PERFORMANCE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR MATERIAL CURED AT 70° F+l-3° F AND 50% +/- 5% RELATIVE HUMIDITY: a. APPLICATION: MANUAL b. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ON CSP 3 PREPARED CONCRETE: MAX 270 SQ. FT. PER MIXED UNITS FOR 10 MILS. c. PERMEABILITY (ASTM E96): <0.06 PERMS d. 14 PH SOLUTION (ASTM D1308): NO EFFECT e. VOC: OG/L, CALCULATED SCAQMD 1113 f. WALKABLE: MINIMUM OF 4 HOURS SECTION 072100 - THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION (CONTINUED) 1.8 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT A. HYDRAULIC CEMENT -BASED SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT. 1. PERFORMANCE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR MATERIAL CURED AT 70° F +/-3° F AND 50%+/-5% RELATIVE HUMIDITY: a. APPLICATION: BARREL MIX OR PUMP b. FLOW TIME: 10 MINUTES c. INITIAL SET: APPROX. 30 MINUTES d. FINAL SET: APPROX. 90 MINUTES e. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: MINIMUM 4100 PSI AT 28 DAYS, ASTM Cl 09M. I. FLEXURAL STRENGTH: 1000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, ASTM C78. g. VOC: 0 G/L, CALCULATED SCAQMD 1113 1.9 WATER A. WATER SHALL BE CLEAN, POTABLE, AND SUFFICIENTLY COOL (NOT WARMER THAN 70° F). 1.10 PREPARATION A. CONCRETE SUBFLOORS: PREPARE SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. PRIOR TO PROCEEDING, REFER TO ASTM F710 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING. ALL CONCRETE SUBFLOORS MUST BE SOUND, SOLID, CLEAN, AND FREE OF ALL OIL, GREASE, DIRT, CURING COMPOUNDS AND ANY SUBSTRATE THAT MIGHT ACT AS A BOND BREAKER BEFORE APPLICATION. 2. MECHANICALLY PREPARE THE SURFACE TO OBTAIN A MINIMUM ICRI CONCRETE SURFACE PROFILE OF 3 (CSP 3). THE SUBSTRATE PREPARATION MUST BE BY MECHANICAL MEANS, SUCH AS SHOT BLASTING. 3. THE CONCRETE MUST HAVE A MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF AT LEAST 150 PSI FOR AREAS TO RECEIVE NORMAL FOOT TRAFFIC, AND 200 PSI FOR AREA OF HEAVY COMMERCIAL TRAFFIC WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1583. THE CONCRETE SURFACE CAN BE DAMP, BUT MUST BE FREE OF STANDING WATER. 4. PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE INSTALLATION, MEASURE THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY WITHIN THE CONCRETE (ASTM F2170). FOR THESE RELATIVE HUMIDITY METHODS, THE RH SHALL NOT EXCEED 100%. NO STANDING WATER SHALL BE PRESENT. 5. TO ACHIEVE A CONTINUOUS MOISTURE BARRIER, FORMANT CONTROL JOINTS AND DORMANT CRACKS GREATER THAN A HAIRLINE (1/32') MUST BE PRE -FILLED WITH A TWO-PART, LOW VISCOSITY, 100% SOLIDS, RIGID CRACK AND JOINT FILLER. FORMANT CRACKS AND DORMANT SAW CUTS MUST BE FILLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ONCE THE DORMANT CRACKS AND DORMANT SAW CUTS HAVE BEEN FILLED PROPERLY, BROADCAST SAND TO REFUSAL, AND ALLOW THESE AREAS TO SURE THOROUGHLY. REMOVE ALL EXCESS SAND PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 1.11 INSTALLATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATE AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH MATERIALS WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ADJACENT WORK TO ENSURE PROPER SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION. PROTECT ADJACENT AREAS FROM CONTACT DUE TO MIXING AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS. C. MIXING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. D. APPLICATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURE'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 1.12 PROTECTION A. PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE FINISH FLOORING, THE SURFACE OF THE UNDERLAYMENT SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM ABUSE BY OTHER TRADES BY THE USE OF PLYWOOD, MASONITE OR OTHER SUITABLE PROTECTION COURSE. SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS AT OPENINGS, PENETRATIONS, VOIDS, AND PERIPHERY OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION. WORK INCLUDES, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIRESTOPPING JOINTS IN THE FOLLOWING: A. WALLS AND PARTITIONS ABUTTING OTHER MATERIALS INCLUDING DECK. B. PENETRATIONS IN WALLS, PARTITIONS, OR SHAFTS. C. PENETRATIONS IN FLOOR ASSEMBLIES. 1.2 FIRESTOPPING RESPONSIBILITY: THE TRADE CAUSING, REQUIRING THE LARGEST PROPORTION OF THE PENETRATION. 1.3 FIRESTOPPING DEFINED: AN ASSEMBLY TO RETAIN THE INTEGRITY OF TIME _RATED CONSTRUCTION BY MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE BARRIER AGAINST THE SPREAD OF FLAME, SMOKE, AND GASES AT PENETRATIONS AND VOIDS. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): E 119-98 FIRE TESTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS. E 814-97 FIRE TESTS OF THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOPS. B. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA): 70-1996 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 101-1997 CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES (LIFE SAFETY CODE). C. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL): UL 1479 FIRE TESTS OF THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOPS UL 2079 TESTS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE OF BUILDING JOINT SYSTEMS. FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, 1998 OR LATEST EDITION. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. FIRESTOPPING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW FOR A DURATION NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED FOR THE TIME RATED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY. PENETRATIONS; ASTM E 814, PERIMETER OPENINGS; ASTM E 119. B. FIRESTOPPING IN FLOORS HAVING VOID OPENINGS OF 4 INCHES OR MORE TO BE REINFORCED OR COVERED TO SUPPORT THE FLOOR LOAD REQUIREMENTS; ALL IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. FIRESTOPPING TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENTIAL DEFLECTION AND MOVEMENT BETWEEN ADJACENT SUBSTRATES WITHOUT DAMAGE TO SUBSTRATES, FIRESTOPPING, LOSS OF FIRESTOPPING PERFORMANCE, AND WITHOUT TRANSFER OF STRUCTURAL LOADS THROUGH FIRESTOPPING DESIGN. 1.6 SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, COPIES OF TESTS AND OTHER PRODUCT DATA VERIFYING CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ASSEMBLIES AND INSTALLATION METHODS. SHOW PROPOSED DETAILS OF INSTALLATION, REINFORCING, AND ANCHORAGE. DETAILS SHALL REFLECT ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS FOR UNUSUAL CONDITIONS OR CONDITIONS NOT COVERED BY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS. MANUFACTURERS PRODUCT DATA SHEETS MAY BE SUBMITTED INSTEAD OF SHOP DRAWINGS IF SUBMITTAL INCLUDES ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION. 1.7 INSTALLER: MUST BE SPECIALISTS IN THE INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING OF THE TYPE REQUIRED 1.8 REGULATORY AGENCIES: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SEPARATIONS AND PENETRATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: NYC BUILDING CODE, NFPA 70, NFPA 101. A. FIRESTOPPING TO BE LISTED UNDER UL 1479 AND ACCEPTABLE TO GOVERNING CODES AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. B. UNTESTED SYSTEMS: FOR THOSE FIRESTOP APPLICATIONS THAT EXIST FOR WHICH NO UL TESTED SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE THROUGH ANY MANUFACTURER, SUBMIT A MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGMENT DERIVED FROM SIMILAR UL SYSTEM DESIGNS OR OTHER TESTS TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THEIR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1.9 PROVIDE PRODUCTS FROM ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS ACCORDING TO THE SUITABILITY OF THE PRODUCT FOR THE INTENDED PURPOSE. A. STI (SPECSEAL). B. 3M CONTRACTOR PRODUCTS. C. NELSON. D. IPC (INTERNATIONAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS, CORP.) E. TREMCO. F. RECTORSEAL. G. DOW CORNING. H. US GYPSUM CO. I. INTERNATIONAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS, CORP. J. STANDARD OIL (FYRE PUTTY). K. GENERAL ELECTRIC (PENSIL). L. HILTI. M. FLAMMADUR CORPORATION OF AMERICA. N. FYRESLEEVE INDUSTRIES, INC., BURNABY, BRITISH COLUMBIA. 1.10 PRODUCTS TO BE ASBESTOS FREE AND SUITABLE FOR PENETRATIONS MADE BY STEEL, GLASS, PLASTIC, OR INSULATED PIPE ACCORDING TO THE ACTUAL MATERIALS USED. FIRE -RATING CLASSIFICATION FOR INSULATED PIPE MUST NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL OF THE INSULATION. 1.11 SEALANTS TO HAVE A VOC LIMIT OF 250 G/L 1.12 EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH FIRESTOPPING WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND NOTIFY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING OF UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED IN MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO INSTALLER. INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE AND CONDITIONS. 1.13 OBTAIN MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION AND PRACTICES FOR INSTALLING CREW. CLEAN JOINT SURFACES FREE FROM DIRT, GREASE, OIL, LOOSE MATERIALS, RUST, OR OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT MAY AFFECT PROPER FITTING OR THE REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE. 1.14 UPON COMPLETION, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF MASKING MATERIALS; REMOVE ALL EXCESS SEALING MATERIALS; CLEAN ADJACENT EXPOSED SURFACES OF ALL SOIL AND STAIN RESULTING FROM FIRESTOPPING OPERATIONS. 1.15 PROVIDE UL -CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS FOR THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BELOW. U.L. CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS REFERENCED ARE ALPHA -NUMERIC DESIGNATIONS LISTED IN U.L.'S "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY". SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS. 2. NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS. 3. URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS. 4. IMMERSIBLE JOINT SEALANTS. 5. MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS. 6. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1021 TO CONDUCT THE TESTING INDICATED. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. PRECONSTRUCTION LABORATORY TESTING: SUBMIT TO JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURERS, FOR TESTING INDICATED BELOW, SAMPLES OF MATERIALS THAT WILL CONTACT OR AFFECT JOINT SEALANTS. 1. ADHESION TESTING: USE ASTM C 794 TO DETERMINE WHETHER PRIMING AND OTHER SPECIFIC JOINT PREPARATION TECHNIQUES ARE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN RAPID, OPTIMUM ADHESION OF JOINT SEALANTS TO JOINT SUBSTRATES. 2. COMPATIBILITY TESTING: USE ASTM C 1087 TO DETERMINE SEALANT COMPATIBILITY WHEN IN CONTACT WITH GLAZING AND GASKET MATERIALS. 3. STAIN TESTING: USE ASTM C 1248 TO DETERMINE STAIN POTENTIAL OF SEALANT WHEN IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR EFIS SUBSTRATES. B. PRECONSTRUCTION FIELD -ADHESION TESTING: BEFORE INSTALLING SEALANTS, FIELD TEST THEIR ADHESION TO PROJECT JOINT SUBSTRATES. TEST JOINT SEALANTS ACCORDING TO METHOD A, FIELD -APPLIED SEALANT JOINT HAND PULL TAB IN APPENDIX X1.1 IN ASTM C 1193 OR A METHOD 0 L TAI PROCEDURE, IN ASTM C 1521. 1.5 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL INSTALLER'S WARRANTY: INSTALLER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE JOINT SEALANTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: TWO YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. SPECIAL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO FURNISH JOINT SEALANTS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THOSE JOINT SEALANTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR URETHANE SEALANTS: FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR SILICONE SEALANTS: 20 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.6 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE JOINT SEALANTS, BACKINGS, AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER, BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. B. VOC CONTENT OF INTERIOR SEALANTS: SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS USED INSIDE THE WEATHERPROOFING SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. ARCHITECTURAL SEALANTS SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 G/L OR LESS. 2. SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS FOR NONPOROUS SUBSTRATES SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 G/L OR LESS. 3. SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS FOR NONPOROUS SUBSTRATES SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 775 G/L OR LESS. C. LOW -EMITTING INTERIOR SEALANTS: SEALANTS AND SEALANT PRIMERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH'S (FORMERLY, THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES') "STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS" D. LIQUID -APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 920 AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR EACH LIQUID - APPLIED JOINT SEALANT SPECIFIED, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING ASTM C 920 CLASSIFICATIONS FOR TYPE, GRADE, CLASS, AND USES RELATED TO EXPOSURE AND JOINT SUBSTRATES. E. STAIN -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: WHERE SEALANTS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NON -STAINING TO POROUS SUBSTRATES, PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT HAVE UNDERGONE TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1248 AND HAVE NOT STAINED POROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED FOR PROJECT. F. COLORS OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALANTS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 1.7 GLAZING SEALANTS A. TWO-PART SILICONE ELASTOMERIC ADHESIVE/SEALANT FOR USE STRUCTURAL GLAZING APPLICATIONS, ASTM C 920, TYPE M, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE G AND A. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OR EQUAL. a. GE ADVANCED MATERIALS - ULTRAGLAZE-SSG4600 b. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 963 1.8 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. SILICONE, S, NS, 100/50, NT: SINGLE -COMPONENT, NONSAG, PLUS 100 PERCENT AND MINUS 50 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, NONTRAFFIC-USE, NEUTRAL -CURING SILICONE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 100/50, USE NT. 1. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 790. 2. GE ADVANCED MATERIALS - SILICONES; SILPRUF LM SCS2700. 3. PECORA CORPORATION; 890. 4. SIKA CORPORATION, CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DIVISION; SIKASIL-C990. 5. TREMCO INCORPORATED; SPECTREM 1. B. SILICONE, S, NS, 50, NT: SINGLE -COMPONENT, NONSAG, PLUS 50 PERCENT AND MINUS 50 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, NONTRAFFIC-USE, NEUTRAL -CURING SILICONE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 50, USE NT. 1. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 790 2. GE ADVANCED MATERIALS - SILICONES; SILPRUF LM SCS2000 1.9 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. URETHANE, S, NS, 25, NT: SINGLE -COMPONENT, NONSAG, NONTRAFFIC-USE, PLUS 25 PERCENT AND MINUS 25 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, URETHANE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE NT. 1. SIKA CORPORATION, INC.; SIKAFLEX -1A. 2. BASF BUILDING SYSTEMS; SONOLASTIC NP1. 3. TREMCO; VULKEM 116 B. URETHANE, S, P, 25, T, NT: SINGLE -COMPONENT, POURABLE, PLUS 25 PERCENT AND MINUS 25 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, TRAFFIC- AND NONTRAFFIC-USE, URETHANE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE P, CLASS 25, USES T AND NT. 1. BASF BUILDING SYSTEMS; SONOLASTIC SL 1. 2. BOSTIK, INC.; CHEM -CALK 950. 3. PECORA CORPORATION; UREXPAN NR -201. 4. SIKA CORPORATION. CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DIVISION; SIKAFLEX -1 CSL. 5. TREMCO INCORPORATED; VULKEM 45 C. URETHANE, M, NS, 25, NT: MULTICOMPONENT, NONSAG, PLUS 25 PERCENT AND MINUS 25 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, NONTRAFFIC-USE, URETHANE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE M, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE NT. 1. BASF BUILDING SYSTEMS; SONOLASTIC NP 2. 2. BOSTIK, INC.; CHEM -CALK 500. 3. PECORA CORPORATION; DYNATROL II. 4. TREMCO INCORPORATED; DYMERIC 240. 5. SIKA CORPORATION, CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DIVISION; SIKAFLEX - 2C NS. 1.10 MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A. MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS: FORMULATED FOR PROLONGED EXPOSURE TO HUMIDITY WITH FUNGICIDE TO PREVENT MOLD AND MILDEW GROWTH. B. SILICONE, MILDEW RESISTANT, ACID CURING, S, NS, 25, NT: MILDEW -RESISTANT, SINGLE -COMPONENT, NONSAG, PLUS 25 PERCENT AND MINUS 25 PERCENT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY, NONTRAFFIC-USE, ACIDCURING SILICONE JOINT SEALANT; ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE NT. 1. GE ADVANCED MATERIALS -SILICONES; SANITARY SCS1700 2. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 786 MILDEW RESISTANT 2. BASF BUILDING SYSTEMS; OMNIPLUS. 3. TREMCO INCORPORATED; TREMSIL 200 SANITARY. C. ACRYLIC LATEX: ACRYLIC LATEX OR SILICONIZED ACRYLIC LATEX, ASTM C 834, TYPE OR GRADE NF. 1. PECORA CORPORATION; AC -20+. 2. SONNEBORN, DIVISION OF CHEMREX INC.; SONOLAC. 3. TREMCO; TREMFLEX 834. 1.11 ACOUSTIC JOINT SEALANTS A. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NONSAG, PAINTABLE, NONSTAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834. PRODUCT EFFECTIVELY REDUCES AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION THROUGH PERIMETER JOINTS AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AS DEMONSTRATED BY TESTING REPRESENTATIVE ASSEMBLIES ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 GIL OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). 1. PECORA CORPORATION; AC -20 FTR. 2. USG CORPORATION; SHEETROCK ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 3. TREMCO; ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 1.12 BUTYL RUBBER MASTIC A. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BUYTL RUBBER AND POLISOBUTYLENE SEALANT, TYPE 1, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1311. 1. TREMCO; BUYTL SEALANT. 2. W.R. MEADOWS; POINTING MASTIC. 3. PECORA CORPORATION; BA -98. SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS (CONTINUED NEXT PAGE) I I 040 . 0 .. 0 z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 0 inFORM �iA a _; www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 W H 2 U w < z J N z 0 C3 w Y 0 0 LU < 0 0 U) w w F_ W U) M w :•7 U_ LL U W ♦0- V ) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -03 W U) C N a5 C CL CK m a w 2! J E J_ o No M m N =-w =:!=!t6 L O ce - w ;� 0 o c w 0 0 o aD N o w F_ W U) M w :•7 U_ LL U W ♦0- V ) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -03 W U) 0 CL CK =3 O p U_ 0QI C6 U) ,r-- V , O C > 'r- 0 0 - cl i 'Cl --C Q ti N C() G C/)U M M = L0 O N J L LL LL - 42, �r ~ LLJ F- Q O 0 CU a Q 0 Z jN�. c�a r U) w F_ W U) M w :•7 U_ LL U W ♦0- V ) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -03 W U) 0 W H M _ 0 W M (6 �_0 LU 0 w CL w LU = 0 z 0 LU CD Z) C9 z Cl M J 0 z 0 Z Y z Q 0 z 0 Ln _ M a M 0 N &S C2 0 N r - " F. Q Y m -£� 3: 0 w Q J 1 0 c m W 6 a U) 0 z SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS (CONTINUED) 1.13 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. CYLINDRICAL SEALANT BACKINGS: ASTM C 1330, TYPE C (CLOSED -CELL MATERIAL WITH A SURFACE SKIN) OR ANY OF THE PRECEDING TYPES, AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR JOINT APPLICATION INDICATED, AND OF SIZE AND DENSITY TO CONTROL SEALANT DEPTH AND OTHERWISE CONTRIBUTE TO PRODUCING OPTIMUM SEALANT PERFORMANCE. B. BOND -BREAKER TAPE: POLYETHYLENE TAPE OR OTHER PLASTIC TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR PREVENTING SEALANT FROM ADHERING TO RIGID, INFLEXIBLE JOINT -FILLER MATERIALS OR JOINT SURFACES AT BACK OF JOINT WHERE SUCH ADHESION WOULD RESULT IN SEALANT FAILURE. PROVIDE SELFADHESIVE TAPE WHERE APPLICABLE. 1.14 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. PRIMER: MATERIAL RECOMMENDED BY JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER WHERE REQUIRED FOR ADHESION OF SEALANT TO JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED, AS DETERMINED FROM PRECONSTRUCTION JOINT -SEALANT -SUBSTRATE TESTS AND FIELD TESTS. B. CLEANERS FOR NONPOROUS SURFACES: CHEMICAL CLEANERS ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURERS OF SEALANTS AND SEALANT BACKING MATERIALS. C. MASKING TAPE: NONSTAINING, NONABSORBENT MATERIAL COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT SEALANTS AND SURFACES ADJACENT TO JOINTS. 1.15 PREPARATION A. EXAMINE JOINTS INDICATED TO RECEIVE JOINT SEALANTS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR JOINT CONFIGURATION, INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING JOINT -SEALANT PERFORMANCE. B. SURFACE CLEANING OF JOINTS: CLEAN OUT JOINTS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLING JOINT SEALANTS TO COMPLY WITH JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. JOINT PRIMING: PRIME JOINT SUBSTRATES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER OR AS INDICATED BY PRECONSTRUCTION JOINT -SEALANT -SUBSTRATE TESTS OR PRIOR EXPERIENCE. CONFINE PRIMERS TO AREAS OF JOINT - SEALANT BOND; DO NOT ALLOW SPILLAGE OR MIGRATION ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES. D. MASKING TAPE: USE MASKING TAPE WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONTACT OF SEALANT WITH ADJOINING SURFACES THAT OTHERWISE WOULD BE PERMANENTLY STAINED OR DAMAGED BY SUCH CONTACT OR BY CLEANING METHODS REQUIRED TO REMOVE SEALANT SMEARS. REMOVE TAPE IMMEDIATELY AFTER TOOLING WITHOUT DISTURBING JOINT SEAL. 1.16 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1193 AND JOINT -SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS APPLY. B. INSTALL SEALANT BACKINGS OF KIND INDICATED TO SUPPORT SEALANTS DURING APPLICATION AND AT POSITION REQUIRED TO PRODUCE CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS OF INSTALLED SEALANTS RELATIVE TO JOINT WIDTHS THAT ALLOW OPTIMUM SEALANT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY. C. INSTALL BOND -BREAKER TAPE BEHIND SEALANTS WHERE SEALANT BACKINGS ARE NOT USED BETWEEN SEALANTS AND BACKS OF JOINTS. D. INSTALL SEALANTS USING PROVEN TECHNIQUES THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING AND AT THE SAME TIME BACKINGS ARE INSTALLED: E. TOOLING OF NON -SAG SEALANTS: IMMEDIATELY AFTER SEALANT APPLICATION AND BEFORE SKINNING OR CURING BEGINS, TOOL SEALANTS TO FORM SMOOTH, UNIFORM BEADS OF CONFIGURATION INDICATED. USE TOOLING AGENTS THAT ARE APPROVED IN WRITING BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER AND THAT DO NOT DISCOLOR SEALANTS OR ADJACENT SURFACES. 1. PROVIDE CONCAVE JOINT PROFILE PER FIGURE 8A IN ASTM C 1193 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.17 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON -TRAFFIC SURFACES. 1. JOINT LOCATIONS: a. CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ON EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES OF EXTERIOR WALLS. b. VERTICAL JOINTS ON EXPOSED SURFACES OF UNIT MASONRY WALLS AND PARTITIONS. c. PERIMETER JOINTS OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS WHERE INDICATED. d. PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND FRAMES OF INTERIOR DOORS, AND WINDOWS. e. OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. JOINT SEALANT: FOLLOWING TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS a. URETHANE, S, NS, 25, NT. b. SILICONE, NONSTAINING, S, NS, 50, NT 3. JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. B. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: MILDEW -RESISTANT INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NONTRAFFIC SURFACES. 1. JOINT LOCATIONS: a. JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS, AND COUNTERS. 2. JOINT SEALANT: SILICONE, MILDEW RESISTANT, ACID CURING, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. C. INTERIOR ACOUSTICAL JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON -TRAFFIC SURFACES: 1. JOINT LOCATION: ACOUSTICAL JOINTS AT HEAD AND SILL OF ALL FLOOR TO DECK WALLS AND WHERE INDICATED OTHERWISE. 2. JOINT SEALANT: ACOUSTICAL. 3. JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. D. PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND CASEWORK, AND FRAMES OF INTERIOR DOORS AND WINDOWS. 1. JOINT SEALANT: LATEX SEALANT. 2. JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. E. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: CONCEALED MASTICS. 1. JOINT LOCATIONS: a. ALUMINUM THRESHOLDS. b. SILL PLATES. c. OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. JOINT SEALANT: BUTYL -RUBBER BASED. 3. JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATIONS. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. STANDARD AND CUSTOM HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. STEEL SIDELIGHT, BORROWED LITE AND TRANSOM FRAMES. 3. LIGHT FRAMES AND GLAZING INSTALLED IN HOLLOW METAL DOORS. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, CORE DESCRIPTIONS, HARDWARE REINFORCEMENTS, PROFILES, ANCHORS, FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING, AND FINISHES. C. DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER IS TO FURNISH TEMPLATES, TEMPLATE REFERENCE NUMBER AND/OR PHYSICAL HARDWARE TO THE STEEL DOOR AND FRAME SUPPLIER IN ORDER TO PREPARE THE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE THE FINISH HARDWARE ITEMS. D. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE ELEVATIONS, DOOR EDGE DETAILS, FRAME PROFILES, METAL THICKNESSES, PREPARATIONS FOR HARDWARE, AND OTHER DETAILS. E. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: 1. SAMPLES ARE ONLY REQUIRED BY REQUEST OF THE ARCHITECT AND FOR MANUFACTURERS THAT ARE NOT CURRENT MEMBERS OF THE STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER WHEREVER POSSIBLE. B. QUALITY STANDARD: IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED, COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8, LATEST EDITION, "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES". C. FIRE -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, FOR FIRE -PROTECTION RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING AT POSITIVE PRESSURE ACCORDING TO NFPA 252 (NEUTRAL PRESSURE AT 40 INCHES ABOVE SILL) OR UL 10C. D. FIRE -RATED, BORROWED -LIGHT FRAME ASSEMBLIES: ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED, BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE - PROTECTION RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO NFPA 257. PROVIDE LABELED GLAZING MATERIAL. 1.4 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DOORS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. B. WARRANTY INCLUDES INSTALLATION AND FINISHING THAT MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE DOORS. 1.5 MANUFACTURERS A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK 1.6 MATERIALS A. COLD -ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B; SUITABLE FOR EXPOSED APPLICATIONS. B. METALLIC -COATED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 653/A 653M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B; WITH MINIMUM G60 (Z180) ORA60 (ZF180) METALLIC COATING. C. RECYCLED CONTENT OF STEEL PRODUCTS: POSTCONSUMER RECYCLED CONTENT PLUS ONE-HALF OF PRECONSUMER RECYCLED CONTENT NOT LESS THAN 38 PERCENT. D. FRAME ANCHORS: ASTM A 653/A 653M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B; WITH MINIMUM G60 (Z180) OR A60 (ZF180) METALLIC COATING. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (CONTINUED) 1.7 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS (INTERIOR DOORS) A. GENERAL: PROVIDE 1-3/4 INCH DOORS OF DESIGN INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN THICKNESS INDICATED; FABRICATED WITH SMOOTH SURFACES, WITHOUT VISIBLE JOINTS OR SEAMS ON EXPOSED FACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8. B. INTERIOR DOORS: FACE SHEETS FABRICATED OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY COLD ROLLED STEEL THAT COMPLIES WITH ASTM A 10081A 1008M. PROVIDE DOORS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BELOW BY REFERENCING ANSI/SDI A250.8 FOR LEVEL AND MODEL AND ANSI/SDI A250.4 FOR PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL: 1. DESIGN: FLUSH PANEL. 2. CORE CONSTRUCTION: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD KRAFT -PAPER HONEYCOMB, OR ONE-PIECE POLYSTYRENE CORE, SECURELY BONDED TO BOTH FACES. a. FIRE DOOR CORE: AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FIRE -PROTECTION AND TEMPERATURE -RISE RATINGS INDICATED. 3. TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES: REINFORCE TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF DOORS WITH A CONTINUOUS STEEL CHANNEL NOT LESS THAN 16 GAUGE, EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR AND WELDED TO THE FACE SHEET. 4. HINGE REINFORCEMENT: MINIMUM 7 GAUGE (3/16") PLATE 1-1/4"X 9" OR MINIMUM 14 GAUGE CONTINUOUS CHANNEL WITH PIERCED HOLES, DRILLED AND TAPPED. 5. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENTS: FABRICATE ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.6 WITH REINFORCING PLATES FROM SAME MATERIAL AS DOOR FACE SHEETS. 1.8 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES (INTERIOR DOORS) A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8 AND WITH DETAILS INDICATED FOR TYPE AND PROFILE. B. INTERIOR DOOR FRAME CONSTRUCTION: 1. FABRICATED FROM COLD -ROLLED STEEL SHEET THAT COMPLIES WITH ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 2. FABRICATE FRAMES WITH MITERED OR COPED CORNERS. 3. KNOCKED DOWN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 4. MINIMUM 16 GAUGE THICK STEEL SHEET. C. BORROWED LIGHT FRAMES TO BE WELDED CONSTRUCTION. D. FIRE RATED FRAMES: FABRICATE FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80, LISTED AND LABELED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, FOR FIRE -PROTECTION RATINGS INDICATED. E. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT: FABRICATE ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.6 TABLE 4 WITH REINFORCEMENT PLATES FROM SAME MATERIAL AS FRAMES. 1.9 ENERGY-EFFICIENT HOLLOW METAL DOORS (EXTERIOR DOORS) A. GENERAL: PROVIDE 1-314 INCH DOORS OF DESIGN SPECIFIED, NOT LESS THAN THICKNESS INDICATED; FABRICATED WITH SMOOTH SURFACES, WITHOUT VISIBLE JOINTS OR SEAMS ON EXPOSED FACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8 AND ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 867. B. ENERGY EFFICIENT EXTERIOR DOORS: FACE SHEETS FABRICATED OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY HOT -DIPPED ZINC COATED STEEL THAT COMPLIES WITH ASTM A924 A60. PROVIDE DOORS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BELOW BY REFERENCING ANSI/SDI A250.8 FOR LEVEL AND MODEL, ANSI/SDI A250.4 FOR PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL, AND HMMA 867 FOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION. 1. DESIGN: FLUSH PANEL. 2. CORE CONSTRUCTION: FOAMED IN PLACE POLYURETHANE AND STEEL STIFFENED LAMINATED CORE WITH NO STIFFENER FACE WELDS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH HMMA 867'LAMINATED CORE'. a. PROVIDE 22 GAUGE STEEL STIFFENERS AT 6 INCHES ON -CENTER INTERNALLY WELDED AT 5" ON- CENTER TO INTEGRAL CORE ASSEMBLY, FOAMED IN PLACE POLYURETHANE CORE CHEMICALLY BONDED TO ALL INTERIOR SURFACES. NO STIFFENER FACE WELDING IS PERMITTED. b. THERMAL PROPERTIES TO RATE ATA FULLY OPERABLE MINIMUM U -FACTOR 0.29 AND R -VALUE 3.4, INCLUDING INSULATED DOOR, THERMAL -BREAK FRAME AND THRESHOLD. 3. LEVEL/MODEL: LEVEL 2 AND PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL A (HEAVY DUTY), MINIMUM 18 GAUGE THICK STEEL, MODEL 2. 4. VERTICAL EDGES: VERTICAL EDGES TO BE MECHANICALLY INTERLOCKED WITH HAIRLINE SEAM. BEVELED LOCK EDGE, 118 INCH IN 2 INCHES. 5. TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES: REINFORCE TOPS AND BOTTOMS OF DOORS WITH A CONTINUOUS STEEL CHANNEL NOT LESS THAN 16 GAUGE, EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR AND WELDED TO THE FACE SHEET. DOORS WITH AN INVERTED TOP CHANNEL TO INCLUDE A STEEL CLOSURE CHANNEL, SCREW ATTACHED, WITH THE WEB OF THE CHANNEL FLUSH WITH THE FACE SHEETS OF THE DOOR. PLASTIC OR COMPOSITE CHANNEL FILLERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 6. HINGE REINFORCEMENT: MINIMUM 7 GAUGE (3/16") PLATE 1-1/4"X9". 7. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENTS: FABRICATE ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.6 WITH REINFORCING PLATES FROM SAME MATERIAL AS DOOR FACE SHEETS. 1.10 ENERGY-EFFICIENT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES (EXTERIOR DOORS) A. THERMAL BREAK FRAMES: SUBJECT TO THE SAME COMPLIANCE STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS AS STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES, PROVIDE WHERE INDICATED THERMALLY BROKEN FRAME PROFILES AVAILABLE FOR USE IN BOTH MASONRY AND DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION. 1. FABRICATE FROM MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANNEALED STEEL, WITH POSITIVE 3/8" VINYL THERMAL BREAK. 2. EXTERIOR FRAMES TO BE WELDED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 1.11 FRAME ANCHORS A. JAMB ANCHORS: 1. MASONRY TYPE: ADJUSTABLE STRAP -AND -STIRRUP OR T -SHAPED ANCHORS TO SUIT FRAME SIZE, FORMED FROM A60 METALLIC COATED MATERIAL, NOT LESS THAN 0.042 INCH THICK, WITH CORRUGATED OR PERFORATED STRAPS NOT LESS THAN 2 INCHES WIDE BY 10 INCHES LONG; OR WIRE ANCHORS NOT LESS THAN 0.177 INCH THICK. 2. STUD WALL TYPE: DESIGNED TO ENGAGE STUD AND NOT LESS THAN 0.042 INCH THICK. 3. COMPRESSION TYPE FOR DRYWALL SLIP-ON (KNOCK -DOWN) FRAMES: ADJUSTABLE COMPRESSION ANCHORS. 4. WINDSTORM OPENING ANCHORS: TYPES AS TESTED AND REQUIRED FOR INDICATED WALL TYPES TO MEET SPECIFIED WIND LOAD DESIGN CRITERIA. 5. FEMA 361 STORM SHELTER ANCHORS: MASONRY T -SHAPED, WIRE MASONRY TYPE, OR EXISTING OPENING TYPE ANCHORS. B. FLOOR ANCHORS: FLOOR ANCHORS TO BE PROVIDED AT EACH JAMB, FORMED FROM A60 METALLIC COATED MATERIAL, NOT LESS THAN 0.042 INCHES THICK. C. MORTAR GUARDS: FORMED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS FRAMES, NOT LESS THAN 0.016 INCHES THICK. 1.12 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE HOLLOW METAL WORK TO BE RIGID AND FREE OF DEFECTS, WARP, OR BUCKLE. ACCURATELY FORM METAL TO REQUIRED SIZES AND PROFILES, WITH MINIMUM RADIUS FOR THICKNESS OF METAL. WHERE PRACTICAL, FIT AND ASSEMBLE UNITS IN MANUFACTURER'S PLANT. WHEN SHIPPING LIMITATIONS SO DICTATE, FRAMES FOR LARGE OPENINGS ARE TO BE FABRICATED IN SECTIONS FOR SPLICING OR SPLINING IN THE FIELD BY OTHERS. B. TOLERANCES: FABRICATE HOLLOW METAL WORK TO TOLERANCES INDICATED INANSI/SDI A250.8. C. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: 1. EXTERIOR DOORS: PROVIDE OPTIONAL WEEP -HOLE OPENINGS IN BOTTOM OF EXTERIOR DOORS TO PERMIT MOISTURE TO ESCAPE WHERE SPECIFIED. 2. GLAZED LITES: FACTORY CUT OPENINGS INDOORS WITH APPLIED TRIM OR KITS TO FIT. FACTORY INSTALL GLAZING WHERE INDICATED. 3. ASTRAGALS: PROVIDE OVERLAPPING ASTRAGALS AS NOTED INDOOR HARDWARE SETS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE" ON ONE LEAF OF PAIRS OF DOORS WHERE REQUIRED BY NFPA 80 FOR FIRE PERFORMANCE RATING OR WHERE INDICATED. EXTEND MINIMUM 3/4 INCH BEYOND EDGE OF DOOR ON WHICH ASTRAGAL IS MOUNTED. 4. CONTINUOUS HINGE REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE WELDED CONTINUOUS 12 GAUGE STRAP FOR CONTINUOUS HINGES SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE". D. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: 1. SHIPPING LIMITATIONS: WHERE FRAMES ARE FABRICATED IN SECTIONS DUE TO SHIPPING OR HANDLING LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE ALIGNMENT PLATES OR ANGLES AT EACH JOINT, FABRICATED OF SAME THICKNESS METAL AS FRAMES. 2. WELDED FRAMES: WELD FLUSH FACE JOINTS CONTINUOUSLY; GRIND, FILL, DRESS, AND MAKE SMOOTH, FLUSH, AND INVISIBLE. 3. WELDED FRAMES ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH TWO STEEL SPREADERS TEMPORARILY ATTACHED TO THE BOTTOM OF BOTH JAMBS TO SERVE AS A BRACE DURING SHIPPING AND HANDLING. SPREADER BARS ARE FOR BRACING ONLY AND ARE NOT TO BE USED TO SIZE THE FRAME OPENING. 4. SIDELIGHT AND TRANSOM BAR FRAMES: PROVIDE CLOSED TUBULAR MEMBERS WITH NO VISIBLE FACE SEAMS OR JOINTS, FABRICATED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS DOOR FRAME. FASTEN MEMBERS AT CROSSINGS AND TO JAMBS BY BUTT WELDING. 5. HIGH FREQUENCY HINGE REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE HIGH FREQUENCY HINGE REINFORCEMENTS AT DOOR OPENINGS 48 - INCHES AND WIDER WITH MORTISE BUTT TYPE HINGES AT TOP HINGE LOCATIONS. 6. CONTINUOUS HINGE REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE WELDED CONTINUOUS 12 GAUGE STRAPS FOR CONTINUOUS HINGES SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE". 7. PROVIDE COUNTERSUNK, FLAT- OR OVAL -HEAD EXPOSED SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR EXPOSED FASTENERS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED FOR REMOVABLE STOPS, PROVIDE SECURITY SCREWS AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 8. MORTAR GUARDS: PROVIDE GUARD BOXES AT BACK OF HARDWARE MORTISES IN FRAMES AT ALL HINGES AND STRIKE PREPS REGARDLESS OF GROUTING REQUIREMENTS. 9. FLOOR ANCHORS: WELD ANCHORS TO BOTTOM OF JAMBS AND MULLIONS WITH AT LEAST FOUR SPOT WELDS PER ANCHOR. 10. JAMB ANCHORS: PROVIDE NUMBER AND SPACING OF ANCHORS AS FOLLOWS: E. MASONRY TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 18 INCHES FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 32 INCHES O.C. AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. TWO ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60 INCHES HIGH. 2. THREE ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60 TO 90 INCHES HIGH. F. STUD WALL TYPE: LOCATE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 18 INCHES FROM TOP AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. SPACE ANCHORS NOT MORE THAN 32 INCHES O.C. AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. THREE ANCHORS PER JAMB UP TO 60 INCHES HIGH. 2. FOUR ANCHORS PER JAMB FROM 60 TO 90 INCHES HIGH. G. DOOR SILENCERS: EXCEPT ON WEATHERSTRIPPED OR GASKETED DOORS, DRILL STOPS TO RECEIVE DOOR SILENCERS. SILENCERS TO BE SUPPLIED BY FRAME MANUFACTURER REGARDLESS IF SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE" H. HARDWARE PREPARATION: FACTORY PREPARE HOLLOW METAL WORK TO RECEIVE TEMPLATE MORTISED HARDWARE; INCLUDE CUTOUTS, REINFORCEMENT, MORTISING, DRILLING, AND TAPPING ACCORDING TO THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND TEMPLATES FURNISHED AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE." 1. LOCATE HARDWARE AS INDICATED, OR IF NOT INDICATED, ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. REINFORCE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE NON -TEMPLATE, MORTISED AND SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR HARDWARE. 3. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN ANSI/SDI A250.6 AND ANSI/DHI A115 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR PREPARATION OF HOLLOW METAL WORK FOR HARDWARE. 4. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT AND WIRING BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH DIVISION 26 SECTIONS. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (CONTINUED) 1.13 STEEL FINISHES A. PRIME FINISHES: DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE CLEANED, AND CHEMICALLY TREATED TO INSURE MAXIMUM FINISH PAINT ADHESION. SURFACES OF THE DOOR AND FRAME EXPOSED TO VIEW TO RECEIVE A FACTORY APPLIED COAT OF RUST INHIBITING SHOP PRIMER. 1.14 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: INSTALL HOLLOW METAL WORK PLUMB, RIGID, PROPERLY ALIGNED, AND SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE; COMPLY WITH DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: INSTALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES OF SIZE AND PROFILE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.11 AND NFPA 80 AT FIRE RATED OPENINGS. C. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: FIT HOLLOW METAL DOORS ACCURATELY IN FRAMES, WITHIN CLEARANCES SPECIFIED BELOW. SHIM AS NECESSARY. 1. NON -FIRE -RATED STANDARD STEEL DOORS: a. JAMBS AND HEAD: 1/8 INCH PLUS OR MINUS 1/16 INCH. b. BETWEEN EDGES OF PAIRS OF DOORS: 118 INCH PLUS OR MINUS 1116 INCH. c. BETWEEN BOTTOM OF DOOR AND TOP OF THRESHOLD: MAXIMUM 3/8 INCH. d. BETWEEN BOTTOM OF DOOR AND TOP OF FINISH FLOOR (NO THRESHOLD): MAXIMUM 314 INCH. 2. FIRE -RATED DOORS: INSTALL DOORS WITH CLEARANCES ACCORDING TO NFPA 80. D. FIELD GLAZING: COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "GLAZING" AND WITH HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 081423 - CLAD WOOD DOORS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. FLUSH SOLID CORE LOW PRESSURE CLAD OR DECORATIVE LAMINATE DOORS. 2. FACTORY FITTING CLAD WOOD DOORS TO FRAMES AND FACTORY MACHINING FOR HARDWARE. 3. LIGHT FRAMES AND GLAZING INSTALLED IN CLAD WOOD DOORS 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. B. DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER IS TO FURNISH TEMPLATES, TEMPLATE REFERENCE NUMBER AND/OR PHYSICAL HARDWARE TO THE WOOD DOOR SUPPLIER IN ORDER TO PREPARE THE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE THE FINISH HARDWARE ITEMS. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE LOCATION, SIZE, AND HAND OF EACH DOOR; ELEVATION OF EACH KIND OF DOOR; CONSTRUCTION DETAILS NOT COVERED IN PRODUCT DATA; LOCATION AND EXTENT OF HARDWARE BLOCKING; AND OTHER PERTINENT DATA. 1. INDICATE DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF MORTISES AND HOLES FOR HARDWARE. 2. INDICATE DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS. 3. INDICATE FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS FOR FIRE RATED DOORS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALITY STANDARD: IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED, COMPLY WITH WDMA I.S.1-A, LATEST EDITION, "INDUSTRY STANDARD FOR ARCHITECTURAL WOOD FLUSH DOORS" AND THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM VALUES (FOR PARTICLE CORE DOORS): 1. NWWDA TM -7 CYCLE SLAM TEST: 1,000,000 CYCLES. 2. NWWDA TM -8 HINGE LOADING TEST 1,000 LBS. 3. NWWDA TM -10 EDGE SCREW HOLDING TEST 850 LBS. 4. NWWDA TM -10 FACE SCREW HOLDING TEST 650 LBS. B. FIRE RATED WOOD DOORS: DOORS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING AT POSITIVE PRESSURE ACCORDING TO NFPA 252 (NEUTRAL PRESSURE AT 40 INCHES ABOVE SILL) OR UL 10C (NEUTRAL PRESSURE TESTING ACCORDING TO UL 10B WHERE SPECIFIED). C. SECURITY RATING FOR PARTICLE CORE DOORS: ASTM F 476, GRADE 40. 1.4 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DOORS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1.5 DOOR CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL A. WDMA I.S.1-A PERFORMANCE GRADE: EXTRA HEAVY DUTY; AESTHETIC GRADE: PREMIUM. B. PARTICLEBOARD CORE DOORS: 1. PARTICLEBOARD FOR LPDL DOORS: ANSI A208.1, GRADE M-2. 2. BLOCKING: AS REQUIRED TO MEET EXTRA HEAVY DUTY PERFORMANCE LEVEL. C. FIRE RATED DOORS: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION AND CORE SPECIFIED ABOVE AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE FIRE RATINGS INDICATED. 1. CATEGORY A EDGE CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE FIRE RATED DOOR EDGE CONSTRUCTION WITH INTUMESCENT SEALS CONCEALED BY OUTER STILE (CATEGORY A). COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSED EDGES. 2. CATEGORY B EDGE CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE MINUTE FIRE RATED DOORS AS CATEGORY B, WITH SMOKE AND FIRE SEALS (SUPPLIED BY SEAL MANUFACTURER) APPLIED TO FRAME. 3. PAIRS: PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT STILES THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED WITHOUT FORMED STEEL EDGES AND ASTRAGALS. PROVIDE STILES WITH CONCEALED INTUMESCENT SEALS. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSED EDGES. a. WHERE REQUIRED OR SPECIFIED, PROVIDE FORMED STEEL EDGES AND ASTRAGALS WITH INTUMESCENT SEALS. FINISH STEEL EDGES AND ASTRAGALS WITH BAKED ENAMEL. 1.6 LOW PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (LPDL) FACED DOORS A. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. B. LOW PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (LPDL) THERMAL FUSED FACES: 1. LOW PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATES FACES THERMALLY FUSED TO CORES UNDER HEAT AND PRESSURE, COMPLYING WITH LAMINATING MATERIALS ASSOCIATION'S PRODUCT STANDARD AND TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF DECORATIVE OVERLAYS. LMA.2003. 2. FINISH: HIGHLINE 7970K C. EXPOSED EDGES: IMPACT RESISTANT POLYMER EDGING, MINIMUM .040° THICK, APPLIED TO ALL FOUR EDGES AFTER FACES. D. POLYMER EDGING COLOR OR WOOD GRAIN PATTERN: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR THAT MOST CLOSELY MATCHES FACES. E. PROVIDE DOORS WITH PILOT HOLES FACTORY DRILLED FOR VERTICAL EDGE HINGES AND LOCK SETS. F. WHERE CONTINUOUS HINGES ARE SPECIFIED, PROVIDE COARSE THREAD PARTICLE BOARD SCREWS DESIGNED FOR USE IN DENSE WOOD. G. DOORS TO RECEIVE W UNDERCUT OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 1.7 LIGHT FRAMES AND GLAZING A. METAL FRAMES FOR LIGHT OPENINGS IN FIRE RATED DOORS OVER 20 -MINUTE RATING: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FRAME FORMED OF 0.048 -INCH -THICK, COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET; WITH BAKED ENAMEL OR POWDER COATED FINISH; AND APPROVED FOR USE IN DOORS OF FIRE PROTECTION RATING INDICATED. B. GLAZING: COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "GLAZING" AND WITH THE FLUSH WOOD DOOR MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.8 FABRICATION A. FACTORY FIT DOORS TO SUIT FRAME OPENING SIZES INDICATED. COMPLY WITH CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD FOR FITTING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED DOORS. B. FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE THAT IS NOT SURFACE APPLIED. COMPLY WITH FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULES, DOOR FRAME SHOP DRAWINGS, DHI Al 15-W SERIES STANDARDS, AND HARDWARE TEMPLATES. 1. COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE MORTISES IN METAL FRAMES TO VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND ALIGNMENT BEFORE FACTORY MACHINING. 2. METAL ASTRAGALS: FACTORY MACHINE ASTRAGALS AND FORMED STEEL EDGES FOR HARDWARE FOR PAIRS OF FIRE RATED DOORS. C. OPENINGS: CUT AND TRIM OPENINGS THROUGH DOORS IN FACTORY. 1. LIGHT OPENINGS: TRIM OPENINGS WITH MOLDINGS OF MATERIAL AND PROFILE INDICATED. 2. GLAZING: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 08 SECTION "GLAZING." 3. LOUVERS: FACTORY INSTALL LOUVERS IN PREPARED OPENINGS. D. ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS: PROVIDE FLUSH WOOD DOORS RECEIVING ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE WITH CONCEALED WIRING HARNESS AND STANDARDIZED MOLEXTM PLUG CONNECTORS ON BOTH ENDS TO ACCOMMODATE UP TO TWELVE WIRES. COORDINATE CONNECTORS ON END OF THE WIRING HARNESS TO PLUG DIRECTLY INTO THE ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE AND THE THROUGH WIRE TRANSFER HARDWARE OR WIRING HARNESS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS IN DIVISION 08 "DOOR HARDWARE". WIRE NUT CONNECTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 1.9 INSTALLATION A. HARDWARE: FOR INSTALLATION, SEE DIVISION 8 SECTION "DOOR HARDWARE." B. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: INSTALL DOORS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND THE REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD, AND AS INDICATED. C. FACTORY FITTED DOORS: ALIGN IN FRAMES FOR UNIFORM CLEARANCE AT EACH EDGE. SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 1.1 SUMMARY: ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OR EQUAL: 1. JL INDUSTRIES INC. 2. LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING COMPANY 1.4 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. TYPE: FLUSH TYPE AT NON FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION, STANDARD UL APPROVED FRAMED TYPE AT FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION. KEY OPERATED. 1. ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION: FABRICATE DOOR TO FIT FLUSH TO FRAME. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD -WIDTH EXPOSED FLANGE, PROPORTIONAL TO DOOR SIZE. 2. LOCATIONS: WALL AND CEILING. 3. DOOR SIZE: AS REQUIRED TO FIT APPLICATION, OR AS INDICATED. 4. METALLIC -COATED STEEL SHEET FOR DOOR: NOMINAL 0.064 INCH, 16 GAGE. 5. FRAME MATERIAL: SAME MATERIAL, THICKNESS, AND FINISH AS DOOR. 6. HINGES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PIANO HINGE. 7. HARDWARE: CAM LATCH. 1.5 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES. B. INSTALL DOORS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES OR RECESSED TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIAL. SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR MANUAL -SWING ENTRANCE DOORS AND DOOR -FRAME UNITS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, FULL-SIZE DETAILS, DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. 1. SHOW CONNECTION TO AND CONTINUITY WITH ADJACENT THERMAL, WEATHER, AIR, AND VAPOR BARRIERS. D. DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA, INCLUDING ANALYSIS DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: WARRANTY INFORMATION. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. B. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 699 FOR TESTING INDICATED. C. PRODUCT OPTIONS: INFORMATION ON DRAWINGS AND IN SPECIFICATIONS ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF ASSEMBLIES. AESTHETIC EFFECTS ARE INDICATED BY DIMENSIONS, ARRANGEMENTS, ALIGNMENT, AND PROFILES OF COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AS THEY RELATE TO SIGHTLINES, TO ONE ANOTHER, AND TO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. 1. DO NOT CHANGE INTENDED AESTHETIC EFFECTS, AS JUDGED SOLELY BY ARCHITECT, EXCEPT WITH ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. IF CHANGES ARE PROPOSED, SUBMIT COMPREHENSIVE EXPLANATORY DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 1.6 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OR THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DELEGATED DESIGN: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS," TO DESIGN ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES, STOREFRONTS, SUN SHADES, AND LIGHT SHELVES TO MEET ALL LOCAL STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS. B. GENERAL PERFORMANCE: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING OF ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS REPRESENTING THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT WITHOUT FAILURE DUE TO DEFECTIVE MANUFACTURE, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, OR OTHER DEFECTS IN CONSTRUCTION. 1. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SHALL WITHSTAND MOVEMENTS OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, STORY DRIFT, TWIST, COLUMN SHORTENING, LONG-TERM CREEP, AND DEFLECTION FROM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED AND CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS. 2. FAILURE ALSO INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: a. THERMAL STRESSES TRANSFERRING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. b. GLASS BREAKAGE. c. NOISE OR VIBRATION CREATED BY WIND AND THERMAL AND STRUCTURAL MOVEMENTS. d. LOOSENING OR WEAKENING OF FASTENERS, ATTACHMENTS, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. e. FAILURE OF OPERATING UNITS. C. STRUCTURAL LOADS: 1. WIND LOADS: DESIGN PRESSURES PER CHAPTERS 26 THROUGH 30 OF ASCE 7 OR SECTION 1609 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. D. DEFLECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS: AT DESIGN WIND PRESSURE, AS FOLLOWS: 1. DEFLECTION NORMAL TO WALL PLANE: LIMITED TO EDGE OF GLASS IN A DIRECTION PERPENDICULAR TO GLASS PLANE NOT EXCEEDING 1/175 OF THE GLASS EDGE LENGTH FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL GLAZING LITE OR AN AMOUNT THAT RESTRICTS EDGE DEFLECTION OF INDIVIDUAL GLAZING LITES TO 3/4 INCH, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 2. DEFLECTION PARALLEL TO GLAZING PLANE: LIMITED TO 1/360 OF CLEAR SPAN OR 1/8 INCH, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. 3. CANTILEVER DEFLECTION: WHERE FRAMING MEMBERS OVERHANG AN ANCHOR POINT, AS FOLLOWS: a. PERPENDICULAR TO PLANE OF WALL: NO GREATER THAN 1/240 OF CLEAR SPAN PLUS 1/4 INCH FOR SPANS GREATER THAN 11 FEET 8-1/4 INCHES OR 1/175 TIMES SPAN, FOR SPANS LESS THAN 11 FEET 8-1/4 INCHES. 4. ENGINEER STOREFRONT FRAME REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED TO MEET ALL DEFLECTION CRITERIA AND ATTACHMENT OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS. E. STRUCTURAL: TEST ACCORDING TO ASTM E 330 AS FOLLOWS: 1. WHEN TESTED AT POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND -LOAD DESIGN PRESSURES, ASSEMBLIES DO NOT EVIDENCE DEFLECTION EXCEEDING SPECIFIED LIMITS. 2. WHEN TESTED AT 150 PERCENT OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND -LOAD DESIGN PRESSURES, ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING ANCHORAGE, DO NOT EVIDENCE MATERIAL FAILURES, STRUCTURAL DISTRESS, OR PERMANENT DEFORMATION OF MAIN FRAMING MEMBERS EXCEEDING 0.2 PERCENT OF SPAN. 3. TEST DURATIONS: AS REQUIRED BY DESIGN WIND VELOCITY, BUT NOT LESS THAN 10 SECONDS. F. AIR INFILTRATION: TEST ACCORDING TO ASTM E 283 FOR INFILTRATION AS FOLLOWS: 1. FIXED FRAMING AND GLASS AREA: MAXIMUM AIR LEAKAGE OF <0.06 CFM/SQ. FT. AT A STATIC -AIR -PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL OF 6.24 LBF/SQ. FT. 2. ENTRANCE DOORS; SINGLE DOORS: MAXIMUM AIR LEAKAGE OF 0.5 CFWSQ. FT. ATA STATIC -AIR -PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL OF 1.57 LBF/SQ. FT. G. WATER PENETRATION UNDER STATIC PRESSURE: TEST ACCORDING TO ASTM E 331 AS FOLLOWS: 1. NO EVIDENCE OF WATER PENETRATION THROUGH FIXED GLAZING AND FRAMING AREAS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO A MINIMUM STATIC -AIR -PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL OF 10 PSF. H. ENERGY PERFORMANCE: CERTIFY AND LABEL ENERGY PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO NFRC AS FOLLOWS: 1. THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE (U -FACTOR): FIXED GLAZING AND FRAMING AREAS SHALL HAVE U -FACTOR OF NOT MORE THAN 0.45 BTU/SQ. FT. X H X DEG F AS CERTIFIED TO NFRC 100. 2. CONDENSATION RESISTANCE: FIXED GLAZING AND FRAMING AREAS SHALL HAVE AN NFRC-CERTIFIED CONDENSATION RESISTANCE RATING OF NO LESS THAN 60 AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO NFRC 500. I. THERMAL MOVEMENTS: ALLOW FOR THERMAL MOVEMENTS RESULTING FROM AMBIENT AND SURFACE TEMPERATURE CHANGES: 1. TEMPERATURE CHANGE: 120 DEG F, AMBIENT; 180 DEG F, MATERIAL SURFACES. J. WINDBORNE-DEBRIS-IMPACT RESISTANCE PERFORMANCE: SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1886, INFORMATION IN ASTM E 1996 AND TAS 201/203. 1. LARGE -MISSILE IMPACT: FOR ALUMINUM -FRAMED SYSTEMS LOCATED WITHIN 30 FEET OF GRADE. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS: A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SUBSTITUTION: REFER TO SECTION 012500 'SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES'. 1.9 FRAMING: A. EXTERIOR FRAMING MEMBERS FOR STOREFRONT AND PUNCHED WINDOW OPENING 1. SYSTEM AND FINISH: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS 2. MANUFACTURER'S EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAMING MEMBERS OF THICKNESS REQUIRED AND REINFORCED AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT IMPOSED LOADS. 3. FABRICATION METHOD: FACTORY FABRICATED AND SHIPPED KNOCKDOWN FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GLAZING SUB- CONTRACTOR. .3221 ;` I ,4, , � ! I , " 1inM z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM ._A www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F- U F = U w < z J D p� 11 W Y W 0 0 0 w N 0 w 0 w IL M co U C ui w c m a w m L1J 3 N J_ uD N 2?00 CD i_: = in r 0 = m cD Q 0 o c m N 0 C9II ,ETH VAN Tjpz' .% 1 , .,%,%. A,R-98237 '.� /�I '` e:i ?°1:; �y W - . PROJECT # 2010.2538.00 0 Uj ASP -04 0 0_ =3 O 0 L.L QI Ca Cn ,r-- 0 � W - 00 >, � ti U M CUp Liz N i� u- �--� F-- n/ I..L 'T ---u) Q O ,0 Ca C) O Z N 411V_ o C U) C9II ,ETH VAN Tjpz' .% 1 , .,%,%. A,R-98237 '.� /�I '` e:i ?°1:; �y W - . PROJECT # 2010.2538.00 0 Uj ASP -04 LL_ O w U) D 0 W N it O z M O 0 D U) 2 o_ O 1 z U_ O w LU a- 0 O w a w = U) (9 z 9 0 U) = M n - v N N ri 0 N r- " 86 SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS (CONTINUED) B. INTERIOR FRAMING MEMBERS. 1. SYSTEM AND FINISH: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS 2. MANUFACTURER'S EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAMING MEMBERS OF THICKNESS REQUIRED AND REINFORCED AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT IMPOSED LOADS. 3. FABRICATION METHOD: FACTORY FABRICATED AND SHIPPED KNOCK DOWN FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GLAZING SUB- CONTRACTOR. C. BACKER PLATES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, CONTINUOUS BACKER PLATES FOR FRAMING MEMBERS, IF NOT INTEGRAL, WHERE FRAMING ABUTS ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. D. BRACKETS AND REINFORCEMENTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HIGH-STRENGTH ALUMINUM WITH NONSTAINING, NONFERROUS SHIMS FOR ALIGNING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. E. SILL PLATES AND FLASHINGS: PROVIDE SILL PLATES, FLASHINGS AND FLASHING ACCESSORIES TO ACCOMMODATE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AND SILL PROTECTION AT GLAZED OPENINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. F. MATERIALS: 1. ALUMINUM: ALLOY AND TEMPER RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR TYPE OF USE AND FINISH INDICATED. a. SHEET AND PLATE: ASTM B 209. b. EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, PROFILES, AND TUBES: ASTM B 221. c. EXTRUDED STRUCTURAL PIPE AND TUBES: ASTM B 429/6 429M. d. STRUCTURAL PROFILES: ASTM B 308/13308M. 2. STEEL REINFORCEMENT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ZINC -RICH, CORROSION -RESISTANT PRIMER COMPLYING WITH SSPC- PS GUIDE NO. 12.00; APPLIED IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION AND PRETREATMENT. SELECT SURFACE PREPARATION METHODS ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDATIONS IN SSPC-SP COM, AND PREPARE SURFACES ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE SSPC STANDARD. a. STRUCTURAL SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. COLD -ROLLED SHEET AND STRIP: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. HOT -ROLLED SHEET AND STRIP: ASTM A 101 VA 1011M. 1.10 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS A. MANUFACTURERS STANDARD ENTRANCE DOOR. 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 2. DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1 -3/4 -INCH OVERALL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 0.125 -INCH THICK, EXTRUDED -ALUMINUM TUBULAR RAIL AND STILE MEMBERS. MECHANICALLY FASTEN CORNERS WITH REINFORCING BRACKETS THAT ARE DEEPLY PENETRATED AND FILLET WELDED OR THAT INCORPORATE CONCEALED TIE RODS. 3. DOOR DESIGN: a. MEDIUM STILE; 3-1/2 INCH NOMINAL WIDTH. b. 10 INCH NOMINAL BOTTOM RAIL. 4. GLAZING: a. INTERIOR LOCATIONS: 318 INCH CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING, UNLESS NOTED EXTERIOR AND VESTIBULE DOORS: 1 INCH CLEAR INSULATED GLASS UNIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. b. REFER TO SECTION 088000 `GLAZING'. 5. GLAZING STOPS AND GASKETS: BEVELED AT THE STILES AND SQUARE AT THE RAILS, SNAP-ON, EXTRUDED -ALUMINUM STOPS AND PREFORMED GASKETS. a. PROVIDE NON -REMOVABLE GLAZING STOPS ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR. 1.11 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. DOOR HARDWARE: HARDWARE IS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087100 "DOOR HARDWARE" AND AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. B. COORDINATION: 1. DAVITA DOOR HARDWARE VENDOR (LOCKNET) TO PROVIDE AUTOMATIC OPERATORS AND PUSH PLATE HARDWARE ONLY, UNLESS COORDINATED OTHERWISE, INSTALLATION COORDINATED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. ALL OTHER HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. 3. COORDINATE ALTERNATIVE DOOR HARDWARE PROVISIONS WITH DAVITA DOOR HARDWARE VENDOR. C. GENERAL: PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE INDICATED IN THE* DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE' ON DRAWINGS FOR EACH ENTRANCE DOOR, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION. 1. DOOR HARDWARE SETS: PROVIDE QUANTITY, ITEM, SIZE, FINISH OR COLOR INDICATED, AND NAMED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCTS. 2. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: PROVIDE ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE FUNCTION, SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, AND INTERFACE WITH OTHER BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS INDICATED. 3. OPENING -FORCE REQUIREMENTS: a. EGRESS DOORS: NOT MORE THAN 15 LBF TO RELEASE THE LATCH AND NOT MORE THAN 30 LBF TO SET THE DOOR IN MOTION AND NOT MORE THAN 15 LBF TO OPEN THE DOOR TO ITS MINIMUM REQUIRED WIDTH. b. ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR DOORS: NOT MORE THAN 5 LBF TO FULLY OPEN DOOR. D. DESIGNATIONS: REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN, GRADE, FUNCTION, FINISH, SIZE, AND OTHER DISTINCTIVE QUALITIES OF EACH TYPE OF ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE ARE INDICATED IN "ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS" ARTICLE. PRODUCTS ARE IDENTIFIED BY USING ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 1. NAMED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCTS: MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT DESIGNATION ARE LISTED FOR EACH DOOR HARDWARE TYPE REQUIRED FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTABLISHING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURERS' NAMES ARE ABBREVIATED IN "ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS" ARTICLE. 2. REFERENCES TO BHMA STANDARDS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS COMPLYING WITH THESE STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR DESCRIPTION, QUALITY, AND FUNCTION. 1.12 GLAZING A. GLAZING: COMPLY WITH SECTION 088000 "GLAZING." B. GLAZING GASKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SEALED -CORNER PRESSURE -GLAZING SYSTEM OF BLACK, RESILIENT ELASTOMERIC GLAZING GASKETS, SETTING BLOCKS, AND SHIMS OR SPACERS. C. GLAZING SEALANTS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. SEALANTS USED INSIDE THE WEATHERPROOFING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 250 G/L. 1.13 FABRICATION A. FABRICATION OF MATERIAL AND SYSTEM TO BE BY MANUFACTURER. B. FORM OR EXTRUDE ALUMINUM SHAPES BEFORE FINISHING. C. WELD IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE DISTORTION OR DISCOLORATION OF FINISH. REMOVE WELD SPATTER AND WELDING OXIDES FROM EXPOSED SURFACES BY DESCALING OR GRINDING. D. FABRICATE COMPONENTS THAT, WHEN ASSEMBLED, HAVE THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. PROFILES THAT ARE SHARP, STRAIGHT, AND FREE OF DEFECTS OR DEFORMATIONS. 2. ACCURATELY FITTED JOINTS WITH ENDS COPED OR MITERED. 3. PHYSICAL AND THERMAL ISOLATION OF GLAZING FROM FRAMING MEMBERS. 4. ACCOMMODATIONS FOR THERMAL AND MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS OF GLAZING AND FRAMING TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED GLAZING EDGE CLEARANCES. 5. PROVISIONS FOR FIELD REPLACEMENT OF GLAZING FROM EXTERIOR. 6. FASTENERS, ANCHORS, AND CONNECTION DEVICES THAT ARE CONCEALED FROM VIEW TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. E. MECHANICALLY GLAZED FRAMING MEMBERS: FABRICATE FOR FLUSH GLAZING WITHOUT PROJECTING STOPS. F. ENTRANCE DOOR FRAMES: REINFORCE AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT LOADS IMPOSED BY DOOR OPERATION AND FOR INSTALLING ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE. G. ENTRANCE DOORS: REINFORCE DOORS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLING ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE. H. ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION: FACTORY INSTALL ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. CUT, DRILL, AND TAP FOR FACTORY -INSTALLED ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES. I. AFTER FABRICATION, CLEARLY MARK COMPONENTS TO IDENTIFY THEIR LOCATIONS IN PROJECT ACCORDING TO SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.14 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. CLASS 1 CLEAR ANODIC FINISH: EXTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES. B. CLASS 2 CLEAR ANODIC FINISH: INTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING. 1.15 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED COMPONENTS. 3. FIT JOINTS TO PRODUCE HAIRLINE JOINTS FREE OF BURRS AND DISTORTION. 4. RIGIDLY SECURE NON -MOVEMENT JOINTS. 5. INSTALL ANCHORS WITH SEPARATORS AND ISOLATORS TO PREVENT METAL CORROSION AND ELECTROLYTIC DETERIORATION AND TO PREVENT IMPEDING MOVEMENT OF MOVING JOINTS. 6. SEAL PERIMETER AND OTHER JOINTS WATERTIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. METAL PROTECTION: 1. WHERE ALUMINUM IS IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR METALS, PROTECT AGAINST GALVANIC ACTION BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH MATERIALS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THIS PURPOSE OR BY INSTALLING NONCONDUCTIVE SPACERS. 2. WHERE ALUMINUM IS IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY, PROTECT AGAINST CORROSION BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT. C. USE CONTINUOUS, FULL DEPTH ALUMINUM SILLS WITH VERTICAL LEG AT INTERIOR FACE AND ANGLED DRIP EDGE AT EXTERIOR. 1. SET SILL MEMBERS AND FLASHING IN FULL SEALANT BED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079200 "JOINT SEALANTS" TO PRODUCE WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. D. INSTALL COMPONENTS PLUMB AND TRUE IN ALIGNMENT WITH ESTABLISHED LINES AND GRADES. E. INSTALL GLAZING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 088000 "GLAZING." F. ENTRANCE DOORS: INSTALL DOORS TO PRODUCE SMOOTH OPERATION AND TIGHT FIT AT CONTACT POINTS. 1. EXTERIOR DOORS: INSTALL TO PRODUCE WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE AND TIGHT FIT AT WEATHER STRIPPING. 2. INTERIOR DOORS: INSTALL CONTINUOUS SILENCERS ALONG FRAME. 3. FIELD -INSTALLED ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE: INSTALL SURFACE -MOUNTED ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE ACCORDING TO ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS USING CONCEALED FASTENERS TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE FOR SWINGING DOORS. B. DOOR HARDWARE INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. MECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE. 2. ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE, POWER SUPPLIES, BACK-UPS AND SURGE PROTECTION. 3. AUTOMATIC OPERATORS. 4. CYLINDERS SPECIFIED FOR DOORS IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. RELATED SECTIONS 1. DIVISION 08 SECTION'HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES'. 2. DIVISION 08 SECTION'ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS'. 3. DIVISION 08 SECTION'CLAD WOOD DOORS'. D. STANDARDS: ALL HARDWARE SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INDUSTRY STANDARDS: 1. ANSI/BHMA CERTIFIED PRODUCT STANDARDS - A156 SERIES 2. UL10C - POSITIVE PRESSURE FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS INCLUDING INSTALLATION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS AND FINISHES. C. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE: PREPARED BY OR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER, DETAILING FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY OF DOOR HARDWARE, AS WELL AS PROCEDURES AND DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE THE FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE WITH DOORS, FRAMES, AND RELATED WORK TO ENSURE PROPER SIZE, THICKNESS, HAND, FUNCTION, AND FINISH OF DOOR HARDWARE. D. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH ITEM COMPRISING THE COMPLETE DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION IN QUANTITY AS REQUIRED IN DIVISION 01, CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. THE MANUAL TO INCLUDE THE NAME, ADDRESS, AND CONTACT INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURERS PROVIDING THE HARDWARE AND THEIR NEAREST SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES. THE FINAL COPIES DELIVERED AFTER COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION TEST TO INCLUDE "AS BUILT" MODIFICATIONS MADE DURING INSTALLATION, CHECKOUT, AND ACCEPTANCE. E. WARRANTIES AND MAINTENANCE: SPECIAL WARRANTIES AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURERS QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS WITH A MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN PRODUCING HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT SIMILAR TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND THAT HAVE A PROVEN RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLERS, TRAINED BY THE PRIMARY PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS, WITH A MINIMUM 3 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE INSTALLING BOTH STANDARD AND ELECTRIFIED BUILDERS HARDWARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. C. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EACH TYPE AND VARIETY OF DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION FROM A SINGLE SOURCE, QUALIFIED SUPPLIER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH NFPA 70, NFPA 80, NFPA 101 AND ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES AS DIRECTED IN THE MODEL BUILDING CODE. E. EACH UNIT TO BEAR THIRD PARTY PERMANENT LABEL DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. F. KEYING: GC TO COORDINATE KEYING WITH OWNER. G. PRE -SUBMITTAL CONFERENCE CALL: AS REQUIRED, CONDUCT COORDINATION CONFERENCE CALL WITH ATTENDANCE BY REPRESENTATIVES OF SUPPLIER(S), INSTALLER(S), AND CONTRACTOR(S) TO REVIEW PROPER METHODS AND THE PROCEDURES FOR RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND INSTALLING DOOR HARDWARE. H. AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION THAT COMPONENTS WERE APPLIED TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO APPROVED SCHEDULE. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE ON RECEIPT AND PROVIDE SECURE LOCK-UP AND SHELVING FOR DOOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE. DO NOT STORE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL HARDWARE, SOFTWARE OR ACCESSORIES AT PROJECT SITE WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION. B. TAG EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE SEPARATELY WITH IDENTIFICATION RELATED TO THE FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND INCLUDE BASIC INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WITH EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE. C. DELIVER, AS APPLICABLE, PERMANENT KEYS, CYLINDERS, CORES, ACCESS CONTROL CREDENTIALS, SOFTWARE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES DIRECTLY TO OWNER VIA REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT PACKAGE SERVICE. INSTRUCTIONS FOR DELIVERY TO THE OWNER SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AT THE "KEYING CONFERENCE". 1.5 COORDINATION A. TEMPLATES: OBTAIN AND DISTRIBUTE TO THE PARTIES INVOLVED TEMPLATES FOR DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY PREPARED FOR INSTALLING STANDARD AND ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCATING AND INSTALLING HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH INDICATED REQUIREMENTS. B. DOOR HARDWARE AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF SCHEDULED ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE AND RELATED ACCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT WITH REQUIRED CONNECTIONS TO SOURCE POWER JUNCTION BOXES, LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, DETECTION AND MONITORING HARDWARE, AND FIRE AND DETECTION ALARM SYSTEMS. C. DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATION: RELATED DIVISION 08 SECTIONS (STEEL, ALUMINUM AND WOOD) DOORS AND CORRESPONDING FRAMES ARE TO BE PREPARED, REINFORCED AND PRE -WIRED (IF APPLICABLE) TO RECEIVE THE INSTALLATION OF THE SPECIFIED ELECTRIFIED, MONITORING, SIGNALING AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM HARDWARE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL IN -FIELD MODIFICATIONS. 1.6 WARRANTY A. GENERAL WARRANTY: REFERENCE DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. SPECIAL WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL NOT DEPRIVE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO, AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH, OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY CONTRACTOR UNDER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. WARRANTY PERIOD: WRITTEN WARRANTY, EXECUTED BY MANUFACTURER(S), AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF STANDARD AND ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE THAT FAILS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. STRUCTURAL FAILURES INCLUDING EXCESSIVE DEFLECTION, CRACKING, OR BREAKAGE. 2. FAULTY OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 3. DETERIORATION OF METALS, METAL FINISHES, AND OTHER MATERIALS BEYOND NORMAL WEATHERING. 4. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS AND FAILURES WITHIN THE SYSTEMS OPERATION. C. STANDARD WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. SPECIAL WARRANTY PERIODS: 1. TEN YEARS FOR MORTISE LOCKS AND LATCHES. 2. FIVE YEARS FOR EXIT HARDWARE. 3. TWENTY FIVE YEARS FOR MANUAL SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS. 4. TWO YEARS FOR ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE. 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND INSTRUCTIONS: FURNISH A COMPLETE SET OF SPECIALIZED TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AS NEEDED FOR OWNER'S CONTINUED ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE, AND REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF DOOR HARDWARE. B. CONTINUING SERVICE: BEGINNING AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND RUNNING CONCURRENT WITH THE SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS (6) MONTHS FULL MAINTENANCE INCLUDING REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF WORN OR DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS, LUBRICATION, CLEANING, AND ADJUSTING AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER DOOR OPENING OPERATION. PROVIDE PARTS AND SUPPLIES AS USED IN THE MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION OF ORIGINAL PRODUCTS. 1.8 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. GENERAL: PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE FOR EACH DOOR TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DOOR HARDWARE SETS AND EACH REFERENCED SECTION THAT PRODUCTS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED UNDER. 1. DESIGNATIONS: REQUIREMENTS FOR QUANTITY, ITEM, SIZE, FINISH OR COLOR, GRADE, FUNCTION, AND OTHER DISTINCTIVE QUALITIES OF EACH TYPE OF DOOR HARDWARE ARE INDICATED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS. PRODUCTS ARE IDENTIFIED BY USING DOOR HARDWARE DESIGNATIONS. B. NAMED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS: PRODUCT DESIGNATION AND MANUFACTURER ARE LISTED FOR EACH DOOR HARDWARE TYPE REQUIRED FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTABLISHING REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURERS' NAMES ARE ABBREVIATED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 1. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS/MANUFACTURERS: REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 1.9 HANGING DEVICES A. HINGES: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 CERTIFIED BUTT HINGES WITH NUMBER OF HINGE KNUCKLES AS SPECIFIED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS. B. CONTINUOUS GEARED HINGES: ANSI/BHMA A156.26 CERTIFIED CONTINUOUS GEARED HINGE WITH MINIMUM 0.120 -INCH THICK EXTRUDED 6060 T6 ALUMINUM ALLOY HINGE LEAVES AND A MINIMUM OVERALL WIDTH OF 4 INCHES. 1.10 DOOR OPERATING TRIM A. FLUSH BOLTS AND SURFACE BOLTS: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 AND A156.16, GRADE 1, CERTIFIED AUTOMATIC, SELF -LATCHING, AND MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS AND SURFACE BOLTS. 1.11 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. GENERAL: CYLINDER MANUFACTURER TO HAVE MINIMUM (10) YEARS OF EXPERIENCE DESIGNING SECURED MASTER KEY SYSTEMS AND HAVE ON RECORD A PUBLISHED SECURITY KEYING SYSTEM POLICY. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF KEYED CYLINDER AND KEYS FROM THE SAME SOURCE MANUFACTURER AS LOCKSETS AND EXIT DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. CYLINDERS: ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER CYLINDERS COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. MORTISE TYPE: THREADED CYLINDERS WITH RINGS AND STRAIGHT- OR CLOVER -TYPE CAM. 2. RIM TYPE: CYLINDERS WITH BACK PLATE, FLAT -TYPE VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL TAILPIECE, AND RAISED TRIM RING. 3. BORED -LOCK TYPE: CYLINDERS WITH TAILPIECES TO SUIT LOCKS. 4. MORTISE AND RIM CYLINDER COLLARS TO BE SOLID AND RECESSED TO ALLOW THE CYLINDER FACE TO BE FLUSH AND BE FREE SPINNING WITH MATCHING FINISHES. 5. KEYWAY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. D. KEYING SYSTEM: EACH TYPE OF LOCK AND CYLINDERS TO BE FACTORY KEYED. COORDINATE KEYING WITH OWNER. E. KEY QUANTITY: VERIFY QUANTITY WITH OWNER. SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE (CONTINUED) F. CONSTRUCTION KEYING: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION MASTER KEYED CYLINDERS OR TEMPORARY KEYED CONSTRUCTION CORES WHERE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION MASTER KEYS IN QUANTITY AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONTRACTOR. REPLACE CONSTRUCTION CORES WITH PERMANENT CORES. FURNISH PERMANENT CORES FOR INSTALLATION AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. G. KEY REGISTRATION LIST: PROVIDE KEYING TRANSCRIPT LIST TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN THE PROPER FORMAT FOR IMPORTING INTO KEY CONTROL SOFTWARE. H. KEY CONTROL SOFTWARE: PROVIDE ONE NETWORK VERSION OF "KEY WIZARD" BRANDED KEY MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE THAT INCLUDES ONE YEAR OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND UPGRADES TO SOFTWARE AT NO CHARGE. PROVIDE FACTORY KEY SYSTEM FORMATTED FOR IMPORTING INTO'KEY WIZARD, SOFTWARE. 1.12 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. MORTISE LOCKSETS, GRADE 1 (HEAVY DUTY): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, SERIES 1000, OPERATIONAL GRADE 1 CERTIFIED MORTISE LOCKSETS FURNISHED IN THE FUNCTIONS AS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. B. CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS, GRADE 1 (COMMERCIAL DUTY): ANSI/BHMA A156.2, SERIES 4000, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED CYLINDRICAL (BORED) LOCKSETS FURNISHED IN THE FUNCTIONS AS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. C. LOCK TRIM DESIGN: AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 1.13 STAND ALONE ACCESS CONTROL LOCKING DEVICES A. STAND ALONE INTEGRATED ACCESS CONTROL LOCKETS: INTERNAL, BATTERY -POWERED, SELF-CONTAINED ANSI GRADE 1 MORTISE OR CYLINDRICAL LOCK CONSISTING OF ELECTRONICALLY MOTOR DRIVEN LOCKING MECHANISM, INTEGRATED KEYPAD, PROXIMITY CARD READER, OR KEYPAD/PROXIMITY CARD READER COMBINATION, AND SPECIFIED ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMING ACCESSORIES. 1.14 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. STRIKES: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STRIKE WITH STRIKE BOX FOR EACH LATCH OR LOCK BOLT, WITH CURVED LIP EXTENDED TO PROTECT FRAME, FINISHED TO MATCH DOOR HARDWARE SET, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. FLAT -LIP STRIKES: FOR LOCKS WITH THREE-PIECE ANTIFRICTION LATCHBOLTS, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. ALUMINUM -FRAME STRIKE BOX: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL STRIKE BOX FABRICATED FOR ALUMINUM FRAMING. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. STRIKES FOR MORTISE LOCKS AND LATCHES: BHMA A156.13. 2. STRIKES FOR BORED LOCKS AND LATCHES: BHMA A156.2. 3. STRIKES FOR AUXILIARY DEADLOCKS: BHMA A156.5. 4. DUSTPROOF STRIKES: BHMA A156.16. 1.15 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ALL EXIT DEVICES SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1. AT DOORS NOT REQUIRING AFIRE RATING, PROVIDE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 AND LISTED AND LABELED FOR "PANIC HARDWARE" ACCORDING TO UL305. PROVIDE PROPER FASTENERS AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER INCLUDING SEX NUTS AND BOLTS AT OPENINGS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 2. WHERE EXIT DEVICES ARE REQUIRED ON FIRE RATED DOORS, PROVIDE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH NEPA 80 AND WITH UL LABELING INDICATING "FIRE EXIT HARDWARE". PROVIDE DEVICES WITH THE PROPER FASTENERS FOR INSTALLATION AS TESTED AND LISTED BY UL. CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG AND TEMPLATE BOOK FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. a. FIRE EXIT REMOVABLE MULLIONS: PROVIDE KEYED REMOVABLE MULLIONS FOR USE WITH FIRE EXIT DEVICES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE AND PANIC PROTECTION, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO UL 305 AND NFPA 252. MULLIONS TO BE USED ONLY WITH EXIT DEVICES FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN TESTED. 3. EXCEPT ON FIRE RATED DOORS, PROVIDE EXIT DEVICES WITH HEX KEY DOGGING DEVICE TO HOLD THE PUSHBAR AND LATCH IN A RETRACTED POSITION. PROVIDE OPTIONAL KEYED CYLINDER DOGGING ON DEVICES WHERE SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 4. FLUSH END CAPS: PROVIDE HEAVY WEIGHT IMPACT RESISTANT FLUSH END CAPS MADE OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL IN THE SAME FINISH AS THE DEVICES AS IN THE HARDWARE SETS. PLASTIC END CAPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 5. LEVER OPERATING TRIM: WHERE EXIT DEVICES REQUIRE LEVER TRIM, FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S HEAVY DUTY TRIM WITH COLD FORGED ESCUTCHEONS, BEVELED EDGES, AND FOUR THREADED STUDS FOR THRU-BOLTS. a. LOCK TRIM DESIGN: AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE FINISHES AND DESIGNS TO MATCH THAT OF THE SPECIFIED LOCKSETS. PROVIDED FREE -WHEELING TYPE TRIM WHERE INDICATED. b. WHERE FUNCTION OF EXIT DEVICE REQUIRES A CYLINDER, PROVIDE AN INTERCHANGEABLE CORE TYPE KEYED CYLINDER (RIM OR MORTISE) AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 6. VERTICAL ROD EXIT DEVICES: PROVIDE AND INSTALL INTERIOR SURFACE AND CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD EXIT DEVICES AS LESS BOTTOM ROD (LBR) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7. NARROW STILE APPLICATIONS: AT DOORS CONSTRUCTED WITH NARROW STILES, ORAS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE DEVICES DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM 2' WIDE STILES. 8. DUMMY PUSH BAR: NONFUNCTIONING PUSH BAR MATCHING FUNCTIONAL PUSH BAR. 9. RAIL SIZING: PROVIDE EXIT DEVICE RAILS FACTORY SIZED FOR PROPER DOOR WIDTH APPLICATION. 10. THROUGH BOLT INSTALLATION: FOR EXIT DEVICES AND TRIM AS INDICATED IN DOOR HARDWARE SETS. B. CONVENTIONAL PUSH RAIL EXIT DEVICES (HEAVY DUTY): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED PANIC AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE DEVICES FURNISHED IN THE FUNCTIONS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. MOUNTING RAILS TO BE FORMED FROM SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL, BRASS OR BRONZE ARCHITECTURAL MATERIALS NO LESS THAN 0.072" THICK, WITH PUSH RAILS A MINIMUM OF 0.062" THICKNESS. PAINTED OR ALUMINUM METAL RAILS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. EXIT DEVICE LATCH TO BE INVESTMENT CAST STAINLESS STEEL, PULLMAN TYPE, WITH DEADLOCK FEATURE. 1.16 DOOR CLOSERS A. DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE MOUNTED (LARGE BODY CAST IRON): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, GRADE 1 SURFACE MOUNTED, HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSERS WITH COMPLETE SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT, SIZES 1 THRU 6; AND FULLY OPERATIONAL ADJUSTABLE ACCORDING TO DOOR SIZE, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND OPENING FORCE. B. DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE MOUNTED (HEAVY DUTY): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, GRADE 1 SURFACE MOUNTED, HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSERS WITH COMPLETE SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT, SIZES 1 THRU 6; AND FULLY OPERATIONAL ADJUSTABLE ACCORDING TO DOOR SIZE, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND OPENING FORCE. C. DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE MOUNTED (COMMERCIAL DUTY): ANSI/BHMA 156.4, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED SURFACE MOUNTED, INSTITUTIONAL GRADE DOOR CLOSERS WITH COMPLETE SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT, SIZES 1 THRU 6; AND FULLY OPERATIONAL ADJUSTABLE ACCORDING TO DOOR SIZE, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND OPENING FORCE. 1.17 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE OPERATORS OF SIZE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR DOOR SIZE, WEIGHT, AND MOVEMENT; FOR CONDITION OF EXPOSURE; AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH UL 325. COORDINATE OPERATOR MECHANISMS WITH DOOR OPERATION, HINGES, AND ACTIVATION DEVICES. 1. FIRE -RATED DOORS: PROVIDE DOOR OPERATORS FOR FIRE -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES THAT COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 FOR FIRE -RATED DOOR COMPONENTS AND ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. B. ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR OPERATORS: SELF-CONTAINED UNITS POWERED BY PERMANENT MAGNET DC MOTOR, WITH CLOSING SPEED CONTROLLED MECHANICALLY BY GEAR TRAIN, CONNECTIONS FOR POWER, ACTIVATION AND SAFETY DEVICE WIRING, AND MANUAL OPERATION INCLUDING SPRING CLOSING WHEN POWER IS OFF. C. ELECTROHYDRAULIC DOOR OPERATORS: SELF-CONTAINED LOW-PRESSURE UNITS WITH RACK AND PINION DESIGN CONTAINED WITHIN A CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING. DOOR CLOSING SPEED CONTROLLED BY INDEPENDENT HYDRAULIC ADJUSTMENT VALVES IN THE SWEEP AND LATCH RANGE OF THE CLOSING CYCLE. OPERATOR IS TO PROVIDE CONVENTIONAL DOOR CLOSER OPENING AND CLOSING FORCES UNLESS THE POWER OPERATOR MOTOR IS ACTIVATED. UNIT IS TO INCLUDE AN ADJUSTABLE HYDRAULIC BACKCHECK VALVE TO CUSHION THE DOOR SPEED IF OPENED VIOLENTLY. NON -HANDED UNITS FOR BOTH PUSH AND PULL SIDE APPLICATIONS. D. BRACKETS AND REINFORCEMENTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, FABRICATED FROM ALUMINUM WITH NONFERROUS SHIMS FOR ALIGNING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. E. STANDARD: CERTIFIED ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. OPENING FORCE IF POWER FAILS: NOT MORE THAN 15 LBF REQUIRED TO RELEASE A LATCH IF PROVIDED, NOT MORE THAN 30 LBF REQUIRED TO MANUALLY SET DOOR IN MOTION, AND NOT MORE THAN 15 LBF REQUIRED TO FULLY OPEN DOOR. b. ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION: NOT MORE THAN 15 LBF REQUIRED TO PREVENT STOPPED DOOR FROM CLOSING OR OPENING. F. CONFIGURATION: SURFACE MOUNTED. DOOR OPERATORS TO CONTROL SINGLE SWINGING AND PAIR OF SWINGING DOORS. G. OPERATION: POWER OPENING AND SPRING CLOSING OPERATION CAPABLE OF MEETING ANSI A117.1 ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINE. PROVIDE TIME DELAY FOR DOOR TO REMAIN OPEN BEFORE INITIATING CLOSING CYCLE AS REQUIRED BY ANSI/BHMA A156.19. WHEN NOT IN AUTOMATIC MODE, DOOR OPERATOR TO FUNCTION AS MANUAL DOOR CLOSER WITH FULLY ADJUSTABLE OPENING AND CLOSING FORCES, WITH OR WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER. 1. ON-OFF SWITCH TO CONTROL POWER TO BE KEY SWITCH OPERATED. H. FEATURES: OPERATOR UNITS TO HAVE FULL FEATURE ADJUSTMENTS FOR DOOR OPENING AND CLOSING FORCE AND SPEED, BACKCHECK, MOTOR ASSIST ACCELERATION FROM 0 TO 30 SECONDS, TIME DELAY, VESTIBULE INTERFACE DELAY, OBSTRUCTION RECYCLE, AND HOLD OPEN TIME FROM 0 UP TO 30 SECONDS. I. PROVIDE OUTPUTS AND RELAYS ON BOARD THE OPERATOR TO ALLOW FOR COORDINATION OF EXIT DEVICE LATCH RETRACTION, ELECTRIC STRIKES, MAGNETIC LOCKS, CARD READERS, SAFETY AND MOTION SENSORS AND SPECIFIED AUXILIARY CONTACTS. J. ACTIVATION DEVICES: PROVIDE ACTIVATION DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.19 STANDARD, FOR CONDITION OF EXPOSURE INDICATED AND FOR LONG TERM, MAINTENANCE FREE OPERATION UNDER NORMAL TRAFFIC LOAD OPERATION. COORDINATE ACTIVATION CONTROL WITH ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE AND ACCESS CONTROL INTERFACES. ACTIVATION SWITCHES ARE STANDARD SPST, WITH OPTIONAL DPDT AVAILABILITY. K. SIGNAGE: AS REQUIRED BY CITED ANSI/BHMA A156.19 STANDARD FOR THE TYPE OF OPERATOR. 1.18 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. DOOR PROTECTIVE TRIM 1. GENERAL: DOOR PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS TO BE OF TYPE AND DESIGN AS SPECIFIED BELOW OR IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 2. SIZE: FABRICATE PROTECTION PLATES (KICK, ARMOR, OR MOP) NOT MORE THAN 2" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH (LDW) ON STOP SIDE OF SINGLE DOORS AND 1' LDW ON STOP SIDE OF PAIRS OF DOORS, AND NOT MORE THAN 1" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH ON PULL SIDE. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE PROPER WIDTH AND HEIGHT AS REQUIRED WHERE CONFLICTING HARDWARE DICTATES. HEIGHT TO BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 3. METAL PROTECTION PLATES: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 CERTIFIED METAL PROTECTION PLATES (KICK, ARMOR, OR MOP), BEVELED ON FOUR EDGES (134E), FABRICATED FROM THE FOLLOWING. a. STAINLESS STEEL: 050 -INCH THICK, WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW HOLES (CSK). 4. FASTENERS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATED FASTENER TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 5. METAL DOOR EDGING: DOOR PROTECTION EDGING FABRICATED FROM A MINIMUM .050 -INCH THICK METAL SHEET, FORMED INTO AN ANGLE OR "U" CAP SHAPES, SURFACE OR MORTISED MOUNTED ONTO EDGE OF DOOR. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE LEG OVERLAP TO ACCOUNT FOR PROTECTION PLATES AS REQUIRED. HEIGHT TO BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE (CONTINUED) 1.19 DOORSTOPS AND HOLDERS A. DOORSTOPS AND BUMPERS: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED DOORSTOPS AND WALL BUMPERS. B. OVERHEAD DOORSTOPS AND HOLDERS: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS TO BE SURFACE OR CONCEALED TYPES. 1.20 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. GENERAL: THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, AND GASKET SEALS TO BE OF TYPE AND DESIGN AS SPECIFIED BELOW OR IN THE HARDWARE SETS. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHERSTRIP GASKETING ON EXTERIOR DOORS AND PROVIDE SMOKE, LIGHT, OR SOUND GASKETING ON INTERIOR DOORS WHERE INDICATED. AT EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS PROVIDE NOW CORROSIVE FASTENERS AND ELSEWHERE WHERE INDICATED. B. SMOKE LABELED GASKETING: ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 105 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR SMOKE CONTROL RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO UL 1784. 1. PROVIDE SMOKE LABELED PERIMETER GASKETING AT ALL SMOKE LABELED OPENINGS. C. FIRE LABELED GASKETING: ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO UL -10C. 1. PROVIDE INTUMESCENT SEALS AS INDICATED TO MEET UL10C STANDARD FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES, AND UBC 7-2, FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. D. SOUND -RATED GASKETING: ASSEMBLIES THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY, FOR SOUND RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E 1408. E. REPLACEABLE SEAL STRIPS: PROVIDE ONLY THOSE UNITS WHERE RESILIENT OR FLEXIBLE SEAL STRIPS ARE EASILY REPLACEABLE AND READILY AVAILABLE FROM STOCKS MAINTAINED BY MANUFACTURER. 1.21 ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES A. PUSH-BUTTON SWITCHES: INDUSTRIAL GRADE MOMENTARY OR ALTERNATE CONTACT, BACK -LIGHTED PUSH BUTTONS WITH STAINLESS-STEEL SWITCH ENCLOSURES. 12/24 VDC BI -COLOR ILLUMINATION SUITABLE FOR EITHER FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTING. B. POWER SUPPLIES: PROVIDE NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY LISTED 12VDC OR 24VDC (FIELD SELECTABLE) FILTERED AND REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES. INCLUDE BATTERY BACKUP OPTION WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY CHARGING CAPABILITY IN ADDITION TO OPERATING THE DC LOAD IN EVENT OF LINE VOLTAGE FAILURE. PROVIDE THE LEAST NUMBER OF UNITS, AT THE APPROPRIATE AMPERAGE LEVEL, SUFFICIENT TO EXCEED THE REQUIRED TOTAL DRAW FOR THE SPECIFIED ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE AND ACCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT. 1.22 FABRICATION A. FASTENERS: PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED TEMPLATES GENERALLY PREPARED FOR MACHINE, WOOD, AND SHEET METAL SCREWS. PROVIDE SCREWS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS RECOGNIZED INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR APPLICATION INTENDED. 1.23 FINISHES A. STANDARD: DESIGNATIONS USED IN THE HARDWARE SETS AND ELSEWHERE INDICATE HARDWARE FINISHES COMPLYING WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.18, INCLUDING COORDINATION WITH TRADITIONAL U.S. FINISHES INDICATED BY CERTAIN MANUFACTURERS FOR THEIR PRODUCTS. B. PROVIDE QUALITY OF FINISH, INCLUDING THICKNESS OF PLATING OR COATING (IF ANY), COMPOSITION, HARDNESS, AND OTHER QUALITIES COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN SPECIFIED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR THE APPLICABLE UNITS OF HARDWARE. C. PROTECT MECHANICAL FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPPING. 1.24 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SCHEDULED OPENINGS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, LABELED FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION, WALL AND FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. B. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DOOR SCHEDULE, DOOR TYPES, DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULED HARDWARE. PROCEED ONLY AFTER SUCH DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED IN WRITING. 1.25 PREPARATION A. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: COMPLY WITH ANSI/DHI A115 SERIES. B. WOOD DOORS: COMPLY WITH ANSI/DHI All 15-W SERIES. 1.26 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL EACH ITEM OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTROMECHANICAL HARDWARE AND ACCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS. 1. INSTALLERS ARE TO BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER ON THE PROPER INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF FIRE, LIFE SAFETY, AND SECURITY PRODUCTS INCLUDING: HANGING DEVICES; LOCKING DEVICES; CLOSING DEVICES; AND SEALS. B. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: MOUNT DOOR HARDWARE UNITS AT HEIGHTS INDICATED IN FOLLOWING APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS: 1. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: DHI'S "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES" 1. WOOD DOORS: DHI WDHS.3, "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR WOOD FLUSH DOORS" 2. WHERE INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, COMPLY WITH ANSI A117.1 "ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES." 3. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN DRYWALL PARTITIONS WHERE WALL STOPS OR OTHER WALL MOUNTED HARDWARE IS LOCATED. C. RETROFITTING: INSTALL DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TEMPLATES AND WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. WHERE CUTTING AND FITTING ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL DOOR HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES THAT ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANOTHER WAY, COORDINATE REMOVAL, STORAGE, AND REINSTALLATION OF SURFACE PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS WITH FINISHING WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 9 SECTIONS. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE - MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON SUBSTRATES INVOLVED. D. THRESHOLDS: SET THRESHOLDS FOR EXTERIOR AND ACOUSTICAL DOORS IN FULL BED OF SEALANT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS" E. STORAGE: PROVIDE A SECURE LOCK UP FOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT BUT NOT YET INSTALLED. CONTROL THE HANDLING AND INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE ITEMS SO THAT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK WILL NOT BE DELAYED BY HARDWARE LOSSES BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.27 ADJUSTING A. INITIAL ADJUSTMENT: ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF DOOR HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. REPLACE UNITS THAT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST DOOR CONTROL DEVICES TO COMPENSATE FOR FINAL OPERATION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1.28 DEMONSTRATION A. INSTRUCT OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN MECHANICAL AND ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE. 1.29 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DOOR SCHEDULE AND HARDWARE SETS. SECTION 088000 - GLAZING 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. GLASS FOR INSULATED GLAZING UNITS. 1. SINGLE PANE GLAZING. 2. GLAZING SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNIT SURFACES: 1. SURFACE NO. 1: EXTERIOR SURFACE OF OUTER LITE. 2. SURFACE NO. 2: INTERIOR SURFACE OF OUTER LITE. 3. SURFACE NO. 3: EXTERIOR SURFACE OF INNER LITE. 4. SURFACE NO. 4: INTERIOR SURFACE OF INNER LITE. B. AIRSPACE: SPACE BETWEEN LITES OF AN INSULATING GLASS UNIT THAT CONTAINS DEHYDRATED AIR OR OTHER INERT SPECIFIED GAS 1.3 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE GLAZING CHANNEL DIMENSIONS TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BITE ON GLASS, MINIMUM EDGE AND FACE CLEARANCES, AND ADEQUATE SEALANT THICKNESSES, WITH REASONABLE TOLERANCES. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. C. GLASS SAMPLES: AS REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT. D. GLAZING SCHEDULE: LIST GLASS TYPES AND THICKNESSES FOR EACH SIZE OPENING AND LOCATION. USE SAME DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR GLASS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA, INCLUDING ANALYSIS DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. PRECONSTRUCTION ADHESION AND COMPATIBILITY TEST REPORT. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING SOLAR CONTROL COATED GLASS. B. FABRICATOR'S QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS' EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS MEETING ASTM E 2190, CLASS CBA AND CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. D. SEALANT TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1021 TO CONDUCT THE TESTING INDICATED. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER, STORE, AND HANDLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 LUC3 a z Z) U) � w w 0 ul0 0 LU 0 w V) W 0 0 w 0 w a L_ F_ W U) V) a- 2 U) U c `i w C CU CL w a' LU 11 J w p J 0) No = 00 2 `9 s Ov m85 - 0 o C C:> a) U) ci N 0 I, m PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -05 0 !_ w O Z - Q �� CU W ,r-- 0 -0 ' O ai Cl¢ ti U N c G ML Cts Z LO O N LL LL .6-+E-- uj CU0N o z � 5= CU V_U) I, m PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -05 0 W H M = 0 w CL U) H U W 0 Of CL cc W = F- 0 z 0 LU W (D z 0 U z C Z Y z Q 0 z_ 0 U) = F- M CL N v N (;6 0 0 N r` N 0 SECTION 088000 - GLAZING (CONTINUED) 1.8 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR COATED -GLASS PRODUCTS: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE COATED -GLASS UNITS THAT DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF COATED GLASS IS DEFINED AS DEFECTS DEVELOPED FROM NORMAL USE THAT ARE NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO MAINTAINING AND CLEANING COATED GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DEFECTS INCLUDE PEELING, CRACKING, AND OTHER INDICATIONS OF DETERIORATION IN COATING. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR LAMINATED GLASS: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE LAMINATED -GLASS UNITS THAT DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF LAMINATED GLASS IS DEFINED AS DEFECTS DEVELOPED FROM NORMAL USE THAT ARE NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO MAINTAINING AND CLEANING LAMINATED GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DEFECTS INCLUDE EDGE SEPARATION, DELAMINATION MATERIALLY OBSTRUCTING VISION THROUGH GLASS, AND BLEMISHES EXCEEDING THOSE ALLOWED BY REFERENCED LAMINATED - GLASS STANDARD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR INSULATING GLASS: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE INSULATING -GLASS UNITS THAT DETERIORATE WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. DETERIORATION OF INSULATING GLASS IS DEFINED AS FAILURE OF HERMETIC SEAL UNDER NORMAL USE THAT IS NOT ATTRIBUTED TO GLASS BREAKAGE OR TO MAINTAINING AND CLEANING INSULATING GLASS CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. EVIDENCE OF FAILURE IS THE OBSTRUCTION OF VISION BY DUST, MOISTURE, OR FILM ON INTERIOR SURFACES OF GLASS. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. VITRO ARCHITECTURAL GLASS (FORMERLY PPG). 2. OLDCASTLE BUILDING ENVELOPE. 3. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORP.; SUNGUARD. 4. PILKINGTON NORTH AMERICA. 5. VIRACON, INC. 6. REFER TO 012500 FOR SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1.10 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DELEGATED DESIGN: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 014000 "QUALITY REQUIREMENTS," TO DESIGN GLAZING. B. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: GLAZING SHALL WITHSTAND THE FOLLOWING DESIGN LOADS WITHIN LIMITS AND UNDER CONDITIONS INDICATED DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND ASTM E 1300. 1. DESIGN WIND PRESSURES: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. THICKNESS OF PATTERNED GLASS: BASE DESIGN OF PATTERNED GLASS ON THICKNESS AT THINNEST PART OF THE GLASS. 3. DIFFERENTIAL SHADING: DESIGN GLASS TO RESIST THERMAL STRESSES INDUCED BY DIFFERENTIAL SHADING WITHIN INDIVIDUAL GLASS LITES. C. SAFETY GLAZING: WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE GLAZING THAT COMPLIES WITH CSPC 16 CFR 1201, CATEGORY II. D. THERMAL AND OPTICAL PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES: PROVIDE GLASS WITH PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES SPECIFIED, AS INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TEST DATA, BASED ON PROCEDURES INDICATED BELOW: 1. U -FACTORS: CENTER -OF -GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO NFRC 100 AND BASED ON LBUS WINDOW 5.2 COMPUTER PROGRAM, EXPRESSED AS BTU/SQ. FT. X H X DEG F. 2. SOLAR HEAT -GAIN COEFFICIENT AND VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE: CENTER -OF -GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO NFRC 200 AND BASED ON LBUS WINDOW 5.2 COMPUTER PROGRAM. 3. VISIBLE REFLECTANCE: CENTER -OF -GLAZING VALUES, ACCORDING TO NFRC 300. 1.11 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF GLASS PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS AND ORGANIZATIONS BELOW UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. SEE THESE PUBLICATIONS FOR GLAZING TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION OR IN REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. GANA PUBLICATIONS: "LAMINATED GLAZING REFERENCE MANUAL" AND "GLAZING MANUAL." 2. AAMA PUBLICATIONS: AAMA GDSG-1, "GLASS DESIGN FOR SLOPED GLAZING," AND AAMA TIR A7, "SLOPED GLAZING GUIDELINES." 3. IGMA PUBLICATION FOR SLOPED GLAZING: IGMA TB -3001, "GUIDELINES FOR SLOPED GLAZING." 4. IGMA PUBLICATION FOR INSULATING GLASS: SIGMA TM -3000, "NORTH AMERICAN GLAZING GUIDELINES FOR SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL USE." B. SAFETY GLAZING LABELING: WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS INDICATED, PERMANENTLY MARK GLAZING WITH CERTIFICATION LABEL OF THE SGCC OR ANOTHER CERTIFICATION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. LABEL SHALL INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, TYPE OF GLASS, THICKNESS, AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARD WITH WHICH GLASS COMPLIES. C. INSULATING -GLASS CERTIFICATION PROGRAM: PERMANENTLY MARKED EITHER ON SPACERS OR ON AT LEAST ONE COMPONENT LITE OF UNITS WITH APPROPRIATE CERTIFICATION LABEL OF IGCC. D. THICKNESS: WHERE GLASS THICKNESS IS INDICATED, IT IS A MINIMUM. E. STRENGTH: WHERE ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS IS INDICATED, PROVIDE ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS, HEAT -STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS, OR FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS. WHERE HEAT -STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS IS INDICATED, PROVIDE HEAT - STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS OR FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS. WHERE FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS IS INDICATED, PROVIDE FULLY TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS. 1.12 INTERIOR GLAZING PRODUCTS A. CLEAR ANNEALED GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS 1 (CLEAR), QUALITY -Q3. 1. THICKNESS: 9MM (3/8 INCH), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. CLEAR FULLY TEMPERED GLASS: ASTM C 1048, KIND FT (FULLY TEMPERED), CONDITION A (UNCOATED) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, TYPE I, CLASS 1 (CLEAR) OR CLASS 2 (TINTED) AS INDICATED, QUALITY -Q3. 1. THICKNESS: a. 6MM (1/4 INCH) AT BUSINESS OFFICE TRANSACTION WINDOW. b. 9MM (3/8 INCH) AT INTERIOR STOREFRONT. C. TRANSLUCENT LAMINATED GLASS: 1. ASTM C 1172. USE MATERIALS THAT HAVE A PROVEN RECORD OF NO TENDENCY TO BUBBLE, DISCOLOR, OR LOSE PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AFTER FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 2. THICKNESS: 9 MM (3/8 INCH) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (1/8' PANE + 1/4' PANE) 3. CONSTRUCTION: LAMINATE GLASS WITH POLYVINYL BUTYRAL INTERLAYER TO COMPLY WITH INTERLAYER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 4. INTERLAYER COLOR: COOL WHITE 0.030 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. SAFETY GLASS: PROVIDE SAFETY GLASS MARKINGS WHERE SAFETY GLASS IS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. D. ONE-WAY MIRROR GLASS: 1. LAMINATED GLASS UNIT WITH REFLECTIVE COATING AT INTERLAYER. 2. PRODUCT: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 3. THICKNESS: 9 MM (3/8 INCH) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (1/8' PANE + 1/4' PANE) 1.13 EXTERIOR GLAZING PRODUCTS A. INSULATING -GLASS UNITS: FACTORY -ASSEMBLED UNITS CONSISTING OF SEALED LITES OF GLASS SEPARATED BY A DEHYDRATED INTERSPACE, QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 2190. B. IGU-1: INSULATING GLASS UNITS: 1. CONFORMANCE: ASTM E 2190, CLASS CBA. 2. PRODUCT: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 3. GLASS UNIT PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 4. EDGE SEALS: ASTM E 773, WITH ALUMINUM SPACERS AND SILICONE SEALANT FOR GLASS -TO -SPACER SEALS. 5. SEALANT: APPROVED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. 6. SAFETY GLAZING: INSTALL TEMPERED OR LAMINATED SAFETY GLAZING IN UNITS WHERE SAFETY GLAZING IS REQUIRED BY CODE. 1.14 GLAZING SEALANTS A. GENERAL: 1. COMPATIBILITY: COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH OTHER MATERIALS THEY CONTACT, INCLUDING GLASS PRODUCTS, SEALS OF INSULATING -GLASS UNITS, AND GLAZING CHANNEL SUBSTRATES, UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. 2. SUITABILITY: COMPLY WITH SEALANT AND GLASS MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SELECTING GLAZING SEALANTS SUITABLE FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND FOR CONDITIONS EXISTING AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. 1.15 GLAZING, GENERAL A. COMPLY WITH COMBINED WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE IN REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS. B. PROTECT GLASS EDGES FROM DAMAGE DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. REMOVE DAMAGED GLASS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF OFF PROJECT SITE. DAMAGED GLASS INCLUDES GLASS WITH EDGE DAMAGE OR OTHER IMPERFECTIONS THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, COULD WEAKEN GLASS, IMPAIR PERFORMANCE, OR IMPAIR APPEARANCE. C. APPLY PRIMERS TO JOINT SURFACES WHERE REQUIRED FOR ADHESION OF SEALANTS, AS DETERMINED BY PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING. D. INSTALL SETTING BLOCKS IN SILL RABBETS, SIZED AND LOCATED TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. SET BLOCKS IN THIN COURSE OF COMPATIBLE SEALANT SUITABLE FOR HEEL BEAD. E. DO NOT EXCEED EDGE PRESSURES STIPULATED BY GLASS MANUFACTURERS FOR INSTALLING GLASS LITES. F. PROVIDE SPACERS FOR GLASS LITES WHERE LENGTH PLUS WIDTH IS LARGER THAN 50 INCHES. G. PROVIDE EDGE BLOCKING WHERE INDICATED OR NEEDED TO PREVENT GLASS LITES FROM MOVING SIDEWAYS IN GLAZING CHANNEL, AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY GLASS MANUFACTURER AND ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS. 1.16 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE AREAS TO RECEIVE GLASS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF CONDITIONS THAT WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT INSTALLATION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. 1.17 PREPARATION A. VERIFY GLAZING OPENINGS ARE CORRECT SIZE AND WITHIN TOLERANCE. B. VERIFY GLAZING CHANNELS, RECESSES, AND WEEPS ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 088000 - GLAZING (CONTINUED) 1.18 TAPE GLAZING A. POSITION TAPES ON FIXED STOPS SO THAT, WHEN COMPRESSED BY GLASS, THEIR EXPOSED EDGES ARE FLUSH WITH OR PROTRUDE SLIGHTLY ABOVE SIGHTLINE OF STOPS. B. INSTALL TAPES CONTINUOUSLY, BUT NOT NECESSARILY IN ONE CONTINUOUS LENGTH. DO NOT STRETCH TAPES TO MAKE THEM FIT OPENING. C. COVER VERTICAL FRAMING JOINTS BY APPLYING TAPES TO HEADS AND SILLS FIRST, THEN TO JAMBS. COVER HORIZONTAL FRAMING JOINTS BY APPLYING TAPES TO JAMBS, THEN TO HEADS AND SILLS. D. PLACE JOINTS IN TAPES AT CORNERS OF OPENING WITH ADJOINING LENGTHS BUTTED TOGETHER, NOT LAPPED. SEAL JOINTS IN TAPES WITH COMPATIBLE SEALANT APPROVED BY TAPE MANUFACTURER. E. CENTER GLASS LITES IN OPENINGS ON SETTING BLOCKS, AND PRESS FIRMLY AGAINST TAPE BY INSERTING DENSE COMPRESSION GASKETS FORMED AND INSTALLED TO LOCK IN PLACE AGAINST FACES OF REMOVABLE STOPS. START GASKET APPLICATIONS AT CORNERS AND WORK TOWARD CENTERS OF OPENINGS. F. APPLY CAP BEAD OF ELASTOMERIC SEALANT OVER EXPOSED EDGE OF TAPE. 1.19 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. CUT COMPRESSION GASKETS TO LENGTHS RECOMMENDED BY GASKET MANUFACTURER TO FIT OPENINGS EXACTLY, WITH ALLOWANCE FOR STRETCH DURING INSTALLATION. B. INSERT SOFT COMPRESSION GASKET BETWEEN GLASS AND FRAME OR FIXED STOP SO IT IS SECURELY IN PLACE WITH JOINTS MITER CUT AND BONDED TOGETHER AT CORNERS. C. INSTALLATION WITH DRIVE-IN WEDGE GASKETS: CENTER GLASS LITES IN OPENINGS ON SETTING BLOCKS, AND PRESS FIRMLY AGAINST SOFT COMPRESSION GASKET BY INSERTING DENSE COMPRESSION GASKETS FORMED AND INSTALLED TO LOCK IN PLACE AGAINST FACES OF REMOVABLE STOPS. START GASKET APPLICATIONS AT CORNERS AND WORK TOWARD CENTERS OF OPENINGS. COMPRESS GASKETS TO PRODUCE A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL WITHOUT DEVELOPING BENDING STRESSES IN GLASS. SEAL GASKET JOINTS WITH SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY GASKET MANUFACTURER. D. INSTALLATION WITH PRESSURE -GLAZING STOPS: CENTER GLASS LITES IN OPENINGS ON SETTING BLOCKS, AND PRESS FIRMLY AGAINST SOFT COMPRESSION GASKET. INSTALL DENSE COMPRESSION GASKETS AND PRESSURE -GLAZING STOPS, APPLYING PRESSURE UNIFORMLY TO COMPRESSION GASKETS. COMPRESS GASKETS TO PRODUCE A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL WITHOUT DEVELOPING BENDING STRESSES IN GLASS. SEAL GASKET JOINTS WITH SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY GASKET MANUFACTURER. E. INSTALL GASKETS SO THEY PROTRUDE PAST FACE OF GLAZING STOPS. 1.20 GLAZING A. INSTALL GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, EXCEPT WHERE LOCAL CODES OR GANA GLAZING MANUAL INDICATE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS. 1.21 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION REMOVE NONPERMANENT LABELS AND CLEAN SURFACES. B. PROTECT GLASS FROM CONTACT WITH CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. EXAMINE GLASS SURFACES ADJACENT TO OR BELOW EXTERIOR CONCRETE AND OTHER MASONRY SURFACES AT FREQUENT INTERVALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONCE A MONTH, FOR BUILDUP OF DIRT, SCUM, ALKALINE DEPOSITS, OR STAINS. 1. IF, DESPITE SUCH PROTECTION, CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES DO COME INTO CONTACT WITH GLASS, REMOVE SUBSTANCES IMMEDIATELY AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT CANNOT BE CLEANED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COATINGS. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: NON -LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING SYSTEMS FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR INTERIOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SUBMITTALS AND/OR INSTALLATIONS OF STEEL FRAMING THAT IS A LESSER THICKNESS OR GAUGE THAN WHAT IS PRESCRIBED BELOW WILL BE REJECTED. ALTERNATES FOR FRAMING MEMBERS THAT ARE SAID TO BE'GAUGE EQUIVALENT, BUT DO NOT MEET THE THICKNESS OR GAUGE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINE BELOW WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. B. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES THAT INCORPORATE NONLOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. C. STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES: FOR STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90 AND CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 413 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. 1.4 COORDINATION: COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF BLOCKING AND OTHER COMPONENTS WITHIN THE STUD FRAMING SYSTEM. 1.5 NON -LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. FRAMING MEMBERS, GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754, NON -LOAD BEARING ROLLED STEEL, CHANNEL SHAPED, PUNCHED FOR UTILITY ACCESS, AS FOLLOWS 1. STEEL SHEET COMPONENTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. PROTECTIVE COATING: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED. b. MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C645-07; C -CHANNEL, ROLL -FORMED FROM GALVANIZED STEEL; COMPLYING WITH ASTM A1003 AND ASTM A653 G40 OR EQUIVALENT CORROSION RESISTANT COATING. 1.6 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645. B. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.030 INCH (20 GAUGE), OR GREATER AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR LIMITING HEIGHTS AND APPLIED LOADS. 1. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS FOR DOOR JAMB STUDS: 0.030 INCH (20 GAUGE). 2. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. RUNNERS: WITH BENT LEG RETAINER NOTCHED TO RECEIVE STUDS WITH PROVISION FOR CRIMP LOCKING TO STUD. CEILING RUNNERS WITH EXTENDED LEG RETAINER. C. SLIP -TYPE HEAD JOINTS: WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IN THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN INDICATED FOR STUDS AND IN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE DEPTH OF STUDS: 1. SINGLE LONG-LEG RUNNER SYSTEM: ASTM C 645 TOP RUNNER WITH 2 -INCH DEEP FLANGES, INSTALLED WITH STUDS FRICTION FIT INTO TOP RUNNER AND WITH CONTINUOUS BRIDGING LOCATED WITHIN 12 INCHES OF THE TOP OF STUDS TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING. 2. DOUBLE -RUNNER SYSTEM: ASTM C 645 TOP RUNNERS, INSIDE RUNNER WITH 2 -INCH DEEP FLANGES AND FASTENED TO STUDS, AND OUTER RUNNER SIZED TO FRICTION FIT INSIDE RUNNER. 3. DEFLECTION TRACK: STEEL SHEET TOP RUNNER MANUFACTURED TO PREVENT CRACKING OF FINISHES DUE TO DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. D. FIRESTOP TRACKS: TOP RUNNER MANUFACTURED TO ALLOW PARTITION HEADS TO EXPAND AND CONTRACT WITH MOVEMENT OF THE STRUCTURE WHILE MAINTAINING CONTINUITY OF FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED; IN THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN INDICATED FOR STUDS AND IN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE DEPTH OF STUDS. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. FIRE TRAK CORP.; FIRE TRAK ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH FIRE TRAK SLIP CLIP. b. METAL -LITE, INC.; THE SYSTEM. E. FLAT STRAP AND BACKING PLATE: STEEL SHEET FOR BLOCKING AND BRACING IN LENGTH AND WIDTH INDICATED. 1. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.043 INCH (18 GAUGE). F. COLD -ROLLED CHANNEL BRIDGING: 0.0538 -INCH BARE -STEEL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 1/2 -INCH- WIDE FLANGES. 1. DEPTH: 1-1/2 INCHES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 2. CLIP ANGLE: NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 BY 1-1/2 INCHES, 0.068 -INCH- THICK, GALVANIZED STEEL. G. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS): 1. COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.053 -INCH UNCOATED -STEEL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 1/2 -INCH- WIDE FLANGES, 3/4 INCH DEEP. 2. DIMPLED STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645. a. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.033 INCH. b. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. HAT -SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM C 645,7/8 INCH OR 1 %INCH DEEP, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. a. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.033 INCH 4. Z -SHAPED FURRING: WITH SLOTTED OR NON -SLOTTED WEB, FACE FLANGE OF 1 '/.INCHES, WALL ATTACHMENT FLANGE OF 718 INCH, MINIMUM UNCOATED -METAL THICKNESS OF 0.018 AND DEPTH REQUIRED TO FIT INSULATION THICKNESS INDICATED. 5. RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS: 1/2 -INCH- DEEP MEMBERS DESIGNED TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. a. CONFIGURATION: ASYMMETRICAL. 1.7 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 6411A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.062 -INCH DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.048 - INCH DIAMETER WIRE. B. HANGER ATTACHMENTS TO CONCRETE: 1. ANCHORS: CAPABLE OF SUSTAINING A LOAD EQUAL TO 5 TIMES THAT IMPOSED AS DETERMINED BY ASTM E 488. a. TYPE: POST -INSTALLED, CHEMICAL ANCHOR OR POST -INSTALLED, EXPANSION ANCHOR. 2. POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS: CAPABLE OF SUSTAINING, A LOAD EQUAL TO 10 TIMES THAT IMPOSED AS DETERMINED BY ASTM E 1190. C. WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.16 INCH IN DIAMETER. D. FLAT HANGERS: STEEL SHEET, IN SIZE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR 1 BY 3/16 INCH BY LENGTH INDICATED. E. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD -ROLLED, COMMERCIAL -STEEL SHEET WITH A BASE -METAL THICKNESS OF 0.053 INCH AND MINIMUM 1/2 -INCH WIDE FLANGES. 1. COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.053 -INCH UNCOATED -STEEL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 112 -INCH WIDE FLANGES, DEPTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS): 1. COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.053 -INCH UNCOATED -STEEL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 112 -INCH WIDE FLANGES, 3/4 INCH DEEP. 2. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM C 645. USE EITHER STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS OR DIMPLED STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS OF MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS. A. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.033 INCH (20 GAUGE). a. DEPTH: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. HAT -SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM C 645,7/8 INCH DEEP. a. MINIMUM BASE -METAL THICKNESS: 0.033 INCH (20 GAUGE). 4. RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS: 1/2 -INCH DEEP MEMBERS DESIGNED TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. a. CONFIGURATION: ASYMMETRICAL OR HAT SHAPED. SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING (CONTINUED) 1.8 AUXILLARY METALS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE AUXILIARY MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REFERENCED INSTALLATION STANDARDS. 1. FASTENERS FOR METAL FRAMING: OF TYPE, MATERIAL, SIZE, CORROSION RESISTANCE, HOLDING POWER, AND OTHER PROPERTIES REQUIRED TO FASTEN STEEL MEMBERS TO SUBSTRATES. A. ASTM C514; GA 203, SELF -DRILLING, SELF -TAPPING SCREWS. B. ISOLATION STRIP AT EXTERIOR WALLS: PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. ASPHALT -SATURATED ORGANIC FELT: ASTM D 226, TYPE I (NO. 15 ASPHALT FELT), NONPERFORATED. 2. FOAM GASKET: ADHESIVE -BACKED, CLOSED -CELL VINYL FOAM STRIPS THAT ALLOW FASTENER PENETRATION WITHOUT FOAM DISPLACEMENT, 1/8 INCH THICK, IN WIDTH TO SUIT STEEL STUD SIZE. 1.9 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE AREAS AND SUBSTRATES, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, AND INCLUDING WELDED HOLLOW -METAL FRAMES, CAST -IN ANCHORS, AND STRUCTURAL FRAMING, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. 1. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.10 PREPARATION A. SUSPENDED ASSEMBLIES: COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS WITH INSTALLATION OF OVERHEAD STRUCTURE TO ENSURE THAT INSERTS AND OTHER PROVISIONS FOR ANCHORAGES TO BUILDING STRUCTURE HAVE BEEN INSTALLED TO RECEIVE HANGERS AT SPACING REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE WORK AND THAT HANGERS WILL DEVELOP THEIR FULL STRENGTH. 1. FURNISH CONCRETE INSERTS AND OTHER DEVICES INDICATED TO OTHER TRADES FOR INSTALLATION IN ADVANCE OF TIME NEEDED FOR COORDINATION AND CONSTRUCTION. 1.11 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. INSTALLATION STANDARD: ASTM C 754. 1. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: ALSO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ASTM C 840 THAT APPLY TO FRAMING INSTALLATION. B. INSTALL FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO LINE, WITH CONNECTIONS SECURELY FASTENED. C. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, AND BLOCKING TO SUPPORT FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT SERVICES, HEAVY TRIM, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FURNISHINGS, OR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION. D. INSTALL BRACING AT TERMINATIONS IN ASSEMBLIES. E. DO NOT BRIDGE BUILDING CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS WITH NON -LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF JOINTS INDEPENDENTLY. 1.12 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. INSTALL FRAMING SYSTEM COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO SPACINGS INDICATED, BUT NOT GREATER THAN SPACINGS REQUIRED BY REFERENCED INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR ASSEMBLY TYPES. B. WHERE STUDS ARE INSTALLED DIRECTLY AGAINST EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLS OR DISSIMILAR METALS AT EXTERIOR WALLS, INSTALL ISOLATION STRIP BETWEEN STUDS AND EXTERIOR WALL. C. PLACE TWO BEADS OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BETWEEN RUNNERS AND SUBSTRATE, STUDS AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION TO ACHIEVE AN ACOUSTICAL SEAL. D. ALIGN STUD WEB OPENINGS HORIZONTALLY. E. INSTALL STUDS SO FLANGES WITHIN FRAMING SYSTEM POINT IN SAME DIRECTION. 1. SPACE STUDS AS FOLLOWS: 16 INCHES O.C., UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. STUD SPLICING NOT PERMISSIBLE. F. FABRICATE CORNERS USING A MINIMUM OF THREE STUDS. G. INSTALL TRACKS (RUNNERS) AT FLOORS AND OVERHEAD SUPPORTS. EXTEND FRAMING FULL HEIGHT TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS OR SUBSTRATES ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, EXCEPT WHERE PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED TO TERMINATE AT SUSPENDED CEILINGS. CONTINUE FRAMING AROUND DUCTS PENETRATING PARTITIONS ABOVE CEILING. 1. SLIP -TYPE HEAD JOINTS: WHERE FRAMING EXTENDS TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS, INSTALL TO PRODUCE JOINTS AT TOPS OF FRAMING SYSTEMS THAT PREVENT AXIAL LOADING OF FINISHED ASSEMBLIES. 2. DOOR OPENINGS: SCREW VERTICAL STUDS AT JAMBS TO JAMB ANCHOR CLIPS ON DOOR FRAMES; INSTALL RUNNER TRACK SECTION (FOR CRIPPLE STUDS) AT HEAD AND SECURE TO JAMB STUDS. 3. OTHER FRAMED OPENINGS: FRAME OPENINGS OTHER THAN DOOR OPENINGS THE SAME AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR OPENINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALL FRAMING BELOW SILLS OF OPENINGS TO MATCH FRAMING REQUIRED ABOVE DOOR HEADS. 4. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF WOOD BUCKS, ANCHORS, AND WOOD BLOCKING WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK TO BE PLACED WITHIN OR BEHIND STUD FRAMING. 5. BLOCKING: SECURE WOOD BLOCKING TO STUDS. INSTALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET PARTITIONS, ALL CABINETS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND HARDWARE. 6. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR INDICATION OF PARTITIONS EXTENDING TO FINISHED CEILING ONLY AND FOR PARTITIONS EXTENDING THROUGH THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE UNDER STRUCTURAL BUILDING MEMBERS TO AVOID DEFLECTION TRANSFER TO STUDS. PROVIDE EXTENDED LEG CEILING RUNNERS. 7. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF INSULATION IN STUD SPACES MADE INACCESSIBLE AFTER STUD FRAMING ERECTION. 8. FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED PARTITIONS: INSTALL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED AND SUPPORT CLOSURES AND TO MAKE PARTITIONS CONTINUOUS FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF SOLID STRUCTURE. a. FIRESTOP TRACK: WHERE INDICATED, INSTALL TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED. 9. SOUND -RATED PARTITIONS: INSTALL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH SOUND -RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED. 10. CEILING FRAMING: a. INSTALL CEILING FRAMING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, AND ABOVE CEILING WORK. b. REINFORCE OPENINGS IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS, WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24 INCHES PAST EACH END OF OPENINGS. c. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 11. CURVED PARTITIONS: a. BEND TRACK TO UNIFORM CURVE AND LOCATE STRAIGHT LENGTHS SO THEY ARE TANGENT TO ARCS. b. BEGIN AND END EACH ARC WITH A STUD AND SPACE INTERMEDIATE STUDS EQUALLY ALONG ARCS. ON STRAIGHT LENGTHS OF NO FEWER THAN TWO STUDS AT ENDS OF ARCS, PLACE STUDS 6 INCHES O.C. H. DIRECT FURRING: 1. ATTACH TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY WITH STUB NAILS, SCREWS DESIGNED FOR MASONRY ATTACHMENT, OR POWDER - DRIVEN FASTENERS SPACED 24 INCHES O.C. 2. INSTALL THERMAL INSULATION VERTICALLY AND HOLD IN PLACE WITH Z -FURRING CHANNELS SPACED MAXIMUM 16 INCHES ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES FROM EXTERNAL CORNERS AND 12 INCHES AT INTERNAL CORNERS. SECURE Z - FURRING CHANNELS MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. 3. ERECT FREE-STANDING METAL STUD FRAMING TIGHT TO CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, ATTACHED BY ADJUSTABLE FURRING BRACKETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. I. INSTALLATION TOLERANCE: INSTALL EACH FRAMING MEMBER SO FASTENING SURFACES VARY NOT MORE THAN 1/8 INCH FROM THE PLANE FORMED BY FACES OF ADJACENT FRAMING. 1.13 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO SPACINGS INDICATED, BUT NOT GREATER THAN SPACINGS REQUIRED BY REFERENCED INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR ASSEMBLY TYPES. B. ISOLATE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WHERE THEY ABUT OR ARE PENETRATED BY BUILDING STRUCTURE TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF LOADING IMPOSED BY STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT. C. SUSPEND HANGERS FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM THAT ARE NOT PART OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL OR SUSPENSION SYSTEM. a. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS AND OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTER -SPLAYING, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. 2. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACINGS THAT INTERFERE WITH LOCATIONS OF HANGERS, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS IN THE FORM OF TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. 3. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL ROOF DECK. 4. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO ROLLED -IN HANGER TABS OF COMPOSITE STEEL FLOOR DECK. 5. DO NOT CONNECTOR SUSPEND STEEL FRAMING FROM DUCTS, PIPES, OR CONDUIT. D. FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES: WIRE TIE FURRING CHANNELS TO SUPPORTS. E. SEISMIC BRACING: SWAY -BRACE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS WITH HANGERS USED FOR SUPPORT IN PROJECT LOCATIONS LOCATED WITH SEISMIC ZONES AS DEFINE BY THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, LATEST EDITION AS FOLLOWS: 1. AREAS CLASSIFIED AS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 10 AT 1.0 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING), SITE CLASS B. 2. AREAS CLASSIFIED AS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 30 AT 0.5 SEC SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING), SITE CLASS B. 3. ORAS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. F. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS THAT ARE LEVEL TO WITHIN 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET MEASURED LENGTHWISE ON EACH MEMBER THAT WILL RECEIVE FINISHES AND TRANSVERSELY BETWEEN PARALLEL MEMBERS THAT WILL RECEIVE FINISHES. SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD 1.1 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD AND TAPED AND SANDED JOINT TREATMENT. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO SECTION 013300 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES: FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. B. STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES: FOR STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90 AND CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 413 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. 1.4 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. GENERAL: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 36/C 36M OR ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, AS APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF GYPSUM BOARD INDICATED AND WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. AMERICAN GYPSUM. b. G -P GYPSUM. c. LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC. d. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY. e. USG CORPORATION. B. MOISTURE AND MOLD -RESISTANT TYPE: ASTM D32731C 1396M. NON-COMBUSTIBLE, MOISTURE- AND MOLD -RESISTANT GYPSUM CORE WITH PAPER FACINGS, MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 -INCH THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND BEVELED. 3. MOLD RESISTANCE: ASTM D 3273, SCORE OF 10 AS RATED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3274. 4. WATER ABSORPTION: ASTM C473, LESS THAN 5%. C. GLASS -MAT MOISTURE AND MOLD -RESISTANT TYPE: ASTM D3273/C 1396M. NON-COMBUSTIBLE, MOISTURE- AND MOLD - RESISTANT GYPSUM CORE WITH COATED FIBERGLASS MAT FACINGS, MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 -INCH THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND BEVELED. 3. MOLD RESISTANCE: ASTM D 3273, SCORE OF 10 AS RATED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3274. 4. WATER ABSORPTION: ASTM C473, LESS THAN 5%. D. FIRE RATED TYPE: A GYPSUM CORE WALL PANEL WITH ADDITIVES TO ENHANCE FIRE RESISTANCE OF THE CORE AND SURFACED WITH PAPER ON FRONT, BACK, AND LONG EDGES AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1396, TYPE X. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 -INCH THICK. 2. LONG EDGES: SQUARE OR TAPERED. E. FIRE RATED MOLD -RESISTANT TYPE: A GYPSUM CORE WALL PANEL WITH ADDITIVES TO ENHANCE FIRE RESISTANCE OF THE CORE AND THE WATER RESISTANCE OF THE CORE; SURFACED WITH MOISTURE/MOLD RESISTANT PAPER ON THE FRONT, BACK AND LONG EDGES AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1396 AND ASTM D 3273, TYPE X. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 -INCH THICK. 2. LONG EDGES: SQUARE OR TAPERED. 3. MOLD AND MILDEW RESISTANCE: PANEL SCORE OF 10, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 3273. F. FIRE RATED GLASS -MAT MOLD -RESISTANT TYPE: A GYPSUM CORE WALL PANEL WITH ADDITIVES TO ENHANCE FIRE RESISTANCE OF THE CORE AND THE WATER RESISTANCE OF THE CORE; COATED FIBERGLASS MAT FACINGS AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1396 AND ASTM D 3273, TYPE X. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 -INCH THICK. 2. LONG EDGES: SQUARE OR TAPERED. 3. MOLD AND MILDEW RESISTANCE: PANEL SCORE OF 10, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 3273. 1.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. INTERIOR TRIM: ASTM C 1047. 1. MATERIAL: GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM -COATED STEEL SHEET, ROLLED ZINC, PLASTIC OR PAPER -FACED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET. 2. SHAPES: a. CORNERBEAD b. J -SHAPED; EXPOSED LONG FLANGE RECEIVES JOINT COMPOUND. c. EXPANSION (CONTROL) JOINT. B. RIGID PVC TRIM: APPROVED FOR CLASS'A' APPLICATIONS EQUAL TO'TRIM-TEX' SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS. 1. L -BEAD: PULL-AWAY OR TEAR -AWAY. C. EXTERIOR TRIM: ASTM C1047. 1. MATERIAL: HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, PLASTIC OR ROLLED ZINC 2. ALUMINUM TRIM: ASTM B221 (ASTM B 221M), ALLOY 6063-T5. 1.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. JOINT TAPE: INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD - PAPER. C. JOINT COMPOUND FOR INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD: FOR EACH COAT USE FORMULATION THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER COMPOUNDS APPLIED ON PREVIOUS OR FOR SUCCESSIVE COATS. 1. PREFILLING: AT OPEN JOINTS AND DAMAGED SURFACE AREAS, USE SETTING -TYPE TAPING COMPOUND. 2. EMBEDDING AND FIRST COAT: FOR EMBEDDING TAPE AND FIRST COAT ON JOINTS, FASTENERS, AND TRIM FLANGES, USE SETTING -TYPE TAPING COMPOUND. 3. FILL COAT: FOR SECOND COAT, USE SETTING -TYPE, SANDABLE TOPPING COMPOUND. 4. FINISH COAT: FOR THIRD COAT, USE SETTING -TYPE, SANDABLE TOPPING COMPOUND. D. JOINT COMPOUND FOR TILE BACKING PANELS: 1. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: AS RECOMMENDED BY BACKER UNIT MANUFACTURER. 1.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE AUXILIARY MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REFERENCED INSTALLATION STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. B. LAMINATING ADHESIVE: ADHESIVE OR JOINT COMPOUND RECOMMENDED FOR DIRECTLY ADHERING GYPSUM PANELS TO EXISTING CONTINUOUS SUBSTRATE. 1. LAMINATING ADHESIVE SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 50 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). 2. LAMINATING ADHESIVE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS: C. STEEL DRILL SCREWS: ASTM C 1002, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SELF -TAPPING DRYWALL SCREWS, TYPE AND LENGTH AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF METAL STUDS; POWER DRIVEN; GALVANIZED OR CADMIUM PLATED FOR SHEATHING AT STRUCTURALLOADS. 1. USE SCREWS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 954 FOR FASTENING PANELS TO STEEL MEMBERS FROM 0.033 TO 0.112 INCH THICK. D. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 072100' THERMAL INSULATION' E. THERMAL INSULATION: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 0721007HERMAL INSULATION: F. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANT: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079200 "JOINT SEALANTS." 1.8 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE AREAS AND SUBSTRATES, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, AND INCLUDING WELDED HOLLOW -METAL FRAMES AND FRAMING, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. B. EXAMINE PANELS BEFORE INSTALLATION. REJECT PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED. C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.9 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840. B. INSTALL CEILING PANELS ACROSS FRAMING TO MINIMIZE THE NUMBER OF ABUTTING END JOINTS AND TO AVOID ABUTTING END JOINTS IN CENTRAL AREA OF EACH CEILING. STAGGER ABUTTING END JOINTS OF ADJACENT PANELS NOT LESS THAN ONE FRAMING MEMBER. C. INSTALL PANELS WITH FACE SIDE OUT. BUTT PANELS TOGETHER FOR A LIGHT CONTACT AT EDGES AND ENDS WITH NOT MORE THAN 1/16 INCH OF OPEN SPACE BETWEEN PANELS. DO NOT FORCE INTO PLACE. D. LOCATE EDGE AND END JOINTS OVER SUPPORTS, EXCEPT IN CEILING APPLICATIONS WHERE INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS OR GYPSUM BOARD BACK -BLOCKING IS PROVIDED BEHIND END JOINTS. DO NOT PLACE TAPERED EDGES AGAINST CUT EDGES OR ENDS. STAGGER VERTICAL JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS. DO NOT MAKE JOINTS OTHER THAN CONTROL JOINTS AT CORNERS OF FRAMED OPENINGS. E. FORM CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS WITH SPACE BETWEEN EDGES OF ADJOINING GYPSUM PANELS. F. COVER BOTH FACES OF SUPPORT FRAMING WITH GYPSUM PANELS IN CONCEALED SPACES (ABOVE CEILINGS, ETC.), EXCEPT IN CHASES BRACED INTERNALLY. 1. UNLESS CONCEALED APPLICATION IS INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR SOUND, FIRE, AIR, OR SMOKE RATINGS, COVERAGE MAYBE ACCOMPLISHED WITH SCRAPS OF NOT LESS THAN 8 SQ. FT. IN AREA. 2. FIT GYPSUM PANELS AROUND DUCTS, PIPES, AND CONDUITS. 3. WHERE PARTITIONS INTERSECT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PROJECTING BELOW UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR/ROOF SLABS AND DECKS, CUT GYPSUM PANELS TO FIT PROFILE FORMED BY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS; ALLOW 1/4- TO 3/8 -INCH- WIDE JOINTS TO INSTALL SEALANT. G. ISOLATE PERIMETER OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLIED TO NON -LOAD-BEARING PARTITIONS AT STRUCTURAL ABUTMENTS, EXCEPT FLOORS. PROVIDE 1/4- TO 112 -INCH- WIDE SPACES AT THESE LOCATIONS, AND TRIM EDGES WITH EDGE TRIM WHERE EDGES OF PANELS ARE EXPOSED. SEAL JOINTS BETWEEN EDGES AND ABUTTING STRUCTURAL SURFACES WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. H. ATTACHMENT TO STEEL FRAMING: ATTACH PANELS SO LEADING EDGE OR END OF EACH PANEL IS ATTACHED TO OPEN (UNSUPPORTED) EDGES OF STUD FLANGES FIRST. I. STC -RATED ASSEMBLIES: SEAL CONSTRUCTION AT PERIMETERS, BEHIND CONTROL JOINTS, AND AT OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS WITH A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT BOTH FACES OF PARTITIONS AT PERIMETERS AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 919 AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LOCATING EDGE TRIM AND CLOSING OFF SOUNDFLANKING PATHS AROUND OR THROUGH ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING SEALING PARTITIONS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. 1.10 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. SINGLE -LAYER APPLICATION: 1. ON CEILINGS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS BEFORE WALL/PARTITION BOARD APPLICATION TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FRAMING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, 2. ON PARTITIONS/WALLS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS VERTICALLY (PARALLEL TO FRAMING), UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLY, AND MINIMIZE END JOINTS. B. STAGGER ABUTTING END JOINTS NOT LESS THAN ONE FRAMING MEMBER IN ALTERNATE COURSES OF PANELS. 1. FASTENING METHODS: APPLY GYPSUM PANELS TO SUPPORTS WITH STEEL DRILL SCREWS. 2. ON Z -FURRING MEMBERS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS VERTICALLY (PARALLEL TO FRAMING) WITH NO END JOINTS. LOCATE EDGE JOINTS OVER FURRING MEMBERS. E:- `) r ju 0 z 2000 16th Street Denver, CO 80202 inFORM I 0 www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 W 0 a Z w 0 U w NeW 0 0 0 LU 0 W Z) N w 0 W 0 X Q. W En E0 a- m m 0) U c vi ;B C= m CL w m � 3 N ==!15m o M = � °O = 19.cDU Cc is - 0 oc 0 0C Cn N 0 U) Z O U U_ U W ^0- VJ^ r ,'--"OF �� ,® .. • ' •---* - " AR -98237 .1.. �r 'f ."1 `�� y PROJECT # ASP-06LU 0 U) 0 !moi Of O Q I U) � U_ LU O OC)Q (Li , U N M LL LL 4-1 F- N L.L _O Q 0 0 Ca 0 O Z C,q 4t O = , CU U) Z O U U_ U W ^0- VJ^ r ,'--"OF �� ,® .. • ' •---* - " AR -98237 .1.. �r 'f ."1 `�� y PROJECT # ASP-06LU 0 U) 6 W H M = W a U) U U W 0 W CL of w = 0 z O w U) 0 z 0 E U z 0 Z Y z 0 z 9 0 U) = H 2 CL 0 N 66 0 0 Q r - C14 0 R 00 a) m -eI _ w J LL -a 0 c m U) & a In0 z 0 2 0I 0 0 co M L2 4 aa) E U 0 M a) a) I_ - a) E2 a`) Cn WA SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD (CONTINUED) 1.11 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. SINGLE -LAYER APPLICATION: 1. ON CEILINGS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS BEFORE WALL/PARTITION BOARD APPLICATION TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FRAMING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. ON PARTITIONS/WALLS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS VERTICALLY (PARALLEL TO FRAMING), UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLY, AND MINIMIZE END JOINTS. B. STAGGER ABUTTING END JOINTS NOT LESS THAN ONE FRAMING MEMBER IN ALTERNATE COURSES OF PANELS. 1. FASTENING METHODS: APPLY GYPSUM PANELS TO SUPPORTS WITH STEEL DRILL SCREWS. 2. ON Z -FURRING MEMBERS, APPLY GYPSUM PANELS VERTICALLY (PARALLEL TO FRAMING) WITH NO END JOINTS. LOCATE EDGE JOINTS OVER FURRING MEMBERS. C. DOUBLE LAYER APPLICATIONS: 1. SECURE SECOND LAYER TO FIRST WITH FASTENERS AND ADHESIVE WITH SUFFICIENT SUPPORT TO HOLD IN PLACE. APPLY ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PLACE SECOND LAYER PERPENDICULAR TO FIRST LAYER. OFFSET JOINTS OF SECOND LAYER FROM JOINTS OF FIRST LAYER. D. LAMINATING TO SUBSTRATE: WHERE GYPSUM PANELS ARE INDICATED AS DIRECTLY ADHERED TO A SUBSTRATE (OTHER THAN STUDS, JOISTS, FURRING MEMBERS, OR BASE LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD), COMPLY WITH GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND TEMPORARILY BRACE OR FASTEN GYPSUM PANELS UNTIL FASTENING ADHESIVE HAS SET. E. TREAT CUT EDGES AND HOLES IN MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AND EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFIT BOARD WITH SEALANT. 1.12 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. GENERAL: FOR TRIM WITH BACK FLANGES INTENDED FOR FASTENERS, ATTACH TO FRAMING WITH SAME FASTENERS USED FOR PANELS. OTHERWISE, ATTACH TRIM ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. CONTROL JOINTS: INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS ACCORDING TO ASTM C 840, AT MAXIMUM 24 FEET O.C. SPACING AND IN SPECIFIC LOCATIONS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT FOR VISUAL EFFECT. C. INTERIOR TRIM: INSTALL IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: 1. CORNER BEAD: USE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTH. 2. L -BEAD OR J -BEAD: USE AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES. PLACE EDGE TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 3. CONTROL JOINTS: INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 840 AND IN SPECIFIC LOCATIONS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT FOR VISUAL EFFECT. 1.13 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. GENERAL: TREAT GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS, INTERIOR ANGLES, EDGE TRIM, CONTROL JOINTS, PENETRATIONS, FASTENER HEADS, SURFACE DEFECTS, AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED TO PREPARE GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES FOR DECORATION. PROMPTLY REMOVE RESIDUAL JOINT COMPOUND FROM ADJACENT SURFACES. B. PREFILL OPEN JOINTS, ROUNDED OR BEVELED EDGES, AND DAMAGED SURFACE AREAS. C. APPLY JOINT TAPE OVER GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS, EXCEPT THOSE WITH TRIM HAVING FLANGES NOT INTENDED FOR TAPE. D. GYPSUM BOARD FINISH LEVELS: FINISH PANELS TO LEVELS INDICATED BELOW AND ACCORDING TO ASTM C 840: FINISHED APPEARANCE SHALL BE PERFECTLY SMOOTH SO THAT, AFTER PAINTING, THERE SHALL BE NO EVIDENCE OF TAPING OR PATCHING. AREAS WHERE THE LOCATION OF JOINTS OR FASTENERS MAY BE DETERMINED BY VISUAL INSPECTION DUE TO BULGES, IRREGULARITIES IN SURFACE OF VARIATIONS IN TEXTURE, WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE. 1. LEVEL 1: CEILING PLENUM AREAS, CONCEALED AREAS, ATTICS AND WHERE INDICATED. 2. LEVEL 2: PANELS THAT ARE SUBSTRATE FOR TILE. 3. LEVEL 4: AT PANEL SURFACES THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. A. PRIMER AND ITS APPLICATION TO SURFACES ARE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099123 5 INTERIOR PAINTING! E. IF DRY -OUT OR OVER -SANDING OF FINISH COAT OF COMPOUND LEAVES SURFACE REQUIRING SPECIAL TREATMENT OR SEALING, PROVIDE SUCH SEALER OR TREATMENT AND LEAVE ENTIRE SURFACE ACCEPTABLE TO THE FINISHING TRADES AS SPECIFIED UNDER "PAINTING". F. REPAIR ALL NAIL POPS, WRINKLES, BUCKLES AND OTHER DEFECTS OCCURRING DURING THE GUARANTEE PERIOD AND MAKE GOOD ALL DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK RESULTING FROM SUCH REPAIR. G. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, AND CORNERS TO PRODUCE SMOOTH SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES. APPLY COMPOUND ENTIRELY FILLING JOINTS AND FEATHER OUT ONTO BOARD AT LEAST ONE INCH BEYOND THE EDGES OF TAPE; IMMEDIATELY SET INTO THE FRESH COMPOUND AND COVER WITH SKIM COAT OF COMPOUND FEATHERED OUT AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES BEYOND THE EDGES OF TAPE. ALLOW TO DRY THOROUGHLY FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS. H. APPLY ADDITIONAL COAT OF COMPOUND, FEATHERING OUT AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES ON BOTH EDGES BEYOND PREVIOUS COAT. ALLOW TO DRY THOROUGHLY FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS. I. APPLY FINAL FINISH COAT FEATHERING OUT AT LEAST 2 INCHES ON BOTH EDGES BEYOND PREVIOUS COAT. J. ALLOW TO DRY THOROUGHLY FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS. K. FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES SO THAT CAMBER IS MAXIMUM 1/32 INCH. L. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: FINISH ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.14 PROTECTION A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM WEATHER, CONDENSATION, DIRECT SUNLIGHT, CONSTRUCTION AND OTHER CAUSES DURING REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. B. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM DRYWALL COMPOUND AND TEXTURE FINISHES AND PROMPTLY REMOVE FROM FLOORS AND OTHER ON -DRYWALL SURFACES. REPAIR SURFACES STAINED, MARRED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED DURING DRYWALL APPLICATION. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED. 1. INDICATIONS THAT PANELS ARE WET OR MOISTURE DAMAGED INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, DISCOLORATION, SAGGING, OR IRREGULAR SHAPE. 2. INDICATIONS THAT PANELS ARE MOLD DAMAGED INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, FUZZY OR SPLOTCHY SURFACE CONTAMINATION AND DISCOLORATION. SECTION 093013 - CERAMIC TILING 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES CRITERIA PORCELAIN TILE. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. B. SAMPLES: AS REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: INSTALLER QUALIFICATION DATA AND CERTIFICATES. 1.4 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI CERAMIC TILE STANDARD: PROVIDE STANDARD -GRADE TILE THAT COMPLIES WITH ANSI A137.1 FOR TYPES, COMPOSITIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED. B. ANSI STANDARDS FOR TILE INSTALLATION MATERIALS: PROVIDE MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH ANSI A108.02, ANSI STANDARDS REFERENCED IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES, ANSI STANDARDS REFERENCED BY TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. 1.5 TILE PRODUCTS A. CERAMIC TILE: PORCELAIN TILE. 1. CERTIFICATION: TILE CERTIFIED BY THE PORCELAIN TILE CERTIFICATION AGENCY. 2. DYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: NOT LESS THAN 0.42. 3. TILE PRODUCT, GLAZE, AND PATTERN: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE, FINISH PLANS, AND ELEVATIONS 4. GROUT COLOR: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 1.6 SETTING MATERIALS A. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR(THICKSET)INSTALLATION MATERIALS: ANSI A108.02 B. MODIFIED DRY -SET MORTAR (THINSET): ANSI A118.4. C. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NON -SAGGING MORTAR. 1.7 GROUT MATERIALS A. SAND -PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: ANSI A108.10, CONSISTING OF WHITE OR GRAY CEMENT AND WHITE OR COLORED AGGREGATE AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE COLOR INDICATED. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT -BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER OF TILE -SETTING MATERIALS FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED. B. METAL EDGE STRIPS: ANGLE OR L -SHAPE, HEIGHT TO MATCH TILE AND SETTING -BED THICKNESS, METALLIC OR COMBINATION OF METAL AND PVC OR NEOPRENE BASE, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR FLOORING APPLICATIONS; NICKEL SILVER OR STAINLESS-STEEL, ASTM A 666, 300 SERIES EXPOSED -EDGE MATERIAL. 2.6 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS WHERE TILE WILL BE INSTALLED, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 2.7 PREPARATION A. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR TILE FLOORS INSTALLED WITH THINSET MORTAR WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY TILE -SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. 2.8 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH TCNA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC, GLASS, AND STONE TILE INSTALLATION" FOR TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. COMPLY WITH PARTS OF THE ANSI A108 SERIES "SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT ARE REFERENCED IN TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS, SPECIFIED IN TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES, AND APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS USED. B. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO FORM COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. C. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND DRILLING OF TILE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. CAREFULLY GRIND CUT EDGES OF TILE ABUTTING TRIM, FINISH, OR BUILT-IN ITEMS FOR STRAIGHT ALIGNED JOINTS. FIT TILE CLOSELY TO ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, COLLARS, OR COVERS OVERLAP TILE. D. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TRIM SHAPES WHERE NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EXPOSED TILE EDGES. E. JOINTING PATTERN: LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. LAYOUT TILE WORK AND CENTER TILE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH SPACE OR ON EACH WALL AREA. LAY OUT TILE WORK TO MINIMIZE THE USE OF PIECES THAT ARE LESS THAN HALF OF A TILE. PROVIDE UNIFORM JOINT WIDTHS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. JOINT WIDTHS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL TILE WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: G. LAY OUT TILE WAINSCOTS TO DIMENSIONS INDICATED OR TO NEXT FULL TILE BEYOND DIMENSIONS INDICATED. H. METAL EDGE STRIPS: INSTALL WHERE INDICATED AT EXPOSED EDGE OF WALL OR FLOOR TILE. SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 1.1 SUMMARY: THIS SECTION INCLUDES ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR CEILINGS, WIRE HANGERS, FASTENERS, MAIN RUNNERS, CROSS TEES AND WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: ALL REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOG IN SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS: ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS UNTIL SPACES ARE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERPROOF, WET WORK IN SPACES IS COMPLETE AND DRY, WORK ABOVE CEILINGS IS COMPLETE, AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT THE LEVELS INDICATED FOR PROJECT WHEN OCCUPIED FOR ITS INTENDED USE. 1.4 MAINTENANCE A. EXTRA MATERIALS: DELIVER EXTRA MATERIALS TO OWNER. FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED BELOW THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED. PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH APPROPRIATE LABELS 1. ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS: FURNISH QUALITY OF FULL-SIZE UNITS EQUAL TO 3.0 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED. 2. EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS: FURNISH QUANTITY OF EACH EXPOSED SUSPENSION COMPONENT EQUAL TO 1.0 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED. 1.5 WARRANTY A. ACOUSTICAL PANEL: SUBMIT A WRITTEN WARRANTY EXECUTED BY THE MANUFACTURER, AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE ACOUSTICAL PANELS THAT FAIL WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: 1. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: SAGGING AND WARPING. 2. GRID SYSTEM: RUSTING AND MANUFACTURER'S DEFECTS B. WARRANTY PERIOD: 1. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: ONE (1) YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: TEN (10) YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. THE WARRANTY SHALL NOT DEPRIVE THE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS THE OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL BE IN ADDITION TO AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: ACOUSTICAL CEILING SHALL WITHSTAND THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASCE/SEI 7 AND IBC SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS, LATEST EDITIONS. B. SURFACE -BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 84; TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. 1. FLAME -SPREAD INDEX: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR CLASS A MATERIALS; 25 OR LESS. 2. SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX: 50 OR LESS. 1.7 MINERAL -BASE ACOUSTICAL PANELS: A. ACOUSTICAL PANEL STANDARD: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PANELS OF CONFIGURATION INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264 CLASSIFICATIONS AS DESIGNATED BY TYPES, PATTERNS, ACOUSTICAL RATINGS, AND LIGHT REFLECTANCE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. MOUNTING METHOD FOR MEASURING NRC: TYPE E-400; PLENUM MOUNTING IN WHICH FACE OF TEST SPECIMEN IS 15-3/4 INCHES AWAY FROM TEST SURFACE PER ASTM E 795. B. MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. 1. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2. SIZE: REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3. TYPE AND FORM: TYPE III, MINERAL FIBER, WET FORMED. 4. PATTERN: CO. 1.8 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM STANDARD: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DIRECT -HUNG METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OF TYPES, STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATIONS, AND FINISHES INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN ASTM C 635. B. MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. 1. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE: C. WIDE -FACE, CAPPED, DOUBLE -WEB, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED -STEEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM: MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS ROLL FORMED FROM COLD -ROLLED STEEL SHEET HOT -DIP GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH PREFINISHED 15/16 -INCH- WIDE METAL CAPS ON FLANGES. 1. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION: HEAVY-DUTY SYSTEM. 2. FACE DESIGN: FLUSH FACE. 3. CAP FINISH: PAINTED WHITE. D. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES: PROVIDE WIRES COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. ZINC -COATED CARBON -STEEL WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER. 2. NICKEL -COPPER -ALLOY WIRE: ASTM B 164, NICKEL -COPPER -ALLOY UNS NO. N04400. 3. SIZE: SELECT WIRE DIAMETER SO ITS STRESS AT THREE TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD (ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG") WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRESS OF WIRE, BUT PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 0.106 -INCH- DIAMETER WIRE. E. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL, ZINC COATED OR PROTECTED WITH RUST -INHIBITIVE PAINT. F. SEISMIC STRUTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPRESSION STRUTS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE SEISMIC FORCES IN ALL PROJECTS LOCATED WITHIN SEISMIC CATEGORIES C, D, E AND F AS DEFINED BY IBC, OR AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. G. SEISMIC CLIPS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SEISMIC CLIPS DESIGNED AND SPACED TO SECURE ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN-PLACE IN ALL PROJECTS LOCATED WITHIN SEISMIC CATEGORIES C, D, E AND F AS DEFINED BY IBC, OR AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. H. INCLUDE ALL OTHER REQUIRED ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1. CROSS TEES, RETAINING CLIPS, STABILIZER BARS, SEISMIC JOINT CLIPS, EXPANSION SLEEVES I. ROLL -FORMED SHEET -METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: PROVIDE PERIMETER TRIM, DESIGNED TO FIT ACOUSTICAL PANEL EDGE DETAILS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS INDICATED AND COMPLYING WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS; FORMED FROM SHEET METAL OF SAME MATERIAL, FINISH, AND COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS. 1.9 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL FRAMING TO WHICH ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS ATTACH OR ABUT, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS AND OTHER SECTIONS THAT AFFECT CEILING INSTALLATION AND ANCHORAGE AND WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.10 PREPARATION A. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID USING LESS -THAN -HALF -WIDTH PANELS AT BORDERS, AND COMPLY WITH LAYOUT SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. B. COORDINATION: FURNISH LAYOUTS FOR PRESET INSERTS, CLIPS, AND OTHER CEILING ANCHORS WHOSE INSTALLATION IS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 1.11 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. GENERAL: INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636/C 636M AND SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED (WHERE REQUIRED), PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. STANDARDS FOR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEISMIC RESTRAINT: a. CISCA'S "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF DIRECT -HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES -SEISMIC ZONES 3 & 4." b. IBC, CURRENT EDITION AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 7, "MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES.' B. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM THAT ARE NOT PART OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE OR OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 2. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS; OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTERSPLAYING, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. 3. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACINGS THAT INTERFERE WITH LOCATION OF HANGERS AT SPACINGS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT STANDARD SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEMBERS, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS IN FORM OF TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. SIZE SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS TO SUPPORT CEILING LOADS WITHIN PERFORMANCE LIMITS ESTABLISHED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS. 4. SECURE WIRE HANGERS TO CEILING SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND TO SUPPORTS ABOVE WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE TIGHT TURNS. CONNECT HANGERS DIRECTLY EITHER TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE AND THAT WILL NOT DETERIORATE OR OTHERWISE FAIL DUE TO AGE, CORROSION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURES. 5. SECURE FLAT, ANGLE, CHANNEL, AND ROD HANGERS TO STRUCTURE, INCLUDING INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS, BY ATTACHING TO INSERTS, EYE SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR BOTH STRUCTURE TO WHICH HANGERS ARE ATTACHED AND TYPE OF HANGER INVOLVED. INSTALL HANGERS IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT CAUSE THEM TO DETERIORATE OR FAIL DUE TO AGE, CORROSION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURES. 6. DO NOT SUPPORT CEILINGS DIRECTLY FROM PERMANENT METAL FORMS OR FLOOR DECK. FASTEN HANGERS TO CAST -IN- PLACE HANGER INSERTS, POST INSTALLED MECHANICAL OR ADHESIVE ANCHORS, OR POWER -ACTUATED FASTENERS THAT EXTEND THROUGH FORMS INTO CONCRETE. 7. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL ROOF DECK. ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 8. SPACE HANGERS NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES O.C. ALONG EACH MEMBER SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM HANGERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; PROVIDE HANGERS NOT MORE THAN 8 INCHES FROM ENDS OF EACH MEMBER. C. SECURE BRACING WIRES TO CEILING SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND TO SUPPORTS WITH A MINIMUM OF FOUR TIGHT TURNS. SUSPEND BRACING FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED FOR HANGERS, WITHOUT ATTACHING TO PERMANENT METAL FORMS, STEEL DECK, OR STEEL DECK TABS. FASTEN BRACING WIRES INTO CONCRETE WITH CAST -IN- PLACE OR POST INSTALLED ANCHORS. D. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS. 1. AT KITCHEN DRY STORAGE AND ALL RESTROOMS, APPLY ACOUSTICAL SEALANT INA CONTINUOUS RIBBON CONCEALED ON BACK OF VERTICAL LEGS OF MOLDINGS BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED. CAULK GRID TO WALL AT THESE LOCATIONS. 2. SCREW ATTACH MOLDINGS TO SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES O.C. AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES FROM ENDS, LEVELING WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET. MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT SECURELY. 3. DO NOT USE EXPOSED FASTENERS, INCLUDING POP RIVETS, ON MOLDINGS AND TRIM. E. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS SO THEY ARE SQUARE AND SECURELY INTERLOCKED WITH ONE ANOTHER. REMOVE AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT, OR KINKED MEMBERS. F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH UNDAMAGED EDGES AND FIT ACCURATELY INTO SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS AND EDGE MOLDINGS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A NEAT, PRECISE FIT. 1. PAINT CUT EDGES OF PANEL REMAINING EXPOSED AFTER INSTALLATION; MATCH COLOR OF EXPOSED PANEL SURFACES USING COATING RECOMMENDED IN WRITING FOR THIS PURPOSE BY ACOUSTICAL PANEL MANUFACTURER. G. INSTALL CEILING ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND PANELS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C 636 AND WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. INSTALL PANELS WITH THE DIRECTIONAL ARROW IN THE SAME DIRECTION TO PROVIDE INSTALLATION CONSISTENCY, UNIFORM VISUAL AND PROPER PANEL ALIGNMENT, USING 2 INSTALLERS FOR PANELS OVER 72 INCHES IN LENGTH. SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS (CONTINUED) 1.12 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. REPLACE DAMAGED AND BROKEN PANELS. B. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS, INCLUDING TRIM, EDGE MOLDINGS, AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEMBERS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND TOUCHUP OF MINOR FINISH DAMAGE. REMOVE AND REPLACE CEILING COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND REPAIRED TO PERMANENTLY ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE. SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: RESILIENT BASE AND RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORIES. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOG IN SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. OBTAIN RESILIENT WALL BASE AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FROM A SINGLE SUPPLIER. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. ORDER MATERIALS IN A TIMELY MANNER, TO AVOID LEAD-TIME CONFLICTS WITH PROJECT SCHEDULE. B. DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS WITH IDENTIFICATION LABELS INTACT. C. STORE MATERIALS PROTECTED FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL WEATHER CONDITIONS AND ACCLIMATE TO SITE CONDITIONS AT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS/CONDITIONS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AREAS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT WALL BASE SHALL BE CLEAN, FULLY ENCLOSED, WEATHER TIGHT WITH PERMANENT HVAC SET AT A UNIFORM TEMPERATURE OF 65-85 DEGREES F FOR 48 HOURS PRIOR TO, DURING AND THEREAFTER INSTALLATION OF RESILIENT WALL BASE. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ADHESIVE SHALL BE CONDITIONED IN THE SAME MANNER. RESILIENT WALL BASE MUST BE UNBOXED AND ACCLIMATED IN THE AREA OF USE AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MINIMUM TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 65 DEGREES AFTER INSTALLATION. B. INSTALL RESILIENT WALL BASE AFTER FINISHING OPERATIONS, INCLUDING FLOOR COVERING, PAINTING AND CEILING OPERATIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. 1.6 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 2 YEAR COMMENCING ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. LIMITED WEAR WARRANTY: 3 YEARS. 1.7 MANUFACTURER: A. SHAW CONTRACT GROUP. 1.8 RUBBER BASE (B-01) A. PRODUCT STANDARD: ASTM F 1861, TYPE TV (RUBBER, VULCANIZED THERMOSET), GROUP I (SOLID, HOMOGENEOUS) B. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 1.9 TRANSITION ACCESSORIES A. PRODUCTS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. B. TYPE: TP (RUBBER, ALUMINUM) C. LENGTHS: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD LENGTH. D. LOCATIONS: PROVIDE RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORIES IN AREAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS E. COLORS: MATCH WALL BASE. 1.10 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC -CEMENT -BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY RESILIENT -PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT -PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR RESILIENT PRODUCTS AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. 1. ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 50 GIL OR LESS. 2. ADHESIVE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH'S "STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS" 1.11 PREPARATION A. PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT PRODUCTS. B. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE. C. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS UNTIL THEY ARE THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. D. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT PRODUCTS. 1.12 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT BASE. B. APPLY RESILIENT BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND CABINETS IN TOE SPACES, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. C. INSTALL RESILIENT BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL WITHOUT GAPS AT SEAMS AND WITH TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED. D. TIGHTLY ADHERE RESILIENT BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH BASE IN CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SUBSTRATES. E. DO NOT STRETCH RESILIENT BASE DURING INSTALLATION. F. ON MASONRY SURFACES OR OTHER SIMILAR IRREGULAR SUBSTRATES, FILL VOIDS ALONG TOP EDGE OF RESILIENT BASE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FILLER MATERIAL. G. PREFORMED CORNERS: INSTALL PREFORMED CORNERS BEFORE INSTALLING STRAIGHT PIECES. H. JOB -FORMED CORNERS: 1. INSIDE CORNERS: USE STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE AND FORM WITH RETURNS NOT LESS THAN 6 INCHES IN LENGTH. a. MITER OR COPE CORNERS TO MINIMIZE OPEN JOINTS. 1.13 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT ACCESSORIES. 1.14 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTING RESILIENT PRODUCTS. SECTION 096516 965 6 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES VINYL SHEET FLOORING. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM INTERNATIONAL: 1. ASTM F710-11, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 2. ASTM F2170-11, 'STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES'. B. INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE (ICRI): 1. ICRI GUIDELINE 03732 -SELECTING AND SPECIFYING CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION FOR SEALERS, COATINGS, AND POLYMER OVERLAYS. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TEST REPORT WHICH INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. 2. CERTIFIED MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY (PH) TEST REPORT. 3. PROJECT FLOOR PLAN WITH TEST POINTS INDICATED. 4. SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PRE -INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. CONDUCT AN ON-SITE PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING TO VERIFY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING: 1. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH (ALKALINITY) TESTING WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. a. REFER TO OWNERS NATIONAL VENDOR SCHEDULE. b. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERNATE TESTING COMPANY IS PERMITTED. C. PROVIDE RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND ACCESSORIES FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING RECOMMENDED PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS, AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. D. USE ONLY PORTLAND BASED PATCHING AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING OVER GYPSUM BASED PATCHING AND/OR LEVELING COMPOUNDS. E. INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE - INSTALLER MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS' EXPERIENCE WITH HEAT WELDING AND FLASH COVE IN HEALTH CARE SETTINGS. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO PROJECT SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED CONTAINERS WITH LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAMES, COLORS AND PATTERNS, AND QUALITY DESIGNATIONS LEGIBLE AND INTACT. B. STORE AND PROTECT MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, ROLLS SHOULD BE STORED VERTICALLY. SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING (CONTINUED) 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MOISTURE TESTING: 1. TESTING CONDITIONS INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE BROUGHT TO SAME AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVELS AS TO BE EXPECTED DURING NORMAL OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING (SERVICE CONDITIONS). SERVICE CONDITIONS INCLUDE NORMAL LEVELS OF HUMIDITY, LIGHTING, HEATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. IF SERVICE CONDITIONS ARE NOT POSSIBLE, TEST CONDITIONS SHALL BE 75 t 10'F (23.9 t 5.5'C) AND 50 ± 10% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. b. MAINTAIN THESE CONDITIONS FORTY EIGHT (48) HOURS PRIOR TO, AND DURING TESTING. OTHERWISE, RESULTS MAY NOT ACCURATELY REFLECT AMOUNT OF MOISTURE PRESENT IN CONCRETE SLAB DURING NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. 2. IF TEST CONDITIONS REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE SATISFIED AT THE TIME OF THE TESTING, THE TEST MUST POSTPONE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE REQUIRED AMBIENT CONDITIONS CAN BE ESTABLISHED. a. IN THE EVENT THAT A RETURN TRIP BY OWNER'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR IS REQUIRED ASA RESULT OF CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ACHIEVE THE SPECIFIED TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CRITERIA, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WHICH SHALL BE BILLED ACCORDINGLY BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTOR. B. FLOORING INSTALLATION: 1. CONDITIONS MUST COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. NOTIFY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF MOISTURE TESTING (MINIMUM 28 -DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS). B. SCHEDULE MOISTURE TESTING TO COMMENCE NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS (INCLUDING SELF -LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING) AND AS SPACE IS ENCLOSED AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE ACHIEVED - PER SECTION 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY WILL REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 7 BUSINESS DAYS FOR TESTING ON SITE AND ISSUING A CERTIFIED MOISTURE TEST REPORT. D. VAPOR CONTROL MITIGATION SYSTEM, CONTINGENT UPON MOISTURE CONDITIONS REPORTED, TO BE PLACED 12 - 24 HOURS PRIOR TO FLOORING. 1.9 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 2 YEAR COMMENCING ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. LIMITED WEAR WARRANTY: 3 YEARS. 1.10 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FOR RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. 1. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX CLASSIFICATION: CLASS I, NOT LESS THAN 0.45 W/SQ. CM. B. FLOORSCORE COMPLIANCE: RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FLOORSCORE CERTIFICATION FOR LOW VOC. 1.11 VINYL SHEET FLOORING WITH BACKING A. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. B. SEAMLESS -INSTALLATION METHOD: HEAT WELDED C. INSTALLATION: GLUE -DOWN, FULL BED. 1. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. 1.12 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC -CEMENT -BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: NON -STAINING TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. C. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING AND ADHESIVE MANUFACTURERS TO SUIT RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. D. SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION: 1. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR MOISTURE MITIGATION BASED ON THIRD PARTY SLAB MOISTURE TESTING RESULTS. 2. SELECTED SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER AND SHALL NOT IMPACT PRODUCT WARRANTIES. 3. SUBMIT SELECTED MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 4. SHOULD A MOISTURE MITIGATING ADMIXTURE BE USED DURING THE POURING OF NEW CONCRETE SLABS, MOISTURE TESTING AND/OR MITIGATION IS NOT APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM. E. SEAMLESS -INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES: 1. HEAT -WELDING BEAD: MANUFACTURER'S SOLID -STRAND PRODUCT FOR HEAT WELDING SEAMS. a. COLOR: MATCH FLOORING. 2. TERMINATING REDUCERS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD; COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 1.13 PREPARATION A. GENERAL: PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: PREPARE ACCORDING TO ASTM F 710, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 1. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, AND HARDENERS. 2. REMOVE SUBSTRATE COATINGS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR SILICONE, USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. 3. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE. 4. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. 1.14 CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING A. PROVIDE ACCESS FOR AND COOPERATE WITH OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY. B. PERFORM RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST USING IN SITU PROBES ACCORDING TO ASTM F 2170, STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES. 1. THREE (3) TESTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE FIRST 1,000 SQUARE FEET, AND ONE (1) ADDITIONAL TEST FOR EACH 1,000 SQUARE FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF. C. PERFORM PH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F 710-11 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING' AT THE SAME TIME AS MOISTURE TESTING. 1.15 PRE -INSTALLATION TESTING BY CONTRACTOR A. BOND TEST: DETERMINE SUITABILITY OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR FOR RECEIVING SPECIFIED FLOOR COVERING AND ADHESIVE WITH REGARD TO MOISTURE CONTENT AND CURING COMPOUNDS. USE BOND TEST RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 1.16 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. B. UNROLL RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND ALLOW IT TO STABILIZE BEFORE CUTTING AND FITTING. C. LAY OUT RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AS FOLLOWS: 1. MAINTAIN UNIFORMITY OF FLOORING DIRECTION. 2. MINIMIZE NUMBER OF SEAMS; PLACE SEAMS IN INCONSPICUOUS AND LOW -TRAFFIC AREAS, AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL JOINTS IN FLOORING SUBSTRATES. 3. MATCH EDGES OF FLOORING FOR COLOR SHADING AT SEAMS. 4. AVOID CROSS SEAMS. D. SCRIBE AND CUT RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TO BUTT NEATLY AND TIGHTLY TO VERTICAL SURFACES, PERMANENT FIXTURES, AND BUILT-IN FURNITURE INCLUDING CABINETS, PIPES, OUTLETS, AND DOOR FRAMES. E. EXTEND RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING INTO TOE SPACES, DOOR REVEALS, CLOSETS, AND SIMILAR OPENINGS. F. MAINTAIN REFERENCE MARKERS, HOLES, AND OPENINGS THAT ARE IN PLACE OR MARKED FOR FUTURE CUTTING BY REPEATING ON RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AS MARKED ON SUBSTRATES. USE CHALK OR OTHER NONPERMANENT MARKING DEVICE. G. INSTALL RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING ON COVERS FOR TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL DUCTS AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN INSTALLATION AREAS. MAINTAIN OVERALL CONTINUITY OF COLOR AND PATTERN BETWEEN PIECES OF FLOORING INSTALLED ON COVERS AND ADJOINING FLOORING. TIGHTLY ADHERE FLOORING EDGES TO SUBSTRATES THAT ABUT COVERS AND TO COVER PERIMETERS. H. ADHERE RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TO SUBSTRATES USING A FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE APPLIED TO SUBSTRATE TO PRODUCE A COMPLETED INSTALLATION WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING AT JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE SPREADER MARKS, AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. I. SEAMLESS INSTALLATION: 1. HEAT -WELDED SEAMS: COMPLY WITH ASTM F 1516. ROUT JOINTS AND HEAT WELD WITH WELDING BEAD TO PERMANENTLY FUSE SECTIONS INTO A SEAMLESS FLOORING. PREPARE, WELD, AND FINISH SEAMS TO PRODUCE SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJOINING FLOORING SURFACES. 2. CHEMICALLY BONDED SEAMS: BOND SEAMS WITH CHEMICAL -BONDING COMPOUND TO PERMANENTLY FUSE SECTIONS INTO A SEAMLESS FLOORING. PREPARE SEAMS AND APPLY COMPOUND TO PRODUCE TIGHTLY FITTED SEAMS WITHOUT GAPS, OVERLAYS, OR EXCESS BONDING COMPOUND ON FLOORING SURFACES. J. INTEGRAL -FLASH -COVE BASE: COVE RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 4 INCHES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE UP VERTICAL SURFACES. SUPPORT FLOORING AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JUNCTION WITH COVE STRIP. BUTT AT TOP AGAINST CAP STRIP. 1. INSTALL METAL CORNERS AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS. K. APPLY A 3 INCH BAND OF UNIVERSAL TWO PART EPDXY AT DRAINS, PENETRATIONS, OR OTHER AREAS THAT MAY BE SUSCEPTIBLE TO TOPICAL WATER INTRUSION. SAND BAG OR WEIGHT DOWN IF NEEDED UNTIL ADHESIVE IS CURED. L. INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE -INSTALLER MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS' EXPERIENCE WITH HEAT WELDING AND FLASH COVE IN HEALTH CARE SETTINGS. 1.17 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. B. COVER RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 11 tI tt a M II �ItlIUI i M.. i z 2000 16th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 0 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 U a z W 0 0 W 0 x 0 0 Q 0 W U) co 0 In a- 2 w U c Eli a5 C m CL w 2? Ll1 `O U N -J w o ==! (Do � =-0 m m ,- 0C�, c 0 0 0 U) -0 N 0 U W ♦♦0- VJ PROJECT # 27f .2538.00 ASP -07 0 Q Of =3 O O z Q1 CB U) N-- _ W O 00 ai Q i ti U 04M 2U)C) � C--) NJ U_ U_ N_ LL Q � O CU 0 Z " � C V U) U W ♦♦0- VJ PROJECT # 27f .2538.00 ASP -07 0 w H M _ O w CL U) (6U LU O w a - w w = O z O w U) n 0 z 0 J U z C Z Y z Q 0 z_ 0 U) = H M a- " N N N Cl) ao 0 Q 9 P. X ao a) _� U w J U_ 0 C CU C0 aS Cn _I_- = z SECTION 096519 - LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) FLOORING 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) FLOORING 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM INTERNATIONAL: 1. ASTM F710-11, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 2. ASTM F2170-11, 'STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES'. B. INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE (ICRI): 1. ICRI GUIDELINE 03732 -SELECTING AND SPECIFYING CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION FOR SEALERS, COATINGS, AND POLYMER OVERLAYS. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TEST REPORT WHICH INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. 2. CERTIFIED MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY (PH) TEST REPORT. 3. PROJECT FLOOR PLAN WITH TEST POINTS INDICATED. 4. SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PRE -INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. CONDUCT AN ON-SITE PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING TO VERIFY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING: 1. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH (ALKALINITY) TESTING WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. a. REFER TO OWNERS NATIONAL VENDOR SCHEDULE. b. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERNATE TESTING COMPANY IS PERMITTED. C. PROVIDE LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING AND ACCESSORIES FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING RECOMMENDED PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, SEALANTS, AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. D. USE ONLY PORTLAND BASED PATCHING AND LEVELING COMPOUNDS. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING OVER GYPSUM BASED PATCHING AND/OR LEVELING COMPOUNDS. E. INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE -INSTALLER MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS' EXPERIENCE WITH HEAT WELDING AND FLASH COVE IN HEALTH CARE SETTINGS. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO PROJECT SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED CONTAINERS WITH LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAMES, COLORS AND PATTERNS, AND QUALITY DESIGNATIONS LEGIBLE AND INTACT. B. STORE AND PROTECT MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MOISTURE TESTING: 1. TESTING CONDITIONS INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE BROUGHT TO SAME AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVELS AS TO BE EXPECTED DURING NORMAL OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING (SERVICE CONDITIONS). SERVICE CONDITIONS INCLUDE NORMAL LEVELS OF HUMIDITY, LIGHTING, HEATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. IF SERVICE CONDITIONS ARE NOT POSSIBLE, TEST CONDITIONS SHALL BE 75 t 10° F (23.9t 5.5° C) AND 50 t 10% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. b. MAINTAIN THESE CONDITIONS FORTY EIGHT (48) HOURS PRIOR TO, AND DURING TESTING. OTHERWISE, RESULTS MAY NOT ACCURATELY REFLECT AMOUNT OF MOISTURE PRESENT IN CONCRETE SLAB DURING NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. 2. IF TEST CONDITIONS REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE SATISFIED AT THE TIME OF THE TESTING, THE TEST MUST POSTPONE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE REQUIRED AMBIENT CONDITIONS CAN BE ESTABLISHED. a. IN THE EVENT THAT A RETURN TRIP BY OWNER'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR IS REQUIRED ASA RESULT OF CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ACHIEVE THE SPECIFIED TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CRITERIA, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WHICH SHALL BE BILLED ACCORDINGLY BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTOR. B. FLOORING INSTALLATION: 1. CONDITIONS MUST COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. NOTIFY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF MOISTURE TESTING (MINIMUM 28 -DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS). B. SCHEDULE MOISTURE TESTING TO COMMENCE NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS (INCLUDING SELF -LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING) AND AS SPACE IS ENCLOSED AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE ACHIEVED - PER 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY WILL REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 7 BUSINESS DAYS FOR TESTING ON SITE AND ISSUING A CERTIFIED MOISTURE TEST REPORT. D. VAPOR CONTROL MITIGATION SYSTEM, CONTINGENT UPON MOISTURE CONDITIONS REPORTED, TO BE PLACED 12 - 24 HOURS PRIOR TO FLOORING. 1.9 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 2 YEAR COMMENCING ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. LIMITED WEAR WARRANTY: 3 YEARS. 1.10 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A. HIGH PERFORMANCE LUXURY VINYL TILE PLANK WITH AN ENHANCED URETHANE FINISH THAT PROTECTS AGAINST COMMERCIAL TRAFFIC AND REQUIRES NO POLISH. DIGITAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGY ALLOWING FOR PRECISE REPRODUCTION OF DOMESTIC AND EXOTIC WOODS THAT APPEAR REAL BUT ACCEPT WET MAINTENANCE. 1.11 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FOR RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. 1. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX CLASSIFICATION: CLASS I, NOT LESS THAN 0.45 W/SQ. CM. B. FLOORSCORE COMPLIANCE: RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FLOORSCORE CERTIFICATION FOR LOW VOC 1.12 LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING WITH BACKING (LV -01) A. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. B. WEARING SURFACE: EMBOSSED. C. INSTALLATION: GLUE DOWN, FULL BED. 1. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. 1.13 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC -CEMENT -BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: NON -STAINING TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. C. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING AND ADHESIVE MANUFACTURERS TO SUIT RESILIENT TILE FLOORING AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. D. SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION: 1. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR MOISTURE MITIGATION BASED ON THIRD PARTY SLAB MOISTURE TESTING RESULTS. 2. SELECTED SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER AND SHALL NOT IMPACT PRODUCT WARRANTIES. 3. SUBMIT SELECTED MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 4. SHOULD A MOISTURE MITIGATING ADMIXTURE BE USED DURING THE POURING OF NEW CONCRETE SLABS, MOISTURE TESTING AND/OR MITIGATION IS NOT APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM. 1.14 PREPARATION A. GENERAL: PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO VINYL PLANK FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: PREPARE ACCORDING TO ASTM F 710, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 1. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, AND HARDENERS. 2. REMOVE SUBSTRATE COATINGS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR SILICONE, USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY VINYL PLANK FLOORING MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. 3. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE. 4. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. 1.15 CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING A. PROVIDE ACCESS FOR AND COOPERATE WITH OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY. B. PERFORM RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST USING IN SITU PROBES ACCORDING TO ASTM F 2170, STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES. 1. THREE (3) TESTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE FIRST 1,000 SQUARE FEET, AND ONE (1) ADDITIONAL TEST FOR EACH 1,000 SQUARE FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF. C. PERFORM PH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F 71 0-1 1 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING' AT THE SAME TIME AS MOISTURE TESTING. 1.16 PREINSTALLATION TESTING BY CONTRACTOR A. BOND TEST: DETERMINE SUITABILITY OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR FOR RECEIVING SPECIFIED FLOOR COVERING AND ADHESIVE WITH REGARD TO MOISTURE CONTENT AND CURING COMPOUNDS. USE BOND TEST RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. SECTION 096519 - LUXURY VINYL TILE (LVT) FLOORING (CONTINUED) 1.17 LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. B. UNROLL LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING AND ALLOW IT TO STABILIZE BEFORE CUTTING AND FITTING. C. LAY OUT LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING AS FOLLOWS: 1. MAINTAIN UNIFORMITY OF FLOORING DIRECTION. 2. INSTALL USING CONVENTIONAL TILE AND PLANK INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES. END SEAMS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCH TO8INCH STAGGERS. 3. MATCH EDGES OF FLOORING FOR COLOR SHADING AT SEAMS. 4. CUT SEAMS ARE ALWAYS TO BE AGAINST A WALL. 5. FROM CENTER MARKS ESTABLISHED WITH PRINCIPAL WALLS, DISCOUNTING MINOR OFFSETS, SO TILES AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF ROOM ARE OF EQUAL WIDTH. 6. ADJUST AS NECESSARY TO AVOID USING CUT WIDTHS THAT EQUAL LESS THAN ONE-HALF TILE AT PERIMETER. D. SCRIBE AND CUT RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TO BUTT NEATLY AND TIGHTLY TO VERTICAL SURFACES, PERMANENT FIXTURES, AND BUILT-IN FURNITURE INCLUDING CABINETS, PIPES, OUTLETS, AND DOOR FRAMES. E. EXTEND VINYL PLANK FLOORING INTO TOE SPACES, DOOR REVEALS, CLOSETS, AND SIMILAR OPENINGS. F. INSTALL FLOOR TILES ON COVERS FOR TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL DUCTS, BUILDING EXPANSION -JOINT COVERS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN FINISHED FLOOR AREAS. MAINTAIN OVERALL CONTINUITY OF COLOR AND PATTERN BETWEEN PIECES OF TILE INSTALLED ON COVERS AND ADJOINING TILES. TIGHTLY ADHERE TILE EDGES TO SUBSTRATES THAT ABUT COVERS AND TO COVER PERIMETERS. G. ADHERE VINYL PLANK FLOORING TO SUBSTRATES USING A FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE APPLIED TO SUBSTRATE TO PRODUCE A COMPLETED INSTALLATION WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING AT JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE SPREADER MARKS, AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. H. SPREAD ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS BEFORE INITIAL SET. I. SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH 100 LB ROLLER TO ATTAIN FULL ADHESION. J. USE HAND ROLLER AROUND PERIMETER AND ANYWHERE 100 LB ROLLER CANNOT REACH K. USE COLOR MATCH ACRYLIC CAULK TO SEAL AROUND DOOR JAMBS 1.18 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. COVER RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETING VINYL PLANK FLOORING INSTALLATION. 1. REMOVE ADHESIVE AND OTHER BLEMISHES FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. 2. SWEEP AND VACUUM SURFACES THOROUGHLY. 3. DAMP -MOP SURFACES TO REMOVE MARKS AND SOIL. 4. DO NOT WASH SURFACES UNTIL AFTER TIME PERIOD RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC ON FLOOR FINISH FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. D. PROTECT RESILIENT PRODUCTS FROM MARS, MARKS, INDENTATIONS, AND OTHER DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND PLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES DURING REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE PROTECTION METHODS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. 1. COVER PRODUCTS INSTALLED ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES WITH UNDYED, UNTREATED BUILDING PAPER UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. DO NOT MOVE HEAVY AND SHARP OBJECTS DIRECTLY OVER SURFACES. PLACE HARDBOARD OR PLYWOOD PANELS OVER FLOORING AND UNDER OBJECTS WHILE THEY ARE BEING MOVED. SLIDE OR ROLL OBJECTS OVER PLANKS WITHOUT MOVING PLANKS. SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES MODULAR, MULTI-LEVEL PATTERN LOOP CARPET TILE. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM INTERNATIONAL: 1. ASTM F710-11, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 2. ASTM F2170-11, 'STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES'. B. INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE (ICRI): 1. ICRI GUIDELINE 03732 - SELECTING AND SPECIFYING CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION FOR SEALERS, COATINGS, AND POLYMER OVERLAYS. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS: AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOG IN SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TEST REPORT WHICH INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. 2. CERTIFIED MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY (PH) TEST REPORT. 3. PROJECT FLOOR PLAN WITH TEST POINTS INDICATED. 4. SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PRE -INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. CONDUCT AN ON-SITE PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING TO VERIFY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING: 1. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH (ALKALINITY) TESTING WILL BE CONDUCTED BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. a. REFER TO OWNERS NATIONAL VENDOR SCHEDULE. b. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERNATE TESTING COMPANY IS PERMITTED. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO IS CERTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL CERTIFIED FLOORCOVERING INSTALLERS ASSOCIATION AT THE COMMERCIAL II OR MASTER II CERTIFICATION LEVEL. D. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE RATINGS: WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE CARPET TILE IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESPONSE ACCORDING TO NFPA 253 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. E. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: 1. SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT HAVE COMPONENTS MANUFACTURED BY A SINGLE SOURCE. FIBER AND BACKING, AS WELL AS FINAL CARPET PRODUCT, SHOULD BE MANUFACTURED AND WARRANTED BY SAME COMPANY 2. COMMITMENT TO SUSTAINABILITY: CARPET MANUFACTURER MUST PRACTICE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY THROUGH PROGRAMS OF SOURCE REDUCTION, RECYCLING, REUSE, AND CONSERVATION. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. COMPLY WITH CRI 104 FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATION LIMITATIONS. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MOISTURE TESTING: 1. TESTING CONDITIONS INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE BROUGHT TO SAME AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVELS AS TO BE EXPECTED DURING NORMAL OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING (SERVICE CONDITIONS). SERVICE CONDITIONS INCLUDE NORMAL LEVELS OF HUMIDITY, LIGHTING, HEATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. IF SERVICE CONDITIONS ARE NOT POSSIBLE, TEST CONDITIONS SHALL BE 75:t 10'F (23.9 t 5.5'C) AND 50t 10% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. b. MAINTAIN THESE CONDITIONS FORTY EIGHT (48) HOURS PRIOR TO, AND DURING TESTING. OTHERWISE, RESULTS MAY NOT ACCURATELY REFLECT AMOUNT OF MOISTURE PRESENT IN CONCRETE SLAB DURING NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. 2. IF TEST CONDITIONS REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE SATISFIED AT THE TIME OF THE TESTING, THE TEST MUST POSTPONE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE REQUIRED AMBIENT CONDITIONS CAN BE ESTABLISHED. a. IN THE EVENT THAT A RETURN TRIP BY OWNER'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR IS REQUIRED ASA RESULT OF CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ACHIEVE THE SPECIFIED TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CRITERIA, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WHICH SHALL BE BILLED ACCORDINGLY BY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTOR. B. FLOORING INSTALLATION: 1. COMPLY WITH CARPET MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE CARPET & RUG INSTITUTE INSTALLATION STANDARD 2011 FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATION LIMITATIONS. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. NOTIFY OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF MOISTURE TESTING (MINIMUM 28 -DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS). B. SCHEDULE MOISTURE TESTING TO COMMENCE NO LESS THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS (INCLUDING SELF -LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING) AND AS SPACE IS ENCLOSED AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE ACHIEVED - PER 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY WILL REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 7 BUSINESS DAYS FOR TESTING ON SITE AND ISSUING A CERTIFIED MOISTURE TEST REPORT. D. VAPOR CONTROL MITIGATION SYSTEM, CONTINGENT UPON MOISTURE CONDITIONS REPORTED, TO BE PLACED 12 - 24 HOURS PRIOR TO FLOORING. 1.10 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR CARPET TILES: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF CARPET TILE INSTALLATION THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY DOES NOT INCLUDE DETERIORATION OR FAILURE OF CARPET TILE DUE TO UNUSUAL TRAFFIC, FAILURE OF SUBSTRATE, VANDALISM, OR ABUSE. 2. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, MORE THAN 10 PERCENT FACE FIBER LOSS, EDGE RAVELING, DIMENSIONAL INSTABILITY, EXCESS STATIC DISCHARGE, LOSS OF TUFT BIND STRENGTH, DELAMINATION, AND WHERE FACE FIBER IS 100 PERCENT SOLUTION DYED, INABILITY TO REMOVE ACID BASED STAINS, LACK OF COLORFASTNESS TO ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINANTS. 3. CARPET MUST BE MANUFACTURED AND WARRANTED BY SAME MANUFACTURER. 4. WARRANTY PERIOD: LIFETIME COMMERCIAL LIMITED WARRANTY. 1.11 CARPET TILE -PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING (CONTINUED) 1.12 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, HYDRAULIC -CEMENT -BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR RECOMMENDED BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER. B. TROWELABLE ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT, MILDEW -RESISTANT, NONSTAINING, PREMIUM GRADE, PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TYPE TO SUIT PRODUCTS AND SUBFLOOR CONDITIONS INDICATED, THAT COMPLIES WITH FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLED CARPET TILE AND IS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER FOR RELEASABLE INSTALLATION SUCH AS SHAW 5000 OR SHAW 5100 OR AVAILABLE EQUIVALENT WHERE SLAB MOISTURE DOES NOT EXCEED 85 PERCENT PER ASTM F 2170 OR 5 LBS PER ASTM F 1869, WHERE SLAB MOISTURE DOES NOT EXCEED 85 PERCENT AND ANTIMICROBIAL PROTECTION IS NEEDED TO PASS AATCC 174, USE SHAW 5036. WHERE MOISTURE EXCEEDS 85 PERCENT OR 5 LBS BUT DOES NOT EXCEED 90 PERCENT OR 10 LBS, USE SHAW 5900 OR AVAILABLE EQUIVALENT. 1. ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE A VOC CONTENT OF 50 G/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). 2. ADHESIVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES -STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL- SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS" 3. ADHESIVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL PLUS PROGRAM. C. NON-TROWELABLE ADHESIVE: WATER-RESISTANT, MILDEW -RESISTANT, NON -STAINING, PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TYPE TO SUIT PRODUCTS AND SUBFLOOR CONDITIONS INDICATED, THAT COMPLIES WITH FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLED CARPET TILE AND IS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER FOR RELEASABLE INSTALLATION SUCH AS LOKDOTS WHERE SLAB MOISTURE DOES NOT EXCEED 95 PERCENT PER ASTM F 2170 OR 10 LBS PER ASTM F 1869. EACH CARPET TILE MUST BE ADHERED TO THE SUBFLOOR. D. SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION: 1. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR MOISTURE MITIGATION BASED ON THIRD PARTY SLAB MOISTURE TESTING RESULTS. 2. SELECTED SUBSTRATE MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER AND SHALL NOT IMPACT PRODUCT WARRANTIES. 3. SUBMIT SELECTED MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 4. SHOULD A MOISTURE MITIGATING ADMIXTURE BE USED DURING THE POURING OF NEW CONCRETE SLABS, MOISTURE TESTING AND/OR MITIGATION IS NOT APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PM. E. METAL EDGEITRANSITION STRIPS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH MILL FINISH OF PROFILE AND WIDTH SHOWN, OF HEIGHT REQUIRED TO PROTECT EXPOSED EDGE OF CARPET, AND OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS TO MINIMIZE RUNNING JOINTS. 1.13 PREPARATION A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH CRI'S "CRI CARPET INSTALLATION STANDARDS" AND WITH CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARING SUBSTRATES INDICATED TO RECEIVE CARPET TILE. B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: PREPARE ACCORDING TO ASTM F 710, 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING'. 1. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, AND HARDENERS. 2. REMOVE SUBSTRATE COATINGS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR SILICONE, USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET FLOORING FLOORING MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. 3. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE. 4. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. 1.14 CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING A. PROVIDE ACCESS FOR AND COOPERATE WITH OWNER'S MOISTURE TESTING AGENCY. B. PERFORM RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST USING IN SITU PROBES ACCORDING TO ASTM F 2170, STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES. 1. THREE (3) TESTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE FIRST 1,000 SQUARE FEET, AND ONE (1) ADDITIONAL TEST FOR EACH 1,000 SQUARE FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF. C. PERFORM PH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F 71 0-1 1 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING' AT THE SAME TIME AS MOISTURE TESTING. 1.15 PREINSTALLATION TESTING BY CONTRACTOR A. BOND TEST: DETERMINE SUITABILITY OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR FOR RECEIVING SPECIFIED FLOOR COVERING AND ADHESIVE WITH REGARD TO MOISTURE CONTENT AND CURING COMPOUNDS. USE BOND TEST RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 1.16 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH CRI'S "CRI CARPET INSTALLATION STANDARD," SECTION 18, "MODULAR CARPET' AND WITH CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALLATION METHOD: AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER. C. MAINTAIN PILE -DIRECTION PATTERNS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. CUT AND FIT CARPET TILE TO BUTT TIGHTLY TO VERTICAL SURFACES, PERMANENT FIXTURES, AND BUILT-IN FURNITURE INCLUDING CABINETS, PIPES, OUTLETS, EDGINGS, THRESHOLDS, AND NOSINGS. BIND OR SEAL CUT EDGES AS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER. E. EXTEND CARPET TILE INTO TOE SPACES, DOOR REVEALS, CLOSETS, OPEN -BOTTOMED OBSTRUCTIONS, REMOVABLE FLANGES, ALCOVES, AND SIMILAR OPENINGS. F. MAINTAIN REFERENCE MARKERS, HOLES, AND OPENINGS THAT ARE IN PLACE OR MARKED FOR FUTURE CUTTING BY REPEATING ON CARPET TILE AS MARKED ON SUBFLOOR. USE NONPERMANENT, NONSTAINING MARKING DEVICE. G. INSTALL PATTERN PARALLEL TO WALLS AND BORDERS. H. PROTECT CARPET TILE AGAINST DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND PLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES DURING THE REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE PROTECTION METHODS INDICATED OR RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER. SECTION 099100 - PAINTING 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. SURFACE PREPARATION AND FIELD PAINTING OF EXPOSED EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR ITEMS AND SURFACES. a. SURFACE PREPARATION, PRIMING, AND FINISH COATS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE IN USE PROADDITION TO SHOP PRIMING AND SURFACE TREATMENT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 2. PAINT EXPOSED SURFACES, EXCEPT WHERE THESE SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE THAT THE SURFACE OR MATERIAL IS NOT TO BE PAINTED OR IS TO REMAIN NATURAL. IF AN ITEM OR A SURFACE IS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, PAINT THE ITEM OR SURFACE THE SAME AS SIMILAR ADJACENT MATERIALS OR SURFACES. IF A COLOR OF FINISH IS NOT INDICATED, ARCHITECT WILL SELECT FROM STANDARD COLORS AND FINISHES AVAILABLE. B. SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED: 1. PREFINISHED ITEMS, UNLESS SPECIFIED TO BE FIELD PAINTED IN DRAWINGS OR SECTIONS. 2. WALLS OR CEILINGS OF CONCEALED SURFACES OR INACCESSIBLE AREAS. 3. FINISHED METAL SURFACES. 4. FIRE OR SMOKE RATING LABELS ON DOORS OR FRAMES. 5. EQUIPMENT NAME PLATES. 6. FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS. 7. HEAT DETECTORS. 8. SMOKE DETECTORS. 9. PIPING IDENTIFICATION LABELS. 10. OPERATING PARTS OF MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 PAINT, GENERAL A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN-WILLIAMS CO. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. ALL INTERIOR WALLS OF SHOULD BE PAINTED WITH LOW SHEEN EGGSHELL INTERIOR WATERBORNE ACRYLIC OR APPROVED EQUAL. WALLS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE COATS OF PAINT. 2. INTERIOR DOORS AND OPENINGS TO RECEIVE PAINT SHOULD BE PAINTED WITH INTERIORIEXTERIOR WATERBORNE ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS OR APPROVED EQUAL. DOOR FRAMES AND INTERIOR WINDOW FRAMES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE COATS OF PAINT, 3. EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHOULD BE PAINTED WITH INTERIORIEXTERIOR WATERBORNE ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS ORAPPROVED EQUAL. EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE COATS OF PAINT. 4. PRIOR TO PAINTING, ALL SURFACES MUST BE PREPARED WITH APPROPRIATE PRIMERS. C. VOC CONTENT OF INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS: PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND, FOR INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS APPLIED AT PROJECT SITE, THE FOLLOWING VOC LIMITS, EXCLUSIVE OF COLORANTS ADDED TO A TINT BASE, WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). THESE REQUIREMENTS DO NOT APPLY TO PAINTS AND COATINGS THAT ARE APPLIED IN A FABRICATION OR FINISHING SHOP. 1. FLAT PAINTS AND COATINGS: 50 G/L. 2. NON -FLAT PAINTS AND COATINGS: 150 G/L. 3. ANTICORROSIVE AND ANTIRUST PAINTS APPLIED TO FERROUS METALS: 250 G/L. 4. PRIMERS, SEALERS, AND UNDERCOATERS: 200 G/L. 5. ZINC -RICH INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE PRIMERS: 340 G/L. 6. PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS: 420 G/L. D. LOW -EMITTING MATERIALS: INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL APPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH'S'STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS: E. COLORS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 1.4 PAINTING SCHEDULE: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 1.5 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS, WITH APPLICATOR PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, FOR MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 1.6 PREPARATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN "MPI ARCHITECTURAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL" APPLICABLE TO SUBSTRATES AND PAINT SYSTEMS INDICATED. B. REMOVE PLATES, MACHINED SURFACES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS ALREADY IN PLACE THAT ARE NOT TO BE PAINTED. IF REMOVAL IS IMPRACTICAL OR IMPOSSIBLE BECAUSE OF SIZE OR WEIGHT OF ITEM, PROVIDE SURFACE -APPLIED PROTECTION BEFORE SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING. 1. AFTER COMPLETING PAINTING OPERATIONS, USE WORKERS SKILLED IN THE TRADES INVOLVED TO REINSTALL ITEMS THAT WERE REMOVED. REMOVE SURFACE -APPLIED PROTECTION IF ANY. 2. DO NOT PAINT OVER LABELS OF INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCIES OREQUIPMENTNAME, IDENTIFICATION, PERFORMANCE RATING, OR NOMENCLATURE PLATES. SECTION 099100 - PAINTING (CONTINUED) C. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF PAINTS, INCLUDING DIRT, OIL, GREASE, AND INCOMPATIBLE PAINTS AND ENCAPSULANTS. 1. REMOVE INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS AND RE -PRIME SUBSTRATE WITH COMPATIBLE PRIMERS AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE PAINT SYSTEMS INDICATED. D. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: REMOVE RELEASE AGENTS, CURING COMPOUNDS, EFFLORESCENCE, AND CHALK. DO NOT PAINT SURFACES IF MOISTURE CONTENT OR ALKALINITY OF SURFACES TO BE PAINTED EXCEEDS THAT PERMITTED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. E. CONCRETE MASONRY SUBSTRATES: REMOVE EFFLORESCENCE AND CHALK. DO NOT PAINT SURFACES IF MOISTURE CONTENT OR ALKALINITY OF SURFACES TO BE PAINTED EXCEEDS THAT PERMITTED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ALL LOOSE MORTAR AND FOREIGN MATERIAL. SURFACE MUST BE FREE OF LAITANCE, CONCRETE DUST, DIRT, FORM RELEASE AGENTS, MOISTURE CURING MEMBRANES, LOOSE CEMENT, AND HARDENERS. CONCRETE AND MORTAR MUST BE CURED AT LEAST 30 DAYS AT 75'F. THE PH OF THE SURFACE SHOULD BE BETWEEN 6 AND 9, UNLESS THE PRODUCTS TO BE USED ARE DESIGNED TO BE USED IN HIGH OR LOW PH ENVIRONMENTS, SUCH AS LOXON. ON TILT -UP AND POURED -IN PLACE CONCRETE, COMMERCIAL DETERGENTS AND ABRASIVE BLASTING MAY BE NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE SURFACE. FILL BUG HOLES, AIR POCKETS, AND OTHER VOIDS WITH A PATCHING COMPOUND SUCH AS CONSEAL F. STEEL SUBSTRATES: REMOVE GREASE, MILL SCALE, WELD SPLATTER, DIRT, AND RUST. WHERE HEAVY COATINGS OF SCALE ARE EVIDENT, REMOVE BY POWER TOOL WIRE BRUSHING OR SANDBLASTING; CLEAN BY WASHING WITH SOLVENT. APPLY A TREATMENT OF PHOSPHORIC ACID SOLUTION, ENSURING WELD JOINTS, BOLTS, AND NUTS ARE SIMILARLY CLEANED. SPOT PRIME PAINT AFTER REPAIRS. CLEAN USING METHODS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY PAINT MANUFACTURER. G. GALVANIZED -METAL SUBSTRATES: REMOVE GREASE AND OIL RESIDUE FROM GALVANIZED SHEET METAL FABRICATED FROM COIL STOCK BY MECHANICAL METHODS TO PRODUCE CLEAN, LIGHTLY ETCHED SURFACES THAT PROMOTE ADHESION OF SUBSEQUENTLY APPLIED PAINTS. H. GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES: FILL MINOR DEFECTS WITH FILLER COMPOUND. SPOT PRIME DEFECTS AFTER REPAIR. I. WOOD SUBSTRATES: 1. SCRAPE AND CLEAN SEASONED KNOTS, AND APPLY COAT OF RECOMMENDED KNOT SEALER BEFORE APPLYING PRIMER COAT. 2. SAND SURFACES THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, AND DUST OFF. 3. PRIME EDGES, ENDS, FACES, UNDERSIDES, AND BACKSIDES OF WOOD. 4. AFTER PRIMER COAT IS DRY, FILL HOLES AND IMPERFECTIONS IN THE FINISH SURFACES WITH PUTTY OR PLASTIC WOOD FILLER. SAND SMOOTH WHEN DRIED. J. MIX PAINTING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. STIR MATERIALS BEFORE APPLICATION TO PRODUCE MIXTURE OF UNIFORM DENSITY, AND STIR AS REQUIRED DURING APPLICATION. DO NOT STIR SURFACE FILM INTO MATERIAL, STRAIN MATERIAL BEFORE USING IF NECESSARY. 1.7 APPLICATION A. APPLY PAINTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES SUITED FOR PAINT AND SUBSTRATE INDICATED. 2. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE ITEMS SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACES. BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION, PAINT SURFACES BEHIND PERMANENTLY FIXED ITEMS WITH PRIME COAT ONLY. 3. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES TO SURFACES THAT ARE NOT DRY. 1.8 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. PAINT ITEMS EXPOSED IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND OCCUPIED SPACES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. MECHANICAL WORK: a. UNINSULATED METAL PIPING. b. VISIBLE PORTIONS OF INTERNAL SURFACES OF METAL DUCTS, WITHOUT LINER, BEHIND AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS. c. DUCT, EQUIPMENT, AND PIPE INSULATION HAVING COTTON OR CANVAS INSULATION COVERING OR OTHER PAINTABLE JACKET MATERIAL. d. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT IS INDICATED TO HAVE A FACTORY -PRIMED FINISH FOR FIELD PAINTING. 2. ELECTRICAL WORK: a. EXPOSED CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OCCURRING IN FINISHED AREAS b. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT IS INDICATED TO HAVE A FACTOR -PRIMED FINISH FOR FIELD PAINTING. B. REMOVE UNFINISHED LOUVERS, GRILLES, COVERS, AND ACCESS PANELS ON MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND PAINT SEPARATELY. C. PAINT BOTH SIDES AND EDGES OF PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BEFORE INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. D. REINSTALL ELECTRICAL COVER PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS REMOVED PRIOR TO FINISHING. 1.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. REPAIR: AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OF OTHER TRADES, TOUCH UP AND RESTORE DAMAGED OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES. SECTION 102613 - CORNER GUARDS 1.1 SUMMARY -SECTION INCLUDES: PVC -FREE CORNER GUARDS AND RETAINERS 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.4 WARRANTY: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY AGAINST MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING DEFECTS. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723; TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. 1. FLAME -SPREAD INDEX: 25 OR LESS. 2. SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS. B. IMPACT STRENGTH: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ASTM D-256, IMPACT RESISTANCE OF PLASTICS. C. CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANCE: PROVIDE MATERIAL THAT SHOWS RESISTANCE TO STAIN WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ASTM D-543. 1.6 CORNER GUARDS A. SURFACE -MOUNTED, PLASTIC -COVER CORNER GUARDS: ENGINEERED PETG EXTRUDED PLASTIC -COVER CORNER GUARDS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, PVC -FREE ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF SNAP-ON, RESILIENT PLASTIC COVER INSTALLED OVER PVC -FREE REGRIND RETAINER; INCLUDING MOUNTING HARDWARE; FABRICATED WITH 90, 135 OR CUSTOM DEGREE TURN TO MATCH WALL CONDITION. 1. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2. COLOR: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 3. FASTENERS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. 4. TOP AND BOTTOM CAPS: PREFABRICATED, INJECTION -MOLDED PLASTIC; COLOR MATCHING COVER; FIELD ADJUSTABLE FOR CLOSE ALIGNMENT WITH SNAP-ON COVER. 1.7 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS IN WHICH THE CORNER GUARD SYSTEM WILL BE INSTALLED. 1. COMPLETE ALL FINISHING OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF CORNER GUARD SYSTEM MATERIALS. 2. WALL SURFACE SHALL BE DRY AND FREE FROM DIRT, GREASE AND LOOSE PAINT. 1.8 PREPARATION: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CLEAN SUBSTRATE TO REMOVE DUST, DEBRIS AND LOOSE PARTICLES 1.9 INSTALLATION: FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1.10 CLEANING: FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 102800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. GRAB BARS, TOWEL DISPENSER, SOAP DISPENSERS, TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, METAL FRAMED MIRRORS, MOP HOLDER WITH SHELF AND OTHER BATHROOM ACCESSORIES. 2. ACCESSORIES MOUNTED ON OR RECESSED IN WALLS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.4 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR MIRRORS: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE MIRRORS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 15 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.5 MANUFACTURERS: REFER TO THE FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES IN THE DRAWINGS. 1.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS: REFER TO THE FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES IN THE DRAWINGS 1.7 FINISHES A. STAINLESS STEEL: NO.4 SATIN LUSTER FINISH. B. BACK PAINT COMPONENTS WHERE CONTACT IS MADE WITH BUILDING FINISHES TO PREVENT ELECTROLYSIS. 1.8 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SITE CONDITIONS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK, REQUIRED BLOCKING IS INSTALLED AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INSTRUCTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. B. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION. 1.9 PREPARATION A. DELIVER INSERTS AND ROUGH -IN FRAMES TO SITE FOR TIMELY INSTALLATION. B. PROVIDE TEMPLATES AND ROUGH -IN MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED. is 10 M •' #t N z 2000 16th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 r U N 0 a z i5 W 0 U 0 Y W T 0 a a 0 0 w In w 0 w 0 a- w w X U) M w 6 C (6 aB c as CL Of 2! W U N J wo J w aa) No � = ao 2 `6 r0 m� Q p o c C=) (D C/) 04 o Pei 0S, re�'�'�, O F- F 6 . 6 N-1 VAN .q ,�`�� TNF . 6 : - * - I a AR -98237 �(q F ;, , , , , Q PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -08 0 c- w = O 0 LL_ Z - Q I ca cn UWO _0Q 0 >� ti 0 C14 C G U)N J LL_ co G7 0 O - CV � o C T_ U) Pei 0S, re�'�'�, O F- F 6 . 6 N-1 VAN .q ,�`�� TNF . 6 : - * - I a AR -98237 �(q F ;, , , , , Q PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 ASP -08 0 W ca O w CL U) U U W 0 LU 0 Z 0 LU U) O z 0 J U Z 0 Z Y z Q 0 z 0 _U _ a N M N N Cl) w 0 N P_ N 65 SECTION 102800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES (CONTINUED) 1.10 INSTALLATION A. VERIFY THAT BLOCKING, BRACING, AND OTHER SUPPORT MEMBERS AND ANCHORAGE HAVE BEEN INSTALLED WITHIN ALIGNMENT TOLERANCES REQUIRED BY TOILET ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER. B. INSTALL ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, USING VANDAL -RESISTANT FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE INDICATED AND RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED. C. GRAB BARS: INSTALL TO WITHSTAND A DOWNWARD LOAD OF AT LEAST 250 LBF, WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO METHOD IN ASTM F446. 1.15 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. ADJUST ACCESSORIES FOR UNENCUMBERED, SMOOTH OPERATION. REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS. B. REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. C. CLEAN AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 104413 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS. 2. FIRE -PROTECTION CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS: REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PROVIDE UNITS CONFORMING WITH NFPA 10 FOR PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. B. COORDINATE TYPE AND CAPACITY OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH FIRE -PROTECTION CABINETS TO ENSURE FIT AND FUNCTION. C. COORDINATED SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF FIRE -PROTECTION CABINETS WITH WALL DEPTHS. 1.5 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: SIX YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1.7 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: TYPE, SIZE, AND CAPACITY FOR EACH FIRE -PROTECTION CABINET AND MOUNTING BRACKET INDICATED. 1. INSTRUCTION LABELS: INCLUDE PICTORIAL MARKING SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH NFPA 10, APPENDIX B, AND BAR CODING FOR DOCUMENTING FIRE-EXTINGUISHER LOCATION, INSPECTIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND RECHARGING. B. MULTIPURPOSE DRY -CHEMICAL TYPE: UL -RATED EXTINGUISHER UNIT CONTAINING A FLUIDIZED AND SILICONIZED MONO AMMONIUM PHOSPHATE POWDER; NONCONDUCTIVE AND NONTOXIC. 1. PRODUCT: REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON LIFE SAFETY PLAN. 2. CONSTRUCTION: HEAVY DUTY STEEL CYLINDER WITH METAL VALVE AND SIPHON TUBE, O-RING SEAL, REPLACEABLE VALVE STEM SEAL, VISUAL PRESSURE GAGE, PULL PIN AND UPRIGHT SQUEEZE GRIP. 3. FINISH: FACTORY POWDER -COATED; RED. 4. EFFECTIVENESS (RATING): CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES. 1.8 SEMI -RECESSED FIRE EXINGUISHER CABINETS A. CABINET WITH ALUMINUM TRIM AND DOOR: REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON LIFE SAFETY PLAN. 1. CABINET STYLE: SEMI -RECESSED, 3 INCH ROLLED EDGE. 2. COMPONENTS: a. TUB: ROLLED STEEL. b. DOOR AND TRIM CONSTRUCTION: ROLLED STEEL WITH 5/8 INCH DOORSTOP ATTACHED BY CONTINUOUS HINGE WITH ZINC PLATED HANDLE AND ROLLER CATCH. c. FINISH: WHITE POWDER COAT FINISH. d. DOOR STYLE: TYPE V, VERTICAL DUO. e. DOOR GLAZING: CLEAR TEMPERED. f. ADDITIONAL OPTIONS: 1) VERTICAL LETTERING. a) TYPE: DECAL LETTERING. b) TEXT: FIRE EXTINGUISHER. c) COLOR: RED. 2) DOOR HARDWARE: a) STANDARD ZINC -PLATED HANDLE. 1.9 MOUNTING BRACKETS - WHERE APPLICABLE A. MOUNTING BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL, DESIGNED TO SECURE FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO WALL OR STRUCTURE, OF SIZES REQUIRED FOR TYPES AND CAPACITIES OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS INDICATED, WITH PLATED OR RED BAKED -ENAMEL FINISH. B. IDENTIFICATION: LETTERING COMPLYING WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR LETTER STYLE, SIZE, SPACING, AND LOCATION. LOCATE AS INDICATED BY FIRE MARSHAL. SECTION 122413 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES MANUALLY OPERATED SUNSCREEN AND BLACK -OUT ROLLER SHADES AS APPLICABLE. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW PLANS, ELEVATIONS, FABRICATION, AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR ROLLER SHADES, INCLUDING SHADE BAND MATERIALS, THEIR ORIENTATION TO ROLLERS, SEAM AND BATTEN LOCATIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT WORK. C. ROLLER -SHADE SCHEDULE: USE SAME DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR ROOMS AND SHADE TYPES, INCLUDE OPENING SIZES AND KEY TO TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT CERTIFICATES AND PRODUCT TEST REPORTS. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA: METHODS FOR MAINTAINING ROLLER SHADES, PRECAUTIONS REGARDING CLEANING MATERIALS AND METHODS, INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATING HARDWARE AND CONTROLS. B. WARRANTY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY DOCUMENTS AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.5UALITY ASSURANCE SSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: FABRICATOR OF PRODUCTS. OBTAIN ROLLER SHADE SYSTEMS THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER WITH A MINIMUM OF TEN YEARS OF EXPERIENCE AND A MINIMUM OF FIVE PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SCOPE AND SIZE IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS COMPARABLE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO ALL REQUIRED EXTRUSIONS, ACCESSORIES, CONTROLS AND FABRICATED ROLLER SHADES. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN INSTALLER, WHICH SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WITH THE FOLLOWING QUALIFICATIONS: 1. INSTALLER FOR ROLLER SHADE SYSTEM SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH A MINIMUM OFTEN YEARS OF EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLING PRODUCTS COMPARABLE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. C. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: PASSES NFPA 701-99 SMALL AND LARGE-SCALE VERTICAL BURN, NFPA 101, CLASS A RATING. MATERIALS TESTED SHALL BE IDENTICAL TO PRODUCTS PROPOSED FOR USE. D. SHADE CLOTH ANTI -MICROBIAL CHARACTERISTICS: 'NO GROWTH' PER ASTM G21 RESULTS FOR FUNGI ATCC9642, ATCC 9644, AND ATCC9645. E. PVC -FREE SHADE CLOTH: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING. 1. ENVIRONMENTAL CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING THIRD PARTY EVALUATION, RECYCLING CHARACTERISTICS, AND PERPETUAL USE CERTIFICATION AS SPECIFIED BELOW. INITIAL SUBMITTALS, WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE THE ENVIRONMENTAL CERTIFICATION, BELOW MAY BE REJECTED. MATERIALS THAT ARE SIMPLY'PVC FREE' WITHOUT IDENTIFYING THEIR INPUTS SHALL NOT QUALIFY AS MEETING THE INTENT OF THIS SPECIFICATION AND MAY BE REJECTED. 2. THIRD PARTY EVALUATION: PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION STATING THE SHADE CLOTH HAS UNDERGONE THIRD PARTY EVALUATION FOR ALL CHEMICAL INPUTS, DOWN TO A SCALE OF 100 PARTS PER MILLION, THAT HAVE BEEN EVALUATED FOR HUMAN AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY. IDENTIFY ANY AND ALL INPUTS, WHICH ARE KNOWN TO BE CARCINOGENIC, MUTAGENIC, TERATOGENIC, REPRODUCTIVELY TOXIC, OR ENDOCRINE DISRUPTING. ALSO IDENTIFY ITEMS THAT ARE TOXIC TO AQUATIC SYSTEMS, CONTAIN HEAVY METALS, OR ORGANOHALOGENS. THE MATERIAL SHALL CONTAIN NO INPUTS THAT ARE KNOWN PROBLEMS TO HUMAN OR ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH PER THE ABOVE MAJOR CRITERIA, EXCEPT FOR AN INPUT THAT IS REQUIRED TO MEET LOCAL FIRE CODES. 3. RECYCLING CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION THAT THE SHADE CLOTH CAN, AND IS PART OF A CLOSED LOOP OF PERPETUAL USE AND NOT BE REQUIRED TO BE DOWN CYCLED, INCINERATED OR OTHERWISE THROWN AWAY. SCRAP MATERIAL CAN BE SENT BACK TO THE MILL FOR REPROCESSING AND RECYCLING INTO THE SAME QUALITY YARN AND WOVEN INTO NEW MATERIAL, WITHOUT DOWN CYCLING. CERTIFY THAT THIS PROCESS IS CURRENTLY UNDERWAY AND WILL BE UTILIZED FOR THIS PROJECT. 4. PERPETUAL USE CERTIFICATION: CERTIFY THAT AT THE END OF THE USEFUL LIFE OF THE SHADE CLOTH, THAT THE MATERIAL CAN BE SENT BACK TO THE MANUFACTURER FOR RECAPTURE AS PART OF A CLOSED LOOP OF PERPETUAL USE AND THAT THE MATERIAL CAN AND WILL BE RECONSTITUTED INTO NEW YARN, FOR WEAVING INTO NEW SHADE CLOTH. PROVIDE INFORMATION ON EACH SHADE BAND INDICATING THAT THE SHADE BAND CAN BE SENT BACK TO THE MANUFACTURER FOR THIS PURPOSE. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER COMPONENTS IN FACTORY -LABELED PACKAGES, MARKED WITH MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT NAME, FIRE -TEST - RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS, AND LOCATION OF INSTALLATION USING SAME ROOM DESIGNATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN THE WINDOW TREATMENT SCHEDULE. SECTION 122413 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES (CONTINUED) 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: INSTALL ROLLER SHADES AFTER FINISH WORK INCLUDING PAINTING IS COMPLETE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT THE LEVELS INDICATED FOR PROJECT WHEN OCCUPIED FOR ITS INTENDED USE. 1.8 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. ROLLER SHADE HARDWARE, AND SHADE CLOTH: A MINIMUM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NON -DEPRECIATING TEN YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY. 2. ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION: ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, INCLUDING SCAFFOLDING, LIFTS OR OTHER MEANS TO ACCESS TO THE WORK ABOVE 12' FEET AFF, WHICH ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHERS. 1.9 ROLLER SHADES: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. A. CHAIN -AND -CLUTCH OPERATING MECHANISMS: MANUALLY OPERATED, VERTICAL ROLL -UP, FABRIC WINDOW SHADE WITH COMPONENTS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. OPERATING SYSTEM: BEAD CHAIN AND CLUTCH OPERATING MECHANISM PROVIDING POSITIVE MECHANICAL ENGAGEMENT WITH DRIVE AND ALLOWING SHADE TO STOP WHEN CHAIN IS RELEASED. DESIGNED NEVER TO NEED ADJUSTMENT OR LUBRICATION. PROVIDE LIMIT STOPS TO PREVENT SHADE FROM BEING RAISED OR LOWERED TOO FAR. 2. BEAD CHAINS: #10 QUALIFIED STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN RATED TO 90 LB. (41 KG) MINIMUM BREAKING STRENGTH. NICKEL PLATE OR PLASTIC CHAIN SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. a. LOOP LENGTH: FULL LENGTH OF ROLLER SHADE b. LIMIT STOPS: PROVIDE UPPER AND LOWER BALL STOPS. c. CHAIN -RETAINER TYPE: STAINLESS STEEL CLIP, JAMB OR SILL MOUNT 3. SPRING LIFT -ASSIST MECHANISMS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FOR BALANCING ROLLER -SHADE WEIGHT AND LIFTING HEAVY ROLLER SHADES. ADJUSTMENT AND LUBRICATION FREE CLUTCH MADE OF MILITARY GRADE GLASS REINFORCED THERMOPOLYMER (PBT) COMBINED WITH A HIGH CARBON STEEL SPRING. MUST USE PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE TO CALCULATE THE AMOUNT OF TENSION NEEDED TO PROVIDE A PULL FORCE OF 6LBS. ON ANY SIZE SHADE UP TO 30LBS. a. PROVIDE FOR SHADEBANDS THAT WEIGH MORE THAN 8 LB OR FOR SHADES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, WHICHEVER CRITERIA ARE MORE STRINGENT. 4. IDLER ASSEMBLY: RECESSED END CAP MADE OF HEAT STABILIZED FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC OUTSIDE SLEEVE AND CENTER SHAFT PROVIDE BEARING SURFACES ON WHICH ROLLER SIDES ENSURING SMOOTH, WEAR RESISTANT OPERATION. B. ROLLERS: CORROSION -RESISTANT STEEL OR EXTRUDED -ALUMINUM TUBES OF DIAMETERS AND WALL THICKNESSES REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE OPERATING MECHANISMS AND WEIGHTS AND WIDTHS OF SHADE BANDS INDICATED WITHOUT DEFLECTION. PROVIDE WITH PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED DRIVE -END ASSEMBLIES AND IDLE -END ASSEMBLIES DESIGNED TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF SHADE BANDS FOR SERVICE. 1. ROLLER MOUNTING CONFIGURATION: SINGLE ROLLER. 2. ROLLER DRIVE -END LOCATION: RIGHT SIDE OF INSIDE FACE OF SHADE ORAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. DIRECTION OF SHADE BAND ROLL: REGULAR, FROM BACK OF ROLLER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO SUIT APPLICATION. 4. SHADEBAND-TO-ROLLER ATTACHMENT: FABRIC CONNECTED TO THE ROLLER TUBE WITH LSE (LOW SURFACE ENERGY) DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE SPECIFICALLY DEVELOPED TO ATTACH COATED TEXTILES TO METAL ELIMINATING HORIZONTAL IMPRESSIONS ON FABRIC. C. MOUNTING HARDWARE: PLATED STAMPED STEEL BRACKETS OR END CAPS, CORROSION RESISTANT AND COMPATIBLE WITH ROLLER ASSEMBLY, OPERATING MECHANISM, INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES, AND MOUNTING LOCATION AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. 1. FASCIA BRACKETS: PLATED STAMPED STEEL HARDWARE CAPABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF A REMOVABLE FASCIA EITHER ACROSS ONE OR MULTIPLE SHADES, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT EXPOSED FASTENING DEVICES OF ANY KIND. PROVIDE SIZE COMPATIBLE WITH ROLLER SIZE. D. ENDCAPS: STAMPED STEEL WITH UNIVERSAL DESIGN SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING TO CEILING, WALL, AND JAMB. PROVIDE SIZE COMPATIBLE WITH ROLLER SIZE. 1. ENDCAP COVERS: TO MATCH FASCIA OR HEADBOX COLOR. E. ROLLER -COUPLING ASSEMBLIES: COORDINATED WITH OPERATING MECHANISM AND DESIGNED TO JOIN UP TO THREE INLINE ROLLERS INTO A MULTIBAND SHADE THAT IS OPERATED BY ONE ROLLER DRIVE -END ASSEMBLY. 1. PROVIDE FOR UNIVERSAL, REGULAR AND OFFSET DRIVE CAPACITY, ALLOWING DRIVE CHAIN TO FALL AT FRONT, REAR OR NON -OFFSET FOR ALL SHADE DRIVE END BRACKETS. 2. PROVIDE SHADE HARDWARE SYSTEM THAT ALLOWS FOR OPERATION OF MULTIPLE SHADE BANDS (MULTI -BANDED SHADES) BY A SINGLE CHAIN OPERATOR, SUBJECT TO MANUFACTURER'S DESIGN CRITERIA. CONNECTORS SHALL BE OFFSET TO ASSURE ALIGNMENT FROM THE FIRST TO THE LAST SHADE BAND. 3. PROVIDE SHADE HARDWARE SYSTEM THAT ALLOWS MULTI -BANDED MANUALLY OPERATED SHADES TO BE CAPABLE OF SMOOTH OPERATION WHEN THE AXIS IS OFFSET A MAXIMUM OF 6 DEGREES ON EACH 4. SIDE OF THE PLANE PERPENDICULAR TO THE RADIAL LINE OF THE CURVE, FOR A 12 DEGREES TOTAL OFFSET. F. SHADE BANDS: CONSTRUCTION OF SHADE BAND INCLUDES THE FABRIC, THE ENCLOSED HEM WEIGHT, SHADE ROLLER TUBE, AND THE ATTACHMENT OF THE SHADE BAND TO THE ROLLER TUBE. SEWN HEMS AND OPEN HEM POCKETS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 1. SHADE BAND MATERIAL: LIGHT -FILTERING FABRIC, LIGHT -BLOCKING FABRIC OR LIGHT -FILTERING FABRIC ON INSIDE ROLLER, LIGHT -BLOCKING FABRIC ON OUTSIDE ROLLER, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. SHADE BAND BOTTOM (HEM) BAR: CONCEALED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM. SHALL BE CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FOR ENTIRE WIDTH OF SHADE BAND AND WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: a. TYPE: CONCEALED, HEMBAR SHALL BE HEAT SEALED ON ALL SIDES. b. OPEN ENDS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES: 1. FRONT FASCIA: REMOVABLE CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM EXTRUSION FOR BOTH REGULAR AND/OR REVERSE ROLL THAT CONCEALS FRONT AND UNDERSIDE OF ROLLER AND OPERATING MECHANISM AND ATTACHES TO ROLLER END CAPS WITHOUT EXPOSED FASTENERS. a. SHAPE: L -SHAPED. b. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM WITH A WALL THICKNESS OF 5/16' MINIMUM, WITH A PAINTED OR ANODIZED FINISH IN COLOR CLOSEST TO THE COLOR OF THE ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAME. c. HEIGHT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HEIGHT REQUIRED TO CONCEAL ROLLER AND SHADE BAND WHEN SHADE IS FULLY OPEN, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 INCHES (76 MM) OR HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. d. FASCIA SHALL BE ABLE TO BE INSTALLED ACROSS TWO OR MORE SHADE BANDS IN ONE PIECE. e. FASCIA SHALL FULLY CONCEAL BRACKETS, SHADE ROLLER AND FABRIC ON THE TUBE. 2. END CAP COVERS: TO COVER EXPOSED END CAPS. 3. PROVIDE FASCIA END CAPS WHERE MOUNTING CONDITIONS EXPOSE OUTSIDE OF ROLLER SHADE BRACKETS. 1.10 SHADE BAND MATERIALS A. SHADE BAND MATERIAL FLAME -RESISTANCE RATING: COMPLY WITH NFPA 701. TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. B. VISUALLY TRANSPARENT LIGHT -FILTERING FABRIC: WOVEN FABRIC, STAIN AND FADE RESISTANT, SINGLE THICKNESS. C. PRODUCT: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 1.11 ROLLER -SHADE FABRICATION A. PRODUCT SAFETY STANDARD: FABRICATE ROLLER SHADES TO COMPLY WITH WCMA A 100.1, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR FLEXIBLE, CHAIN -LOOP DEVICES; LEAD CONTENT OF COMPONENTS; AND WARNING LABELS. B. UNIT SIZES: FABRICATE UNITS IN SIZES TO FILL WINDOW AND OTHER OPENINGS AS FOLLOWS, MEASURED AT 74 DEG F (23 DEG C): 1. BETWEEN (INSIDE) JAMB INSTALLATION: WIDTH EQUAL TO JAMB -TO -JAMB DIMENSION OF OPENING IN WHICH SHADE IS INSTALLED LESS 114 INCH (6 MM) PER SIDE OR 1/2 -INCH (13 -MM) TOTAL, PLUS OR MINUS 118 INCH (3.1 MM). LENGTH EQUAL TO HEAD -TO -SILL OR -FLOOR DIMENSION OF OPENING IN WHICH SHADE IS INSTALLED LESS 114 INCH (6 MM), PLUS OR MINUS 118 INCH (3.1 MM). 2. OUTSIDE OF JAMB INSTALLATION: WIDTH AND LENGTH AS INDICATED, WITH TERMINATIONS BETWEEN SHADES OF END-TO-END INSTALLATIONS AT CENTERLINES OF MULLION OR OTHER DEFINED VERTICAL SEPARATIONS BETWEEN OPENINGS. C. SHADE BAND FABRICATION: FABRICATE SHADE BANDS WITHOUT BATTENS OR SEAMS TO EXTENT POSSIBLE EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: 1. VERTICAL SHADES: WHERE WIDTH -TO -LENGTH RATIO OF SHADE BAND IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 1:4, PROVIDE BATTENS AND SEAMS AT UNIFORM SPACING ALONG SHADE BAND LENGTH TO ENSURE SHADE BAND TRACKING AND ALIGNMENT THROUGH ITS FULL RANGE OF MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISTORTION OF THE MATERIAL. 2. FABRICATE SHADE CLOTH TO HANG FLAT WITHOUT BUCKLING OR DISTORTION. FABRICATE WITH HEAT SEALED TRIMMED EDGES TO HANG STRAIGHT WITHOUT CURLING OR RAVELING. FABRICATE UNGUIDED SHADE CLOTH TO ROLL TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITHOUT SHIFTING SIDEWAYS MORE THAN 1/8 INCH (3.18 MM) IN EITHER DIRECTION PER 8 FEET (2438 MM) OF SHADE HEIGHT DUE TO WARP DISTORTION OR WEAVE DESIGN. 3. PROVIDE BATTENS IN STANDARD SHADES AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE PROPER TRACKING AND UNIFORM ROLLING OF THE SHADE BANDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING THE WIDTH -TO HEIGHT (W:H) RATIOS SHALL NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS OR, IN ABSENCE OF SUCH STANDARDS, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING APPROPRIATE STANDARDS TO ASSURE PROPER TRACKING AND ROLLING OF THE SHADE CLOTH WITHIN SPECIFIED STANDARDS. BATTENS SHALL BE ROLL FORMED STAINLESS STEEL OR TEMPERED STEEL, AS REQUIRED. 4. RAILROADED MATERIALS: RAILROAD MATERIAL WHERE MATERIAL ROLL WIDTH IS LESS THAN THE REQUIRED WIDTH OF SHADE BAND AND WHERE INDICATED. PROVIDE BATTENS AND SEAMS AS REQUIRED BY RAILROADED MATERIAL TO PRODUCE SHADE BANDS WITH FULL ROLL -WIDTH PANEL(S) PLUS, IF REQUIRED, ONE PARTIAL ROLL -WIDTH PANEL LOCATED AT TOP OF SHADE BAND. 5. PROVIDE BATTENS FOR RAILROADED SHADES WHEN WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT (W:H) RATIOS MEET OR EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. IN ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS, BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER USE AND PLACEMENT OF BATTENS TO ASSURE PROPER TRACKING AND ROLL OF SHADE BANDS. 1.12 ROLLER -SHADE INSTALLATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. C. INSTALL ROLLER SHADES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT UNITS, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. BLOCKING FOR ROLLER SHADES INSTALLED SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB, LEVEL, AND FITTED TO WINDOW MULLION AS PER THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARD TOLERANCES. THE HORIZONTAL SURFACE OF THE SHADE POCKET SHALL NOT BE OUT -OF -LEVEL MORE THAN 0.625 INCH (15.875MM) OVER 20 LINEAR FEET. D. SHADES SHALL BE LOCATED SO THE SHADE BAND IS NOT CLOSER THAN 2 INCHES (50 MM) TO THE INTERIOR FACE OF THE GLASS. ALLOW PROPER CLEARANCES FOR WINDOW OPERATION HARDWARE. E. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTANCE BETWEEN ROLLER SHADES AND GLASS WITH GLASS TYPE AND PLACEMENT OF HEATING/COOLING AIR SUPPLIES TO AVOID HEAT BUILDUP AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO GLASS. GENERALLY, RETAIN OPTION IN "OPAQUE SHADE BANDS" SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW. SEE "PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS" ARTICLE IN THE EVALUATIONS. F. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: CONNECT MOTOR -OPERATED ROLLER SHADES TO BUILDING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. G. ADJUST AND BALANCE ROLLER SHADES TO OPERATE SMOOTHLY, EASILY, SAFELY, AND FREE FROM BINDING OR MALFUNCTION THROUGHOUT ENTIRE OPERATIONAL RANGE. H. CLEAN ROLLER -SHADE SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. I. WINDOW TREATMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL TRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN ROLLER SHADE SYSTEMS. SECTION 123661 - SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS. 2. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL BACKSPLASHES. 3. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL END SPLASHES. 4. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL APRON FRONTS. 5. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL SINKS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL LOGIN SECTION 013300 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR COUNTERTOP MATERIALS AND SINKS. C. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS: 1. FOR ADHESIVES AND COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS, DOCUMENTATION INDICATING THAT PRODUCT CONTAINS NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 2. FOR ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS, DOCUMENTATION INDICATING THAT PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS.' 3. RECYCLED CONTENT DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING PRE -CONSUMER AND POST -CONSUMER RECYCLED CONTENT. 4. DOCUMENTATION INDICATING THAT MATERIALS ARE REGIONALLY MANUFACTURED AND WITHIN 500 MILES OF THE PROJECT SITE. D. CHEMICAL -RESISTANCE DATA. E. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR COUNTERTOPS. SHOW MATERIALS, FINISHES, EDGE AND BACKSPLASH PROFILES, METHODS OF JOINING, AND CUTOUTS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES. F. SAMPLES: VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. 1.3 WARRANTY A. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS. 1. WARRANTY SHALL PROVIDE MATERIAL AND LABOR TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. 2. DAMAGE CAUSED BY PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL ABUSE OR DAMAGE FROM EXCESSIVE HEAT WILL NOT BE WARRANTED. B. OPTIONAL INSTALLED WARRANTY 1. TO QUALIFY FOR THE OPTIONAL INSTALLED WARRANTY, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION MUST BE PERFORMED BY A MANUFACTURER -CERTIFIED FABRICATION/INSTALLATION SOURCE WHO WILL PROVIDE A BRAND PLATE FOR THE APPLICATION. 2. THIS WARRANTY COVERS ALL FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION PERFORMED BY THE CERTIFIEDIAPPROVED SOURCE SUBJECT TO THE SPECIFIC WORDING CONTAINED IN THE INSTALLED WARRANTY CARD. C. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY PERIOD: 1. TEN YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.4 MAINTENANCE: PROVIDE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.5 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP COMPONENTS A. CONFIGURATION: PROVIDE COUNTERTOPS WITH THE FOLLOWING FRONT AND BACKSPLASH STYLE: 1. FRONT: a. SLIGHTLY EASED AT EXPOSED EDGES WITH 1-1/2' HIGH FACE b. NO -DRIP PROFILE AT TOP EDGE WITH 1-112' HIGH FACE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. BACKSPLASH AND SIDESPLASH: a. SLIGHTLY EASED AT EXPOSED CORNERS AND EDGES. B. COUNTERTOPS: 1/2 -INCH THICK, SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL LAMINATED TO 3/4 -INCH THICK PARTICLEBOARD WITH EXPOSED EDGES BUILT UP WITH 1/2 -INCH THICK, SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL. C. BACKSPLASHES: 3/4 -INCH THICK, SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL. 1.6 MATERIALS A. CERTIFIED WOOD MATERIALS: FABRICATE COUNTERTOPS WITH WOOD AND WOOD -BASED PRODUCTS PRODUCED FROM WOOD OBTAINED FROM FORESTS CERTIFIED BY AN FSC -ACCREDITED CERTIFICATION BODY TO COMPLY WITH FSC STD -01-001, "FSC PRINCIPLES AND CRITERIA FOR FOREST STEWARDSHIP." B. COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS," INCLUDING 2004 ADDENDA. C. PARTICLEBOARD: ANSI A208.1, GRADE M-2, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. D. ADHESIVES: ADHESIVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES -STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS." 1. JOINT ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ONE- OR TWO-PART ADHESIVE KIT TO CREATE INCONSPICUOUS, NONPOROUS JOINTS. 2. SEALANT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MILDEW -RESISTANT, FDA -COMPLIANT, NSF 51 -COMPLIANT (FOOD ZONE --ANY TYPE), UL -LISTED SILICONE SEALANT IN COLORS MATCHING COMPONENTS. 3. SINK MOUNTING HARDWARE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BOWL CLIPS, PANEL INSERTS AND FASTENERS FOR ATTACHMENT OF UNDERMOUNT SINKS. E. SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL: HOMOGENEOUS -FILLED PLASTIC RESIN COMPLYING WITH ICPA SS -1. 1. MANUFACTURER: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2. INTEGRAL SINK BOWLS: COMPLY WITH ISSFA-2 AND ANSI Z124.3, TYPE 5 OR TYPE 6, WITHOUT A PRECOATED FINISH. a. MODEL: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 3. COLOR AND PATTERNS: a. COUNTERTOPS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. b. INTEGRAL SINKS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. F. SHAPES MEET OR EXCEED THE ANSI Z124.3 AND ANSI Z124.6 STANDARDS FOR PLASTIC SINKS AND LAVATORIES. 1.7 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS, WITH FABRICATOR PRESENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.8 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL COMPONENTS PLUMB, LEVEL AND RIGID, SCRIBED TO ADJACENT FINISHES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCT IN THE LARGEST PIECES AVAILABLE. 2. FORM FIELD JOINTS USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE, WITH JOINTS INCONSPICUOUS IN FINISHED WORK. a. EXPOSED JOINTS/SEAMS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 3. REINFORCE FIELD JOINTS WITH SOLID SURFACE STRIPS EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 1 INCH ON EITHER SIDE OF THE SEAM WITH THE STRIP BEING THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE TOP. 4. CUT AND FINISH COMPONENT EDGES WITH CLEAN, SHARP RETURNS. 5. ROUT RADII AND CONTOURS TO TEMPLATE. 6. ANCHOR SECURELY TO BASE CABINETS OR OTHER SUPPORTS. 7. ALIGN ADJACENT COUNTERTOPS AND FORM SEAMS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS USING ADHESIVE IN COLOR TO MATCH COUNTERTOP. 8. CAREFULLY DRESS JOINTS SMOOTH, REMOVE SURFACE SCRATCHES AND CLEAN ENTIRE SURFACE. 9. INSTALL COUNTERTOPS WITH NO MORE THAN 118 -INCH (3 MM) SAG, BOW OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE. B. APPLIED BACKSPLASHES AND SIDESPLASHES: 1. INSTALL APPLIED SIDESPLASHES USING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR -MATCHED SILICONE SEALANT. 2. ADHERE APPLIED SIDESPLASHES TO COUNTERTOPS USING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORMATCHED SILICONE SEALANT. C. INTEGRAL SINKS: 3. PROVIDE SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS BOWLS AND/OR LAVATORIES SINKS WITH OVERFLOWS IN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. SECURE SINKS AND LAVATORY BOWLS TO TOPS USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SEALANT, ADHESIVE AND MOUNTING HARDWARE TO MAINTAIN WARRANTY. 1.9 REPAIR A. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED WORK WHICH CANNOT BE REPAIRED TO ARCHITECTS SATISFACTION. 1.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. KEEP COMPONENTS CLEAN DURING INSTALLATION. B. REMOVE ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND OTHER STAINS. Z 200016th Street ly Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM io www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 W U a 0 Y W X U 0 w a 0 0 w Uj0 U w 0 a U) a U C ui c ca m a J o m o _ M Ov Q m co w 0 o 0 0 C (!)ci N p I U_ U_ U W ♦M V ) CID' FIH VAN AR -98237 PROJECT # 8.00 AS P-09LU LU 0 fL w :3 0 LL f0 vQ Co C0 U - U OC) Q � N U ~ M CQ = C:) LL IL Q Cn -a _O Ca 0 0_ z - N I U_ U_ U W ♦M V ) CID' FIH VAN AR -98237 PROJECT # 8.00 AS P-09LU LU U SZ S 0 U) F -- a - LO M M w 0 N N 4 Q 1 DEMOLITION PLAN AD -101 3116" =1'-0" m NFPA 241 - SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION: CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 241, V. 2013 DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES. 2. DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY TO THE STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT AREAS TO REMAIN WITH INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN SHALL BE SAFED OFF AND PROTECTED FROM ELEMENTS AT ALL TIMES. 3. WHERE THE EXISTING WORK IS TO BE CUT, UNDERPINNED, ANDIOR SHORED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SHORING, NEEDLING, BRACING, WEDGING, AND DRY PACKING, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING THESE OPERATIONS. 4. AREA OF WORK SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. 5. ANY MATERIALS DEEMED AS HAZARDOUS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO ASBESTOS OR LEAD PAINTS SHALL BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TECHNIQUES, PROCEDURES, AND DISPOSAL METHODS AS PER STANDARD PRACTICE AND ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, AND CONTROLS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED, BACK TO THE EXISTING CURB. CURBS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED OR ADAPTEDFOR NEW UNITS SHALL BE CAPPED AND INSULATED FOR A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL. DO NOT ABANDON. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, AND FLOORS AT REMOVED MECHANICAL COMPONENTS. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS, PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE LINE SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. CAP AND SEAL LINES AT ACTIVE LINES. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENT IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES, HANGER, WIRING DEVICES, CONDUIT BOXES, WIRING PANELS, FIRE ALARMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO SERVICE OR NEAREST J -BOX TO REMAIN. 9. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENTS IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 10. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ANY REMAINING SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. 11. EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE LEVELED, BROOM CLEAN WITH NO REMAINING ADHESIVE RESIDUES, AND SEALED. 12. REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE COORDINATED BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE LANDLORD AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 13. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN SPACING, AND EXISTING OPENING SIZES, AND LOCATIONS, WITH DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 14. AREAS SHOWN TO BE SAWCUT, REMOVED, AND REPOURED ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL INTENT AND MAY NOT SHOW THE ENTIRE SCOPE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THEIR BID TO COORDINATE WITH THE PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS, AS WELL AS ANY OTHER PRODUCT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN OR BELOW THE FLOOR SLAB TO DETERMINE THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF SLAB CUTTING, REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT REQUIRED. 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING MOLD THAT MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION USING BLEACH OR APPROVED EQUAL. AFTER BEING CLEANED, AFFECTED AREAS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO DRY THOROUGHLY BEFORE COVERING. APPLY MOLDIMILDEW REMOVER OR APPROVED EQUAL TO ALL EXPOSED WOODEN STRUCTURE COMPONENTS THROUGHOUT. DEMOLITION: INTERIOR DEMO WORK BY G.C. - PROVIDE DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN OF INTERIOR SPACE TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AFTER DEMO IS COMPLETE. DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES LEGEND XO No. Description D1.05 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. D1.06 REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAMING AND GLAZING IN AREA SHOWN. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING, DOOR AND FRAMING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO ELEVATIONS. D1.07 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALL AND ALL PIPING, DEVICES, CONDUIT O AND WIRING. PULL ALL WIRING BACK TO PANELS - DO NOT ABANDON. D1.08 REMOVE EXISTING GYP BD AND FURRING. REMOVE ALL PIPING, DEVICES, CONDUIT AND WIRING. PULL ALL WIRING BACK TO PANELS - DO NOT ABANDON. D1.10 CLEAN & PREP EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO RECEIVE NEW TRANSLUCENT WHITE OR BLACKOUT FILM. D1.11 REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, HARDWARE, AND SUPPLY PIPING. PIPING TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SERVICE LINO ON PLUMBING Doo DRAWINGS. DO NOT ABANDON. REFER TO AND COORDINATE WITH ai a PLUMBING DRAWINGS. D1.13 REMOVE EXISTING HARDWARE, RENDER EXISTING DOOR INOPERABLE ti M AND BOLT SECURE. ENSURE SYSTEM IS WEATHER TIGHT. D1.14 LL TO REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. DEMOLITION FLOOR & SLAB PLAN EX. WALL TO EX. WALL TO BE Z 2000 16th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U LU 0 0 Z3 0 LU0 J W W inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U C a`> c CU CU a. W `6 J 121 � o J c o wO° = f6 L O cD - 0 0 c 0 0 0 U) N D Z J n z O O 2 W 0 P�E OF FE 0,�,�� ' 41H VAN AR 98237 PROJECT # AD -101 0 O �n0 v Q Ca U) _I Doo O ai a Qi d- ti M LOL2 O LL Q c/) O O cv C)Z O CV o n Z J n z O O 2 W 0 P�E OF FE 0,�,�� ' 41H VAN AR 98237 PROJECT # AD -101 0 W H M 2 O a: a U) U w O w CL w w O z O w U) 0 z 0 J U Z 0 Z Y Z Q LL. O w U) 7) w N_ O _ F - Q z O F- F - N 2 Ix O w Z_ O w a- 0 O d w _ F- U) 0 Z 0 U) _ F- G 0- Lp M O N r— N ib F� 0 00 m cu �2 _ U Q J 11 O C co U) N 5) s 0 0 z 1 EAST DEMO ELEVATION AD -201 3116" =1'-0" REF: 1/ AD -101 H.P. B.O. DECK" 14'- 11 718" � L.P. B.O. DECK 13'- 53/8- 53/8" L 1 FINISH FLOOR o' -o" DEMOLITION SLAB PLAN KEY NOTES LEGEND XO No. I N-npti- D2.01 REMOVE EXISTING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME AND GLASS. ca PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW STOREFRONT. COORDINATE L6 a WITH PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION. z 2000 16th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 2 W 7 0 O 0 w Q W w H W W ' , 1 1 X ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ �,t V VAN �� Ik- a e � AR -98237 a - Q PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 AD -201 U C Ul N C ^ ca L6 a �0 LU J o cJ_ C o = CO 0 O L O W O O O N p (_S N M 0 2 W 7 0 O 0 w Q W w H W W ' , 1 1 X ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ �,t V VAN �� Ik- a e � AR -98237 a - Q PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 AD -201 r) ^ �0 O H CU _ 1 W CDw CO > ti 1) C) UCD C co LO CD 2 LJL -1a L \ LU U Cr- r O Uj -a O 0 Lo Co N 0 2 W 7 0 O 0 w Q W w H W W ' , 1 1 X ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ �,t V VAN �� Ik- a e � AR -98237 a - Q PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 AD -201 6 W M_ O d kn vi U w O d UJ F- O M O LU W M 0 Z_ 0 D J U Z C Z Y Z a v Cl) 00 0 N N 65 Design No. U910 August 03, 2017 Bearing Wall Rating --4 HR. Nonbearing Wall Rating -4 HR. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used -See Guide BXUV or BXUV7 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada). respectively. We" 1/2' r T i 3 24* 1. Concrete Blocks* Various designs. Classification D-2 (2 hr). See Concrete Blocks category for list of eligible manufacturers. 2. Mortar ---Blocks laid in full bed of mortar, nom. 3/8 in. thick, of not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3-1/2 parts clean sharp sand to 1 part Portland cement (proportioned by volume) and not more than 50 percent hydrated lime (by cement volume). Vertical joints staggered. 3. Furring Channels -Min 0.019 in. thick (25 gauge) galv steel, 1-318 in. wide on top and 2-9/16 in. or 2-3/4 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide at bottom by 7/8 in. deep. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to floor with a channel parallel to and approximately 3 in. above floor and 3 in. below ceiling. Clearance between vertical and horizontal channels 1/2 in. 4. Channel Fasteners -1-1/4 in. long masonry screws with 3116 in. body and 5/16 in. diameter head. Fasteners spaced 24 in. OC with the fasteners staggered on each long leg of the furring channel. 4A. Steel Framing Members* Not Shown) -Alternate method used to attach furring channels (Item 3) to concrete blocks (Item 1). Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to blocks with 1/4 in. dia. by 3 in. long concrete expansion anchor (Item 4B) through the center grommet. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG gals steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self -tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) clip for use with 2-23132 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL L L C Types RSIC-1, RSIC-1 (2.75). 4B. Concrete Expansion Anchor Not Shown) -1/4 in. dia. by 3 in. long carbon steel, pre -assembled, nail drive expansion anchor with mushroom head driven into the web of the concrete block. Min. embedment in concrete block of 1-3/8 in. and evaluated in accordance with ASTM E 488 to have ultimate load capacities of 980 lbs (tension) and 1400 lbs (shear) when used in 2000 psi concrete. 4C. Steel Framing Members* Not Shown) -Alternate method used to attach furring channels (Item 3) to concrete blocks (Item 1). Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to blocks with 1/4 in. dia. by 3 in. long concrete expansion anchor (Item 4B) through the center hole. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 AWG galvanized steel wire.Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS-RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R 5. Gypsum Board* -1/2 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, secured to furring channels with wallboard fasteners (Item 6). Gypsum plaster not more than 1/16 in. thick may be applied to wallboard in addition to joint treatment. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD -Type C. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO -Types AG -C. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC Type FRPC, Type C. CGC INC -Types C, IP -X2, IPC -AR. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C -Type LGFC-C/A. GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L -Types 5, DAPC, TG -C. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO Types eXP-C, FSK -C, FSW-C, FSMR-C. PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM -Type PG -C. PANEL REY S A Type PRC THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO Types C, IP -X2, IPC -AR. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC -Type C USG MEXICO S A DE C V -Types C, IP -X2, IPC -AR. 5A. Gypsum Board* -{As an alternate to Item 5) -518 in. thick. Installed as described in Item 5. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Type FSMR-C. 6. Wallboard Fasteners -1 in. long, self -drilling, self -tapping steel screws with bugle heads. Fasteners attached to each furring channel and spaced 8 in. OC at butt joints and 12 in. OC in the field of the board parallel with furring channels. Clearance between fasteners and edges of wallboard 3/4 in. 7. Joint System Not shown) -Paper tape embedded in cementitious compound over joints. Paper tape and exposed .......... L......L.. ............L ...LI. A.... I......... ..f ................1 C.L...... ..F .................J L....LI.......1 ....3 Design No. U419 February 25, 2015 Nonbearing Wall Ratings -1, 2, 3 or 4 Hr (See Items 4 & 5) * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 1. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS (NOT SHOWN) - FOR USE WITH ITEM 2 - CHANNEL -SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MINIMUM 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MINIMUM DEPTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD SIZE, WITH MINIMUM 1-1/4" INCH LONG LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24 -INCHES O.C. MAX. 2. STEEL STUDS - CHANNEL -SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MINIMUM 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MINIMUM DEPTH AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5, SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 24" O.C. STUDS TO BE CUT 318" TO 3/4" LESS THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT. 3. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING (NOT SHOWN, OPTIONAL - FOR USE WITH ITEM 5 ONLY) - 4 -FOOT WIDE, 7/16 -INCH THICK ORIENTED STRAND BOARD (OSB) OR 15/32 -INCH THICK STRUCTURAL 1 SHEATHING (PLYWOOD) COMPLYING WITH DOC PS1 OR PS2, OR APA STANDARD PRP -108, MANUFACTURED WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, APPLIED HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY TO THE STEEL STUDS. VERTICAL JOINTS CENTERED ON STUDS, AND STAGGERED ONE STUD SPACE FROM WALL BOARD JOINTS. ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH FLAT -HEAD SELF -DRILLING TAPPING SCREWS WITH A MINIMUM HEAD DIAMETER OF 0.292 -INCH AT MAXIMUM 6 -INCH O.C. IN THE PERIMETER AND 12 -INCH O.C. IN THE FIELD. WHEN USED, FASTENER LENGTHS FOR GYPSUM PANELS INCREASE BY MINIMUM 1/2 -INCH. 4. BATTS & BLANKETS (REQUIRED AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5) - MINERAL WOOL BATTS, FRICTION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS AND RUNNERS. MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 5. GYPSUM BOARD - GYPSUM PANELS WITH BEVELED, SQUARE OR TAPERED EDGES, APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ON STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS. VERTICAL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS (MULTI -LAYER SYSTEMS) STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY. HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BE BACKED BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE STAGGERED. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS (MULTI -LAYERED SYSTEMS) STAGGERED A MINIMUM OF 12 -INCH. THE THICKNESS AND NUMBER OF LAYERS FOR A 1 -HOUR RATING SHALL BE (1) LAYER OF 5/8" THICK MATERIAL ON EACH SIDE (INSULATION OPTIONAL FOR 3-518" STUD CAVITY). 6. FASTENERS (NOT SHOWN - FOR USE WITH ITEM 2) - TYPE S OR S-12 STEEL SCRES USED TO ATTACH PANELS TO STUDS (ITEM 2) OR FURRING CHANNELS (ITEM 7). SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS: 1 -INCH LONG FOR 112 -INCH AND 5/8 -INCH THICK PANELS OR 1 -1/4 -INCH LONG FOR 3/4 -INCH THICK PANELS, SPACED 8 -INCH O.C. WHEN PANELS ARE APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, OR 8 -INCH O.C. ALONG VERTICAL AND BOTTOM EDGES AND 12 -INCH IN FIELD WHEN PANELS ARE APPLIED VERTICALLY. 7. FURRING CHANNELS (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN - FOR SINGLE OR DOUBLE -LAYER SYSTEMS) - RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS FABRICATED FROM MINIMUM 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, SPACED VERTICALLY A MAX OF 24 -INCH O.C. FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2 - INCH LONG TYPE 2-12 STEEL SCREWS. 8. JOINT TAPE & COMPOUND - VINYL OR CASEIN, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS OF OUTER LAYERS. PAPER TAPE, NOMINAL 2 -INCH WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS OF OUTER LAYER PANELS. PAPER TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND MAY BE OMITTED WHEN GYPSUM PANELS ARE SUPPLIED WITH A SQUARE EDGE. 9. - NOT APPLICABLE - 10. CAULKING & SEALANTS (OPTIONAL. NOT SHOWN) - ABEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT APPLIED AROUND THE System No. W -L-1158 August 28, 2008 F Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Item 1) T Rating -0 Hr L Ratinq at Ambient - Less Than 1 CFM/so ft SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly -The 1 or 2 hour fire -rated gypsum board stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300, U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-112 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Gypsum Board* -One or two layers of nom 1/2 or 5/8 in. (13 or 16 mm) thick gypsum board as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is 15-118 in. (384 mm). The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed. 1A. Steel Sleeve Optional. Not shown.) Cylindrical sleeve fabricated from min 0.013 in. (0.330 mm) thick (No. 30 gauge) to max 0.056 in. (1.42 mm) (No. 16 gauge) galv steel sheet and having a min 1 in. (25 mm) lap along the longitudinal seam. Ends of sleeve to be trimmed flush with both surfaces of wall. Sleeve to be installed by coiling the sheet metal to a diam smaller than the through opening, inserting the coil through the opening and releasing the coil to let it uncoil against the circular cutouts in the gypsum board layers. 2. Through Penetrants -One metallic pipe, tubing or conduit to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe, tubing or conduit to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The pipe, tubing or conduit may be installed at an angle provided the annular space is maintained on both sides of the wall assembly. The annular space shall be min 0 (point contact) in. to max 1-7/8 in. (48 mm). The following types and sizes of metallic pipe tubing or conduit may be used: A. Steel Pipe -Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe -Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Conduit -Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) steel conduit. D. Copper Tubing -Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Copper Pipe -Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3. Firestop System -The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material -(Optional) -foam backer rod firmly packed into the opening as a permanent form. Packing material to be recessed from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -{Caulk) Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. When annular space exceeds 1/2 in. (13 mm), the min thickness of fill material is 5/8 in. (16 mm). Additional fill material to be installed such that a min 3/8 in. (10 mm) crown is applied at the pipe/wall interface at the point contact location. TREMCO INC -TREMstop Intumescent Acrylic, FyreCaulk or TREMstop IA+ ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMS ROOM NAME TERM Roan No. tX CL ADJ. 100 WAITING 101 CHECK -IN / OUT 102 WORK AREA 103 LAB TOILET 104 VENIPUNCTURE 105 LAB 106 VITALS 107 PATIENT CORRIDOR 108 PATIENT TOILET 109 TREATMENT 110 EXAM 1A 111 EXAM 1B 112 FLEX EXAM 113 EXAM 2A 114 EXAM 2B 115 CARE MGR. OFFICE 116 STORAGE 117 BIO -HAZARD 118 J.C. W.H. 119 MAI CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 120 TEAM WORK 121 MED ROOM 122 TEAMMATE TOILET 123 TEAMMATE TOILET 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE 125 PROVIDER OFFICE 1 126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 127 COMM. 128 CARE COORDINATOR 129 ADMIN OFFICE 130 WORK AREA 2 131 FIRE RISER ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMS ABBREVIATION TERM vi CL ADJ. ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FLOOR FINISH ALUM. ALUMINUM CAB. CABINETS EM. EMERGENCY EQ. EQUAL H.M. HOLLOW METAL HORIZ. HORIZONTAL LAV. LAVATORY GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD HT. HEIGHT MTD. MOUNTED MFR. MANUFACTURER OPP. OPPOSITE OPP. HD. OPPOSITE HAND PWR POWER PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE SIM. SIMILAR SS STAINLESS STEEL SSM SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL STOR STORAGE THK. THICK U/S UNDERSIDE VERT. VERTICAL W/ WITH WP WALL PROTECTION System No. HW -S-0037 January 28, 2015 XHBN.HW-S-0037 Joint Systems ANSI/UL2079 Assembly Ratings -1 and 2 Hr (See Items 2 and 3) Joint Width - 3/4 In Max. L Rating At Ambient- Less Than 1 CFM/lin ft L Ratinq at 400'F -Less Than 1 CFM/lin ft �A SECTION A -A 1. Floor Assembly -The fluted steel deck/concrete floor assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual Floor -Ceiling Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Steel Floor and Form Units* -Max 3 in. (76 mm) deep galv fluted units. B. Concrete -Min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) thick reinforced concrete, as measured from the top plane of the floor units. 2. Wall Assembly -The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/steel stud assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U400 -Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Steel Floor and Ceiling Runners -Floor and ceiling runners of wall assembly shall consist of min 25 gauge galv steel channels sized to accommodate steel studs (Item 2B). Ceiling runner to be provided with 2 in. (51 mm) flanges. Ceiling runner centered on valley of steel floor unit (Item 1A) and secured with steel fasteners spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. B. Studs --Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide. Steel studs cut 1 in. (25 mm) less in length than assembly height with bottom nesting in and resting on floor runner and with top nesting in ceiling runner without attachment. Steel stud spacing not to exceed 24 in. (610 mm) OC. C. Gypsum Board* Wallboard sheets to be installed to a min total thickness of 5/8 or 1-1/4 in. (16 or 32 mm) on each side of the wall for a 1 or 2 hr fire rated wall, respectively. Wall to be constructed as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, except that a nom 1/2 in. to 3/4 in.(13 to 19 mm) gap shall be maintained between the top of the wallboard and the bottom of the steel floor units. The screws attaching the wallboard to studs at top of ft wall shall be located 4 in. (102 mm) from the steel floor unit valleys. No screws are to be installed closer than 4 in. (102 mm)from the steel floor unit valleys. The hourly fire rating of the joint system is dependent on the hourly fire rating of the wall. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant -Max separation between bottom of floor and top of wall is 3/4 in. (19 mm). -Fill material installed on each side of the wall between the top of the wallboard and the bottom of the steel floor unit, flush with each surface of wallboard. A min 5/8 or 1-1/4 in. (16 or 32 mm) thickness of fill material is required for a 1 or 2 hr fire rated wall, respectively. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC -FS-ONE Sealant or FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for iurisdictions emolovino Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U a Z Z 0 U W U LU U C3 0 W 0 M J F LU U) U) Q. inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 A-001 N 0 vi CL m c If =3O m a cr_ m J co t o J �p No 0 2 U) (d L O co 0 C:) > Qo C0 o a N D 0 A-001 N 0 CL =3O O LL Ca U) _I L1J00 O ai > i ti V 04M Lr) O N li LL -CU Cri 72 CU0N D Z oc V Cn 0 A-001 N LU H OD 2 Oita. a U Medical Group aN 200016th Street J Denver, CO 80202 LU O o: a I • LU 'MFORM O I O " i U/S OF METAL ROOF DECK LU I www.in-formstudio.com U) I CONTINUOUS FIRESTOPPING 235 e. main street, z ` i suite 102b, 3-5/8" (20 GA.) CONTINUOUS METAL northvi►le, mi 48167 r STUDS RUNNER _ voice: 248.449.3564 z i SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH U.L. fax: 248.449.6984 Z APPROVED FIRESTOP SEALANT FILL METAL DECK FLUTES WITH Yxx MINERAL WOOL IML I Z- - -- - o w Q I _ HEAD OF WALL -1 HR �• O i i UL DESIGN: HWI= Q LU U)I I - UL LISTED ELASTOMERIC SPRAY N i i FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL FROM TOP ' FLUTED METAL ROOF DECK OF GYPSUM BOARD TO SURFACE OF DECK FLUTE cr_ I I STEEL DEEP LEG TRACK - Q I UIS OF CEILING OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST MECHANICALLY FASTEN 24' O.C. Z I OR STEEL BEAM O FILL CAVITY WITH MINERAL WOOL INSULATION O 1> X 1 t X 20 GA. METAL 3118" 9114" 7114" z ANGLE - FASTEN TO TOP & 21 /2"1.Z U- BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST 71/4" 10 i!s 6., o' TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD U) 518" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. /GLASS BD.' TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD d I BOTH SIDES`'/ I I - PLAM WALL CAP ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF O I I _ ( ) 1 }' MINERAL WOOL INSULA110N � I I /,,� /' I 518" THK. MOLD & MOISTURE I WALL PROTECTION PANEL TO HEIGHT AS w w i i D.C. (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" /; I I RESISTANT GYP. BD. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING NOTED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE (BOTH W m z to f- jI II MINERAL WOOL SOUND INSULATION I I : SIDES) v „ 2-112" DEEP (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" THK MOISTURE & MOLD 5/8" THK. MOLD & MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. HT. OF WALL 1 -HOUR FIRE RATED SHAFT WALL „/ I RESISTANT GYP. BD. BD. ABOVE GLASS BD (BOTH SIDES) Z I I I I U- DESIGN: U499 i I I I' o TYPE X GYP. BD. EACH SIDE I I I 5/8" THK. MOISTURE & MOLD RESISTANT I ? I 6" (20 GA) METAL STUDS @ 16" I I I I CT, CH OR I METAL STUD FRAMING 18' O.C. ' I I LL GLASS BD. TO MIN. 42" AFF ON WALLS WI WP - o CONT. BED OF MOLD RESISTANT i I 1' GYPSUM SHAFT LINER %/ / i I m = TO 48"AFF WHERE WP EXTENDS FULL w N /�j //: I aD J < N cn I I/i/ 4 ¢ v HEIGHT OF WALL (BOTH SIDES) o _ 1 SEALANT UNDER CHANNEL I I CONT. BED OF MOLD RESISTANT I I I I SEALANT UNDER CHANNEL I I - U) U- I 6" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 00 I CONT. BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT 1 t, 2} 3?, 3t OR r AS REQUIRED 18' O.C. CONT BED OF MOLD - � I TO BY-PASS STRUCTURE ABOVE CONT. BEAD OF MOLD RESIST. SILICONE I I RESISTANT SEALANT UNDER g a LL i SEE RIGID INSULATION NOTE THIS SHEET I I SILICONE ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL I I I ICA ¢ I I . ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL BD. CHANNEL a0 CONT. BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT SILICONE I BD (BOTH SIDES) I I I I c I, 1 SEALANT @JOINT BTW WP &BASE (BOTH I I CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESIST SIDES) wN 1. BED OF MOLD RESISTANT SEALANT 'TYPE XGYPSUM BOARD ; 1 1 SILICONE ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF I UNDER CHANNEL 1 -HOUR FIRE RATED PARTITION I / /; Ir WALL BD (BOTH SIDES) # UL DESIGN: 0419 y / /ii/i /�/-. / t i / � / `uE'' ///✓ f � ` "� ,P/ori N", rill , . ,,;;/ TYPE X GYP. BD. EACH SIDE � � y;<. � � CO REFER TO FINISH PLAN &SCHEDULE FOR ��� ,' �,�, ,� . REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE FOR .I- 3�' METAL STUD FRAMING 18' O.C.i ;�,;; %�' / 2F F i /� SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE SPECIFIED FLOORING e ® aj ��/. `�� %� �r��;�/ 00 G &BASE � NTH 3 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION may % / '/' ' ` CONT. BEAD OF MOLD RESIST. SILICONE w ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL BD (BOTHIL REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE FOR � SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE SIDES) -USE UL RATED SEALANT AT FIRE RATED co 4 WALL SECTION -1-HR RATED WALL ASSEMBLY (U-419 3 1 -HR RATED WALL @ UIS OF JOIST 4A WALL TYPE 4A DETAIL 3F WALL TYPE 3F DETAIL 3C WALL TYPE 3C DETAIL ASSEMBLIES a — --- w Cl) A-003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 12" =1'-0" A-003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 11/2" =1'-0" o w O N Ln I� N 00 LU 0 4 7/8" 0 4 718" 6 7/8" 3 518" I 3 5/8" I 3518. 3 5/9' U 4 7/8" y m c 518" THK. MOLD & MOISTURE RESISTANT U N PLAM WALL CAP I I GYP BD ABOVE GLASS BD I 1 WALL PROTECTION PANEL TO HEIGHT AS I WALL PROTECTION PANELS TO HEIGHT AS 1 I : m 1 1 NOTED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE I I 1 1 LU " WALL PROTECTION PANEL TO HEIGHT AS I I NOTED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE (60TH 518" THK. MOLD & MOISTURE J w No FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING I I NOTED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE I I 5/8" THK MOLD & MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP I I SIDES I I __I a) N )K MOLD &MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP RESISTANT GYP BD (ONE SIDE) o 1 1 BD ABOVE GLASS BD I BD ABOVE GLASS BD (BOTH SIDES) 5/8" THK MOISTURE & MOLD RESISTANT I I I I 1 I O I 5/8" THK MOISTURE & MOLD I II GLASS BD TO MIN 42" AFF ON WALLS WI WP - I 518" THK MOLD &MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP BD. I I i I 3-5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" i� 5/8" THK MOISTURE &MOLD RESISTANT n r. RESISTANT GYP. BD. I Ij TO 48" AFF WHERE WP EXTENDS FULL I I 5/8" THK. MOISTURE & MOLD RESISTANT I I GLASS BD TO MIN 42" AFF ON WALLS W/ WP - I I ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF WALL W o > I I HEIGHT OF WALL 1 I! l I I I Q 0 o c GLASS BD TO MIN 42"AFF ON WALLS WI WP - TO 48" AFF WHERE WP EXTENDS FULL o I I 3 5/8" (20 GA) METAL STUDS @ 16" OC I 13-5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS 16" O.C. I I TO 48" AFF WHERE WP EXTENDS FULL I I I I � I I @ HEIGHT OF WALL (BOTH SIDES) I ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF WALL 3-5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" D.C.00 �- 3-5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. I I LL I I = ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF I I CONT BED OF MOLD RESISTANT co CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT SILICONE � ;; ACOUSTIC INSULATION FULL HEIGHT OF I I SEALANT UNDER CHANNEL. I I < U CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT SILICONE LL I I CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT SILICONE ¢ LL SEALANT @JOINT BTW WP &BASE. 0 I I ' I 1 N a U- SEALANT @ JOINT BTW WP & BASE 1 I I , CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESISTANT I I CONT BED OF MOLD a0 CONT BED OF MOLD RESISTANT SEALANT ¢ - I � I I SEALANT @ JOINT BTW WP & BASE (BOTH �, ¢ U- SILICONE ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF ¢ I I WALL BD 1 1 RESISTANT SEALANT UNDER I I UNDER CHANNEL. I I REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE FOR a I I ; SIDES) 00 REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE FOR I I Q SPECIFIED FLOORING & BASE ) I 1 CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESIST � i i SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE00 BOTH SIDES I I I I SILICONE ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF I I I I I I O _ WALL BD (BOTH SIDES) LL REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE FOR = ,: ,:- ,, /�/a ,... ,. _ .. ,, REFER T FINISH PLAN &SCHEDULE FOR a � /% „ , i� Opo �i/i ✓i / CONT BEAD OF MOLD REIT. SILICONE y_ 1 �., .:.... _..//� ,, .. / / /y .. S S S L CONE / ..... w, / CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESIST. x „. ,,, , - x . ./ SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE /// %/ / /moi/�i /y//ice/i/ �� . �/'* s s ,,,, v � SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE/ r ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL BD '/ /% SILICONE ALONG BOTTOM D F CONT BEAD OF MOLD RESIST. SILICONE ///i % N / j / /z GEDGE 0 (BOTH SIDES) - USE UL RATED SEALANT �� WALL BD (BOTH SIDES) - USE UL ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL BD (BOTH SIDES) - USE UL RATED SEALANT AT FIRE COAT FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES RATED SEALANT AT FIRE RATED W ti NT BED OF MOLD RESISTANT SEALANT CONTAT . REFER TO FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE � SSEMBLIESD RESISTANT � 0? Q ti RATED ASSEMBLIES UNDER CHANNEL. SEALANT UNDER CHANNEL. FOR SPECIFIED FLOORING &BASE C O 0 M 2F WALL TYPE 2F DETAIL 2E WALL TYPE 2E DETAIL 2D WALL TYPE 2D DETAIL 2C WALL TYPE 2C DETAIL 26 WALL TYPE 2B DETAIL c6 _o i -003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 1 1/2"= 1'-0" A-003 11/2" =1'-0" A-003 1 1/2"= V-0" �= ~ r- • -2 Q o c co O N o Cc EL p z * � C/) a 0 w M O a U) U w O w CL Ix w O z O w U) D c� z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z Q 0 zz S N 2 H 2 CL v N M Cl) 00 i N N 63 NEW HM DOOR BY LL; GC TO REMOVE HARDWARE, RENDER DOOR INOPERABLE & BOLT SECURE T BLOCKING NOTE: GC TO PROVIDE ALL 3/4" THK. FIRE -RETARDANT IN -WALL & IN -MILLWORK PLYWOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR TELEVISIONS, PLUMBING ACCESSORIES, COAT HOOKS, MILLWORK AND SIGNAGE. NFPA 241 - SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION: CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 241, V. 2013 DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. GLAZING FILM NOTE: SEE SHEET A.201 FOR GLAZING FILM TYPES. G-02 POST -APPLIED TRANSLUCENT FILM G-04 POST -APPLIED BLACKOUT FILM GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 1. ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY STRUCTURAL JOISTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FINISH ALL NEW AND EXISTING NON -WOOD DOORS AS INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 3. ALL CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE, CLASS W ACOUSTIC PANELS. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE AND CONFORM TO FINAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 4. PROVIDE EXIT SIGNS AS REQ.'D WHICH SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BY TWO ELECTRICAL LAMPS OR SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED SELF -LUMINOUS TYPE. WHEN THE LUMINANCE ON THE FACE OF AN EXIT SIGN IS FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE, IT SHALL HAVE AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 50 FOOTCANDLES FROM EITHER LAMP. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT ILLUMINESCENCE. THE COLOR AND DESIGN OF LETTERING, ARROWS AND OTHER SYMBOLS ON THE EXIT SIGN SHALL BE IN CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. WORDS ON THE SIGN SHALL BE IN BLOCK LETTERS, 6" IN HEIGHT WITH A STROKE OF NOT LESS THAN 3/4". 5. EXITS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ANYTIME THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED WITH LIGHT HAVING AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOTCANDLE AT FLOOR I MICA N 1 ANNOTATED FLOOR PLAN A-101 3/16" = V-0" I I I EXISTING OR SOFFIT ABOVE I I I I I El I :GIONAL WALL I LLWORK W/ TV - REFER ) MILLWORK DRAWINGS I I 1 A-201 I I GENERAL FLOOR PLAN PROPOSED NEW PROPOSED WALL TO DECK/ SMOKE X WTALL TYPE PROPOSED NEW WALL -1-HOUR RATING (U.L. EXISTING DEMISING WALL -1-HOUR RATING (U.L. FE- DaVita. Medical Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U 0 SEMI -RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER I n F O R M 111111111 PROPOSED SMOKE BARRIER - 1 -HOUR RATING (U.L.- SD -X ROLLER SHADE - REFER TO SCHEDULE ON �- #U419) www.in-formstudio.com PROPOSED PARTIAL HEIGHT 235 e. main street, suite 102b, LJL northville, mi 48167 EXISTING WALL voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 C) U W H S U Q Q QJ z Z Q H J U) ZN O U Uj 0 0 w N U C E2 N C CU CU CL 9D 0 w o FU00 (5 = U O a - C:) >- d) N 0 Of 0 0 0 �0 0 0 LJL I— Q H - Q w Z QJ CU U) w w U �WOC) O ai ¢ti ~ ) N M L() N J O N v o CU a 0 0 Z CN4 � CU Of 0 0 LILJ 0 W I— Q H 0 z w Z QJ J w w �P•' ._ �? 41H VAN F AR -98237 a �D PROJECT # .00 F- A -1 01 LU f: N 2X FRT WOOD BLOCKING - RIP BLOCKING AS REQ'D TO ACHIEVE MINIMAL DIMENSIONS EXISTING STEEL COLUMN (VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND SHAPE IN FIELD) WALL FINISH AS PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL PLAM WALL CAP 12 COLUMN A2 ENCLOSURE A-102 11/2" =1'-0" REF: 1/ A-101 (2) 24" VERTICAL GRAB BARS PROVIDE 5/8" THK. FIRE - RATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALLS @ ALL GRAB BARS SCALE (BY OWNER) SCALE 7 VITALS —GRAB BAR ELEVATION A-102 3/8"=1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 HOOK MOUNTED TO BACK — OF DOOR @ 48" AFF, AF -0 CENTERED ON DOOR, \ 1 AF -11 j A-102 2 117 - OUTLINE OF TURNING 1 ` CLEARANCE, TYP. 5' F co / / AF -08 TEAMMAT TOILET — m 123 o 6 O LL LL a a¢ Q i T-05/8" IN —u F -06a — 2 A-102 A AF 11 AF -1 AF AF -08 / TEAMMATE cc� — TOILET 122 LL LL o --¢�-1 Q 4 1 ENLARGED TEAMMATE_ TOILETS A-102 3/8"=l' -O" REF: 1/A-101 N HOOK MOUNTED TO BACK OF DOOR @ 48" AFF; CENTERED ON DOOR, OUTLINE OF TURNING CLEARANCE, TYP. 11 COLUMN Al ENCLOSURE A-102 1 1/2" = l'-0" REF: 1/A-101 T-33/8" T-33/8" 3 ENLARGED LAB & PATIENT TOILETS A-102 3/8"=l'-0" REF: 1/A-101 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN (VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND SHAPE IN FIELD) 3 5/8" METAL STUD PROVIDE BATT HOOK MOUNTED TO BACK OF DOOR @ 48" AFF; CENTERED ON DOOR, TYP. OUTLINE OF TURNING CLEARANCE, TYP. HOOK MOUNTED TO BACK OF DOOR @ 48" AFF; CENTERED ON DOOR, TYP. INDICATOR LIGHT 0 NURSE CALL PULL CE" SWITCH U®� o" NYLON LU0 J a � z Q 10 NURSE CALL PULL CORD DETAIL A-102 3" =1'-0" d n 1/2" DIA x 4" LONG ANCHOR BOLT HSS 3x3xl/4" WELDED TO 3/8" STEEL PLATE 3/8" THK STEEL PLATE 14 STEEL SUPPORT STANCHION DETAIL A-102 3" =1'-0" I I I REFER TO'PLUMBING ACC. I I', SCHEDULE'FOR QUANTITIES LU w I 0 LU I w I I GRAB BAR @ SPECIFIED 1 I - 5/8" THK. FIRE -RATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING 9 WOOD BLOCKING DETAIL — GRAB BARS A-102 1 " =1'-0" 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWO, (4) BOLTS WITH %, BLOCKII THREAD, GRADE 5 OR HIGH 6-1/2" X 10", 11 GEQUIVALE BACKING PLATE WITH (4) 9/, TV ARM MOUNTING BRA&PL WALL—MOUNTED TV ARM ATTACHMENT — SECTION 11/2" =1'-0" 13 A-102 OUTLINE OF 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT —� PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALL /' 1 (4) BOLTS WITH %-20UNC-2A uS THREAD, GRADE 5 OR HIGHER I CABINET ABOVE TOILET I EQUIVALENT _ TV ARM MOUNTING BRACKET I I I I I Yco rr�� - _ 0 42" AFF o � WALL—MOUNTED TV ARM ATTACHMENT — ELEVATION 11/2" =1'-0" r— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — i I I OUTLINE OF SURFACE -MTD Z uS Q I CABINET ABOVE TOILET I L.L co i I I I I I o O - _ 0 LU I 5" MIN. I I I I / IL _ r \ rI L 1 o = (� z :a Y O W w LU � IW I I I I I z C13 Clo ZZw Q p U o o m N r U o O Co ai > i I I �_� L co ¢ U-i I 72 o 0 I FLOOR DRAIN - TYP. FOR 0 Z N o U) I ALL TOILET ROOMS ` I w / in W 1 LINE OF 5'-0" DIAMETER \ C., I TURNING SPACE / `;' I z I I rn I I I I TOE CLEARANCE 6" 8" I I rKNEE CLEARANCE I I I i MAX. MIN. I I i 6 TOILET ROOM — PLAN TYPICAL I 5 TOILET ROOM — ADA COMPLIANT SINK & LAVATORY SECTION — TYPICAL A-102 3/8"=l' -O" I I A-102 3/4"=V-0" I I I I 13 <A401 I I I I NOTE: I INSTALL WALL PROTECTION PANELS TO 8"D x 24"W x 36"H SURFACE - TOP OF INTEGRAL BASE - PROVIDE CONT. 7T MTD CABINET MOUNTED 1" i I I CLEAR SEALANT @ TOP EDGE (TYP.) - 0" 6" ABOVE TOP OF WP 8"D x 24"W x 36"H I SURFACE -MTD CABINET I I F_ _ WALL -MTD UP/DOWN LIGHT I / \ PROVIDE 5/8" THK FIRE- RATED PLYWOOD 18"x36" WALL -MTD MIRROR W/ - - - - BLOCKING IN WALLS @ ALL SPECIMEN PASS- � I BRUSHED S.S. FRAME GRAB BARS 9" MIN 41" MAX THROUGH CABINET L 18" VERTICAL GRAB WHERE NOTED IN PLAN PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - - _ = 18" GRAB BAR I SOAP I I 36" GRAB BAR 3-6" GFCI RECEP. @ +44" @SIDE L _ _ _ _ -1 42" GRAB BAR I �D I WALL -HUNG o 42" GRAB BAR - 0 r` — — — r` PROVIDE 5/8" THK. FIRE- l RATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING = — LU — _ _ J IN WALLS @ ALL GRAB BARS — — z LL '� o z TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 7- g g LLo o I o pT a v a SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL o o ao I i LL p o ~ � o Z oCl) I I I I iN i~,C C" r `cFi Cl) g m cn Qa I I PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANTI l'- 3" HOLD WC -01 -WATER CLOSET WATER I 1' - 6" HOLD I PIPE WRAP FOR LAV SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED I I I 5'-0"MIN. I I 2 TOILET ROOM — FIXTURE WALL ELEVATION TYPICAL I 1 TOILET ROOM —SIDE WALL ELEVATION TYPICAL A-102 3/8" = 1'-0"A-102 I I I 3/8" i I I I I I L— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM } www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 L) 0 U Q 0 w Y w U 0 LU Q 0 0 w U V J U C Z uS Q a`> c L.L co � co W LU t J J_ o 5 m w o = (� z :a Y O W w LU �\ C13 Clo ZZw Q p U o o m N V J 0 Z Q L.L v • � 0 W O L` I..L. J Q w 0 z Z W w LU �\ '^ vJ r U W O Co ai > i ti U �_� co O U-i wO 72 o 0 CU a 0 Z N o U) V J Z L.L v • � J W N� W I..L. J Q w 0 z Z W w LU CO 051H VAN AR -98237 fs A-102LLJ 6 W F- M 2 O W_ a U) F- U w 0 Ix a m LU F- O z O LU U) M 0 z 0 J U z C Z Y z Q M CL 0 N O M co 0 C) 0 N W C o� 2 1 79'- 1 1/9' N 1 DIMENSIONSED FLOOR PLAN A-111 3/16"= V-0" GENERAL FLOOR PLAN PROPOSED NEW PROPOSED WALL TO DECK/ SMOKE PROPOSED NEW WALL -1-HOUR RATING (U.L. EXISTING DEMISING WALL -1-HOUR RATING (U.L. EXISTING WALL - 2- HOUR RATING (U.L.#U910) PROPOSED PARTIAL HEIGHT EXISTING WALL X WALL TYPE ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 1. FIRE -RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 3-518" METAL STUDS (U.N.O.) AT 16" O.C. WITH (1) ONE LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM WALL BOARD BOTH SIDES, FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE AND FULL INSULATION U.L. DESIGN No. U419. 2. ALL FULL -HEIGHT PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND TIGHTLY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH DEFLECTION -TYPE TOP TRACK. ALL OTHER WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO 6" ABOVE SCHEDULED CEILING. ANY ADDITIONAL BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE FRAMING CONTRACTOR. 3. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED SEATED SQUARELY (WITHIN 1/16") AGAINST THE WEB PORTION OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS. TRACKS SHALL REST ON A CONTINUOUS, UNIFORM BEARING SURFACE. 4. TEMPORARY BRACING MAY BE PROVIDED AND LEFT IN PLACE UNTIL THE WORK IS PERMANENTLY STABILIZED. 5. VERTICAL ALIGNMENT (PLUMBNESS) OF STUDS SHALL BE WITHIN 1/960TH (1/8" IN 10'-0") OF THE SPAN. HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF WALLS SHALL BE WITHIN 1/960TH (1/8" IN 10'-0") ON THEIR RESPECTIVE DISTANCES. 6. SPACING OF STUDS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN ± 1/8" FROM THE DESIGNED SPACE PROVIDED THAT THE CUMULATIVE ERROR DOES NOT EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FINISH MATERIALS. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. ALL NEW DOORS SHALL BE 4" OFF WALL (HINGE SIDE) U.N.O. 9. PROVIDE (2) ROWS MINIMUM 8" HIGH, 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD, OR 20 - GAUGE HORIZONTAL STRAPPING ON STUDS AT ALL WALLS WITH CABINETS. 10. ANY DRYWALL FINISH WHICH IS EXISTING TO REMAIN SHALL BE PATCHED, PRIMED AND PAINTED TO'LIKE NEW CONDITION AND TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE BEST METHODS FOR PATCHING, OR IF DRYWALL WILL NEED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO ACHIEVE DESIRED FINISH. 11. THERMOSTATS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, OR ANY OTHER WALL MOUNTED ARCHITECTURAL ACCESSORY SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON ANY WALL WITH GRAPHIC STRETCHINGS OR SPECIALITY FINISHING. 12. HYDRONIC PIPING IN EXTERIOR WALL CAVITIES ARE TO RECEIVE PIPE INSULATION. 13. FRAMING, GYPSUM BOARD AND EXTERIOR INSULATION TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK AT EXTERIOR ENVELOPE. SMOKE BARRIERS: SMOKE BARRIER SHALL BE A 1 -HOUR FIRE -RATED WALL ASSEMBLY. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED W/ A U.L. APPROVED FIRE -STOP SEALANT. ALL DOORS LOCATED IN A SMOKE BARRIER SHALL BE RATED AND LABELED PER THE DOOR SCHEDULE. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ANY REQUIRED SMOKE DAMPERS. SMOKE PARTITIONS: SMOKE PARTITIONS SHALL BE A NON -RATED WALL ASSEMBLY CONTINUING FROM THE FLOOR TO THE DECK. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED W/ A U.L. APPROVED SEALANT TO PREVENT THE PASSAGE OF SMOKE. DEMOLITION: INTERIOR DEMO WORK BY L.L. - PROVIDE DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN OF INTERIOR SPACE TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AFTER DEMO IS COMPLETE. DEMISING WALLS: EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO RECEIVE NEW STRUCTURE, FIRESTOPPING & INSULATION TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. EXISTING DEMISING WALL NOTE: GC TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING CMU DEMISING WALL EXTENDS FULL HEIGHT TO U/S OF ROOF DECK. GC TO ENSURE 1 -HR FIRE RATING IS MAINTAINED AT DEIMING WALL AND FIRESTOPPING IS PROVIDED FULL LENGTH OF WALL. WALL TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 101 6.1.14.4. AS APPLICABLE TO THE ADJOINING OCCUPANCY. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF FINDINGS. mow 111111110M w tIIIIN� _� Medicalfwl u Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM L0,....., 1 www. i n-formstud io. corV 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 H Z Q r J co co Z 0 U 0 W Y U w 2 U Q 0 W Q 0 w 0 U C h LU N c cu a � m m U N J o = 00 OU CO C=) 0C 0 U)aN� Q 0 O V W O C� G U) q) C _O > O CU O " z � Iw ro di Q ti U CCn aj -2 C:) V-� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 A-111 LLI 0 m 0 W H m O a Ci U W I O a LU x O M O LU U) C7 Z 0 J U Z O Z Y Q a �i 0 M cei 00 0 r N 00 N 1 SLAB PLAN A-121 3/16" = VV NOTE: IN AREAS OF NEW MIN. 4" THK. CONCRETE SLAB - PROVIDE EPA REGISTERED TERMITICIDE ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, IN AN AQUEOUS SOLUTION FORMULATED TO PREVENT TERMITE INFESTATION. COORDINATE SOIL TREATMENT APPLICATION WITH EXCAVATING, FILLING, GRADING, AND CONCRETING OPERATIONS. GENERAL NOTE: AREAS SHOWN TO BE SAWCUT, REMOVED, AND REPOURED ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL INTENT AND MAY NOT SHOW THE ENTIRE SCOPE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THEIR BID TO COORDINATE WITH THE PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS, AS WELL AS ANY OTHER PRODUCT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN OR BELOW THE FLOOR SLAB TO DETERMINE THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF SLAB CUTTING, REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT REQUIRED. 0 IN -FILL NEW CONCRETE AFTER CONDUIT HAS BEEN INSTALLED #3 x 16" DOWELS @ 24" O.C. - EXTEND MIN. 6" INTO EX. SLAB & EPDXY GROUT BOTH SIDES OF SLAB CUT EX. CONC. SLAB WI SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH REPLACE AND SEAL JOINTS OF VAPOR IN FILL TRENCH WITH BARRIER TO MATCH ENGINEERED FILL & EXISTING COMPACT TO 95% DENSITY CONCRETE - SLAB INFILL SECTION DETAIL 3/4" =1'-0" FIRST POUR U) CONC SLAB -ON g Z GRADE, SEE PLAN U H 'a �d SECOND,_ POUR 1l2" FILL JOINT WITH SEALANT 3 CONCRETE - ALTERNATE KEYED CONSTRUCTION JOINT A-121 3/4" =1'-0" CONCRETE - SAWED CONTRACTION 3/4" =1'-0" JOINT - TYPICAL urrrr�► �J Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U LU a SAWCUT JOINT WITHIN 12 HRS AND WITH SEALANT. SAW -CUTTING U)FILL CONC SLAB -ON- 0° W 1l8" SHALL BE DONE AS SOON AS GRADE, SEE PLAN U) Y m a POSSIBLE AFTER POURING CONC v 9 J WHEN CONC HAS HARDENED J m SUFFICIENTLY TO ALLOW CUTTING. a CONCRETE - SAWED CONTRACTION 3/4" =1'-0" JOINT - TYPICAL urrrr�► �J Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U LU a OF'F�® 'CO;'VN, TV VAN 7,�,V� • � —fir— e AR -98237 0- n i! PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-121 LLJ U C ui c CL ry W Q J m a F H W J m s o J m = aoo O L O (O - 0 O LU C O N O O Vi N OF'F�® 'CO;'VN, TV VAN 7,�,V� • � —fir— e AR -98237 0- n i! PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-121 LLJ MN J CL ry W Q J F H W W ^ LU M ` / Cl O O Ca C r' U La w O OC) ai Qi 0 a ti 0 M r (2 -J r C/i > 6 O LU o Ca a Q O Z CV O min OF'F�® 'CO;'VN, TV VAN 7,�,V� • � —fir— e AR -98237 0- n i! PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-121 LLJ U) J M Q W Q J F H W W ^ LU M ` / Cl OF'F�® 'CO;'VN, TV VAN 7,�,V� • � —fir— e AR -98237 0- n i! PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-121 LLJ F. FIRE RISE 131 TEAMMA TOILET 123 J.C. / W. 118 ACT -01 BIO-HAZI 117 ACT -01 2 1 COMM. WORK AREA CHECK -IN / 0 T N 3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-131 3/16" =1'-0" I i N X N , CEILING SOFFIT SECTION (TYP) 11/2" =1'-0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 24" X 24" ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE SYSTEM GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 2x4 LAY -IN FIXTURE 2x4 LAY -IN .AAA FIXTURE (EM) 2x2 LAY -IN 2x2 LAY -IN FIXTURE (EM) CONT. FRAMING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ACOUSTIC CEILING METAL STUD FRAMING CORNER BEAD, TYP. ORECESSED CAN FIXTURE QRECESSED CAN FIXTURE (EM) INDUSTRIAL STRIP FIXTURE SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER LARGE RETURN AIR REGISTER Q• SPRINKLER HEAD Da*'ita. Medical Group Z 200016th Street zi Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 D O 0 LL. Q CU C!) ID Qti U c„) N _ L.02_J (� O u- U OU Q W CUOy04 Hca a 0 z r Cn V _Z J_ U) W J U Q 0 F_ LUW U C'6 W _I Z W LL WH W W N SPA . OF FLQCD �� ' kSTH VAN AR -98237 dt PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-131 LLI U c w c ca m a LU _J m =�O O LU U) C 0 C: (D p N O D O 0 LL. Q CU C!) ID Qti U c„) N _ L.02_J (� O u- U OU Q W CUOy04 Hca a 0 z r Cn V _Z J_ U) W J U Q 0 F_ LUW U C'6 W _I Z W LL WH W W N SPA . OF FLQCD �� ' kSTH VAN AR -98237 dt PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-131 LLI 0 W H M_ _ 0 of a U) U LU 0 w a_ w W 0 z O LU U) 0 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z Q G Q C2 O N a 0 GC TO APPLY BLACKOUT FILM TO INSIDE FACE OF EXISTING GLASS, GC TO PREPARE AND PAINT EXISTING PANELS P-07. SEE STANDARD FINISHES SCHEDULE ON A-701. 1 EAST ELEVATION A-201 3/16" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 P-07 P-07 P-07 P-07 REMOVE EXIST. HARDWARE, RENDER EXIST. - DOOR INOPERABLE AND BOLT SECURE & ENSURE SYSTEM IS WEATHER TIGHT GC TO APPLY WHITE TRANSLUCENT FILM TO INSIDE FACE OF EXISTING GLASS, EXISTING GLAZING NOTE: CLEAN & PREP EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO RECEIVE NEW TRANSLUCENT OR BLACKOUT FILM FOR CONSISTENT FINISH. REMOVE EXISTING FILM AS REQUIRED. 2" 3'- 0" 2" 2" 2" NEW STOREFRONT NEW ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM: FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL #FL12926.1 FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING 0 NEW ALUM. ENTRY DOOR: FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL #FL5851.1 FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING LEVEL 1 - FINISH FLOOR A GLAZING TYPE LEGEND G-01 CLEAR G-02 POST -APPLIED TRANSLUCENT FILM DENOTED TEMPERED GLASS G-04 POST -APPLIED BLACKOUT FILM DaNitta. Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM { k www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 M U A-201 U C to of N C O cc �0 cc d J W L W � o No W W OC) = N O OF FLO *NETH VAN T�N� •� m �. � O o LU c 0 0 0 p U N 0 A-201 0 of O O �0 Q O W L W � J W W W OF FLO *NETH VAN T�N� •� �. AR -98237 CU V) r' 1LIJ �000 ati U N C Ch CU O LL LL LLJ Q -2 O CU n. O Z � to r cn A-201 U) of O O L.L Q W � W L W � J W W W OF FLO *NETH VAN T�N� •� �. AR -98237 A-201 W O uavita. X LINE OF WALL 2'-0" Medical Group CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT (MATCH WALL Z 2000 16th Street w COLOR) - BY MILLWORK Denver, CO 80202 p NO -DRIP EDGE DETAIL ON FRONT EDGE ONLY CONTRACTOR a (EXCEPT AT TEAMMATE LOUNGE) n 1-112" THK. SSM COUNTERTOP i n F O R M -112" THK. SSM ON 1" THK. MDF COUNTERTOR 1/2" THK., 4" HIGH TYPICAL , O SOLID SURFACE o www.in-formstudio.com BACKSPLASH (W/ SIDESPLASH AS NOTED) CONTINUOUS BEAD OF 235 e. main street, z SEALANT (MATCH a suite 102b, o COUNTERTOP) - BY 3l4" THKPLAM DOOR northville, mi 48167 . MILLWORK CONTRACTOR voice: 248.449.3564 U 3/4" THK., 4" HIGH fax: 248.449.6984 z LAMINATE CLEAT - o 0MATCH Z Y MILLWORK ADJACENT � 125° FULL OVERLAY � Q 18 MILLWORK — COUNTERTOP SECTION — SOLID SURFACE GLUM' CONCEALED SELF-CLOSING O 3" 1'-0" e HINGES -(2) PER DOOR a A�01 = PRE -DRILLED LU j HOLES - TYP. 0 w3l4" THK. ADJUSTABLE w PLAM SHELVES -WHITE O MELAMINE co i z LINE OF WALL 4112 O CONTINUOUS BEAD OF LOCK (TYP. ALL DOORS & o SEALANT (MATCH WALL DRAWERS THIS UNIT) COLOR) - BY MILLWORK C� STORAGE DRAWER WI ACCURIDE CONTRACTOR o FULL EXTENSION ZINC O 3MM EDGE BAND BY WILSONART - MATCH COUNTER M BOX DRAWER SLIDES z SERIES 3832 0 1„ 11/8" THK. PLAM COUNTERTOP -PLASTIC 3/4" THK., 4" HIGH o WIRE PULL TYP z I 4" BRUSHED CHROME D 0 LAMINATE ON 1" THK. MDF COUNTERTOR SLAB FILE 3l4" THK. PLAM) O LAMINATE BACKSPLASH 1/2 112 (W/ SIDESPLASH AS DRAWER PANEL O NOTED) -MATCH o ,, '' y -U m I COUNTER w z CONTINUOUS BEAD OF _ CLEAR SEALANT - BY N M I MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 3 z I REQUIRED REFER VARIES SEE ELEVATION M 2" DIA. GROMMET AS 0 TO PLANS o N 3/4" THK., 4" HIGH W LAMINATE CLEAT - 15 `4. 17 NO DRIP EDGE 16 COUNTERTOP SECTION —LAMINATE MATCH COUNTER FULL HEIGHT CABINET 6" = 1'-0" A-401 3" =1'-0" A-401 3/4" =1'-0" o 2 2'-1" '-1„ PLAM COUNTERTOP 3/4" THK. PLAM PANEL - l" OVERHANG l'- 31/2" MITER EDGES FOR FLUSH 3/4" THK. 4" HIGH 1' - 31/2" 1' - 31/2" 41/2" BACKSPLASH I& SIDE FINISH SIDESPLASH GH � 8" COUNTERTOP FINISH PER SPLASH WHERE 2 125° FULL OVERLAY'BLUM' ELEVATIONS NOTED ON CL wo CONCEALED SELF- `� ELEVATIONS06 4" BRUSHED CHROME o 3/4" THK. 4" HIGH PLAM v� N WIRE PULL :� 125° FULL OVERLAY'BLUM' —— CLOSING HINGES (2) PER o 125° FULL OVERLAY'BLUM' CONCEALED SELF DOOR BACKSPLASH m Cl) _ 125° FULL OVERLAY'BLUM' CONCEALED SELF CLOSING - i z CLOSING HINGES - (2) PER - I 2" DIA. GROMMET o PRE DRILLED p a o CONCEALED SELF-CLOSING 3/4" THK. PLAM 5.. 0 M HINGES (2) PER DOOR DOORiK. PLAM z I (WHERE SPECIFIED) HOLES TYP. o o HINGES - (2) PER DOOR zo zo PRE -DRILLED HOLES o w M 3/4" THK. PLAM > CLEAT- MATCH COUNTER o cn PRE -DRILLED HOLES - a 3l4" THK. 4" HIGH PLAM w Z) ao i>u¢ ¢ ADJUSTABLE SHELF � �' w ADJUSTABLE PLAM w (1) 314" THK. w 2 3l4" THK. N r - - - - - - - , 3/4" THK. w ADJUSTABLE SHELF w Q a SHELF - MATCH y o 314" THK. PLAM A - N N I 12" DIA. PLASTIC GROMMET w 314" THK. PLAM w a c� CABINET Cl) (2) 314" THK. ADJUSTABLE 4" BRUSHED CHROME 1-1/2" THK. PLAM w °O I OUTLINE OF _ 4" BRUSHED CHROME _ m SHELVES -WHITE MELAMINE WIRE PULL c9 SUPPORT GUSSET 3l4" THK. PLAM i I LU WIRE PULL w - I I 1-112" THK. PLAM SHELF PRE -DRILLED HOLES = LOCK - WHERE NOTED = LOCK -WHERE NOTED = ON ELEVATIONS 1 3l4" THK. 4" WIDE PLAM _ 3/4" THK. io ON ELEVATIONS CLEAT BEHIND GUSSET - - - - - INTEGRAL LIGHTING N E0 4" BRUSHED CHROME WIRE , VALANCE 3" c PULL N FINISHED 7.0" c l' -T' cca 14 UPPER CABINET —MICROWAVE 13 UPPER CABINET —TOILET ROOM 12 UPPER CABINET —TYP 11 UPPER CABINET —EXAM ROOM 10 COUNTERTOP WORK SURFACE ca 9 BASE CABINET — OPEN SHELVING w U N O " . n n — n — n — n n A N O A�01 3l4" =1'-0" A-401 3l4 =1-0 A�01 314 -1-0 A-401 3/4"-1-0 A-401 3/4"-1-0i A-401 3/4"=1-0� _ � o C, - °> 2' 1"7 1" w Q o C:) a� c C3 N 0 1" OVERHANG 1" OVERHANG 1" OVERHANG COUNTERTOP - FINISH PER ELEVATIONS 1" OVERHAN COUNTERTOP - FINISH COUNTERTOP -FINISH PER ELEVATIONS 1/2" THK., 4" HIGH 314" THK., 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH & PER ELEVATIONS SINK - REFER TO SPLASH WHERE NOTED _ WHEREDE BACKSPLASHOTED SIDE SPLASH MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE WHERE NOTED ON SINK - REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS ON ELEVATIONS ROOM BASE CABINETS COUNTERTOPS UPPER CABINETS SINK - REFER TO SPECIALTY UNDER CABINET WALL CAP WINDOW PLUMBING SHEETS 314" THK., 4" HIGH PLUMBING SHEETS No. NAME FINISH LOCKS MILLWORKFINISH FINISH GUSSETS GROMMETS FINISH LOCKS LTG VALENCE FINISH SILL BACKSPLASH &SIDE COUNTERTOP - FINISH PER ELEVATIONS PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT SPLASH WHERE NOTED ,,, a100 WAITING PL -01 PL-01/SSM-01 SSM -01 PL -01 YES 0 - FIXED DRAWER FRONTS INTEGRAL SSM SINK - 101 CHECK IN /OUT PL 01 YES PL-02/SSM-01 (2) GR 01 O PIPE WRAP (IF VALANCE ON ELEVATIONS N N N NOT USED z z z z 'CORIAN 5610 ADA' 102 WORK AREA PL -01 PL -02 PL -01 YES Q zo ) o w o 4" BRUSHED CHROME O L� 8" MIN. a. a z WIRE PULL ¢ z FIXED DRAWER FRONTS 103 LAB TOILET PL -01 z ¢ OPTIONAL VALANCE ¢ w w > 0 > io w a w a 104 VENIPUNCTURE PL -01 PL -02 w z PANEL - SIZE AS REQ'D. w O O L SEE ELEVATIONS FOR w °� 105 LAB PL -01 YES SSM -01 PL -01 (1) GR -01 PL -01 YES YES a LOCATIONS a MILLWORK CONTRACTOR a - MILLWORK CONTRACTOR a 4" BRUSHED CHROME WIRE PULL 106 VITALS 0 N U) C) F- SIDE OF ADJACENT = SHALL PROVIDE 24" WIDE X 18" = SHALL PROVIDE 24" WIDE X = 107 PATIENT CORRIDOR W ap > w w CABINET FINISHED TO HIGH OPENING IN BACK OF w L 18" HIGH OPENING IN BACK w MILLWORK CONTRACTOR SHALL 108 PATIENT TOILET PL -01 �_ Q ti = Y = BASE CABINET FOR ACCESS = OF BASE CABINET FOR = PROVIDE 24" WIDE X 18" HIGH CV z MATCH CABINET 109 TREATMENT CC O M N z_ � FRONT TO PLUMBING CONNECTIONSCD ACCESS TO PLUMBING OPENING IN BACK OF BASE CABINET G co WHERE REQ'D - REFER TO CONNECTIONS WHERE FOR ACCESS TO PLUMBING 110 EXAM 1A PL -01 PL 02 PL -01 li LL_ v v CONNECTIONS WHERE REQ'D - 111 EXAM 1 B PL -01 PL -02 PL -01 �_, _� PLUMBING PLAN REQ'D - REFER TO Uj _14 1o PLUMBING PLAN REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN 112 FLEX EXAM PL -01 PL -02 PL -01 `p ~ 3/4" THK. FLUSH FRONT 3 3/4" THK. PLAM DOOR 3 3/4" THK. PLAM DOOR 113 EXAM 2A PL -01 PL -02 PL -01 3 CU 0 N o 11" MIN. 3,. 2' - 0.. - - - - � � � 4" VINYL 2, 0„ PANEL REMOVABLE 4" VINYL 4"INTEGRAL TOE 114 EXAM 2B PL 01 PL -02 PL -01 a Q z N 2' 0" 4"VINYL 2' - 0" 115 CARE MGR. OFFICE BASE CABINET — SINK 117 BIO-HAAZARD 8 BASE CABINET — SINK W/ VALENCE / FASCIA 7 W/ REMOVABLE FLUSH PANEL 6 BASE CABINET — SINK 5 BASE CABINET — ADA SINK 118 J.C. / W.H. _ A 401 3/4" =1'-0" A�01 3/4" =1'-0" A�01 3/4" =1'-0" A 401 314" = 1'-0" 119 MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS PL -02 - 120 TEAM WORK PL -01 YES PL -02 PL -01 YES YES ** :: 5-1/2" TALL @ 34" HIGH 121 MED ROOM PL -01 YES PL -02 PL -01 YES YES COUNTERS 122 TEAMMATE TOILET PL -01 6" TALL @ 36" HIGH COUNTERS 123 TEAMMATE TOILET PL -01 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE PL -01 PL -02 PL -01 YES 2'- 1" 2' 1" 2'- 1" 2-11, 125 PROVIDER OFFICE 1 COUNTERTOP - FINISH PER X126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 3�Uj } 1"OVERHANG f"OVERHANG 1" OVERHANG 1" OVERHANG ELEVATIONS 127 COMM. m COUNTERTOP - FINISH COUNTERTOP - FINISH PER 3/4" THK., 4" HIGH 128 CARE COORDINATOR PER ELEVATIONS BACKSPLASH & SIDE _ _ U) SPLASH WHERE NOTED 129 ADMIN OFFICE UI COUNTERTOP - FINISH PER 3/4" THK., 4" HIGH 314" THK., 4" HIGH ON ELEVATIONS 130 WORK AREA 2 PL -01 YES PL -02 PL -01 YES YES O J ELEVATIONS BACKSPLASH & SIDE BACKSPLASH &SIDE DRAWER W/ACCURIDE FULL 131 FIRE RISER SPLASH WHERE NOTED SPLASH WHERE NOTED = � Uj 314" THK., 4" HIGH �,, � �„ EXTENSION ZINC BOX DRAWER 11 BACKSPLASH & SIDE ko ON ELEVATIONS ON ELEVATIONS SLIDES SERIES 3832 W o SPLASH WHERE NOTED M 4"BRUSHED CHROME STANDARD MILLWORK J U W DRAWER WI ACCURIDE ON ELEVATIONS � DRAWER W/ z WIRE PULL W C ^ Q m z z FULL EXTENSION ZINC z W c �J J wCi DRAWER WI ACCURIDE O ACCURIDE FULL BOX DRAWER SLIDES O Z PLASTIC LAMINATE SOLID SURFACE SOLID SURFACE SINKS f- PRE -DRILLED HOLES - TYP. m z ¢ a EXTENSION ZINC BOX ¢ ¢ w PL -01 FORMICA 5883-58 SSM -01 DUPONT CORIAN S 3 DUPONT CORIAN LARGE SINGLE SINK v O FULL EXTENSION ZINC > w > SERIES 3832 (TYP) > a BOX DRAWER SLIDES w DRAWER SLIDES w o COLOR: 'PECAN WOODLINE' COLOR:'CAMEO WHITE' (CLEAN) o > w w w co 4" BRUSHED w co FLAME SPREAD: <25; FLAME SPREAD: CLASS I; SMOKE DEV: MODEL No. 5216 .`'e o F- Ft o Z J SERIES 3832 (TYP) w w CHROME WIRE PULL w SMOKE DEV: <450 10 "CAMEO WHITE" LU a a a 3l4" THK. ADJUSTABLE C7 w 4" BRUSHED CHROME = 4" BRUSHED CHROME _ = e SHELF - WHITE MELAMINE y' NTH VAN a = c� c� c� PL -02 FORMICA 9285-58 GROMMETS S-4 DUPONT CORIAN LARGE SINGLE SINK / p F WIRE PULL (TYP.) w a WIRE PULL w 3/4" THK. PLAM w MILLWORK CONTRACTOR SHALL = x w x x COLOR:'WHITE TWILL' GR 01 MOCKETT'TG' FLIP TOP SERIES (DIRTY) 3/4" THK. DRAWER 3/4" THK. PLAM DRAWER PANEL PROVIDE 24" WIDE X 18" HIGH C? w FLAME SPREAD: <25; SIZE: 2" DIA. HOLE MODEL No. 5216 • — — • 00 z DRAWER PANEL OPENING IN BACK OF BASE `o' CABINET FOR ACCESS TO SMOKE DEV: <450 COLORS- DESERT SAND (93D1 "CAMEO WHITE" , v TELEPHONE / DATA & POWER AR -98237 OUTLETS WHERE REQ'D - NOTE: ANY ROOM TO RELIEVE PLAM WALL ��` E:CAP FINISH TO BE PL -02. G� 3" 3" 3" 3" REFER TO POWER PLAN 9314" THK. PLAM DOOR MILLWORK m 2'-0" 2'_0 2'_p�' 2'_0" F A 1. ALL MILLWORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. w BASE CABINET — W/ BASE CABINET — W/ 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE MILLWORK FABRICATION WITH A QUALIFIED PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 3 2 FILE & 1 SUPPLY DRAWERS 2 1 FILE & 3 SUPPLY DRAWERS 1 BASE CABINET WI SUPPLY DRAWER 3.1LLWORK CABINETS HAVE SO ENCERS, MINIMUM (2) PER DOOR OR DRAWER. Z 4 BASE CABINET — 1 FILE & 2 SUPPLY DRAWERS A -4O 1 A 401 314" =1'-0" A 401 3l4" =1'-0" A-001 3/4" =1'-0" A�}01 3/4" = 1'-0" 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FINISH DIMENSIONS. W U N p W F- M m _ O of 13- U) U) C6 U w LU H O z O w U) 0 z 0 J U z 0 z Y z (D z_ p CL N N M O N ti N 86 N 1'-11718" 1'-0" 4 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN - CHECK-IN I CHECK-OUT A-402 3/4" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 BE SUPPORT ).C. TO RUN OR EACH I W/ (2) 112" DIA. W/ ;TO (EIGHT OF 34" tEQ'S JET BELOW IW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE & GRID SYSTEM MILLWORK ELEVATION - CHECK IN / OUT EAST 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/ A-101 co 0 V VARIES - REFER TO RCP 8 RECEPTION WINDOW - SECTION A�02 11/2" =1'-0" 3/4" 4'- 01/2" 3/4" fn c 3/4" EQ EQ 3/4" m a w °2' LU J U N o J m o N g _ O Q � C� - Cl) W W < - R U C/) 0 N p _ II i O ai LU 4 L _ J DAT IL— — c G GCnC>CU "v U N M = CD LL_ LL r g GYP. BD. PLAM COUNTER SCRIBE VERTICAL SSM LEG TO PLAM COUNTER SSM SCHEDULED 6 REGIONAL WALL - ELEVATION A�02 314" =1'-0" REF: 2/ A402 CONTINUOUS FRAMING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE METAL SOFFIT FRAMING PAINTED GYP. BD. SOFFIT SSM COUNTERTOP 1/4" EASED EDGE (TYP.) SSM FASCIA 1/4" THK. PLAM PANEL TO CONCEAL STRUCTURE AND TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CLEAT BETWEEN SUPPORTS PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CLEAT BETWEEN SUPPORTS 3/8" THICK CONTINUOUS CORK BOARD PLAM COUNTER W/ CONTINUOUS BACKSPLASH 5/8" GYP. BOARD 3/4" CONTINUOUS CLEAT 2" x 2" VERT STEEL TUBE SUPPORT (2" x 1-112" HORZ.) @ 2'-0" O.C. TO RUN W/IN WALL CAVITY - ANCHOR EACH SUPPORT TO FLOOR SLAB W/ (2) 1/2" DIA. EXPANSION ANCHORS SCHEDULED BASE i DIRECTION OF PLAM PATTERN CLEAR AREA FOR INSTALLATION OF LOW - PROFILE MOUNTING BRACKET OUTLINE OF TV - CENTER IN MILLWORK MILLWORK ELEVATION - WAITING ROOM SOUTH 3/8" =1'-0" REGIONAL WALL REGIONAL WALL SCHEDULED WALL TILE & N RECESSED 0NG BRACKET =FER TO �L STUD VISH FLOOR 0'-0" .-PART POLYURETHANE SEALANT 7 REGIONAL WALL -SECTION A-402 3/4" =1'-0" REF: 1/ -AD -100 —1 L -1 Lt— —1 L "v T-0" 314" 3' -10" 3/4" NOTE: STUD SPACING @ V - 4" O.C. (TYP.) 1/2" THK. FINISH GRADE PLYWOOD W/ (PL -1) PLAM FINISH ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES (TYP.) LINE OF FRAMING & FINISHED SURFACE BELOW REGIONAL WALL - PLAN DETAIL THROUGH TV RECESS 3/4" =1'-0" REF: 2/ A-402 GYP. BD. 151/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT PLAM COUNTERTOP WI BACKSPLASH & SIDE SPLASHES 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY DRAWER & (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF SCHEDULED MILLWORK ELEVATION - REFRESHMENT STATION REF: 11 A-101 A 402 318" =1'-0" REF: 11 A-101 DaNita Medical Groep Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W U Q W ♦ V) 1..�__�rJ1..I_ 0i�: < Q 0 j>QU� W _j Uj W _j LU LU �j ♦ ^ = M VG W C) J OF FLO Al VAN 16- �e AR -98237 a D U) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-402 U C fn c Q m a w °2' LU J U N o J m o N g _ O Q � C� - LU p o W < 0 O (> U C/) 0 N p W ♦ V) 1..�__�rJ1..I_ 0i�: < Q 0 j>QU� W _j Uj W _j LU LU �j ♦ ^ = M VG W C) J OF FLO Al VAN 16- �e AR -98237 a D U) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-402 0 Q O O Lj_ Q �--� Co U) _ 1 LU O ai 4 <ti c G GCnC>CU U N M = CD LL_ LL r Ui -a U CU 0 cv & a 0 Z LC) Cc C/) W ♦ V) 1..�__�rJ1..I_ 0i�: < Q 0 j>QU� W _j Uj W _j LU LU �j ♦ ^ = M VG W C) J OF FLO Al VAN 16- �e AR -98237 a D U) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 A-402 a co M ti M 0 N N co �I�� JI.KICt 3 -U 1 b 1 A-401 MILLWORK ELEVATION — WORK AREA 2 SOUTH 3/8" =1'-0" V-31/2" -41/2" T- 0" T-9518" REF: 1/A-101 �A�01 MILLWORK ELEVATION — MED ROOM WEST 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 151/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT VALENCE 15 1/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ MICROWAVE OPENING PLAM COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH, SIDE SPLASH, & SS 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY DRAWER & (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF SCHEDULED GYP. BD. 15 1/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) 16MILLWORK ELEVATION -LOUNGE A-403 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 13/4" SCRIBE-,. 3--g- 3' 0" T-0-- 2' - 9" -2 3/8" SCRIBE ADJUSTABLE SHELF &CD INTEGRAL LIGHT C' PLAM COUNTERTOP "DIRTY SINK" 15" DEEP PLAM UPPER WI BACKSPLASH & CABINET W/ (1) N SIDE SPLASH o N 24" DEEP PLAM BASE VALENCE REFER TO SHEET A-402 CABINET W/ (1) 318" THICK CONTINUOUS W/ BACKSPLASH & SUPPLY DRAWER & 24" DEEP PLAM BASE FILE (1) ADJUSTABLE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY PLAM COUNTERTOP W/ Cc 0 o c DRAWER & (1) BACKSPLASH SCHEDULED BASE ADJUSTABLE SHELF GYP. BD. 15 112" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET WI (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT PLAM COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH AND SIDESPLASH 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY DRAWER & (2) STORAGE DRAWERS SCHEDULED WALL 24" DEEP PLAM COUNTERTOP W/4" HIGH BACKSPLASH 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SCHEDULED 5 MILLWORK ELEVATION — VENIPUNCTURE SOUTH 403 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 13/4" Zf 12 GYP. BD. A-401 15 112" DEEP PLAM __________ UPPER CABINET WI(1) ` ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT r VALENCE 44 iu L SSM -01 COUNTERTOP W/ aBACKSPLASH, SIDE SPLASH & INTEGRAL o Mon IV CE -05 ACE -04 SINK r 24" DEEP PLAM BASE W/ (1) STORAGE DRAWER & ' u u\` ' u u o 0 0 (3) SUPPLY DRAWERS o 0 0 AP -05 SCHEDULED BASE STOR STOR STOR 3E 2' -11 3/4" 2' - 5' V - 41/2" T - 41/2" 1' - 4112" 1' - 41/2' 7 1" 21/8" SCRIBE 1 6 2 A-401 A401 A-401 10 MILLWORK ELEVATION — LAB EAST A-403 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 T-3114" 2'-6" 1'-3" 1'-31/2" 1.6 1. 11/2" SCRIBE 12 GYP. BD. A-401 T-31/4" 1'-6" T-6" 2'-1" 1" SCRIBE 3 A-001 s MILLWORK ELEVATION — MED ROOM SOUTH A-403 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/ A-101 4 MILLWORK ELEVATION — VENIPUNCTURE NORTH 403 % 3/8" = V-0" REF: 1/A-101 24" DEEP PLAM COUNTERTOP W/ 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SCHEDULED v 15 1/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT PLAM COUNTERTOP WI BACKSPLASH AND SIDESPLASH 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY DRAWER & (2) STORAGE DRAWERS SCHEDULED WALL MILLWORK ELEVATION — TEAM WORK SOUTH 3/8" =1'-0" 3112" REF: 1/A-101 T-0- —3 3/8" SCRIBE 314" V-3" 1 1'-3" 2'-1" 2'-47/8" 7-6" 2'-1" 16 $ 1" SCRIBE A-401 A 401 11 MILLWORK ELEVATION — LAB SOUTH A-403 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 151/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT SCHEDULED GYP. BD. 15 1/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET 1/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT VALENCE "CLEAN SINK" SIGN SSM -01 COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH, SIDE SPLASH & INTEGRAL SINK 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ SLOPED VALENCE PANEL 1 A�01 $ MILLWORK ELEVATION — WORK AREA A403 318" =1'-0" REF: 11 A-101 MILLWORK ELEVATION — EXAM ROOM FRONT WALL 4'-0" RIBE 14 MILLWORK ELEVATION — TEAM WORK NORTH 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 GYP. BD. 151/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGTH 25" DEEP FULL HEIGHT PLAM CABINET W/ (4) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES & (2) STORAGE PLAM COUNTERTOP WI BACK SPLASH & SIDE SPLASHES 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) SUPPLY DRAWER & (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF SCHEDULED BASE GYP. BD. GYP. BD. SOFFIT 15" DEEP PLAM UPPER PATIENT CORRIDOR DOOR RELEASE BUTTON - COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ OWNER 2" 16 A401 CABINET W/ (1) ca ADJUSTABLE SHELF & OPEN / INTEGRAL LIGHT SSM COUNTERTOP VALENCE REFER TO SHEET A-402 PLAM COUNTERTOP 318" THICK CONTINUOUS W/ BACKSPLASH & CORK BOARD SIDESPLASH FILE FILE `r PLAM COUNTERTOP W/ Cc 0 o c W p BACKSPLASH `� 24" DEEP PLAM BASE A-403 co CABINET W/ (1) LLJ 00 ADJUSTABLE SHELF 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINETS (2) SUPPLY °? DRAWERS & (1) FILE M EO 03 DRAWER O SCHEDULED i—+ ~> Q SCHEDULED & C) 0—SCOPE ELEVATION — EXAM ROOM REAR WALL 0 i, E 12 MILLWORK ELEVATION — LAB WEST A�03 3/8" =1'-0" REF: 1/ A-101 8 11�A-402 GYP. BD 151/2" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF & INTEGRAL LIGHT VALENCE SSM -01 COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH AND SIDE SPLASH 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINETS W/ (1) STORAGE DRAWER & (3) SUPPLY DRAWERS SCHEDULED 1" SCRIBE 1'- 6" 4'- 2" V-6" T 6" 4'-25/8" T-6" T-6" [1"SCRIBE 7 MILLWORK ELEVATION — CHECK IN / OUT WEST A-403 3/8"=1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 MILLWORK ELEVATION — EXAM ROOM COUNTER 15" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF LOADING END THIS PLAM COUNTERTOP BACKSPLASH, SIDESPLASH & SS SINK 24" DEEP PLAM BASE W/ SLOPED VALENCE PANEL 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) STORAGE DRAWER & (2) SUPPLY DRAWERS SCHEDULED WALL )K t a. Da i "' Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 C) U Ujx U Q z i5 J z 0 U W Y U 0 tz 0 U C PATIENT CORRIDOR DOOR RELEASE BUTTON - COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ OWNER 2" 16 A401 !L ca O OPEN / o FILE O OPEN / CU s o J_ m wRE No OFFLO� o FILE o FILE FILE FILE `r w Cc 0 o c W p C/ 0 0 a) t� N 0 PROJECT # 538.00 1" SCRIBE 1'- 6" 4'- 2" V-6" T 6" 4'-25/8" T-6" T-6" [1"SCRIBE 7 MILLWORK ELEVATION — CHECK IN / OUT WEST A-403 3/8"=1'-0" REF: 1/A-101 MILLWORK ELEVATION — EXAM ROOM COUNTER 15" DEEP PLAM UPPER CABINET W/ (1) ADJUSTABLE SHELF LOADING END THIS PLAM COUNTERTOP BACKSPLASH, SIDESPLASH & SS SINK 24" DEEP PLAM BASE W/ SLOPED VALENCE PANEL 24" DEEP PLAM BASE CABINET W/ (1) STORAGE DRAWER & (2) SUPPLY DRAWERS SCHEDULED WALL )K t a. Da i "' Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 C) U Ujx U Q z i5 J z 0 U W Y U 0 tz 0 U C t/J a� c !L ca O ca a :3 O J CU s o J_ m wRE No OFFLO� _ e g o0 `r w Cc 0 o c W p C/ 0 0 a) t� N 0 Z !L Of O :3 O J W J W O J OFFLO� CO '1H VAN Z AR -98237 CnC Q� DA PROJECT # 538.00 A-403 co La U LLJ 00 > r— Q 1` I- U 0 C0 03 ZLn O N -J i—+ ~> Q Uj 72 O & C) 0 CV Lo CU g un Z O O J W J W W LU U) 2w J OFFLO� CO '1H VAN AR -98237 CnC DA PROJECT # 538.00 A-403 co Ci w H M 0 a U) C6 f - U LU O a w x O z O w U) C7 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z 0 z p U) x a Cl) M 0 ri 00 0 Q 0 N DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 6 c ui c wt DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL FINISH COMMENTS 1 ENTRY DOOR IU U N w o DOOR No. Room 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE PEMKO CFM83SLFHDI C FRAME 1 DEAD LOCK ADAMS RITE 4900-35-101 628 W 1 CYLINDER YALE 2049 MORTISE SFIC 626 THUMBTURN TO BE INSTALLED ON LOUNGE SIDE OF DOOR, 48"AFF 1 PUSH PADDLE ADAMS RITE 4591-01-00 628 1 PUSH BAR ROCKWOOD Rockwood 47 (3" Less for CTC) US32D U W 1 OPERATING TRIM ADAMS RITE 3090-01-626 626 KEYLESS ENTRY 1 ELECTRONIC CLOSER NORTON 6020 689 1 1 OVERHEAD DOOR STOP RIXSON 6-336 630 1 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 171AK AK 1 2 AUTO OPERATOR PUSH BUTTON NORTON 501 PUSH SIDE 1 1 SWEEPS JPEMKO 3452APK WOOD & GLASS 12 STORAGE/PUBLIC CORRIDOR 2 WAITING/PATIENT CORRIDOR PAINT P-01 07 3 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" (NRP) CFM83HD1 13/4!' 1 1 ELECTRIC STRIKE HES 4500C 630 1 1 KEYPAD LOCKSET YALE B -PB NTB620-NR 626 2 1 ELECTRONIC CLOSER NORTON 6020 689 1 2 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 39'x 2" LDW 4BE CSK US32D BOTH SIDES 1 OVERHEAD DOOR STOP RIXSON 2-336 652 13 COMMUNICATIONS CLOSET 1 AUTO OPERATOR PUSH BUTTON NORTON 501 3 LOCATE ON PATIENT CORRIDOR SIDE 1 PUSH BUTTON SECURITRON P133 1 INSTALL IN CHECK-IN/OUT 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 1 WALL STOP 3 PATIENT TOILET 409 632 131 3 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4112" x 4112" US26D 14 JANITOR CLOSETIWATER HEATER 1 LATCHSET YALE PB 4702LN 626 MCKINNEY 1 SURFACE CLOSER YALE 3501 689 YALE 2 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36'x 2" LDW 4BE CSK US32D BOTH SIDES 1 WALL DOOR STOP IROCKWOOD 1409 US32D ROCKWOOD 3 DOOR SILENCER IROCKWOOD 1608 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 4 TEAMMATE TOILET 61 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4112" x 41/2" US26D FLEX EXAM 1 LATCHSET YALE PB 4702LN 626 CFM83HD1 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D 12 -70 -KP -8877 -ETP 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 YALE 4400 5 TEAM WORK/PUBLIC CORRIDOR HOLLOW METAL 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4112" x 4112" (NRP) US26D ROCKWOOD 1 KEYPAD LOCKSET YALE B -PB NTB620-NR 626 PEMKO 1 SURFACE CLOSER YALE 3501 -PA 689 PEMKO 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36" x 2" LDW 4BE CSK US32D PUSH SIDE 1 OVERHEAD DOOR STOP RIXSON 2-336 652 PEMKO 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D HOLLOW METAL 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 PEMKO CFM83HD1 5.1 TEAM WORKIPUBLIC CORRIDOR (PASSAGE) T 0" 1 EXIT DEVICE YALE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4112" x 4112" US26D YALE 1 LATCHSET YALE PB 4701 LN 626 ROCKWOOD 1 SURFACE CLOSER YALE 3501 689 ROCKWOOD 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36'x r' LDW 4BE CSK, US32D PUSH SIDE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D PEMKO 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 DOOR BOTTOM PEMKO 6 OFFICE B1 WOOD 1 RAIN DRIP PEMKO 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" US26D 3'- 0" 1 LOCKSET YALE B -PB 4707LN 626 TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" (NRP) 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D PB 4701 LN 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 YALE 3531 7 CHECK-IN/OUT/TEAM WORK PAINT P-01 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" US26D EX 131 1 LOCKSET YALE B -PB 4707LN 626 NEW HM DOOR BY LL - GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL HARDWARE PER DMG STANDARDS; *P-01 FOR INTERIOR ONLY; EXTERIOR PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING - GC TO COORDINATE COLOR AND FINISH 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D 1314" 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 PAINT P-01 06 7.1 CHECK-IN/OUT/PUBLIC CORRIDOR 126.A 126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" US26D HIGHLINE / CLEAR 1 ELECTRONIC LOCKSET YALE B -PB NTB620-NR 626 127 1 OVERHEAD DOOR STOP RIXSON 2-336 652 WOOD 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 129.A 8.1 EXAM/TREATMENT/IV/INFUSION (PATIENT SWING DOOR) ADMIN OFFICE T-0' 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 4112" US26D HOLLOW METAL 1 LATCHSET - YALE PB 4701 LN 626 FIRE RISER 1 OVERHEAD DOOR STOP RIXSON 2-336 652 HIGHLINE 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 10 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 6 c ui c YA I DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL FINISH COMMENTS LOUNGE IU U N w o DOOR No. Room 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" US26D FRAME 1 LATCHSET YALE PB 4701 LN 626 W 1 DEAD LOCK YALE B -D212 x LESS CORE 626 THUMBTURN TO BE INSTALLED ON LOUNGE SIDE OF DOOR, 48"AFF 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D 3 DOOR SILENCER IROCKWOOD 1608 u-U - U W 11 BIOHAZARD 100.A 100 WAITING 3-0- 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 4112" (NRP) US26D ALUMINUM 1 LOCKSET YALE B -PB 4708LN 626 CHECK -IN I OUT 1 SURFACE CLOSER YALE 3501 689 STOP ONLY W/ SPRING 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36" x 34" 4BE CSK US32D PUSH SIDE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 1409 US32D WOOD & GLASS 12 STORAGE/PUBLIC CORRIDOR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 07 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" (NRP) US26D 13/4!' 1 SURFACE CLOSER YALE 3501 689 03 1 KEYPAD LOCKSET YALE B -PB NTB620-NR 626 T - 0" 2 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36'x Z' LDW 4BE CSK US32D PAINT P-01 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D S - 0" 3 IDOORSILENCER IROCKWOOD 1608 HIGHLINE / MIRROR HOLLOW METAL 13 COMMUNICATIONS CLOSET 02 MIRROR FILM BY GC; REFLECTIVE SURFACE TO BE 107.A 107 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" US26D HOLLOW METAL 1 KEYPAD LOCKSET YALE B -PB NTB620-NR 626 108.A 1 WALL STOP ROCKWOOD 409 632 131 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 14 JANITOR CLOSETIWATER HEATER 109 TREATMENT T- 0" 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" (NRP) US26D HOLLOW METAL 1 LOCKSET YALE B -PB 4708LN 626 EXAM 1A 1 CLOSER YALE 3531 689 STOP ONLY W1 SPRING 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36" x r' LDW 4BE CSK US32D PUSH SIDE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 61 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 112.A 15 EXTERIOR/BOH CORRIDOR (TEAMMATE ENTRY) FLEX EXAM 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE PEMKO CFM83HD1 C PAINT P-01 1 EXIT DEVICE SARGENT 12 -70 -KP -8877 -ETP 630 3'- 0" 1 SURFACE CLOSER WI STOP YALE 4400 689 HOLLOW METAL 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K105010" x 2' LDW 4BE CSK US32D EXAM 2B 1 DOORVIEWER ROCKWOOD 622 STNN HIGHLINE 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 171AK AK 1115 1 WEATHERSTRIPPING PEMKO 2891APK (TKSP8) A WOOD & GLASS 1 DOOR BOTTOM PEMKO 3452APK (TKSP8) A 116.A 1 RAIN DRIP PEMKO 346C A 61 1 EXTERIOR/BOH CORRIDOR HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 12 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE PEMKO CFM83HD1 3-0.1 T 0" 1 EXIT DEVICE YALE 7100-36 632F HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 1 SURFACE CLOSER W/ STOP YALE 4430 J.C. I W.H. T - 0" 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K105010" x 7 LDW 4BE CSK HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL 1 DOORVIEWER ROCKWOOD 622 119 MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 171AK WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR 1 WEATHERSTRIPPING PEMKO 2891APK (TKSP8) 122.A 122 1 DOOR BOTTOM PEMKO 3452APK (TKSP8) B1 WOOD 1 RAIN DRIP PEMKO 346C 123.A 16 BOH CORRIDORISPRINKLER TEAMMATE TOILET 3'- 0" T- 0" 1314" 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 41/2" x 41/2" (NRP) US26D 04 1 LATCHSET YALE PB 4701 LN 626 T-9' 1 SURFACE CLOSER W/ STOP YALE 3531 689 PAINT P-01 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 TEAMMATE LOUNGE 3'- 0" DOOR 6 c ui c Q c� m a :30 W J IU U N w o DOOR No. Room =co t O PANEL co - FRAME HARD WARE SET FIRE RATING COMMENTS No. NAME W H T TYPE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH I ti U c c M CU = CD u-U - U W 100.A 100 WAITING 3-0- T - 0" 13/4" Al ALUMINUM & GLASS MATCH EXISTING ALUMINUM MATCH EXISTING 01 GC TO PROVIDE ALL HARDWARE TO STOREFRONT FABRICATOR. PERIMETER GASKETING BY STOREFRONT FABRICATOR. 101.A 101 CHECK -IN I OUT 3'- 0" T- 0" 13/4" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 07.1 101.6 101 CHECK -IN / OUT T- 0" T - 0" 13/4" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 07 103.A 103 LAB TOILET T- 0" T- 0" 13/4!' 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 03 104.A 104 VENIPUNCTURE T-9- T - 0" 13/4" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 05 106.A 106 VITALS S - 0" T - 0" 1314" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / MIRROR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 02 MIRROR FILM BY GC; REFLECTIVE SURFACE TO BE 107.A 107 PATIENT CORRIDOR T-9- T - 9' 13/4" 131 HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01* HOLLOW METAL (WELD) PAINT P-01* 15 NEW HM DOOR BY LL - GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL HARDWARE PER DMG STANDARDS; *P-01 FOR INTERIOR ONLY; EXTERIOR PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING - GC TO COORDINATE COLOR AND FINISH 108.A 108 PATIENT TOILET 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 109.A 109 TREATMENT T- 0" T- 0" 1314" B1 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 110.A 110 EXAM 1A T- 0" T- 0" 13/4" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 111.A 111 EXAM 1 B 3'- 0" T - 0" 13/4" 61 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 112.A 112 FLEX EXAM 3'- 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 113.A 113 EXAM 2A 3'- 0" T-0- 1 314" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 114.A 114 EXAM 2B 3'- 0" T- 0" 13/4" 61 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 08.1 115.A 1115 1 CARE MGR. OFFICE T-0- T - 0" 13/4" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 06 116.A 116 STORAGE 3'- 0" T-0" 1 3/4" 61 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 12 117.A 117 BIO -HAZARD 3-0.1 T 0" 13/4" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 11 118.A 118 J.C. I W.H. T - 0" T - 0" 13/4" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 14 119.A 119 MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 3 - 0" T- 0" 13/4" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 05.1 SIGNAGE VENDOR TO PROVIDE "TEAMMATES ONLY" SIGN ON PUBLIC SIDE OF DOOR 122.A 122 TEAMMATE TOILET 3'- 0" T- 0" 13/4" B1 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 04 123.A 123 TEAMMATE TOILET 3'- 0" T- 0" 1314" 131 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 04 124.A 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE T- 0" T-9' 1 314" 62 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 10 124.13 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE 3'- 0" T- 0" 13/4" EX 131 EX HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01* EX HOLLOW METAL (WELD) PAINT P-01* 15.1 NEW HM DOOR BY LL - GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL HARDWARE PER DMG STANDARDS; *P-01 FOR INTERIOR ONLY; EXTERIOR PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING - GC TO COORDINATE COLOR AND FINISH 125.A 125 PROVIDER OFFICE 1 3-9- T- 0" 1314" B2 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE I CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 06 126.A 126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 T - 0" T- 0" 13/4" 132 WOOD & GLASS HIGHLINE / CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 06 127.A 127 COMM. T- 0" 7' - 0" 13/4" 81 WOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 13 129.A 129 ADMIN OFFICE T-0' 7' - 0" 13/4" B2 IWOOD&GLASS HIGHLINE 1 CLEAR HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 06 130.A 1131 FIRE RISER T - 0" 17'- 0" 1314" 131 IWOOD HIGHLINE HOLLOW METAL PAINT P-01 16 1 DOOR LOCATION - TYPICAL A 601 1/2" =1'-0" 0 VARIES \ \ \ TEMPERED GLASS / O F- DOOR & FRAME (WHERE APPLICABLE) 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS VISION PANEL (WHERE APPLICABLE) STATUS FLAG INDICATOR SIGNAGE cs w � 6"� TOP OF WP 48" AFF THERMOSTA `O c� SWITC LU 4„ - - 171 'v J. WALL BASE ARMOR OR KICK PLATE GENERAL POWER & COMMUNICATION (WHERE APPLICABLE) RECEPTACLES HARDWARE, SIGNAGE & DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS - TYPICAL 301 / 1/2" =1'-0" VARIES VARIES 5 o \ 0 CVCD � \ TEMPERED GLASS / / -Al- - 131 - -B2- SINGLE ALUMINUM & SINGLE FLUSH DOOR SINGLE FLUSH DOOR GLASS ENTRY DOOR W/ VISION LITE DOOR PANEL ELEVATION AND TYPES D avi t a Medical Group z 200016th Street U Denver, CO 80202 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W x U a z M Z 0 U W W U in 0 LU 0 Q W Cn 0 LU Uj 1 M U C'6 U) U) Of w W 0 00 H W Q Z OF FLO,Q g '� TH VAN '-/4, AR -98237 Cn m a co PROJECT a 2018.2538.00 A-601 6 c ui c Q c� m a :30 W J IU U N w o 0- =co t O co - wp o w co 0 O a> N 0 (Z in W Cn 0 LU Uj 1 M U C'6 U) U) Of w W 0 00 H W Q Z OF FLO,Q g '� TH VAN '-/4, AR -98237 Cn m a co PROJECT a 2018.2538.00 A-601 0�/ Q c� :30 0- CU v '^ J !� 1 W CD OO ai > ti ti U c c M CU = CD u-U - U W � o �72 o 0 CL Q Z LC) C0 cl) W Cn 0 LU Uj 1 M U C'6 U) U) Of w W 0 00 H W Q Z OF FLO,Q g '� TH VAN '-/4, AR -98237 Cn m a co PROJECT a 2018.2538.00 A-601 0 W H m O a H U LU O a Ir w O z O LU C0 Z) O z 0 U z C Z Y z Q M CL _M 66 77M 00 O r` N STANDARD FINISHES CPT -01 SHAW CARPET TILE (FIELD) 9" X 36" FULLY -ADHERED CARPET TILE STYLE: "UNDERTONE TILE" 5T157 COLOR: "LATH" 57760 INSTALL: ASHLAR CONTACT:JEFF ONETH, SHAW INDUSTRIES (E) jeff.oneth@shawinc.com (P) 888.393.2830 / PASS CODE: 4673 (HOPE) SHEET VINYL: SV -01 SHAW SHEET VINYL FLOORING 6 -FEET X 75 -FEET SHEET VINYL ROLLS (25 YDS) - CAN BE CUT STYLE: "NATURELIFE" 0002V COLOR: "RECLAIMED HICKORY" 09633 WELD: 9633 INSTALL: CHOOSE DIRECTION TO MINIMIZE SEAM QUANTITY CONTACT: JEFF ONETH, SHAW INDUSTRIES (E) jeff.oneth@shawinc.com (P) 888.393.2830 / PASS CODE: 4673 (HOPE) LUXURY VINYL PLANK: LVP-01 SHAW HARD SURFACE LUXURY VINYL PLANK 6" X 48" GLUE -DOWN VINYL PLANK STYLE: "TERRAIN" 0564V COLOR: "GROVE" 00737 INSTALL: ALIGN W/ LONGEST SPAN OF CORRIDOR CONTACT: JEFF ONETH, SHAW INDUSTRIES (E) jeff.oneth@shaWnc.com (P) 888.393.2830 / PASS CODE: 4673 (HOPE) CONCRETE SEALER: CONC DUR-A-SHIELD, TINT: CONCRETE GRAY BASE: B-01 JOHNSONITE TRADITIONAL WALL BASE PROFILE: STANDARD TOE 4" COLOR: #281 GRIZZLY WALL PROTECTION: WP -01 CRANE COMPOSITES VARIETEX 0.09" COLOR: "PEPPERDUST" FINISH: "SATIN" CORNER & WALL GUARDS: CG -01 INPRO CORPORATION'G2' SERIES PVC -FREE GUARD STYLE: G2 -160R SERIES W/ REGRIND RETAINER COLOR: "SAND DUNE" #0278 WG -01 INPRO CORPORATION'G2' SERIES PVC -FREE GUARD STYLE: ENVIROGT G2 -700i COLOR: "SEAGRASS" #0230 PAINT: ALL PAINTS SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING U.N.O.: LOW or NO-VOC EGGSHELL P-01 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 7043"'WORLDLY GRAY" P-02 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 6225—SLEEPY BLUE" P-03 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 6117—SOFTENED GREEN" P-04 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 6380"'HUMBLE GOLD" P-05 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 9174"'MOTH WING" P-06 SHERWIN WILLIAMS'SW 7009"'PEARLY WHITE" P-07 SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL MULTI -SURFACE ACRYLIC FINISH: B66WO1501 SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATION 1/A-201 FOR LOCATION. GYPSUM BOARD: SHALL BE PRIMED WITH ONE (1) COAT OF LOW-VOC PRIMER PRIOR TO RECEIVING TWO (2) COATS OF PAINT. DOORS & TRIM: SHALL BE PRIMED WITH ONE (1) COAT OF LOW-VOC ENAMEL PRIMER UNDERCOAT PRIOR TO RECEIVING TWO (2) COATS OF PAINT. EXPOSED ROOF DECK + STRUCTURE: SHALL BE PRIMED WITH ONE (1) COAT OF KEM BOND HS PRIOR TO RECEIVING ONE TO TWO (1-2) COATS PRO IND WB ACRYLIC DRYFALL. REGIONAL WALL MATERIAL: RW -01 MATERIAL: CUSTOM WALL COVERING SOURCE: JL GEISLER (OWNER COORDINATED) ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEMS: ACT -01 ARMSTRONG'CORTEGA' CEILING TILE SIZE: 24" x 24" x 518" STYLE: #770WH SQUARE -EDGE, LAY -IN TILE COLOR: WHITE GRID: PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE POST APPLIED GLAZING FILM: GL -02 SOLYX TRANSLUCENT FILM SIZE: 60" WIDE STYLE: #SXWF-TWM GL -04 SOLYX BLACKOUT FILM SIZE: 60" WIDE TYP. FLOOR PENETRATION (i.e. FLOOR CLEAN-OUT, FLOOR DRAIN, FLOOR SINK, IN -FLOOR SCALE, ETC.) SHEET VINYL CUT-OUT TO HAVE MAX. GAP TOLERANCE OF 1/16" @ ALL FLOOR 2" BAND OF EPDXY RESIN APPLIED @ ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS - SHEET VINYL SET INTO WET EPDXY SHEET VINYL ADHESIVE SHEET VINYL DETAIL - FLOOR PENETRATIONS 3" = 1'-0" ROOM FINISH 0 THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. THRESHOLD PER Q A.D.A. REQ. =30 ��r V ) No. ROOM Name FLOORS Floor Finish FborBase Nath WALL FINISHES East South West CEILINGS Material Finish Soffit Finish CORNER GUARDS Type H Notes 100 WAITING SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 RW -01/P-01 P-01 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-01 P-01 CG -01 48" 101 CHECK -IN / OUT CPT -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-05 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-01 P-01 CG -01 48" 102 WORK AREA CPT -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 P-01 P-01 CG -01 48" 103 LAB TOILET SV -01 B-01 WP -01 I P-01 WP -01 I P-01 WP -01 I P-01 WP -01 I P-01 ACT -01 - 1 104 VENIPUNCTURE SV -01 B-01 P-03 P-01 P-03 P-01 ACT -01 CG -01 48- 105 LAB SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-03 P-01 P-01 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-01 P-01 CG -01 48" 106 VITALS SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 CG -01 48" 107 PATIENTCORRIDOR SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 CG -01 48" 108 PATIENT TOILET SV -01 B-01 WP -01 I P-01 WP -01 I P-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -011 P-01 ACT -01 1 109 TREATMENT SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 P-01 ACT -01 110 EXAM 1A SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 P-01 ACT -01 111 EXAM 1B SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 P-01 ACT -01 112 FLEX EXAM SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 ACT -01 113 EXAM 2A SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 ACT -01 114 EXAM 2B SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-03 ACT -01 115 CARE MGR. OFFICE CPT -01 B-01 P-01 P-02 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 116 STORAGE SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 117 BIO -HAZARD SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 118 J.C. l W.H. CONC B-01 WP -01/P-01 WP -01/P-01 WP -01/P-01 WP -01P-01 ACT -01 1 119 MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-01 P-01 CG-01/CG-02 48"136" 120 TEAM WORK SV -01 B-01 P-02 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P -01/P-02 P -01/P-02 CG -01 48" 121 MED ROOM SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-01 P-01 CG -01 48" 122 TEAMMATE TOILET SV -01 B-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 I P-01 ACT -01 1 123 TEAMMATE TOILET SV -01 B-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 / P-01 WP -01 / P-01 ACT -01 1 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE LVP-01 B-01 P-04 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 125 PROVIDER OFFICE 1 CPT -01 B-01 P-02 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 �CG0148" 126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 CPT -01 B-01 P-02 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 127 COMM. SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 - 128 CARE COORDINATOR SV -01 B-01 P-02 P-01 P-01 P-01 ACT -01 CG -01 48" 129 ADMIN OFFICE CPT -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-02 ACT -01 130 WORK AREA 2 SV -01 B-01 P-01 P-01 P-01 P-02 ACT-01/GYP. BD. P-02 P-02 CG -01 48" 131 1 FIRE RISER CONC B-01 P-01 P-01 I P-01 P-01 NOTES: 1. WALL PROTECTION DESIGNATED ON WALLS WITH PAINT SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM 0" AFF TO 48" AFF. SHEET VINYL (SV -01) / LUXURY VINYL PLANK (LVP-01) STAINLESS STEEL TRANSITION STRIP i SEALED CONCRETE SHEET VINYL (SV -01) OR SV 011 e ° LUXURY VINYL PLANK LVP-01 CONC. (LVP-01) TO SEALED CONCRETE (CONC.) 1 FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS A-701 6" =1'-0" 10 �111111ti; z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM z www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 0 U W U 0 LU 0 0 W U W 0 a J W LUU) U) U C fp N C f6 CL LLj _1 o J O =too vo m co o c 0 C:), �No 0 THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM. THRESHOLD PER Q A.D.A. REQ. =30 ��r V ) SHEET VINYL (SV -01) I LUXURY VINYL PLANK N U_ (LVP-01) ENTRY TH RESHOLD, Z (ENTRY) TO SHEET VINYL SV -011 (SV -01) OR LUXURY VINYL ENTRY 1 LVP-01 PLANK (LVP-01) 1 W00 Z > ti 0 4U) SHEET VINYL (SV -01) CN G CD JOHNSONITE #CTA47-H RUBBER TRANSITION W C/) Lr) STRIP r Q_O CARPET (CPT-01/CPT-02) CU 0 z q Cc U) SHEET VINYL (SV -01) TO CARPET (CPT-01/CPT-02) SV -01 1 CPT-01/CPT-02 SHEET VINYL (SV -01) FEATHER THICKNESS OF VINYL SHEET FLOORING TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION BTW FLOORING TYPES LUXURY VINYL PLANK (LVP-01) SHEET VINYL (SV -01) TO LUXURY VINYL PLANK SV -01 LVP-01 SHEET VINYL (SV -01) / LUXURY VINYL PLANK (LVP-01) STAINLESS STEEL TRANSITION STRIP i SEALED CONCRETE SHEET VINYL (SV -01) OR SV 011 e ° LUXURY VINYL PLANK LVP-01 CONC. (LVP-01) TO SEALED CONCRETE (CONC.) 1 FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS A-701 6" =1'-0" 10 �111111ti; z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM z www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 0 U W U 0 LU 0 0 W U W 0 a J W LUU) U) U C fp N C f6 CL LLj _1 o J O =too vo m co o c 0 C:), �No • kvTH VAIV T��✓ ^ , , , �. AR -9s237 A PROJECT # !�1`8` 538.00 0 A-701 0 W Q =30 ��r V ) — U_ LL Z W Co U r OW 1 W00 Z > ti 0 4U) UM CN G CD V) W C/) Lr) C..D LJJ L. r Q_O uj -2 O CU 0 z q Cc U) • kvTH VAIV T��✓ ^ , , , �. AR -9s237 A PROJECT # !�1`8` 538.00 0 A-701 W ��r V ) Z _ LL Z W OW 0 Z O Q Of r y V) W C/) • kvTH VAIV T��✓ ^ , , , �. AR -9s237 A PROJECT # !�1`8` 538.00 0 A-701 0 Z FIRE I C tsm CONCI F. 6 00 Yn L =I U J LL. 0 C LLS N 0 0 z L. N 1 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A-702 3116" =1'-0" FLOOR FINISH NOTES 1. FLOOR SURFACE TO BE CLEAN, SOUND AND MOISTURE FREE PRIOR TO INSTALLING ALL FLOOR FINISHES. 2. ALL DIRT, DUST, LAITANCE, CURING COMPOUNDS, GLUE AND DELAMINATING MATERIALS MUST BE REMOVED PRIOR TO ANY MATERIAL APPLICATIONS. FLOOR FINISH PLAN XX i XX -X XX -X T T T T FLOOR FINISH FLOORING TRANSITION TAG TILE DIRECTION LAYOUT ARROWS SV -01 j I SHEET I LUXURY VINLY I B -X BASE TYPE BASE TAG NOTE: BASE TAG DESIGNATES CHANGE FROM ONE BASE TO ANOTHER AT FLOOR OR SPACE TRANSITIONS. T CPT -01 CARPE .� -L I - ° CONC ° SEALED Da)iitcu Medica! Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 inFORM t www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 Z) In 0N U C CL w to =30 N O LL C (O d — Q Lu r— J o 4 <� M CU 2 I'D I'D � o0 U 65 O Q (C �I m U o c W O C/) N� O 0N CL w =30 O LL — Q Ca Cn r— _1 LJJ O ai CSO > ti 4 <� M CU 2 LO N LJ LL -2 U N c LU a Q Z a '^ r C) Z I.TTL �1 V ) Z LL w 0 W 0 J F F W W LL WH VA/v �� AR-98237 a Q ED PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 LU A-702 0 w F- M O w n rn vS F- C-) w O w a w w O z O LU rn c� z 0 J U Z Z Y } Z Q 0 Z_ D U) S H oil D.. Lt') 1p ao M O N N 2 1 N 1 WALL FINISHES A-703 3/16" =1'-0" O GENERAL FINISHES: ALL WALLS AND SOFFITS SHALL BE PAINTED P-1 UNLESS DESIGNATED OTHERWISE BY A PAINT TAG ON THIS PLAN. GENERAL ROOM FINISHES ARE LISTED BENEATH EACH ROOM TAG AND INCLUDE: PAINT P-1 ONLY PAINT P-1 AND WALL PROTECTION PANEL WP -1 CORNER & WALL GUARD Type Mark I QTY MFR MODEL (� oV CG -01 43 InPro Corp G2 -160R CG -02 8 InPro Corp G2 -160R WG -01 2 inPro Corp Enviro GT G2 -700i NOTE: WALL GUARD (WG -01) TO BE CUT IN FIELD TO SIZE. REFER TO MILLWORK ELEVATIONS FOR LENGTH AND PLACEMENT. COLOR: SEAGRASS 0230 WALL FINISH NOTES 1. ROOMS RECEIVING WP TO 48" AFF SHALL RECEIVE THE PAINT FINISH DESIGNATED IN EACH ROOMS RESPECTIVE WALL FINISH TABLE, AND/OR AS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH A PAINT FINISH TAG, ABOVE THE WP TO CEILING. -ta. Medical Group Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U H U Q 0 A-703jz w U C (� oV C N C Cn ca Z f0 a LL _ LU O W J F- LU WUj ' ^ U) = ao OF F t O,p fII L O f0 - CU Co p o cW w O O p N (] 0 A-703jz w Z (� oV C CL Cn U) Z U LL _ O O W J F- LU WUj ' ^ U) V OF F t O,p Q�\ CU C/) r a 1 W 00 > (� 1 4 U ti N M CCS Li � Q LL L)\ U / LU O O = a Q Z -}�� U) 0 A-703jz w Z (� oV CL Cn U) Z U LL _ J a. W J F- LU WUj ' ^ U) V OF F t O,p H VAAt Teti ,'g ' tc AR -98237 / a PROJECT # 20 38.00 0 A-703jz w M CL 6i 77 00 0 N flN TEAMMATE LOUNGE 2 LL W tY PROVIDER OFFICE 1 F-1-25-1�{ H -3A WORK AREA 2 130 BE -06 124 1 flr-A I F� s OAF -11 SH -1 0 AF -11( AF -05 E 1 AF -04 iAF-11 LF -38 2, AF -02 CARE MGR. CE -14 SH -1 STORAGE APB EXAM 2B OFFICE CE 10 116 115 SPA 114 CE -13 ILI -AF-11a CH 1 H 1C CE -06 PO -1 PO -1 CT -10 o L J o CCH 4PA CE -12 1 1 FURNITURE, FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT PLAN A-801 3/16" =1'-0" AF -11 MARK AF -05 Q, , E 1 i AF -04 I 4P6 FLEX EXAM -14 ? AF -02 1 4P8 EXAM 2A CE 14 AF -02 r4PA 113 CE -10 CE-13 EU AF -11a � AF -03a CE -07 4 CT -10 CCH-4PA CE -12 AF -11 11 AF 05 MARK E 1 AF 04 MARK AF 02 QTY MFR MODEL 4P6 FLEX EXAM -14 FIT 112 CE -10 1 j4PA CE -13 252-P10-636 AF -11a CE -07 AF -02 CT -10 11 BRADLEY � CCH-4PA CE -12 AF -03a VITALS 106 CH -3 CH -3 CH -3 CCT -5 CH - WAITING 100 H -3B H-313 CCT -5 H 36 H 3B CCT -5 UH - .......... 0 ACCESSORY FIXTURES SCHEDULE MARK NAME MARK NAME QTY MFR MODEL DESCRIPTION AF -01 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (SHORT) 1 BRADLEY 252-P10-636 SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (SHORT) AF -02 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (TALL) 11 BRADLEY 250-15-P10-636 SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (TALL) AF -03a TOILET PAPER DISPENSER W/ SHELF 4 BOBRICK B-2840 DOUBLE -ROLL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER W/ SHELF AF -04 FOAM SOAP DISPENSER 13 GOJO LTX -12 CHROME & BLACK AF -05 HAND SANITIZER DISPENSER 8 PURELL LTX -12 CHROME & BLACK AF -06a MIRROR W/ SHELF 4 BRADLEY 7815-1836 19'X 36" MIRROR W/ SHELF AF -07 GRAB BAR 42" 4 BRADLEY 683200142 1-1/442 STAINLESS STEEL, CONCEALED MTD. GRAB BAR AF -08 GRAB BAR 36" 4 BRADLEY B832001-36 1-1/436 STAINLESS STEEL, CONCEALED MTD. GRAB BAR AF -09 GRAB BAR 18" 4 BRADLEY B832001-18 1-1/418 STAINLESS STEEL, CONCEALED MTD. GRAB BAR AF -10 GRAB BAR 24" 2 BRADLEY B832001-24 1-1/424 STAINLESS STEEL, CONCEALED MTD. GRAB BAR AF -11 DOUBLE HOOK 15 BRADLEY 9124 STAINLESS STEEL AF -11a SINGLE HOOK 5 BRADLEY 9114 STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE HOOK AF -12 MOP HOOK 1 BRADLEY 9953 24" WIDE, 3 HOLDER; 36" WIDE, 4 HOLDER AF -14 SPECIMEN PASS-THROUGH CABINET 2 BRADLEY 9813 SPECIMEN PASS-THROUGH CABINET AF -16 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL 4 Pending Pending TRASH CAN W/ PLASTIC LINER, 32 QT, SQUARE STEP -0N; AF -17 TOILET ROOM TRASH CAN 4 TBD TBD COLOR: RED APPLIANCE SCHEDULE MARK NAME QTY I MFR. I MODEL DESCRIPTION PURCHASE RESPONSIBILITY BY OWNER BY GC WAITING ROOM TELEVISION AP -01 LOUNGE REFRIGERATOR 1 KENMORE 46-51762 SIDE-BY-SIDE, 25.5"W x 35.625"D x 69"H, WHITE 1 X AP -02 DISHWASHER 1 KENMORE 22-12332 24"W x 24"D x 32.5"H, WHITE TBD VARIES PER CENTER X AP -03 MICROWAVE 1 KENMORE 20-72122 20.5"W x 15.9"D x 12.8"H, WHITE X SHRED BIN AP -04 COFFEE MACHINE 1 X BLUE MFR & MODELS VARY X AMHERST METAL AP -05 LAB REFRIGERATOR 1 SUMMIT CT66JBIADA UNDER -COUNTER REFRIGERATOR FOR LAB X TBD AP -07 SINGLE DOOR REFRIGERATOR W/ TOP MOUNT FREEZER 1 SUMMIT FFAR10-FS24 LSTACKMED2 STACKED COMBINATION MEDICAL REFRIGERATOR W/ TOP -MOUNTED FREEZER 78 314"H x 24"W x 23 1/2"D X 2 AP -08 REFRESHMENT DISPENSER 1 TBD TBD WATER DISPENSER OR COFFE MACHINE - VARIES PER OFFICE. COORDIANTE WI DMG. X FREELANCE W/ ARMS BUSINESS EQUIPMENT MARK NAME QTY MFR MODEL DESCRIPTION PURCHASE RESPONSIBILITY BYOWNER BY GC BE -01 WAITING ROOM TELEVISION 1 LG 43" LJ550M SERIES 1080P SMART LED TV, FULL HD; MOUNTING BRACKET: 'SMARTMOUNT ARTICULATING WALL ARM X BE -02 LOUNGE TELEVISION 1 LG 43" LJ550M SERIES 1080P SMART LED TV, FULL HD; MOUNTING BRACKET:'SMARTMOUNT ARTICULATING WALL ARM X BE -06 FLOOR COPY/PRINTER/FAX 2 TBD TBD VARIES PER CENTER X BE -07 DESKTOP PRINTER 2 TBD TBD VARIES PER CENTER X BE -08 SHRED BIN 2 TBD TBD VARIES PER CENTER X CLINICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK NAME QTY MFR. MODEL DESCRIPTION NAME CE -01 SPOTS VITALS & STAND 4 WELCH ALLYN MONITOR #: 42NTB-E1; CONNEX SPOT MONITOR WI MOBILE STAND 6 SIT ON IT FREELANCE WI ARMS SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND VINYL SEAT MFR #: 4700-60 WAITING CHAIR CE -02 SCALE 2 HEALTH 0 ITEM # 694190; MFR # SCALE WI DIGITAL WALL MOUNT AND HEIGHT 7 OFFICE MASTER CLASSICAL STOOL METER 498KL LOUNGE CHAIR CE -03 VENIPUNCTURE CHAIR 2 McKESSON McKesson #: 485280 VENUPUNCTURE CHAIR W/ ADJUSTABLE TABLE; COLOR: 2 TEKNION 29 H MONO -POD BASE, 42' SQUARE 42" SQUARE TABLE Manufacturer # BLUE 4 LESRO AMHERST METAL SQUARE TOP WITH TUBULAR SILVER BASE 63-20USUF-1 P OFFICE CHAIR CE -04 CENTRIFUGE 1 TBD TBD VARIES PER CENTER CE -05 URINE ANALYZER 1 McKESSON CLARITY UROCHECK 120 Application Urine Chemistry Analyzer, Promotion 2 SIT ON IT FREELANCE W/ ARMS SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND SEAT Clarity #DTG-UAPROMO5 CLIA Classification CLIA Waived 6 SIT ON IT FREELANCE W/ ARMS BLACK METAL FRAME W/ VINYL BACK AND SEAT McKesson #734014 PATIENT GUEST CHAIR CE -06 EXAM TABLE - MANUAL 2 RITTER BY 204 MANUAL EXAM TABLE; TOP UPHOLSTERED, COLOR: 1 SIT ON IT FREELANCE 42"W BARIATRIC/2-SEAT CHAIR MIDMARK CT -10 MINERAL 844 CE -07 EXAM TABLE - POWERED 4 RITTER BY 224 POWERED EXAM TABLE; TOP UPHOLSTERED, COLOR: 1 MIDMARK L-01 MINERAL 844 CE -10 BIO -HAZARD BIN 6 McKESSON BRAND #: 81-35267 / ITEM TRASH CAN W/ PLASTIC LINER, 32 QT, SQUARE STEP -0N; 2 TEKNION LATERAL FILE WITH LAMINATE TOP 36" WIDE 4 -DRAWER METAL FILE - IAMINATE TOP: STORM WHITE #: 553988 COLOR: RED CE -12 INTEGRATED WALL SYSTEM 6 McKESSON / BRAND #: 77791 -MX I ITEM DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OPHTIOTO/BP(fHERM W/ 6 SAFECO SHELVING WELCH ALLYN #: 807281 ACCESSORIES CE -13 SHARPS CONTAINER 7 McKESSON TBD MULTI-PURPOSE SHARPS CONTAINER 1 -PIECE 10.75H X 1 SIT ON IT NOVO STOOL CHAIR W/ ARMS, BLACK BASE & MESH BACK W/ VINYL SEAT WS -1 10.75W X 4D INCH 5.4 QUART RED BASE HORIZONTAL 4 TEKNION EXPANSION ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT DESK W/ FILE DRAWER WS -26 ENTRY LID CE -14 GLOVES DISPENSER 6 McKESSON BRAND #: 16-6530 GLOVES 3 -BOX HOLDER; CLEAR PLASTIC; MOUNT ITEM #: 519596 HORIZONTALLY CE -15 EKG MACHINE 1 TBD TBD EKG MACHINE - VARIES PER CENTER CE -16 SPIROMETER 1 TBD TBD SPIROMETER - VARIES PER CENTER CE -17 NEBULIZER 1 TBD TBD NEBULIZER - VARIES PER CENTER CE -18 OXYGEN TANK 2 TBD TBD OXYGEN CONCENTRATOR - VARIES PER CENTER CE -20 STATUS SIGNAL FLAG 6 UNIMED IMC16PF169436 10" X 71/4" X 1" ROOM STATUS INDICATOR FLAGS 6 - FLAG PRIMARY COLOR PLASTIC CE -21 LAPTOP CART 4 NEO -FLEX 24-205-214 MOBILE LAPTOP CART CE -22 MEDS DISPENSER 1 TBD TBD SIZE TBD - (+/- 5' T' H x 3'2"W x 1'8!'D); OWNER TO CONFIRM MFR, MODEL AND REQ'D CLEARANCE AND ALERT ARCHITECT CE -23 MEDICAL CART 1 TBD TBD RESPONSIBILITY OF CENTER jj FURNITURE MARK NAME QTY MFR. MODEL DESCRIPTION CCH -313 WAITING CHAIR 6 SIT ON IT FREELANCE WI ARMS SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND VINYL SEAT CCH -313.1 WAITING CHAIR 5 SIT ON IT FREELANCE W/ ARMS SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND VINYL SEAT CCH-4PA CHAIR - STOOL 7 OFFICE MASTER CLASSICAL STOOL MEDICAL STOOL CCH -7A LOUNGE CHAIR 6 9 TO 5 KELLY ARMLESS ARMLESS POLY BACK & SEAT W/ CHROME FRAME CCT-3BS.36 LOUNGE TABLE 2 TEKNION 29 H MONO -POD BASE, 42' SQUARE 42" SQUARE TABLE CCT -5 WAITING END TABLE 4 LESRO AMHERST METAL SQUARE TOP WITH TUBULAR SILVER BASE CH -1C OFFICE CHAIR 9 SIT ON IT NOVO TASK CHAIR W/ ARMS, BLACK BASE & MESH BACK W/ VINYL SEAT CH -1H OFFICE CHAIR 4 SIT ON IT NOVO TASK CHAIR W/ ARMS, BLACK BASE & MESH BACK W/ VINYL SEAT CH -3A OFFICE GUEST CHAIR 2 SIT ON IT FREELANCE W/ ARMS SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND SEAT CH4PA PATIENT GUEST CHAIR 6 SIT ON IT FREELANCE W/ ARMS BLACK METAL FRAME W/ VINYL BACK AND SEAT CH4PB PATIENT GUEST CHAIR 6 SIT ON IT FREELANCE ARMLESS BLACK METAL FRAME WI VINYL BACK AND SEAT CH -1342 PATIENT GUEST BENCH 1 SIT ON IT FREELANCE 42"W BARIATRIC/2-SEAT CHAIR SILVER METAL FRAME W/ FABRIC BACK AND VINYL SEAT CT -10 EXAM ROOM WORK TABLE 6 TEKNION THESIS TABLE WITH CASTERS PROVIDER WORK TABLE - 20"D x 49W HB -01 HUDDLE BOARD 1 L-01 METAL LOCKERS 1 TENNSCO BS5-121212-3 3 -BAY, 5 -TIER CUBE LOCKER (12" X 12" CUBES), GC IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL - SECURE TO WALL LF -313 LATERAL FILE CABINET 2 TEKNION LATERAL FILE WITH LAMINATE TOP 36" WIDE 4 -DRAWER METAL FILE - IAMINATE TOP: STORM WHITE PO -1 OFFICE DESK 3 TEKNION EXPANSION L -SHAPED LAMINATE DESK W/ FILE DRAWER, TACK BOARD AND OVERHEAD STORAGE W/ TASK LIGHT SH -1 SHELVING 6 SAFECO SHELVING WIRE SHELVING; DIMENSIONS: 36"W x 18"D x 72"H SH -3 SHELVING 1 SAFECO SHELVING WIRE SHELVING; DIMENSIONS: 54"W x 18"D x 72"H; REMOVE BOTTOM SHELF FOR PALLET STORAGE ST -1 COUNTER CHAIR 1 SIT ON IT NOVO STOOL CHAIR W/ ARMS, BLACK BASE & MESH BACK W/ VINYL SEAT WS -1 MA DESK 4 TEKNION EXPANSION ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT DESK W/ FILE DRAWER WS -26 MA DESK 4 TEKNION LEVERAGE LAMINATE DESK W/ FILE DRAWER, TACK BOARD AND OVERHEAD STORAGE Da 't ta. Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM s www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 Uj U tr Q W 0 CL c cc =3 m a a� J z o J m o C = LU w LL. 0 of FL O,��a co CU co p o cLU 0 o Q) O C/)N W00 0 CL I..L =3 O Z w O z CD ~ 1 - X V LU w LL. Q of FL O,��a �? H VAN T�N� •� CU Cn _ W00 Oai Q 0 LU A-801 co ti U M CQ LO O N -- ILL F42, U 5 Of O L o C CU M 0 0 Z N � o �n Z I..L LU OZ5 Z w �Uj W ~ 1 - X V LU w LL. W of FL O,��a �? H VAN T�N� •� I 1 1 � 1 1 AR -98237 I a - A s PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 LU A-801 co 0 z 0 U) H 2 CL M v C2 0 00 00 N R 0 a� Y WI M CL J U_ 0 co ca m 0 0 z SYMBOLS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER IF FD FIRE DAMPER DYNAMIC; VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; HORIZONTAL COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; VERTICAL TRANSITION; SYMMETRIC TRANSITION; ASYMMETRIC 90 DEG RADIUS ELBOW (R/W =1.5) MITERED ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES TEE, BOOT ENTRY BRANCH TEE, CONICAL ROUND BRANCH CEILING MOUNTED RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILLE /REGISTER ® CEILING MOUNTED SUPPLY DIFFUSER/GRILLE 2412 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS; WIDTHxHEIGHT 120 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS -ROUND; DIAMETER 24/12 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS -OVAL; WIDTHxHEIGHT SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN RETURN AIR DUCT UP RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP / EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN FLEXIBLE DUCT U c EQUIPMENT TAG ABBREVIATIONS NUMBERED NOTES O ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION A COMPRESSED AIR HB HOSE BIBB PC PUMPED CONDENSATE ACC AIR COOLED CONDENSER HC HEATING COIL PCR PROCESS COOLING RETURN ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT HEPA HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE ARRESTANCE PCS PROCESS COOLING SUPPLY AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HL HIGH LIMIT PD PRESSURE DROP (FEET OF WATER) AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HOA HAND/OFF/AUTO PH PERIMETER HEAT ALT ALTERNATE HP HEAT PUMP PHR PERIMETER HEAT RETURN AMP AMPERE HP HORSEPOWER PHS PERIMETER HEAT SUPPLY APD AIR PRESSURE DROP HPLR HEAT PUMP LOOP RETURN PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION HPLS HEAT PUMP LOOP SUPPLY PS PUMPED STORM FLOW MEASURING DEVICE AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS HTG HEATING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH AUX AUXILIARY HV HEATING VENTILATION PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - ABSOLUTE AV ACID VENT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGE AVTR ACID VENT THROUGH ROOF HWH HOT WATER HEATING PW PROCESS WATER AW ACID WASTE HWHR HOT WATER HEATING RETURN PWR PROCESS WATER RETURN HWHS HOT WATER HEATING SUPPLY PWS PROCESS WATER SUPPLY HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN BCU BLOWER COIL UNIT HX HEAT EXCHANGER RA RETURN AIR BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER HZ HERTZ RAT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER RC ROOF CONDUCTOR BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER RCP RADIANT CEILING PANEL BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT ID INSIDE DIAMETER RD ROOF DRAIN BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE IE INVERT ELEVATION RF RETURN FAN BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT IH INTAKE HOOD RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR IN INCHES RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID IW INDIRECT WASTE RLFA RELIEF AIR RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE C COMMON RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION CAP CAPACITY KW KILOWATT RTU ROOFTOP UNIT CC COOLING COIL KWH KILOWATT HOUR CD CONDENSATE DRAIN CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR SA SUPPLY AIR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE SA SOUND ATTENUATOR CH CHILLER LAV LAVATORY SAN SANITARY WASTE CHW CHILLED WATER LBS POUNDS SF SUPPLY FAN CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY LDB LEAVING DRY BULB SH SHOWER CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN LL LOW LIMIT SK SINK CNDS CONDENSATE LPC LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE SMR SNOW MELT RETURN CO CLEAN OUT LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SMS SNOW MELT SUPPLY CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SP STATIC PRESSURE CP CIRCULATING PUMP LTU LAB AIR TERMINAL UNIT SPEC SPECIFICATION CRU CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT LWB LEAVING WET BULB SQFT SQUARE FEET CT COOLING TOWER LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE S/S START/STOP CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER SS SERVICE SINK CW CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT ST STORM CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE STM STEAM CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN MAU MAKE UP AIR UNIT SW SWITCH MAX MAXIMUM MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR DAT DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DB DRY BULB MECH MECHANICAL TC TEMPERING COIL DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MFR MANUFACTURER TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL DEG DEGREE MIN MINIMUM TD TRENCH DRAIN DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT MISC MISCELLANEOUS TEMP TERMPERATURE DN DOWN MMBH MILLION BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DNZ DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE M/S MOTOR STARTED TU AIR TERMINAL UNIT DT DRAIN TILE MV MANUAL AIR VENT TYP TYPICAL DWH DOMESTIC WATER HEATER NC NORAMALLY CLOSED UH UNIT HEATER F FIRE PROTECTION NC NOISE CRITERIA UL UNDERWRITER 'F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY UR URINAL FCU FAN COIL UNIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT UV UNIT VENTILATOR FD FLOOR DRAIN NO NORMALLY OPEN FLA FULL LOAD AMPS NPCW NON POTABLE COLD WATER FP FIRE PUMP V VENT FS FLOOR SINK VAC VACUUM FT FEET OA OUTSIDE AIR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME FTR FINNED TUBE RADIATION OAT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE VB VACUUM BREAKER OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER VFC VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF G NATURAL GAS ORC OVERFLOW ROOF CONDUCTOR GA GAUGE ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN GAL GALLON OS&Y OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOLK W WASTE GRH GRAVITY RELIEF HOOD OV OUTLET VELOCITY WB WET BULB GPH GALLON PER HOUR WC WATER CLOSET GPM GALLON PER MINUTE WC WATER COLUMN WH WALLHYDRANT WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP SYMBOLS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER IF FD FIRE DAMPER DYNAMIC; VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; HORIZONTAL COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; VERTICAL TRANSITION; SYMMETRIC TRANSITION; ASYMMETRIC 90 DEG RADIUS ELBOW (R/W =1.5) MITERED ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES TEE, BOOT ENTRY BRANCH TEE, CONICAL ROUND BRANCH CEILING MOUNTED RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILLE /REGISTER ® CEILING MOUNTED SUPPLY DIFFUSER/GRILLE 2412 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS; WIDTHxHEIGHT 120 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS -ROUND; DIAMETER 24/12 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS -OVAL; WIDTHxHEIGHT SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN RETURN AIR DUCT UP RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP / EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN FLEXIBLE DUCT NOTATION STANDARDS SUPPLY DIFFUSER TYPE 1 (SCHEDULED) S-1 8" DIAMETER NECK SIZE 80 TWO DIFFUSERS WITH 100 CFM 100-2 DASHED LINES INDICATE PIPING ROUTED BELOW SLAB OR GRADE HATCH MARKS INDICATE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS TO BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR REFERENCED INFORMATION HEAVY LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK SHEET LIST - FIRE PROTECTION FP -001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS FP -101 FLOOR PLAN -FIRE PROTECTION Da 'i ta. Medical Group z 200016th Street Uj Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F_ W a z z z 0 U W U W U a 0 LU 0 0 W Cn U c EQUIPMENT TAG OR X_X X NUMBERED NOTES O NEW CONNECTION RETURN/TRANSFER GRILLE ARROW m SUPPLY GRILLE ARROW —� BLANK OFF SECTION 0 VM PIPE ENDCAP 3 ROOF CONDUCTOR o is VENT THROUGH ROOF VTR PIPE ELBOW DOWN D PIPE ELBOW UP —Q ISOLATION VALVE ��- BALANCE VALVE —� WITH FLOW MEASURING —— CONTROL VALVE — BALL VALVE —fit GAS VALVE (MANUAL) —�O — PIPE CONTINUATION Cn PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE — CHECK VALVE Q PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION — �— PIPE UNION 0 PUMP THERMOSTAT/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO CLEAN OUT - PIPE FLANGE —i I CO CLEAN OUT - IN FLOOR --0 CO FLOOR DRAIN No 82157 'CC HOSE BIBB-HB WALL HYDRANT WH WATER METER THERMOMETER PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 FP-001LLI w FLOW MEASURING DEVICE MV AIR VENT - MANUAL AV AIR VENT -AUTOMATIC PRESSURE GAUGE AND COCK PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE STRAINER WITH BLOW -OFF REDUCER -CONCENTRIC —�— FLOOR DRAIN - FUNNEL, ELEVATION FLOOR DRAIN -ELEVATION ACCESS DOOR NOTATION STANDARDS SUPPLY DIFFUSER TYPE 1 (SCHEDULED) S-1 8" DIAMETER NECK SIZE 80 TWO DIFFUSERS WITH 100 CFM 100-2 DASHED LINES INDICATE PIPING ROUTED BELOW SLAB OR GRADE HATCH MARKS INDICATE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS TO BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR REFERENCED INFORMATION HEAVY LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK SHEET LIST - FIRE PROTECTION FP -001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS FP -101 FLOOR PLAN -FIRE PROTECTION Da 'i ta. Medical Group z 200016th Street Uj Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F_ W a z z z 0 U W U W U a 0 LU 0 0 W Cn 0 U c CL Li = 0 a� c !0 II v < m UU a C Cl) 0 VM J � U o is c_J o = 0 G N O � L _ cn m � J F— � Q LU o o c o W am 0 CL = 0 !0 II v < UU p 00 Q'ti C Cl) 0 VM CU=o +-i F— � U 7E O o 0 o LLJ CU a Q Z -N► Lo V J Z _ cn O J F— O Q W > NW U) Cn M (6 Q W LU 0 Oz w W 0f EN0.44f No 82157 'CC 70 ', STATE OF �i �` •.LORIDP'� ' QNAL WO rr PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 FP-001LLI w G a Ul od 0 N 00 N N (11)(4 LOOR PLAN - FIRE PROTECTION 1/4" =1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED. PROVIDE THE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND OFFSETS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING THE STRUCTURE, SHEET METAL, CONDUITS, CABLE TRAY, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 2 INSTALL SYSTEMS SUCH THAT REQUIRED CLEARANCE AND SERVICE ACCESS SPACE IS PROVIDED AROUND ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AND AROUND ANY COMPONENTS WHICH REQUIRE SERVICE ACCESS. 3 MINIMUM RUN -OUT PIPE SIZE TO SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE 1". 4 CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A PRESSURE AND FLOW TEST PRIOR TO HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO DETERMINE STATIC AND FLOWING PRESSURES. 5 SPRINKLER HEADS INDICATED ARE SHOWN AS A GUIDE FOR LAYOUT IN ARCHITECTURALLY SENSITIVE AREAS. ANY DEVIATION FROM INDICATED LAYOUT OF HEADS AND ANY ADDITIONAL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HEADS AS REQUIRED FOR ABOVE PARTIAL CEILINGS AND TO MEET REQUIRED COVERAGE. FIRE PROTECTION - CONSTRUCTION NOTES FP100 PROVIDE AN AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 LIGHT HAZARD CLASSIFICATION. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON DENSITY OF 0.10 GPM/ SQ. FT. OVER THE MOST REMOTE 1500 SQ. FT. RELOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS, MAINS, AND BRANCHES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE CEILINGS, DUCTWORK, PLUMBING, AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 ' hC W Y U W S U Q W H Q O U O a W J r LU LU U C t/1 N C (O d LU N J_ a) ao a) °O m m - Q 0CC o a) (n U N 0 0 CL ry =3p O U U O W O0 (n O CU LO 4.4 2 0 _ 1� r O CU 0 N � Z � w w ILLI ZZ QO � U �w O F— O O J W LL CL > r- ¢� L N U M LL LJL Cjj 72 OC � CO T-- OPLEN.OgN * No 82157 13 STATE OF % �i � ••. �OR10P' a 'ONAL `� �Illlllll� "0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 FP -101 Oz U3 0 W H 00 S O Ix CLU LU 0 Ex n of w O z O w U) 0 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y } z Q f� 0 Y W� a J LL -O CUO C0 N :o U) 0 0 z 0 0� 0 0 ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION X A COMPRESSED AIR HB HOSE BIBB PA PRIMARY ACID EQUIPMENT TAG X OR X_X ACC AIR COOLED CONDENSER HC HEATING COIL PC PUMPED CONDENSATE m86 - ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT HEPA HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE ARRESTANCE PCR PROCESS COOLING RETURN p > ti C � M NUMBERED NOTES X O AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HL HIGH LIMIT PCS PROCESS COOLING SUPPLY "Q AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HOA HAND/OFF/AUTO PD PRESSURE DROP (FEET OF WATER) N L ca r U5 ALT ALTERNATE HP HEAT PUMP PH PERIMETER HEAT NEW CONNECTION AMP AMPERE HP HORSEPOWER PHR PERIMETER HEAT RETURN PIPE ENDCAP APD AIR PRESSURE DROP HPLR HEAT PUMP LOOP RETURN PHS PERIMETER HEAT SUPPLY ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION HPLS HEAT PUMP LOOP SUPPLY PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ROOF CONDUCTOR �Q AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS HTG HEATING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH VENT THROUGH ROOF VTR AUX AUXILIARY HV HEATING VENTILATION PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - ABSOLUTE AV ACID VENT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGE PIPE ELBOW DOWN AVTR ACID VENT THROUGH ROOF HWH HOT WATER HEATING PW PROCESS WATER AW ACID WASTE HWHR HOT WATER HEATING RETURN PWR PROCESS WATER RETURN PIPE ELBOW UP HWHS HOT WATER HEATING SUPPLY PWS PROCESS WATER SUPPLY ISOLATION VALVE HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN BALL VALVE I BC BI -GARB HX HEAT EXCHANGER RA RETURN AIR BCU BLOWER COIL UNIT HZ HERTZ RAT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE BALANCE VALVE BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER RC ROOF CONDUCTOR CHECK VALVE— BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER RCP RADIANT CEILING PANEL BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER ID INSIDE DIAMETER RD ROOF DRAIN COMBINATION BALANCE VALVE — BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT IE INVERT ELEVATION RF RETURN FAN WITH FLOW MEASURING BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE IH INTAKE HOOD RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT IN INCHES RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID CHECK VALVE''44"" — BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR IW INDIRECT WASTE RLFA RELIEF AIR CONTROL VALVE RO REVERSE OSMOSIS RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE GAS VALVE(MANUAL) —o — C COMMON KW KILOWATT RPZ REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER CAP CAPACITY KWH KILOWATT HOUR RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE p�} CC COOLING COIL RTU ROOFTOP UNIT PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION CD CONDENSATE DRAIN CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE PIPE UNION SIE CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE LAV LAVATORY SA SUPPLY AIR PUMP CH CHILLER LBS POUNDS SA SOUND ATTENUATOR CHW CHILLED WATER LDB LEAVING DRY BULB SA SECONDARY ACID PIPE CONTINUATION CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY LL LOW LIMIT SAN ABOVE GROUND SANITARY WASTE CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN LPC LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE SF SUPPLY FAN CLEAN OUT - PIPE FLANGE —i CO CNDS CONDENSATE LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SH SHOWER CLEAN OUT IN FLOOR CO CO CLEAN OUT LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SK SINK - 0 CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE LTU LAB AIR TERMINAL UNIT SMR SNOW MELT RETURN THERMOSTAT/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO CP CIRCULATING PUMP LAB LEAVING WET BULB SMS SNOW MELT SUPPLY CRU CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE SP STATIC PRESSURE FLOOR DRAIN CT COOLING TOWER SPEC SPECIFICATION HOSE BIBB _�HB CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER SQFT SQUARE FEET CW CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE S/S START/STOP WATER METER MO CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY MAU MAKE UP AIR UNIT SS SERVICE SINK CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN MAX MAXIMUM ST STORM BACKFLOW PREVENTER BFP MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR STM STEAM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY SW SWITCH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DAT DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE MECH MECHANICAL DB DRY BULB MFR MANUFACTURER UNION DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MIN MINIMUM TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL III THERMOMETER DEG DEGREE MISC MISCELLANEOUS TC TEMPERING COIL ' 1 DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT MMBH MILLION BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL DN DOWN M/S MOTOR STARTED TD TRENCH DRAIN STRAINER WITH BLOWOUT \ DNZ DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE MV MANUAL AIR VENT TEMP TERMPERATURE STRAINER DT DRAIN TILE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DWH DOMESTIC WATER HEATER TU AIR TERMINAL UNIT NC NORAMALLY CLOSED TYP TYPICAL PRESSURE GAUGE NC NOISE CRITERIA EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY MANUAL AIR VALVE MV �` NIC NOT IN CONTRACT UH UNIT HEATER NO NORMALLY OPEN UL UNDERWRITER F FIRE PROTECTION NPCW NON POTABLE COLD WATER UR URINAL °F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT USAN UNDERGROUND SANITARY WASTE FCU FAN COIL UNIT UV UNIT VENTILATOR N OTAT I 0 N STANDARDS FD FLOOR DRAIN OA OUTSIDE AIR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS OAT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE FP FIRE PUMP OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER V VENT FS FLOOR SINK OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER VAC VACUUM DASHED LINES INDICATE PIPING ROUTED FT FEET ORC OVERFLOW ROOF CONDUCTOR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BELOW SLAB OR GRADE FTR FINNED TUBE RADIATION ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN VB VACUUM BREAKER OS&Y OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOLK VFC VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER HATCH MARKS INDICATE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS TO BE OV OUTLET VELOCITY VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED 1111117 G NATURAL GAS LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING GA GAUGE EQUIPMENT OR REFERENCED INFORMATION GAL GALLON W WASTE GRH GRAVITY RELIEF HOOD WB WET BULB HEAVY LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK GPH GALLON PER HOUR WC WATER CLOSET GPM GALLON PER MINUTE WC WATER COLUMN WH WALL HYDRANT WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP ,Zia II► a Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 1 Cl LU New x U 0 0 w co SHEET LIST - PLUMBING P-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, SCHEDULES & ABBREVIATIONS P-002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PD -101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING P-101 FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY & VENT PIPING P-111 FLOOR PLAN - WATER & GAS PIPING P-131 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING P-501 PLUMBING DETAILS P-602 DIAGRAMS ,Zia II► a Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 1 Cl LU New x U 0 0 w co U) 0 z m060 J LU W �W ry w = W O U m W Q w Cn Z U) \\�� ARE ------ No ---No 82157 �0 % STATE OF % ONAL X111 f it 111\� 4l/ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 LLJ P-001 W U C N Q w a`> c =3 m a J o (D No cJ_ G = 650 = m � O m86 - 0 o cw 0 O a) p U C-4 0 U) 0 z m060 J LU W �W ry w = W O U m W Q w Cn Z U) \\�� ARE ------ No ---No 82157 �0 % STATE OF % ONAL X111 f it 111\� 4l/ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 LLJ P-001 W 0 Q w =3 0 v U UJ p > ti C � M O 0 Cya = 0 LL a--+ I— "Q U Oo c w Ca o a Q 0 Z N L ca r U5 U) 0 z m060 J LU W �W ry w = W O U m W Q w Cn Z U) \\�� ARE ------ No ---No 82157 �0 % STATE OF % ONAL X111 f it 111\� 4l/ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 LLJ P-001 W 0 z H 2 CL N 0 N 0 N zo- GENERAL CONDITIONS THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT VISIT TO SITE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO CLAIMS FOR "EXTRA" COMPENSATION DUE TO UNFAMILIARITY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. INSTALL ALL WORK IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF MUNICIPAL, COUNTY, STATE, PUBLIC UTILITY, DEPARTMENT OF ENVIROMENTAL PROTECTION, ASME, SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, OSHA, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, NSF COMPLIANCE, AND ALL OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PREMISES. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION INCIDENTAL TO HIS WORK REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. ALL SUCH CERTIFICATES SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT IN DUPLICATE. WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A PLUMBING SYSTEM FOR THE TENANT, COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. THE WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SUBCONTRACT SHALL CONSIST OF INSTALLATION, TEST AND GUARANTEE OF THE FOLLOWING WORK: 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL SANITARY WASTE AND VENT DRAINAGE SYSTEM AS INDICATED, INCLUDING FLOOR DRAINS, CLEANOUTS, TRAPS, AND VENTS. 2. PROVIDE INTERIOR DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE VALVES AND BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES. 3. PROVIDE INTERIOR NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AS INDICATED. PROVIDE VALVES AND PRESSURE REGULATORS. 4. PROVIDE DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT. 5. PROVIDE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN. 6. PROVIDE WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FOR AREAS INDICATED. 7. PROVIDE PLUMBING SERVICES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER VARIOUS CONTRACTS OR BY THE OWNER AS INDICATED. 8. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ALL PLUMBING PIPING AS INDICATED. 9. FURNISH COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECTS, MAGNETIC STARTERS, MANUAL STARTERS, AND FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES, TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION ON ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING SUCH EQUIPMENT. 10. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PIPE INSULATION AS SPECIFIED. 11. ALL TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. 12. ALL PERMITS AND FEES. WORK BY OTHERS ALL WALL, FLOOR, AND ROOF OPENINGS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR BUT THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS TO THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF SUCH OPENINGS. ALL ELECTRICAL POWER AND WIRING WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PAINTING, FURRING AROUND PIPING, RECESSES AND OPENINGS, CHASES, AND VENT FLASHING ON ROOFS TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. SUBSTITUTIONS ITEMS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME ANDIOR MODEL NUMBER INDICATES THE MINIMUM QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY REQUIRED. OTHER MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS OF EQUAL SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED BUT ONLY IF NOTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING AND WITH THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PURCHASING THE EQUIPMENT. THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN (10) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUT SHEETS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA, AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE ARCHITECTS OR ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE ON SHALL BE FINAL. THE TERMS "APPROVED", "APPROVED EQUAL", AND "EQUAL" REFER TO APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DESIGN. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S) AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. UTILITIES AND PROTECTION OF SERVICES DO NOT INTERRUPT AND UTILITY OR SERVICE WITHOUT ADEQUATE NOTICE AND SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL, AT OWN EXPENSE, REPAIR, REPLACE, AND MAINTAIN IN SERVICE ANY UTILITIES DAMAGED OR BROKEN OR OTHERWISE RENDERED INOPERATIVE DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE OR INJURY. ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGED BY ANY CAUSE AND ANY TRIM WITH MARRED OR SCRATCHED FINISH SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE FIXTURE PROTECTION SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK OR FOR FINAL INSPECTION. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PERFORM EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. TRENCHES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT WIDTH. CRIB OR BRACE TRENCHES TO PREVENT CAVE-IN OR SETTLEMENT. DO NOT EXCAVATE TRENCHES CLOSE TO COLUMNS AND WALLS OF NEW BUILDING WITHOUT PRIOR CONSULTATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. USE PUMPING EQUIPMENT IF REQUIRED TO KEEP TRENCHES FREE OF WATER. BACKFILL TRENCHES IN MAXIMUM 6" LAYERS OF WELL -TAMPED DRY EARTH IN A MANNER TO PREVENT FUTURE SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION AS HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED. COMMON EXCAVATION SHALL COMPRISE THE SATISFACTORY REMOVAL AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL OF WHATEVER SUBSTANCES AND OF EVERY DESCRIPTION ENCOUNTERED, INCLUDING ROCK, IF ANY, WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE LINES AND GRADES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATED MATERIALS WHICH ARE CONSIDERED UNSUITABLE FOR BACKFILL, AND SURPLUS OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL WHICH IS NOT REQUIRED FOR BACKFILL, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY, AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. CONCRETE WORK NEW FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT/ FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. SAW -CUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW UNDERFLOOR PIPES, AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SUB -FLOOR INCLUDING ANY WIRE MESH. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISH FLOOR PATCHING REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF MATERIALS. PROVIDE 5 BOUND COPIES OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (0&M) MANUALS AT CLOSE OF JOB TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ANY CONCEALED DEVICE REQUIRING ACCESS. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE MINIMUM 18"x18" FIRE STOPPING SEAL OPENINGS OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION WITH A MATERIAL OR PRODUCT THAT HAS BEEN TESTED AT AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY SUCH AS UL OR FM. FIRE STOPPING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM E-814, UL 1479, OR UL 2079. PRODUCTS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO RECTORSEAL METACAULK, 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS, OR HILTI. HANGERS ALL HORIZONTAL PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON ADJUSTABLE SPLIT STEEL RING CLEVIS HANGERS AND THREADED RODS SPACED NOT OVER 10'-0" ON CENTERS FOR PIPE 1-112" AND LARGER AND 6-0" ON CENTERS FOR PIPE 1-1/4" AND SMALLER. CHAIN OR BAND IRON HANGERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. HANGER APPLICATION SCHEDULE PIPE SIZES ROD DIAMETER UP TO 2" 3/8" 2-1/2" AND 3" 1/2" 4" AND 5" 5/8" 6" AND 8" 3/4" SUPPORT SPACING SCHEDULE: PIPE SIZE PVC, FT COPPER, FT PEX 112" TO 1-1/2" 3 6 32" (UP TO 1") 2" AND LARGER 4 8 VALVE TAGS AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURERS: W.H. BRADY, AND SETON NAME PLATE COMPANY. METAL TAGS: 1-1/2" DIAMETER BRASS WITH STAMPED LETTERS. TAGS SHALL USE THE MANUFACTURER STANDARD NOMENCLATURE TYPEWRITTEN LETTER SIZE CHART PIPE MARKERS SHALL BE PRE -TENSIONED. PROVIDE ON EVERY VALVE, COCK AND CONTROL DEVICE IN EACH PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM. EXCLUDE CHECK VALVES, VALVES WITHIN FACTORY - FABRICATED EQUIPMENT UNITS, PLUMBING FIXTURE FAUCETS, CONVENIENCE AND LAWN -WATERING HOSE BIBBS, AND SHUT-OFF VALVES AT PLUMBING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ROUGH -IN CONNECTIONS OF END-USE FIXTURES AND UNITS. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW ALL FIXTURES AND ALL PIPING IN DIAGRAMMATIC FORM. LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY AND MUST BE CHECKED ON THE JOB. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ANDIOR STATE CODE REQUIREMENTS. ITEMS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND/OR MODEL NUMBER INDICATES THE MINIMUM QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY REQUIRED. OTHER MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS OF EQUAL SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED BUT ONLY IF NOTED AT T PIPE AND FITTINGS SANITARY SEWER PIPES SHALL BE SCHEDULE #40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE ASTM 2665 AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELDED DRAINAGE FITTINGS. COUPLING GASKETS SHALL BE NEOPRENE AND INTERLOCK WITH THE ASSEMBLY TO MAKE A SLIP FREE JOINT. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE SANITARY SEWER PIPES SHALL BE CISPI 301-85 NO -HUB CAST- IRON PIPE WITH NO -HUB COUPLINGS. CISPI PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-888 CISPI 301. NO -HUB COUPLINGS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY CLAMP -ALL CORPORATION AND MADE OF 24 -GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH HI- TORQUE CLAMPS TIGHTENED TO 100-125 INCH - POUNDS OF TORQUE. COUPLING GASKETS SHALL BE NEOPRENE AND INTERLOCK WITH THE ASSEMBLY TO MAKE A SLIP FREE JOINT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING CODE COMPLIANT MATERIAL IN BID. PVC SHALL NOT BE USED IN ABOVE CEILING PLENUM AREAS. USE OF CISPI IS PERMITTED IN PLENUMS. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT STACKS 2-112" AND SMALLER ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE #40 GALVANIZED STEEL ASTM 120-83, DWV COPPER ASTM 8306-83 OR SCHEDULE #40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE ASTM D1785-83 AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELDED DRAINAGE FITTINGS. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER MAIN PIPING ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL, 1-1/4" AND LARGER, SHALL BE HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING, TYPE "L", IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM B-88, WITH SOLDER JOINT TYPE WROT COPPER FITTINGS. COPPER TUBING MANUFACTURED BY CAMBRIDGE -LEE, CERRO, NIBCO, SUMMIT, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. FITTINGS BY NIBCO, CAMBRIDGE -LEE, MUELLER, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. DOMESTIC WATER BRANCH PIPING, 1" AND SMALLER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF PEX TUBING AND FITTINGS, ZURN, UPONOR, OR NIBCO, MEETING OR EXCEEDING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F877, F876, E84, F1960, E814, ANSI/UL 263, AND NSF 14161 FOR PEX PIPE. PRESSURE RATING FOR PEX PIPING SHALL BE 100 PSI AT 180 DEGREES F. PEX PIPING SHALL BE COLOR -CODED: BLUE - COLD WATER PIPING; RED - HOT WATER PIPING. ALL PEX PIPING SERVING FIXTURES MUST BE RIGID. DO NOT USE PEX TUBING IN PLENUM AREAS, UNLESS WRAPPED WITH 112" FIRE RESISTIVE INSULATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PEX MANUFACTURER, OR SUCH TUBING IS DESIGNATED FOR USE IN PLENUM AREAS WITHOUT WRAPPING. USE TYPE "L" COPPER TUBING ONLY WHERE WATER TEMPERATURES, SIZES, ANDIOR PRESSURES ARE HIGHER THAN PEX RATINGS. ALL HOT WATER PIPING MUST BE PROPERLY INSULATED. JOINTS IN COPPER TUBING: MADE WITH FLUX AND ASTM B32-83 95-5 TIN -ANTIMONY OR SOLDER AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THE SERVICE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TO WHICH THE JOINT WILL BE SUBJECTED. BRAZING ALLOY: 93-7 COPPER -PHOSPHOROUS OR 45-25-30 SILVER -ZINC -COPPER. SCREWED PIPE: ASSEMBLED WITH SHARP, CLEAN, TAPERED THREADS USING PIPE COMPOUND ON THE MALE THREAD ONLY. MILL CUT THREADS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL CUT PIPE SHALL BE REAMED TO THE FULL INSIDE DIAMETER. THE ENTIRE FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED FROM DIRT AND FOREIGN MATTER. A WATER MIXTURE OF HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION SHALL BE APPLIED BY MEANS OF SOLUTION FEED DEVICE. NATURAL GAS PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, CONFORMING TO ASTM SPECIFICATIONS A53 AND ANSI STANDARD 836.10. GAS PIPING 2-112" AND LARGER SHALL BE SEAMLESS AND ASSEMBLED WITH SEAMLESS FORGED STEEL WELDED FITTINGS. GAS PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE ASSEMBLED WITH MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. PIPE INSULATION HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE COVERED WITH 1 -INCH THICK FIBERGLASS SECTIONAL INSULATION WITH A.S.I. JACKET. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY SHALL NOT EXCEED .25 BTU -IN. PER SQUARE FOOT PER DEG FAHRENHEIT PER HOUR. ALL FITTINGS, VALVE BODIES, ETC., IN HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE COVERED WITH INSULATING MATERIAL OF THE SAME COMPOSITION AS THE PIPE COVERING TO THE SAME TOTAL THICKNESS AS THE ADJOINING COVERING. COVERING ADJACENT TO FLANGES AND UNION SHALL BE NEATLY BEVELED ON A 45 -DEGREE ANGLE. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE: KNAUF, OWENS-CORNING COMPANY, OR MANVILLE. INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT A COMPLETE VAPOR AND THERMAL BARRIER IS MAINTAINED. HANGERS WITHIN INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIZE HANGERS TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION THICKNESS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSULATE ALL NEW AND EXISTING PLUMBING WITHIN THE DMG TENANT SPACE PER THE ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS. VALVES VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND WHERE NECESSARY FOR PROPER AND SAFE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM. VALVES SHALL BE LEAD FREE SILICON BRONZE (ASTM LISTED). PROVIDE STOPS AT EACH PLUMBING FIXTURE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PROVIDE HOSE END DRAIN BALL VALVES AT ALL PIPE LOW POINTS. VALVES 2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE BRONZE, BALL TYPE, WITH THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS WITH 125 PSI CWP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: NIBCO INC. HAMMOND, MILWAUKEE, APOLLO, STOCKHAM, ZURN, WILKINS, OR WATTS. CHECK VALVES SHALL BE SILICON BRONZE LIFT OR SWING WITH NONMETALLIC TFE DISC. WITH MINIMUM 200 PSI CWP WITH ENDS THREADED OR SOLDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE (RPZ) BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHALL BE LEAD FREE WITH FULL PORT QUARTER TURN BALL VALVES FOR SIZES 1/2" THROUGH 2" SIMILAR TO WILKINS MODEL 375XL-FT-SAG DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 114" THROUGH 3/8" FOR EQUIPMENT OR ICE MACHINE SHALL BE WATTS SERIES NO. SD-2/SD-3, WATTS, APOLLO, WITH 316 STAINLESS STEEL BODY CERTIFIED BY NSF STANDARD 18. TMV-2 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE FOR WATER HEATERS SHALL BE SYMMONS MODEL SYM7500102PR WITH 1-114" INLET AND OUTLET, LEAD FREE MASTER MIXING VALVE. BRADLEY, LAWLER, OR SYMMONS SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE FOR POINT OF USE SHALL BE WILKINS MODEL WZW3870XLT4P. VALVE SHALL BE BRASS AND BRONZE CONSTRUCTION, LEAD FREE, AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASSE 1070. BRADLEY, LAWLER, OR SYMMONS SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE. RELIEF VALVES SHALL BE ASME COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE MANUFACTURED BY WATTS, KUNKLE, OR APOLLO. UNIONS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL UNIONS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION AND ALL UNIONS NECESSARY TO PERMIT THE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. UNIONS IN STEEL PIPE 1 -112 -INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON, GROUND JOINT UNIONS WITH BRASS TO IRON SEAT, GALVANIZED OR BLACK, AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS WHERE DISSIMILAR METALS ARE JOINED. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS THIS SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH & INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AT ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT WITH FAST CLOSING VALVES OR SHUTOFFS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. APPROVED WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ARE ZURN Z1700, JOSAM, SMITH, WADE, OR WATTS. THEY SHALL BE MADE OF STAINLESS STEEL, OR MINIMUM TYPE "K" OR TYPE "L" COPPER. ALL PIPE PASSING THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS IN FINISHED ROOMS SHALL BE FITTED WITH STEEL OR BRASS ESCUTCHEONS WITH SET SCREW. WHERE SURFACE IS TO RECEIVE A PAINT FINISH, THE ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE PRIME PAINED; OTHERWISE, THE ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE A NICKEL PLATED CHROME FINISH. A CLEAN-OUT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BASE OF EACH SOIL AND WASTE STACK, AND AT NOT MORE THAN 100'-0" INTERVALS ON HORIZONTAL RUNS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE PIPE THEY SERVE, EXCEPT THEY NEED NOT BE LARGER THAN 4 -INCHES. FIXTURES WATER CLOSETS - WC -1 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. LAVATORIES - L-1 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. SINK - S-1 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. SINK - S-2 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES SINK - S-4 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - EWC-1 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. FLOOR DRAINS - FD -1 SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. EMERGENCY EYEWASH - EE -1 DECK MOUNTED EMERGENCY EYEWASH WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOWL AND PUSH -PLATE CONTROLS/ 1. FIXTURE TO BE BRADLEY S19 -270C, WITH CHROME PLATED BRASS ON EXPOSED FITTINGS. UNIT SHALL BEDECK MOUNTED AND MOUNTING OPTIONS (RIGHT OR LEFT) SHALL BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLACEMENT. FIXTURE SHALL MEET ANSI Z358.1 SPECIFICATIONS. 2. PROVIDE A GAURDIAN G360OLF TEMPERING VALVE CONFORMING TO ASSE 1071. 3. PROVIDE A BRADLEY 269-1444 EYEWASH TESTER GAUGE, ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SHALL BE BY A.O. SMITH, BRADFORD -WHITE, LOCHINVAR, STATE, RHEEM OR RUUD WITH CAPACITY AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL BE ELECTRIC GLASS -LINED TANK TYPE COMPLETE WITH STEEL JACKET, FIBERGLASS INSULATION, MAGNESIUM ANODE, INTEGRAL THERMOSTATS AND CONTROLS, AND TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. WATER HEATER SHALL BE UL LISTED AND MEET'ASHRAE 90.1 B' STANDARDS FOR THERMAL EFFICIENCY AND STANDBY HEAT LOSS. HOT WATER TEMPERATURE AT THE FAUCET SHALL BE 110° F (+/-5° F). SET WATER HEATER TO 120'F. HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP SHALL BE ALL BRONZE CONSTRUCTION OR STAINLESS STEEL, PERMANENT LUBRICATED. PROVIDE AN AQUASTAT TO CONTROL PUMP OPERATION. PUMP SHALL BE BELL GOSSETT BOOSTER SERIES, TACO, OR ARMSTRONG. EXPANSION TANK SHALL BE ASME FOR POTABLE USE SIMILAR TO WATTS DETA SERIES, WESSELS COMPANY, OR AMTROL. TANK SHALL BE PRECHARGED, FIELD ADJUSTABLE, CARBON STEEL, AND WITH FDA BLADDER. TRAP PRIMERS PLAIN BRONZE BODY, AUTOMATIC, 1/2" INLET AND OUTLET, WITH INTEGRAL VACCUUM BREAKER, NON -LIMITING INTERNAL OPERATING ASSEMBLY, WITH GASKETED COVER. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE ZURN (NO. Z1022), JOSAM, SMITH, MIFAB, WADE, OR WATTS. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS THIS SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL TOOLS, INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND SHALL MAKE ALL TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS. ALL PARTS OF THE SOIL AND WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING CODES. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE TESTED TO 125 -LBS. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE BEFORE IT IS CONCEALED. ALL DEFECTS WHICH DEVELOP UNDER TESTS SHALL BE REPAIRED PROMPTLY AND THE TESTS SHALL BE REPEATED. NO CAULKING OF SCREWED JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES WILL BE PERMITTED. LEAKS IN SCREWED JOINTS SHALL BE REPAIRED BY REPLACING THE PIPE OR THE FITTING OR BOTH WITH NEW MATERIAL. WHERE IT IS FOUND NECESSARY TO REPLACE A PIECE OF PIPE, THE REPLACEMENT PIECE SHALL BE OF THE SAME LENGTH AS THE DEFECTIVE PIECE. LEAKS IN COPPER TUBING SHALL BE REPAIRED BY MELTING OUT THE JOINT, THOROUGHLY CLEANING BOTH THE TUBING AND THE FITTING AND RE - SOLDERING. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR. IF ANY DEFECTS DUE TO SUCH CAUSES DEVELOP WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF OWNER, THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REMEDY SUCH DEFECTS WITHOUT COST TO OWNER. WET PIPE FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WET PIPE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL DRAIN PIPING AND ACCESSORIES, COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A FLOW TEST FOR THE SITE AFTER CONTRACT AWARD. INCLUDE ALL COST FOR OBTAINING A FLOW TEST INCLUDING SPECIAL TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES AND INCLUDE IN CONTRACT BID. INCLUDE ALL TESTS, PERMIT, AND FEES. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED BY A LICENSED, CERTIFIED, FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR ACTING AS A SUBCONTRACTOR TO THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ALL WORK SHALL BE DIRECTLY COORDINATED WITH THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. ALL PIPE MATERIALS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE ACCEPTABILITY OF THAT MATERIAL WITH PREVAILING LOCAL FIRE AND PLUMBING CODES AND NFPA 13. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS PROVIDED SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE REQUIREENTS OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS STANDARDS, AND THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION STANDARDS, SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NFPA 13, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS - PROVIDE APPROVAL DRAWINGS, CALCULATIONS, CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION, RECORD DRAWINGS, AND MAINTENANCE DATA. PIPE BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE 40 PIPING SMALLER THAN 2" SHALL UTILIZE THREADED FITTINGS. BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE 40 OR SCHEDULE 10 PIPING, AS PERMITTED BY NFPA 13, LARGER THAN 1-114" IN DIAMETER SHALL BE CONNECTED BY WELDED, FLANGED, OR ROLL GROOVED FITTINGS. WET SYSTEM PIPING SHALL BE UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED. PIPE SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY ALLIED TUBE & CONDUIT, YOUNGSTOWN TUBE CO., OR WHEATLAND TUBE COMPANY. ALL PIPING SHALL INCLUDE FACTORY COATING OF THE INNER WALL OF PIPING TO GUARD AGAINST MICROBIOLOGICALLY INFLUENCED CORRROSION. HANGERS HANGERS FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE UL LISTED, FM APPROVED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. FITTINGS FOR WET PIPE SYSTEM, FITTINGS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF 150 PSI WWP. FITTINGS ALLOW ARE THREADED/ SCREWED MALLEABLE IRON OR GROOVED COUPLINGS. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE VICATULIC, NIBCO, AND TYCO. VALVES VALVES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY NIBCO, VICTAULIC, OR TYCO. FOR SIZES 2" AND SMALLER, VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE TYPE AND 175 PSI WWP, UL, FM APPROVED. FOR SIZES 2-112" AND LARGER, VALVES SHALL HAVE AN IRON BODY, 200 PSI WWP, UL, FM APPROVED. CEHCK VALVES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY NIBCO, VICTAULIC, OR TYCO. FOR SIZES T AND SMALLER, VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE TYPE AND 200 PSI WWP, UL, FM APPROVED. FOR SIZES 2-112" AND LARGER, VALVES SHALL HAVE AN IRON BODY, 175 PSI WWP, UL, FM APPROVED. INSPECTORS TEST AND DRAIN VALVES SHALL BE 175 PSI WWP BRONZE SCREWED, ANGLE, OR STRAIGHT GLOBE VALVES. UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED. SPRINKLER HEADS ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE MANUFATURER, UL LISTED, AND FM APPROVED. ALL HEADS SHALL BE THE SAME MODEL YEAR AND STYLE THROUGHOUT. HEADS SHALL BE OF THE TYPE, UPRIGHT, PENDENT, OR SIDEWALL THAT IS BEST SUITED TO THE CONDTIONS IN WHICH THEY ARE INSTALLED. APPROVED MANUFACTURES ARE VIKING, TYCO, OR VICTAULIC. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN FINISHED AREAS WITH CEILINGS SHALL BE SEMI -RECESSED TYPE WITH CHROME FINISH. SPRINKLER HEADS IN UNFINISHED AREAS SHALL BE THE UPRIGHT TYPE HAVING ROUGH BRONZE FINISH. SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVE A BRONZE OR CHROME FINISH. IN AREAS SUBJECT TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NICKEL -TEFLON COATED OR STAINLESS STEEL OR WAX COATED. GUARDS SHALL BE PLACED AROUND HEADS SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR PROPER CLEARANCES. TESTS THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE TESTED UNDER A HYDROSTATIC PRESURE OF NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI FOR AT LEAST TWO HOURS, OR AT 50 PSI IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE WHEN THE MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IS IN EXCESS OF 150 PSI. OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED OR DIRECTED BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. ALL DEFECTIVE WORK SHALL BE PROMPTLY REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITH NEW PIPE AND FITTINGS z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z J R W 0 W U 0 a 0 U) Z O Vf n M_Z U_ W LL U W wJ F W W A / ) N L.L V J 6fkEN04 /// * No 82157 ?o: STATE OF s/0NAL PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-002 U c vi C. a`> c CU =3 CU a J O o J_ m 41) No (D0 r v Qco � CU a) o > LU o c U)`C3 N N0 U) Z O Vf n M_Z U_ W LL U W wJ F W W A / ) N L.L V J 6fkEN04 /// * No 82157 ?o: STATE OF s/0NAL PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-002 0 C. w =3 0 L.L (D0 v Qco W U U1 p 00 Q ti C M CJ) Ca= p U_ � +r F— V_ C/5 U O o a Q Z Z- CU U5 U) Z O Vf n M_Z U_ W LL U W wJ F W W A / ) N L.L V J 6fkEN04 /// * No 82157 ?o: STATE OF s/0NAL PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-002 0 z H N JIX1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING PD -101 114" =1'-0" C" --) GENERAL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES A ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES. B DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY TO THE STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT AREAS TO REMAIN WITH INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN SHALL BE SAFED OFF AND PROTECTED FROM ELEMENTS AT ALL TIMES. C WHERE THE EXISTING WORK IS TO BE CUT, UNDERPINNED, AND/OR SHORED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SHORING, NEEDLING, BRACING, WEDGING, AND DRY PACKING, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING THESE OPERATIONS. D AREA OF WORK SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. E ANY MATERIALS DEEMED AS HAZARDOUS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO ASBESTOS OR LEAD PAINTS SHALL BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TECHNIQUES, PROCEDURES, AND DISPOSAL METHODS AS PER STANDARD PRACTICE AND ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. F CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, AND CONTROLS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED, BACK TO THE EXISTING CURB. CURBS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED OR ADAPTEDFOR NEW UNITS SHALL BE CAPPED AND INSULATED FOR A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL. DO NOT ABANDON. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, AND FLOORS AT REMOVED MECHANICAL COMPONENTS. G CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS, PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE LINE SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. CAP AND SEAL LINES AT ACTIVE LINES. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENT IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. H CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES, HANGER, WIRING DEVICES, CONDUIT BOXES, WIRING PANELS, FIRE ALARMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO SERVICE OR NEAREST J -BOX TO REMAIN. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENTS IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. I DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ANY REMAINING SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. J EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE LEVELED, BROOM CLEAN WITH NO REMAINING ADHESIVE RESIDUES, AND SEALED. K REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE COORDINATED BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE LANDLORD AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. L UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN SPACING, AND EXISTING OPENING SIZES, AND LOCATIONS, WITH DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. PLUMBING - DEMOLITION NOTES PD100 REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, AND ACCESSORIES WITHIN THIS SPACE COMPLETE. CAP ALL EXISTING SANITARY PIPING BELOW FLOOR. REFER TO NEW WORK SANITARY PLAN FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW SANITARY PIPING. CUT FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR SANITARY INSTALLATION. F ;{I *ak i t a7, Medical Group Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 r Cn 0 U 0 k2 U LLIU 0 0 w N U C N N LU C f0 CL 00 = U O m U 0o c0 0 G7 N Q 0 O V Q U U O W pp � � O = LOo w O Ca0N 0 Z 0UL� O Z 75 0� J � Oz J ~ W wLLI Q w egEN04H��j//i No 82157 X90; STATE OF a NAI 11`\�� � ,Y�� Cn o PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 PD -101 co (D z 0 U) M O N O _O O Q 00 N a0 TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 MED ROOM MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 11 9-1 PATIENT CORRIDOR ®7 VENIPUNCTURE FIRE ALARM e�uu u�ninTno nn�ir� N 1 FLOOR PLAN - SYSTEMS E-121 114" =1'-0" A GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING/RELAYS. 3. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRINGICABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORKIINTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. 5. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. 6. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. 8. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. ELECTRICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES E304 PROVIDE CONNECTION TO SUITE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DOOR DEVICES SHALL FAIL IN THE SAFE POSITION UPON FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ACTIVATION. E306 COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER DEVICE MUST BE INSTALLED WITHIN FIVE FEET OF DOOR AND CONFORM TO NEC AND ADA MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS. E307 SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (SSCP) WILL BE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT FOR LOCATION OF SSCP. FINAL LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT TO BE DETERMINED BY OWNER. E308 COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION OF DOOR OPERATOR PUSH PLATES WITH ARCHITECTIOWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. E309 FURNISH AND INSTALL SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH A 314" CONDUIT STUBBED TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR DOOR CHIME SPEAKER. LOCATE POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR CHIME ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. E311 FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRELESS MULLION MOUNTED PUSHPAD. E312 PUSHPAD SHALL BE WIRELESS STYLE PUSHPAD. Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F_ U x U a 6 U 0 U C E2 a) C I ED a m N 0 m ib = U O � co - � � c 0 o a) N O I 0 Z Q w J :3 O O � I - W (/) W ��- LULL — Q U L1Jp 00 > ti rCJ) ti U M CD O LCL +� I— Uj -a � U \ 0 p LU ca0N a Q 7 Lcr:),C CO I Z J U) W O I - W (/) W ��- LULL U)X \\\oIllI III/ii i CO -.• No 82104 STATE OF 0, OR 10 lit PROJECT# V819.2538.00 E-121 LLI 6 W m a C6 F- U LU 0 d LU _ 0 z 0 w U) n 0 z 0 J 0 z (:i Z Y z 0 z 0 U) N O N O O O N R C T W M CLJ LL a 0 CO U) d 72 L 0 O z U 0 STORAGE CARE MGR. OFFICE T1 F11U El1 NIC NURSE kTIONS 11 ADMIN OFFICE I F1291 i i WORK AREA 2 V CIVir UIVIi 1 URC TEAM WORK FUE PATIENT CORRIDOR 17 VITALS 10 N 1 1 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT E-131 1/4" = V-0" GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHINGIRELAYS. 3. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING/CABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL, EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORKIINTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. 5. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. 6. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. 8. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. ELECTRICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES I lie "40 i Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 w it a J z O U 0 U C CL Of N N C O 0 a � Q w O N _J o Ca = -F-+ 2 N c° = O L 0 LLJ 3 CU a O N CO - 0 OC W O O N C=) p C!) (� 0 0 CL Of O 0 � Q CU U) U_ �p°o r— O ai <ti C V M C:) Ca = -F-+ p N v O o LLJ 3 CU a O CO U 17 Z J U � CK ~ OU W J ' W I1 H J J Cn !! R. /Z'� ♦�� y r No 82104 ; STATE OF V1 to ®NAS a $ co co PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-131 low co 6 W H M 2 O a uS U W O a W O z O W U) c� z 0 D J U z C Z Y z O z 0 00 M N N 00 O N F. LO X W Y t N 7 W� M J LL -O O (13 U) 0 z c� L �I O 0 N 1 ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL HVAC E-141 1/4"= l' -O" 1 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 4 E405 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING/RELAYS. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRINGICABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORWINTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. E406 ELECTRICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES WEATHERPROOFIGFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INDICATED IS PROVIDED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE ROOF TOP UNIT BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE WIRING, CONDUIT, FITTINGS, ETC. BACK TO PANEL AND CIRCUIT INDICATED. RTU FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD. E.C. TO INSTALL CONDUIT AND WIRE FROM DMG PANEL TO RTU. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U MFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F - z J Cn 0 Y x U Cl Cl W 0 w 0 L) U W O a Cn a en U C to N C ca ca d t0 w U N J o J_ No = N °O ca O 00 c C=) a� 0 U) ci N Cl U n Q ry Z Q � U O v !0 O O 1 Of wp U)p U 00 0'W Qti V M C = O U_ U OcV oc Lr) Ca Q Z r to U Z Q � U LL U O O 1 Of wp 1 ilii`• (� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-141LLI CD Z CONNECT INTO LANDLORD PROVIDED SANITARY LEAD. "g FIELD VERIFY LOCATION. r� Y 7 LU' M d J LL "O O C N U) a) 'a N O Z 0 S } N (I 1 FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT P-101 1/4" =1'-0" PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED. PROVIDE THE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND OFFSETS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING THE STRUCTURE, SHEET METAL, CONDUITS, CABLE TRAY, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 2 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCES AROUND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, AND ANY COMPONENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3 COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING AND SHEET METAL WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND ELBOWS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 4 ALL SANITARY PIPING BELOW SLAB SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4 UNLESS NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5 ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 2 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT, AND ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 3 AND LARGER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 6 INSTALL PIPING SUCH THAT ALL VALVES, STRAINERS, TRAPS, FLANGES, UNIONS, AND PIPE ACCESSORIES ARE ACCESSIBLE. PLUMBING - CONSTRUCTION NOTES 200016th Street di Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 O W co co Z Uj Z 06 V 0 Z z J F- U) LL U) � x - vv���11l1111�t���i 0.Ef•r341 *� No 82157 STATE OF :c4ORIDP-" 00 a. NAL 1111110 �\ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-101 LLI rn U C N CL a) a7 d LLJ O J O J_ m No w O° D o c 0 O a) N o Z Uj Z 06 V 0 Z z J F- U) LL U) � x - vv���11l1111�t���i 0.Ef•r341 *� No 82157 STATE OF :c4ORIDP-" 00 a. NAL 1111110 �\ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-101 LLI rn CL O O U O oo > < Nt U M C = O LL �--+ cri -a LL O o - W CU a*k - � Q Z N `r U) Z Uj Z 06 V 0 Z z J F- U) LL U) � x - vv���11l1111�t���i 0.Ef•r341 *� No 82157 STATE OF :c4ORIDP-" 00 a. NAL 1111110 �\ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 P-101 LLI rn 0 w m_ O of a C6 U LL O w LU O z O w 0 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y } Q 0 sz S p S2 Q M N 00 0 N N �i FD -1 TP TEAM WORK m P145 MAwar C, i`kURSE TP STATIONS TEAM'v'VORK i ;AITI3 -: VITALS 1 1/4"0 HW -0 1 1/4"e CW-► f I{ EWC-1 TO 1 GPM N 1 FLOOR PLAN - WATER & GAS PIPING P-111 1/4"= V-0" PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED. PROVIDE THE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND OFFSETS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING THE STRUCTURE, SHEET METAL, CONDUITS, CABLE TRAY, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 2 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCES AROUND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, AND ANY COMPONENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3 COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING AND SHEET METAL WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND ELBOWS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 4 ALL SANITARY PIPING BELOW SLAB SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4 UNLESS NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5 ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 2 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT, AND ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 3 AND LARGER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 6 INSTALL PIPING SUCH THAT ALL VALVES, STRAINERS, TRAPS, FLANGES, UNIONS, AND PIPE ACCESSORIES ARE ACCESSIBLE. PLUMBING - CONSTRUCTION NOTES P141 ROUTE 1/4 CW AND TERMINATE WITH ISOLATION VALVE FOR COFFEE MAKER. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTER. P145 TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE CEILING AND PIPED IN WALL TO BELOW FLOOR. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING P-501. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Z 200016th Street w Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z z U) 6 U w I U) zQ � V rL W W V W O O Q J W U) LL No 82157 'o t ��O', STATE OF PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 P-111LLI U C �i ^ C/�/ L a� c m ly J � J_ o is a) No S = cn L p o c LU p O N N 0 I U) zQ � V rL W W V W O O Q J W U) LL No 82157 'o t ��O', STATE OF PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 P-111LLI 0 ^ C/�/ L Id. 0 O /-1 U U)ai W � Q'� V M Cts = LO O LL -�+ "r— � U O o c o Cts o C q I U) zQ � V rL W W V W O O Q J W U) LL No 82157 'o t ��O', STATE OF PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 P-111LLI 0 w Co O a U) vS U w O w CL w w x O z O w c� z 0 J U z D Z Y } z Q 4z L.C. U) 3"VTR 00 M N 00 w 0 N --- \----------------- F. ------------------ P105 -----P105 \ I RTU 2 EAND DED LED RD. N 1 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING P-131 114" =1'-0" PLUMBING - CONSTRUCTION NOTES P105 PROVIDE 1 112 CONDENSATE DRAIN. REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL ON SHEET P-501. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 LU U a O U W Y U LU U O w W J J O PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE Q CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED. PROVIDE THE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND OFFSETS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING THE STRUCTURE, SHEET METAL, CONDUITS, CABLE TRAY, AND LIGHT 0 FIXTURES. 2 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCES AROUND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, AND ANY COMPONENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3 COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING AND SHEET METAL WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. ?� PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND ELBOWS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 4 ALL SANITARY PIPING BELOW SLAB SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4 UNLESS CO NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5 ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 2 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM 114" PER FOOT, AND ALL SANITARY AND STORM PIPING 3 AND LARGER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT, UNLESS O OTHERWISE NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING C JURISDICTION. 6 INSTALL PIPING SUCH THAT ALL VALVES, STRAINERS, TRAPS, FLANGES, 4-a UNIONS, AND PIPE ACCESSORIES ARE ACCESSIBLE. ------------------ P105 -----P105 \ I RTU 2 EAND DED LED RD. N 1 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING P-131 114" =1'-0" PLUMBING - CONSTRUCTION NOTES P105 PROVIDE 1 112 CONDENSATE DRAIN. REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL ON SHEET P-501. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 LU U a O U W Y U LU U O w W J J O I Z(D J Z L.L. M U LLJ 0 0 F- W W ry M No 32151 STATE OF x 00 U) tX1 af PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 P-131Uj 0 Q fy 0 O Q U Wp CO > C M O C = 0 LL 4-a (i5 -p U O o c W C0 0 a o Q z NC)l �C6 I Z(D J Z L.L. M U LLJ 0 0 F- W W ry M No 32151 STATE OF x 00 U) tX1 af PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 P-131Uj C M N M N Go co 0 N NOTES: 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, TMV-2 125 F HOT WATER PIPING OUT TO SYSTEM. PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP. AQUASTA' STRAINE RECIRCULATING PUM SEE SCHEDUL CHECK VALVE (TYP SHUT OFF VALVE (TYP DRAIN VALVE HANGERS INSTALLED EACH SIDE OF EXP. TANK FOR SUPPORT PTA -12 BELL AND GOSSET OR EQUIVALENT EXPANSION TANK VACUUM BREAKER �A WATER HEATER WITH THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PIPING DETAIL NO SCALE EMERGENCY FIXTURE MIXING VALVE (TMV-3). SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 85° OR AS DIRECTED BY OPERATING PERSONNEL. THERMOMETER (TYP) REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HOT WATER PIPING FROM UNION (TYP) SYSTEM. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING. R PLANS �[ II f COLD WATER PIPING FROM SYSTEM. �H I I � PIPE SIZING AREFER TO ND ROUTINGOR V CHECK VALVE (TYP) NORMALLY OPEN T -T LOCKABLE BALL VALVE (TYP) � TEMPERED HOT WATER TO EMERGENCY FIXTURE(S). REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING GENERAL NOTES: 1. THIS PIPING ARRANGEMENT IS FOR A SINGLE EMERGENCY FIXTURE WITH MIXING VALVE ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN INACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES WHERE REQUIRED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 2. FOR A SINGLE MIXING VALVE TO SERVE MULTIPLE EMERGENCY FIXTURES, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPING SIZING AND ARRANGEMENT. MIXING VALVE SHALL BE SIZED AND RATED FOR THE TOTAL FLOW RATE REQUIRED BY THE NUMBER OF FIXTURES CONNECTED TO THAT PARTICULAR MIXING VALVE. 3. FOR COUNTERTOP EMERGENCY FIXTURES WITH CASEWORK BELOW, IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO LOCATE THE MIXING VALVE, WITH ASSOCIATED UNIONS AND SHUT-OFF VALVES, IN THE CASEWORK BELOW FIXTURE, PROVIDED THE OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ALLOW THIS LOCATION. EMERGENCY FIXTURE MIXING VALVE PIPING SCHEMATIC NO SCALE CLEAN OUT ROOF SPLASH BLOCK DRAIN SHALL BE GREATER OF 1 1/2" OR SAME SIZE AS DRAIN PAN NIPPLE BALL VALVE (TYP) INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS UNION (TYP.) 1"T & P RELIEF VALVE 1" RUN FULL SIZE TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN OR MOP BASIN WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD ROOF TOP UNIT BLOWTHRU FAN ARRANGEMENT, A = GREATER OF 4" OR 1/2"+ UNIT TOTAL SP DRAWTHRU FAN ARRANGEMENT, B = GREATER OF 2" OR 1/2"+ UNIT TOTAL SP ROOF TOP UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL NO SCALE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTED TO COLD WATER PIPING. TRAP PRIMER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR 10" ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 _ AIR GAP VACUUM BREAKING PORTS DISTRIBUTION UNIT - REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR NUMBER OF TRAP PRIMER OUTLETS. 12" MIN TO HORIZONTAL Ill.dll RUN OF PIPE DROP 1/2" TRAP PRIMER PIPING DOWN TO BELOW FLOOR. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALLICHASE LOCATIONS FOR PIPE DROP. a G o TRAP PRIMER PIPING SCHEMATIC NO SCALE COLD WATER PIPING. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR PIPE ROUTING AND SIZING. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE- LAVATORY/SINK PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE UNITID CW INCHES HW INCHES SAN INCHES VENT INCHES REMARKS EE -1 112 112 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x D INCHES OVERALL DIMENSION EWC-1 1/2" - 11/2" 11/2" FD -1 - FIXTURE COLOR 4 - 1/2 TRAP PRIMER L-1 112 1/2 11/2 11/2 MB -1- 3/4 3/4 3 WHITE S-1 3/4 3/4 11/2 11/2 S-2 112 112 11/2 11/2 S-3 1/2 1/2 11/2 11/2 S4 1/2 112 11/2 11/2 WC -1 3/4 4 2 WDV-1 1/2 No 82157 NOTES: 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, TMV-2 125 F HOT WATER PIPING OUT TO SYSTEM. PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP. AQUASTA' STRAINE RECIRCULATING PUM SEE SCHEDUL CHECK VALVE (TYP SHUT OFF VALVE (TYP DRAIN VALVE HANGERS INSTALLED EACH SIDE OF EXP. TANK FOR SUPPORT PTA -12 BELL AND GOSSET OR EQUIVALENT EXPANSION TANK VACUUM BREAKER �A WATER HEATER WITH THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PIPING DETAIL NO SCALE EMERGENCY FIXTURE MIXING VALVE (TMV-3). SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 85° OR AS DIRECTED BY OPERATING PERSONNEL. THERMOMETER (TYP) REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HOT WATER PIPING FROM UNION (TYP) SYSTEM. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING. R PLANS �[ II f COLD WATER PIPING FROM SYSTEM. �H I I � PIPE SIZING AREFER TO ND ROUTINGOR V CHECK VALVE (TYP) NORMALLY OPEN T -T LOCKABLE BALL VALVE (TYP) � TEMPERED HOT WATER TO EMERGENCY FIXTURE(S). REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING GENERAL NOTES: 1. THIS PIPING ARRANGEMENT IS FOR A SINGLE EMERGENCY FIXTURE WITH MIXING VALVE ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN INACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES WHERE REQUIRED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 2. FOR A SINGLE MIXING VALVE TO SERVE MULTIPLE EMERGENCY FIXTURES, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPING SIZING AND ARRANGEMENT. MIXING VALVE SHALL BE SIZED AND RATED FOR THE TOTAL FLOW RATE REQUIRED BY THE NUMBER OF FIXTURES CONNECTED TO THAT PARTICULAR MIXING VALVE. 3. FOR COUNTERTOP EMERGENCY FIXTURES WITH CASEWORK BELOW, IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO LOCATE THE MIXING VALVE, WITH ASSOCIATED UNIONS AND SHUT-OFF VALVES, IN THE CASEWORK BELOW FIXTURE, PROVIDED THE OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ALLOW THIS LOCATION. EMERGENCY FIXTURE MIXING VALVE PIPING SCHEMATIC NO SCALE CLEAN OUT ROOF SPLASH BLOCK DRAIN SHALL BE GREATER OF 1 1/2" OR SAME SIZE AS DRAIN PAN NIPPLE BALL VALVE (TYP) INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS UNION (TYP.) 1"T & P RELIEF VALVE 1" RUN FULL SIZE TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN OR MOP BASIN WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD ROOF TOP UNIT BLOWTHRU FAN ARRANGEMENT, A = GREATER OF 4" OR 1/2"+ UNIT TOTAL SP DRAWTHRU FAN ARRANGEMENT, B = GREATER OF 2" OR 1/2"+ UNIT TOTAL SP ROOF TOP UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL NO SCALE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTED TO COLD WATER PIPING. TRAP PRIMER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR 10" ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 _ AIR GAP VACUUM BREAKING PORTS DISTRIBUTION UNIT - REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR NUMBER OF TRAP PRIMER OUTLETS. 12" MIN TO HORIZONTAL Ill.dll RUN OF PIPE DROP 1/2" TRAP PRIMER PIPING DOWN TO BELOW FLOOR. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALLICHASE LOCATIONS FOR PIPE DROP. a G o TRAP PRIMER PIPING SCHEMATIC NO SCALE COLD WATER PIPING. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR PIPE ROUTING AND SIZING. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE- LAVATORY/SINK UNIT IDENTIFICATION LAVATORY/SINK FAUCET ELECTRICAL REMARKS FIXTURE MATERIAL FIXTURE COLOR MOUNTING STYLE BOWL DIMENSION LxWxD OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x D INCHES OVERALL DIMENSION BUBBLER STYLE FLOW RATE BF -1 STAINLESS STEEL WITH PLASTIC ABS ALCOVE STAINLESS STEEL UNITID FIXTURE MATERIAL FIXTURE COLOR MOUNTING INCHES NUMBER OF BOWLS LxMD INCHES MANUFACTURE/MODEL FLOW RATE GPM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURE/MODEL REMARKS L-1 VIRTEOUS CHINA WHITE WALL 16 x 10 1 21-114 x 18-1/8 KOHLER K-2005-0 .5 BATTERY POWERED FAUCET'LEAD FREE' HEAVY DUTY CAST ZURN Z6913XLCP4F PROVIDE WALL CARRIER ZURN SERIES Z1231-79. DRAIN SHALL BE MH ROUGH CHROME PLATE FINISH _z AND 20 GAUGE. PROVIDE 30" HEAVY DUTY 5/8" RUBBER � TW Ut^ V ) BRASS SPOUT, POLISHED CHROME FINISH, 40 SECOND MAXIMUM PROFLO FLAT PERFORATED STRAINER DRAIN WITH 1-1/4" OFFSET HOSE/BRACKET COMBINATION AND MOP HANGER BRACKET. 1 � l� 4 t, G% No 82157 SAFETY SHUT OFF, VANDAL RESISTANT PRESSURE `, STATE OIFio TAILPIECE. P -TRAP ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROFL01-14" x 1-1/2" At, PROJECT # 2018.2538. 0 P-501 Xz U) C PE SATaGSaYO11TLET WI H C 0 T. P OVI PR FLO 4DA OM ANT NSU TIO I P S B S-1 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL DROP-IN 27-3116 x 17 x 8-7/16 1 33 x 21 x 4-1/2 SL -ADA -2133 -A -GR 2.2 'LEAD FREE' MANUAL FAUCET WITH SWING SPOUT, HOT/COLD ZURN DRAIN SHALL BE JUST J-35 STAINLESS STEEL AND TAILPIECE STAINLESS STEEL INDEXES, LEVER HANDLES, AND AERATOR Z831J1-HCT-ICT-XL ASSEMBLY WITH 1-112" SCHEDULE 40 PVC ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP AND WASTE ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE PROFLO ADA COMPLIANT INSULATION KIT FOR WASTE AND HOT AND COLD WATER ASSEMBLIES, VANDAL RESISTANT. S-2 18 GUAGE STAINLESS STEEL DROP-IN 10-1/2 x 12-1/2 x 6-9/16 1 15 x 18 x 6-112 JUST 2.2 'LEAD FREE' MANUAL FAUCET WITH SWING SPOUT, HOT/COLD ZURN DRAIN SHALL BE JUST J-35 STAINLESS STEEL AND TAILPIECE STAINLESS STEEL SL -ADA -1815 -A -GR INDEXES, LEVER HANDLES, AND AERATOR Z831C4-XL-140-HCT-1 ASSEMBLY WITH 1-1/2' SCHEDULE 40 PVC ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP CT AND WASTE ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE PROFLO ADA COMPLIANT INSULATION KIT FOR WASTE AND HOT AND COLD WATER ASSEMBLIES, VANDAL RESISTANT. COUNTER INDEXES, LEVER HANDLES, AND AERATOR, AND 4" WRIST BLADE Z831C4-XL-140-HCT-1 TAILPIECE ASSEMBLY WITH 1-1/2" SCHEDULE 40 PVC ADJUSTABLE HANDLES CT P -TRAP AND WASTE ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE PROFLO ADA COMPLIANT INSULATION KIT FOR WASTE AND HOT AND COLD WATER ASSEMBLIES, VANDAL RESISTANT. S-4 CORIAN WHITE UNDERMOUNT 16 x 16 x 11-3/4 1 18 x 18 DUPONT 5216 2.2 'LEAD FREE' MANUAL FAUCET WITH SWING SPOUT, HOT/COLD ZURN (DIRTY SINK) BOWL BY PHARMACY MILLWORK PROVIDER FAUCET COUNTER INDEXES, LEVER HANDLES, AND AERATOR, AND 6" WRIST BLADE Z83106-XL-140-HCT-1 & DRAIN ASSEMBLY TO BE PROVIDED BY PC DRAIN SHALL BE HANDLES CT JUST J-35 STAINLESS STEEL AND TAILPIECE ASSEMBLY WITH 1-12" SCHEDULE 40 PVC ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP AND WASTE ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE PROFLO ADA COMPLIANT INSULATION KIT FOR WASTE AND HOT AND COLD WATER ASSEMBLIES, VANDAL RESISTANT. FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO APPROVED MANUFACTURES INCLUDE: KOHLER AND DUPONT FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION. NO OTHERS SPECIFIED ABOVE GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIXTURE SUPPORTS. 2. FIXTURE STOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, FOR EACH FIXTURE. BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED FOR COPPER OR PEX PIPING AND SHALL BE BRASS. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE- DRINKING FOUNTAIN/ BOTTLE FILLER UNIT IDENTIFICATION BODY BUBBLER ELECTRICAL REMARKS FIXTURE MATERIAL FIXTURE COLOR MOUNTING STYLE NUMBER OF BOWLS OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x D INCHES MANUFACTURFJ MODEL BUBBLER STYLE FLOW RATE BF -1 STAINLESS STEEL WITH PLASTIC ABS ALCOVE STAINLESS STEEL WALL - 19-3/4 x 40-13116 x 11 ELKAY ELZWSM8K FLOOR 8 GPH 120V/ 1 PHASE/ 5 AMPS ADA COMPLIANT EWC-1 STAINLESS STEEL WITH PLASTIC ABS ALCOVE TAINLESS STEEL WALL 2 35-3/4 x 19 x 39-1/16 ELKAY EZSTL8WSLK STANDARD 8 GPH 120V11 PHASE/ 5 AMPS PROVIDE BI -LEVEL ADA COMPLIANT WATER COOLER COMPLETE WITH COOLING SYSTEM AND BOTTLE FILLER APPROVED MANUFACTURES INCLUDE: ELKAY GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIXTURE SUPPORTS. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - FLOOR DRAINS/ FLOOR SINKS/ TRENCH DRAINS UNIT IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL TYPE BODY MATERIAL CONNECTION MATERIAL TOP SHAPE OUTLET FITTING COATING ACCESSORIES REMARKS FD -1 ZURN FRO6NICSPXS-CC ROUND ADJUSTABLE FLOOR DRAIN WITH POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE TOP PVC PVC ROUND SOLVENT WELD NO ZURN ZN400-613"TYPE B" LEVELING STRAINER, VANDAL PROOF 1/2" TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION APPROVED MANUFACTURES INCLUDE: ZURN PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - WATER CLOSET/URINAL UNITID WATER CLOSETAND URINAL FLUSH TANK TOILET SEAT REMARKS UNITID FIXTURE MATERIAL FIXTURE COLOR MOUNTING BOWL TYPE INSTALLED RIM HEIGHT SUPPLYLOCATION MANUFACTURE/MODEL CONSUMPTION (GALLONS PER FLUSH) MANUFACTURFJMODEL MANUFACTURE/MODEL REMARKS WC -1 VIRTEOUS CHINA WHITE FLOOR ELONGATED 16-1/5' BOTTOM RIGHT MANSFIELD 137 1.6 MANSFIELD 160 PROFLO PFTSCOF A2000WH WATER CLOSET FIXTURE AND TRIM SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT APPROVED MANUFACTURES INCLUDE: MANSFIELD A NO OTHER THAN SPECIFIED ABOVE, GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIXTURE SUPPORTS. 2. FIXTURE STOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, FOR EACH FIXTURE. BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED FOR COPPER OR PEX PIPING AND SHALL BE BRASS. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SERVICE SINK UNITID BASIN FAUCET STORAGECAPACITY GALLONS UNITID REMARKS 44 TERIAL COLOR MOUNTING CAPACITY GALLONS DRAIN SIZE INCHES DIMENSIONS LxWxH MANUFACTURE/MODEL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURE/ MODEL MB -1 MOLDED HIGH SELECTED BY ARCH FLOOR 24.9 3 24 x 24 x 10 ZURN 'LEAD FREE' FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT, ZURN Z843M1-RC-XL PROVIDE FOUR STAINLESS STEEL RIM GUARDS. PROVIDE BACK ETTO82HP DENSITY COMPOSITE U U N O Q Z1996 -24 -SD -BS -WG -HH- PAIL HOOK, WALL BRACE, LEVER HANDLES, AND W AND SIDE 24" STAINLESS STEEL WALL GUARD PANELS, TYPE 304 ` Q W ` V ` MH ROUGH CHROME PLATE FINISH _z AND 20 GAUGE. PROVIDE 30" HEAVY DUTY 5/8" RUBBER � TW Ut^ V ) ` HOSE/BRACKET COMBINATION AND MOP HANGER BRACKET. APPROVED MANUFACTURES INCLUDE: ZURN GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIXTURE SUPPORTS. 2. FIXTURE STOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, FOR EACH FIXTURE. BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED FOR COPPER OR PEX PIPING AND SHALL BE BRASS. NOTES: 1. MODEL NUMBER IS BASED ON TACO UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. REFER TO DRAWING P-501 FOR PIPING SCHEMATIC 3. PROVIDE AQUASTAT FOR PUMP SEAL OPENING AROUND SLEEVE AND CONCRETE WALL WITH NON -SHRINK GROUT. - CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSERT WHERE INSULATED PIPE PENETRATES WALL. 3604 SPLIT SHEET METAL SHIELD FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM IN EXPOSED AREAS ONLY: PROVIDE FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH AGAINST WALL. (SIZE TO COMPLETELY COVER OPENING.) INSULATION PIPE r SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE SLEEVE. TERMINATE SLEEVE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL SURFACES. CONCRETE WALL PIPE PENETRATION THRU FIRE RATED OR NON FIRE RATED POURED CONCRETE OR BLOCK WALL NO SCALE GENERAL NOTES: 1. PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SIMILAR FOR UNINSULATED PIPING. 2. DETAIL INDICATES THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR A FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLY. FOR A NON - FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY PACK SLEEVED OPENING WITH INSULATION MATERIAL AND CAULK WITH NON -HARDENING SEALANT. 3. PIPE PENETRATION DETAILS INDICATE GENERAL INTENT. WHERE PIPES PENTRATE FIRE- RESISTANT -RATED WALLS AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES, SEAL PENETRATIONS WITH FIRE -STOP MATERIALS/ASSEMBLIES THAT HAVE RATINGS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE PENETRATED BARRIER AND ARE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THE SPECIFIC PIPING/INSULATION MATERIALS CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO USE FROM THE APPROVED OPTIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIEI TYPE IS REQUIR LOW TEMPERAT PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSN STRENGTH INSULATION INS[ UNDER INSULATION SHIELD INSULATION SHIELD AT HAP ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE UNITID CIRCULATING PUMP SCHEDULE STORAGECAPACITY GALLONS UNITID UNIT TAG SYSTEM SERVED GPM PUMP HEAD FT. MOTOR HP VOLTAGE PHASE MODEL NUMBER REMARKS HWRP 1 DOMESTIC HOT WATER 2 8 0.03 1 120 V 1 006 33.6 NOTES: 1. MODEL NUMBER IS BASED ON TACO UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. REFER TO DRAWING P-501 FOR PIPING SCHEMATIC 3. PROVIDE AQUASTAT FOR PUMP SEAL OPENING AROUND SLEEVE AND CONCRETE WALL WITH NON -SHRINK GROUT. - CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSERT WHERE INSULATED PIPE PENETRATES WALL. 3604 SPLIT SHEET METAL SHIELD FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM IN EXPOSED AREAS ONLY: PROVIDE FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH AGAINST WALL. (SIZE TO COMPLETELY COVER OPENING.) INSULATION PIPE r SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE SLEEVE. TERMINATE SLEEVE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL SURFACES. CONCRETE WALL PIPE PENETRATION THRU FIRE RATED OR NON FIRE RATED POURED CONCRETE OR BLOCK WALL NO SCALE GENERAL NOTES: 1. PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SIMILAR FOR UNINSULATED PIPING. 2. DETAIL INDICATES THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR A FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLY. FOR A NON - FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY PACK SLEEVED OPENING WITH INSULATION MATERIAL AND CAULK WITH NON -HARDENING SEALANT. 3. PIPE PENETRATION DETAILS INDICATE GENERAL INTENT. WHERE PIPES PENTRATE FIRE- RESISTANT -RATED WALLS AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES, SEAL PENETRATIONS WITH FIRE -STOP MATERIALS/ASSEMBLIES THAT HAVE RATINGS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE PENETRATED BARRIER AND ARE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THE SPECIFIC PIPING/INSULATION MATERIALS CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO USE FROM THE APPROVED OPTIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIEI TYPE IS REQUIR LOW TEMPERAT PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSN STRENGTH INSULATION INS[ UNDER INSULATION SHIELD INSULATION SHIELD AT HAP ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE UNITID UNIT TAG STORAGECAPACITY GALLONS INPUT KW RECOVERYGPH EWT LWT ELECTRICAL MODEL # REMARKS VOLTAGE PHASE FLA EWH 1 80.0 7.0 36 40 140 208 1 33.6 ETTO82HP (2) 3.5 KW SIMULTANEOUS ELEMENTS GENERAL NOTES: 1. MODEL NUMBER IS BASED ON LOCHINVAR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 1 IN SPECIFICATIONS 1/2" DIA HANGER RODS WITH 36" MAX SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD AND INSERT FOR ALL PIPING - SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. UNIFORM LOAD ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGER TYPE 44 IN SPECIFICATIONS BAND 15/8" 12 GAGE CHANNEL OR 2"x 2"x 114" ANGLE INSULATION WELD SADDLE MAXIMUM PIPE/TUBING SUPPORT SPACING, FEET NOM. SIZE THRU 314" 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 PIPE 7 FT 7 7 9 10 11 12 14 16 17 19 22 TUBING 5 FT 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 - GENERAL NOTES: 1. FOR TRAPEZE HANGER TAKE SPACING OF SMALLEST SIZE ON TRAPEZE. PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE HOT WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING. GENERAL NOTES: 1. THIS PIPING ARRANGEMENT IS FOR A SINGLE PUBLIC LAVATORY WITH MIXING VALVE BELOW LAVATORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH IECC MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PIPE LENGTH. 2. FOR A SINGLE MIXING VALVE TO SERVE MULTIPLE PUBLIC LAVATORIES, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPING SIZING AND ARRANGEMENT. MIXING VALVE SHALL BE SIZED AND RATED FOR THE TOTAL FLOW RATE REQUIRED BY THE NUMBER OF FIXTURES CONNECTED TO THAT PARTICULAR MIXING VALVE. 3. FOR COUNTERTOP FIXTURES WITH CASEWORK BELOW, IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO LOCATE THE MIXING VALVE, WITH ASSOCIATED UNIONS AND SHUT-OFF VALVES, IN THE CASEWORK BELOW FIXTURE, PROVIDED THE OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ALLOW THIS LOCATION. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE (TMV-2) CERTIFIED TO MEET ASSE 1070, SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 105' OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER PERSONNEL. HOT WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING. COLD WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING AND ROUTING. FINISHED CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. PUBLIC LAVATORY FIXTURE. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR FIXTURE TYPE, LOCATION, AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ACCESS PANEL. REFER TO ARCHITECTURURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTED ACCESS PANEL. - PLUMBING FIXTURE STOP. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (TYP) BALL VALVE (TYP) ' FINISHED FLOOR UNION PUBLIC LAVATORY THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PIPING SCHEMATIC NO SCALE D & Medical Group Z 200016th Street Uj Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W a D U U c Q w uS �0 c L.L_ m a Q LLJ Jo J_ mai No C m Cid _ O 5; coo zCNI 0 0 cw 0 � m U U N O Q w �0 L.L_ Q U 0 p ai I ti C � V M Cid _ =nQ li LL_ -� c O o zCNI CDLo U) Q W U) ` Q W ` V ` _z � TW Ut^ V ) ` 06 1 � l� 4 t, G% No 82157 `, STATE OIFio , At, PROJECT # 2018.2538. 0 P-501 Xz U) b W H M _ O o' a U) C6 F- C) LU O w a LU O z O LU N c� z 0 J U z 0 Z Y } z Q PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - WATER & GAS PIPING FD -1 3" VTR II \\ \ II II II II �t u S-2 3" VTR 1 � PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - SANITARY & VENT PIPING P-602 Z 2000 16th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 LU 0 O W In c� G W LU W 0 No 82157 ?J' STATE OF i U) ��/ililill PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �b P-602 ow U C W 0- - N C tf :3p (6 CL 0 W m v N Jam„ p J_ m No _ Co �\ L O Cu (O r - 0: W O O C p aQ U a) U N 0, c� G W LU W 0 No 82157 ?J' STATE OF i U) ��/ililill PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �b P-602 ow 0 0- - w :3p 0 �\ Cu C!) r - U -0WoO C) > r- Qti C MCO C V O Ca _ LOO Uj 0 \ U � O 2 LU COON a 0 z *k `r C/) c� G W LU W 0 No 82157 ?J' STATE OF i U) ��/ililill PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �b P-602 ow p W H M S O W C F_ U W 0 of a W w _ O z O w N O z 0 J U z C Z Y } z Q 0 z S H M n- M O O 0 N 00 ZONING SYMBOLS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER EQUIPMENT TAG X OR X -X X - NUMBERED NOTES O FD FIRE DAMPER DYNAMIC; NEW CONNECTION VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL RETURNITRANSFERGR/LLE ARROW J� SUPPLY GRILLE ARROW -� COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; HORIZONTAL BLANK OFF SECTION 41* PIPE ENDCAP -� COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; ROOF CONDUCTOR VERTICAL VENT THROUGH ROOF VTR PIPE ELBOW DOWN TRANSITION; SYMMETRIC'EID PIPE ELBOW UP -p ISOLATION VALVE - BALANCE VALVE TRANSITION; ASYMMETRIC WITH FLOW MEASURING -- CONTROL VALVE - -{ 90 DEG RADIUS ELBOW BALL VALVE (RIW =1.5) GAS VALVE (MANUAL) - p� PIPE CONTINUATION MITERED ELBOW WITH PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE -- TURNING VANES OUTSIDE STEM AND YOKE VALVE CHECK VALVE TEE, BOOT ENTRY BRANCH PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION �- PIPE UNION -�IF- PUMP TEE, CONICAL ROUND BRANCH THERMOSTAT/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR O CLEAN OUT - PIPE FLANGE --A CO CLEAN OUT - IN FLOOR -0 CO CEILING MOUNTED RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILLE/ REGISTER FLOOR DRAIN Q HOSE BIBB -+HB ® CEILING MOUNTED SUPPLY WH WALL HYDRANT DIFFUSER/GRILLE WATER METER 2402 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS; WIDTHxHEIGHT �I THERMOMETER I�F 120 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK FLOW MEASURING DEVICE -� DIMENSIONS -ROUND; DIAMETER MV INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK AIR VENT - MANUAL 24112 OR 24x120 DIMENSIONS -OVAL; WIDTHxHEIGHT AIR VENT -AUTOMATIC AV - SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP PRESSURE GAUGE AND COCK SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE STRAINER WITH BLOW -OFF RETURN AIR DUCT UP REDUCER -CONCENTRIC �- RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN FLOOR DRAIN - FUNNEL, ELEVATION Y FLOOR DRAIN -ELEVATION EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN ACCESS DOOR I FLEXIBLE DUCT BACKFLOW PREVENTER FBFP ® FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR NOTATION STANDARDS SHEET LIST - MECHANICAL M-001 ABBREVIATIONS M-002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION A COMPRESSED AIR HB HOSE BIBB PC PUMPED CONDENSATE ACC AIR COOLED CONDENSER HC HEATING COIL PCR PROCESS COOLING RETURN ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT HEPA HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE ARRESTANCE PCS PROCESS COOLING SUPPLY AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HL HIGH LIMIT PD PRESSURE DROP (FEET OF WATER) AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HOA HAND/OFF/AUTO PH PERIMETER HEAT ALT ALTERNATE HP HEAT PUMP PHR PERIMETER HEAT RETURN AMP AMPERE HP HORSEPOWER PHS PERIMETER HEAT SUPPLY APD AIR PRESSURE DROP HPLR HEAT PUMP LOOP RETURN PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION HPLS HEAT PUMP LOOP SUPPLY PS PUMPED STORM AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS HTG HEATING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH AUX AUXILIARY HV HEATING VENTILATION PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - ABSOLUTE AV ACID VENT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGE AVTR ACID VENT THROUGH ROOF HWH HOT WATER HEATING PW PROCESS WATER AW ACID WASTE HWHR HOT WATER HEATING RETURN PWR PROCESS WATER RETURN HWHS HOT WATER HEATING SUPPLY PWS PROCESS WATER SUPPLY HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN BCU BLOWER COIL UNIT HX HEAT EXCHANGER RA RETURN AIR BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER HZ HERTZ RAT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER RC ROOF CONDUCTOR BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER RCP RADIANT CEILING PANEL BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT ID INSIDE DIAMETER RD ROOF DRAIN BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE IE INVERT ELEVATION RF RETURN FAN BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT IH INTAKE HOOD RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR IN INCHES RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID IW INDIRECT WASTE RLFA RELIEF AIR RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE C COMMON RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION CAP CAPACITY KW KILOWATT RTU ROOFTOP UNIT CC COOLING COIL KWH KILOWATT HOUR CD CONDENSATE DRAIN CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR SA SUPPLY AIR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE SA SOUND ATTENUATOR CH CHILLER LAV LAVATORY SAN SANITARY WASTE CHW CHILLED WATER LBS POUNDS SF SUPPLY FAN CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY LDB LEAVING DRY BULB SH SHOWER CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN LL LOW LIMIT SK SINK CNDS CONDENSATE LPC LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE SMR SNOW MELT RETURN CO CLEAN OUT LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SMS SNOW MELT SUPPLY CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SP STATIC PRESSURE CP CIRCULATING PUMP LTU LAB AIR TERMINAL UNIT SPEC SPECIFICATION CRU CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT LWB LEAVING WET BULB SQFT SQUARE FEET CT COOLING TOWER LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE S/S START/STOP CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER SS SERVICE SINK CW CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT ST STORM CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE STM STEAM CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN MAU MAKE UP AIR UNIT SW SWITCH MAX MAXIMUM MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR DAT DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DB DRY BULB MECH MECHANICAL TC TEMPERING COIL DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MFR MANUFACTURER TCP TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL DEG DEGREE MIN MINIMUM TD TRENCH DRAIN DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT MISC MISCELLANEOUS TEMP TERMPERATURE DN DOWN MMBH MILLION BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DNZ DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE M/S MOTOR STARTED TU AIR TERMINAL UNIT DT DRAIN TILE MV MANUAL AIR VENT TYP TYPICAL DWH DOMESTIC WATER HEATER NC NORAMALLY CLOSED UH UNIT HEATER F FIRE PROTECTION NC NOISE CRITERIA UL UNDERWRITER 'F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY UR URINAL FCU FAN COIL UNIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT UV UNIT VENTILATOR FD FLOOR DRAIN NO NORMALLY OPEN FLA FULL LOAD AMPS NPCW NON POTABLE COLD WATER FP FIRE PUMP V VENT FS FLOOR SINK VAC VACUUM FT FEET OA OUTSIDE AIR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME FTR FINNED TUBE RADIATION OAT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE VB VACUUM BREAKER OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER VFC VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF G NATURAL GAS ORC OVERFLOW ROOF CONDUCTOR GA GAUGE ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN GAL GALLON OS&Y OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOLK W WASTE GRH GRAVITY RELIEF HOOD OV OUTLET VELOCITY WB WET BULB GPH GALLON PER HOUR WC WATER CLOSET GPM GALLON PER MINUTE WC WATER COLUMN WDV WATER DISPENSING VALVE WH WALL HYDRANT WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP ZONING SYMBOLS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER EQUIPMENT TAG X OR X -X X - NUMBERED NOTES O FD FIRE DAMPER DYNAMIC; NEW CONNECTION VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL RETURNITRANSFERGR/LLE ARROW J� SUPPLY GRILLE ARROW -� COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; HORIZONTAL BLANK OFF SECTION 41* PIPE ENDCAP -� COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER; ROOF CONDUCTOR VERTICAL VENT THROUGH ROOF VTR PIPE ELBOW DOWN TRANSITION; SYMMETRIC'EID PIPE ELBOW UP -p ISOLATION VALVE - BALANCE VALVE TRANSITION; ASYMMETRIC WITH FLOW MEASURING -- CONTROL VALVE - -{ 90 DEG RADIUS ELBOW BALL VALVE (RIW =1.5) GAS VALVE (MANUAL) - p� PIPE CONTINUATION MITERED ELBOW WITH PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE -- TURNING VANES OUTSIDE STEM AND YOKE VALVE CHECK VALVE TEE, BOOT ENTRY BRANCH PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION �- PIPE UNION -�IF- PUMP TEE, CONICAL ROUND BRANCH THERMOSTAT/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR O CLEAN OUT - PIPE FLANGE --A CO CLEAN OUT - IN FLOOR -0 CO CEILING MOUNTED RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILLE/ REGISTER FLOOR DRAIN Q HOSE BIBB -+HB ® CEILING MOUNTED SUPPLY WH WALL HYDRANT DIFFUSER/GRILLE WATER METER 2402 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS; WIDTHxHEIGHT �I THERMOMETER I�F 120 INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK FLOW MEASURING DEVICE -� DIMENSIONS -ROUND; DIAMETER MV INTERIOR CLEAR DUCTWORK AIR VENT - MANUAL 24112 OR 24x120 DIMENSIONS -OVAL; WIDTHxHEIGHT AIR VENT -AUTOMATIC AV - SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP PRESSURE GAUGE AND COCK SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE STRAINER WITH BLOW -OFF RETURN AIR DUCT UP REDUCER -CONCENTRIC �- RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN FLOOR DRAIN - FUNNEL, ELEVATION Y FLOOR DRAIN -ELEVATION EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN ACCESS DOOR I FLEXIBLE DUCT BACKFLOW PREVENTER FBFP ® FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR NOTATION STANDARDS ELEMENT LENGTH SHEET LIST - MECHANICAL M-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, & ABBREVIATIONS M-002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MD -101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - HVAC MD -111 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN - HVAC M-101 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC M-111 ROOF PLAN - HVAC M-501 DETAILS M-001 SCHEDULES ELEMENT LENGTH X.. X. TOTAL ELEMENT HEAT IN MBH FTR X MBH TOTAL GALLONS PER MINUTE FOR ELEMENT A X GPM SUPPLY DIFFUSER TYPE 1 (SCHEDULED) S-1 8" DIAMETER NECK SIZE 80 TWO DIFFUSERS WITH 100 CFM 100-2 DASHED LINES INDICATE PIPING CLIMATE ZONE ROUTED BELOW SLAB OR GRADE NOTE: DESIGN CONDITIONS BASED ON ASHRAE 2013 CLIMATIC DESIGN INFORMATION HATCH MARKS INDICATE EQUIPMENT OR 00 =NO MATERIALS TO BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING cfl - EQUIPMENT OR REFERENCED INFORMATION p o cw HEAVY LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK 0 O a� ?3 N p DESIGN CONDITIONS ti c OUTSIDE AIR RETURN AIR COOLING DB (°F) 94.8 75 COOLING WB (°F) 75.6 -- HEATING DB (°F) 36.7 72 CLIMATE ZONE 2A NOTE: DESIGN CONDITIONS BASED ON ASHRAE 2013 CLIMATIC DESIGN INFORMATION ENERGY CODE: FLORIDA ENERGY CODE Dav'ita. Medical Group Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, noftille, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 C) x a z z z 0 U 0 Of � O oL.L CU W U L1j C:) > r- 0 0 00 < ti O U M O LLLL +-+ u) -2 ~b O 40 U aLLJ �O r'n 0 Z W U) Oz 0o p U) VJ W W Or -M w W Om w Q LU CO z \��� � ,DRENOq� * No 82157 P'. STATE OF ; s/O�4� E�6�i J Nt Cn PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-001LU ti c LS a> c ca m a IZ 2 LU J fU U N J_ 2.4O �o a� o 00 =NO cfl - p o cw o U) 0 O a� ?3 N p 0 Of � O oL.L CU W U L1j C:) > r- 0 0 00 < ti O U M O LLLL +-+ u) -2 ~b O 40 U aLLJ �O r'n 0 Z W U) Oz 0o p U) VJ W W Or -M w W Om w Q LU CO z \��� � ,DRENOq� * No 82157 P'. STATE OF ; s/O�4� E�6�i J Nt Cn PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-001LU (7 z 0 U) = M CL N 6 N V 0 N 00 N R 0 W Y Lug M a J LL p ;_ m U) M U) t 0 z 0 01 0 TRAINING TESTING AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH SERVICES FOR TWO COMPLETE ADJUSTMENTS OF THE HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING AND AIR AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS WITH A REPORT FOR EACH VISIT. REPORTS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AN OVERVIEW OF THE APPROVAL. SYSTEM AND/OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND REGIONS. SCHEDULES RELATED TO STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. PROVIDE ECONOMIZERS WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS WITH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 4- TONS COOLING. PROVIDE A. THE TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS: SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN C, o Zm 0 U) TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE CONTRACTOR 1. DESIGN CONDITIONS INCLUDING SUPPLY/ EXHAUST AIRFLOW, MOTOR HP, FAN RPM, OUTLET VELOCITY, STATIC PRESSURE. AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS 2. INSTALLED EQUIPMENT INFORMATION INCLUDING BELT, SHEAVE SIZE, MOTOR, MODEL NUMBERS. BEEN PROVIDED. 3. FAN SPEEDS - TEST AND ADJUST FAN RPM TO ACHIEVE DESIGN CFM REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE INSULATION OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4. CURRENT AND VOLTAGE - MEASURE AND RECORD MOTOR CURRENT AND VOLTAGE. SCHEDULE OWNER TRAINING WITHIN AT LEAST 7 DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE. 5. PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE - PERFORM A PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF MAIN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS TO OBTAIN TOTAL CFM. IF DUCTWORK A PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE IS NOT PRACTICAL, THE SUMMATION OF THE OUTLETS OR INLETS MAY BE USED. AN EXPLANATION WHY SPARE PARTS A TRAVERSE WAS NOT MADE MUST APPEAR ON THE APPROPRIATE DATA SHEET. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE OWNER, WITH RECEIPT, THE FOLLOWING SPARE PARTS FOR THE EQUIPMENT 6. OUTSIDE AIR - TEST AND ADJUST SYSTEM MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE. IF A PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE IS INSTALLED FOR THIS PROJECT: ONE SET OF SPARE FILTERS OF EACH TYPE REQUIRED FOR EACH UNIT. IN ADDITION TO THE SPARE NOT PRACTICAL, THE PERCENTAGE OF OUTSIDE AIR MAY BE DETERMINED BY CALCULATIONS FROM THE RETURN AIR, OUTSIDE SET OF AIR, AND MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR HEAT OF COMPRESSION AND MOTOR HEAT WHERE APPLICABLE. A. FILTERS, INSTALL NEW FILTERS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WORK AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM 7. STATIC PRESSURE -TEST AND RECORD SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURES, INCLUDING SUCTION AND DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE OVER TO OWNER. PROFILE OF EACH FAN. B. ONE COMPLETE SET OF BELTS FOR EACH FAN. 8. AIR TEMPERATURE -TAKE WET -BULB AND DRY-BULB AIR TEMPERATURES ON THE ENTERING AND LEAVING SIDE OF EACH C. THREE OPERATING KEYS FOR EACH TYPE OF AIR OUTLET AND INLET THAT REQUIRE THEM. HEATING COIL. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK GAUGES PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN 9. TOLERANCE -TEST AND BALANCE EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE, AND REGISTER TO WITHIN 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN AND WARRANTIES REQUIREMENT. WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR 10. DESCRIPTION - RECORD THE SIZE AND TYPE OF EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE, AND REGISTER ON AIR OUTLET DATA SHEETS. MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO 11. TERMINAL BOXES - ALL ASSOCIATED TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SHALL BE CHECKED FOR PROPER OPERATION AND CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 CALIBRATION MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S) AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND 12. MINIMIZING DRAFTS - ADJUST ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS TO MINIMIZE DRAFTS IN ALL AREAS. DIVISION 1. 13. EXHAUST FANS/HOODS 31" THRU 42" 22 YES A 4 a. MEASURE EXHAUST FAN STATIC PRESSURE, TOTAL CFM. MAKEUP AIR AND FAN RPM. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO b. MEASURE MOTOR OPERATING VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE. THE OWNER. c. MEASURE HOOD AVERAGE FACE VELOCITIES AND ADJUST AS NECESSARY. WHERE POSSIBLE, BALANCE FLOW USING A PITOT TRAVERSE WITHIN HOOD WHERE DUCTS ARE CONNECTED. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, d. RECORD THE SPECIFIED AGAINST THE ACTUAL SUPPLIED HORSEPOWER AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL MOTORS. INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING RECORD, IF SPECIFIED, TO BE SELF OR PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED. ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 1-114". CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2" W.G. CONSTRUCT RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM VERIFICATION OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL CUTTING AND PATCHING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AIR DUCTS AT THE UNIT (AND IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS) IF REQUIRED BY CODE. PERFORM CUTTING OF WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. OBTAIN A. THE TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY SHALL BE ASSISTED BY THE CONTROL CONTRACTOR IN VERIFYING THE OPERATION AND PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CUTTING. DO NOT CUT OR DISTURB STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR CALIBRATION OF ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS. THE FOLLOWING TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED: APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. CUT HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, DETECTORS ARE EXISTING, CONTRACTOR MAY RE -USE, UPON ENSURING PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION, CLEANING, AND OTHERWISE ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION. 1. VERIFY THAT ALL CONTROL COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND ARE REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES INA MANNER SATISFACTORY TO FUNCTIONAL, INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS, DAMPER SEQUENCES, AND FIRE AND SMOKE DETECTORS. THE ARCHITECT. 2. VERIFY THAT ALL CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS ARE CALIBRATED AND SET FOR DESIGN OPERATING CONDITIONS. SEAL DUCTWORK WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT - SEALANTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: MILL FINISH ALUMINUM SUBSTRATE 3. VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF THE FINAL SETTING BY TAKING TEMPERATURE READINGS. THE READINGS SHALL BE INA TYPICAL ROUGH -IN CONDITIONED SPACE FOR EACH SEPARATELY CONTROLLED ZONE. COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ROUGHING -IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL PIPING AND CONDUIT ROUGH- IN EXCEPT IN PROVIDE REMOTE TEST SWITCHES FOR ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. CONTACT FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR PROPER UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN. TEST AND BALANCE REPORT STRUCTURAL STEEL A. MERV-8 FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO TEST AND BALANCE. STRUCTURAL STEEL USED FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE NEW, CLEAN AND CONFORM TO ASTM MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. DESIGNATION A-36. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED UNDER THE COMMISSIONING IN THE LEED PROTOTYPE GREEN PERMIT FULL RADIUS ELBOWS PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO CONTINUOUS SPLITTER VANES. VANES SHALL BE THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS. SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CEILINGS, OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, NOR OTHER NON-STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. C. SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED, ADJUSTED & BALANCED BY'NEBB' CERTIFIED PERSONNEL. ACCESS PANELS D. TEST & BALANCE REPORT TO INCLUDE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW READINGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ANY CONCEALED DEVICE/ EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE MINIMUM E. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BALANCED TO AIRFLOWS WITHIN: 18"x18". . TERMINAL DEVICES & BRANCH LINES: ±10% OF DESIGNED LOADS - MAIN DUCTS & AHU'S: i 5% OF DESIGNED LOADS PENETRATIONS F. SIX (6) COPIES OF THE TEST AND BALANCE REPORT ARE REQUIRED AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT. SEAL ELEVATED FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT WITH NON- SHRINK, NON - HEATING AND TWO STAGES OF COOLING, 7 DAY PROGRAMMING, AND ACCEPT UP TO 4 TEMPERATURE SENSORS. INSTALL THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF TO HARDENING COMMERCIAL SEALANT. PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL AND SEAL BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM OF 112" OF SEALANT. SEAL G. THE REPORT SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING GENERAL DATA IN A FORMAT SELECTED BY THE TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY: AROUND PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE FIRE RATINGS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL WIRING SHALL COMPLY WITH DIVISION 26 WIRING REQUIREMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. DRAWINGS. 1. PROJECT NUMBER. LOCK -SEAM SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF GALVANIZED STEEL ACCORDING TO SMACNA STANDARDS BASED ON PRESSURE 2. PROJECT TITLE. PROVIDE PRE -FABRICATED ROOF CURBS MANUFACTURED BY CUSTOM CURB, INC., PATE COMPANY, THYCURB OR APPROVED 3. PROJECT LOCATION. EQUAL. PROVIDE ROOF CURB WITH FACTORY INSTALLED WOOD NAILER; WELDED 18 -GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SHELL, BASE 4. PROJECT ARCHITECT. PLATE AND FLASHING; 1l2" THICK, 3 -POUND RIGID INSULATION; FULLY MITERED 3 -INCH RAISED CANT; COVER OF WEATHER 5. PROJECT MECHANICAL ENGINEER. RESISTANT, WEATHER-PROOF MATERIAL AND PIPE COLLAR OF WEATHER -RESISTANT MATERIAL WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE 6. TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY. CLAMPS. 7. TEST AND BALANCE ENGINEER. THAN 1-112 TIMES THE WIDTH OF THE CENTERLINE. TRANSITIONS IN DUCT SIZE SHALL BE GRADUAL NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES WHERE POSSIBLE. 8. OWNER. FIRE STOPPING 9. MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTORS. TEES, LATERALS, AND CONICAL TEES SHALL BE FABRICATED TO SMACNA. 10. DATES TESTS WERE PERFORMED. SEAL OPENINGS OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION WITH A MATERIAL OR PRODUCT THAT HAS BEEN TESTED AT AN INDEPENDENT 11. CERTIFICATION. TESTING LABORATORY SUCH AS UL OR FM. FIRE STOPPING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM E-814, UL 1479, OR UL 2079. PRODUCTS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO RECTORSEAL METACAULK, 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS, OR HILTI. D. THE TEST AND BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE RECORDED ON REPORT FORMS CONFORMING TO THE RECOMMENDED FORMS IN THE A.A.B.C. NATIONAL STANDARDS. AIR FILTERS IF HVAC EQUIPMENT IS USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM MERV-8 1. PREFACE - A GENERAL DISCUSSION OF THE SYSTEM, ANY ABNORMALITIES AND PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED (DEFICIENCIES FILTERS OR FILTRATION MEDIA OVER ANY RETURN AIR GRILLES AND OPEN RETURN AIR DUCT WORK FOR THE DURATION OF THE OUTSTANDING LISTED). CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF FILTERS WHEN THE UNIT IS STARTED AND REPLACE 2. INSTRUMENTATION LIST -THE LIST OF INSTRUMENTS INCLUDE TYPE, MODEL, MANUFACTURER, SERIAL NUMBER AND FILTERS AS NEEDED, BUT NOT LESS THAN EVERY FOUR WEEKS. CALIBRATION DATE. LINDAB SPIROSAFE, LEWIS & LAMBERT OR APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY -MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 3. SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION -IN EACH REPORT, THE VAV BOXES, ZONES, SUPPLY, RETURN, DATA SHEETS, ALONG WITH A ON THE DAY OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN THE UNIT AND PROVIDE A NEW SET OF FILTERS IN DRAWING SHOWING THE ABOVE. THE UNIT. 4. AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT TEST REPORT FORMS -RECORD THE FOLLOWING ON EACH AIR -HANDLING EQUIPMENT TEST FORM: LOW-PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) FITTINGS 24" IN DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED, SPOTWELDED A. MANUFACTURER, MODEL NUMBER AND SERIAL NUMBER PROVIDE MINIMUM MERV-13 FILTERS MANUFACTURED BY FARR, AMERICAN AIR FILTER, FLANDERS, OR APPROVED EQUAL, B. ALL DESIGN AND MANUFACTURER -RATED DATA. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AIR UNITS SHALL HAVE NEW FILTERS INSTALLED WHEN THEY ARE OPERATED BEFORE FINAL C. TOTAL ACTUAL CFM BY TRAVERSE IF PRACTICAL, IF NOT PRACTICAL, THE SUM OF THE OUTLETS MAY BE USED, OR A ACCEPTANCE. COMBINATION OF EACH OF THESE PROCEDURES. PRESSURE CLASS 3" TO 6" W.G.) DUCTWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. D. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE OF EACH FAN, AS APPLICABLE. MOTORS AND STARTERS SETPOINTS PROVIDE MOTORS AND STARTING EQUIPMENT WHERE NOT FURNISHED WITH THE EQUIPMENT PACKAGE. MOTORS SHALL HAVE ACCEPTANCE OF TEST AND BALANCE REPORT COPPER WINDINGS, CLASS B INSULATION, AND STANDARD SQUIRREL CAGE WITH STARTING TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS OCCUPIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE: SUITABLE FOR THE EQUIPMENT SERVED. MOTORS FOR AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SELECTED FOR QUIET OPERATION. A. AT THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE TEST AND BALANCE REPORT, THE TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY SHALL, IF REQUESTED, EACH MOTOR SHALL BE CHECKED FOR PROPER ROTATION AFTER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. PROVIDE RECHECK IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER REPRESENTATIVE, SPECIFIC AND RANDOM SELECTIONS OF DATA RECORDED IN THE DRIP -PROOF ENCLOSURE FOR LOCATIONS PROTECTED FROM WEATHER AND NOT IN AIR STREAM OF FAN; AND TOTALLY CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE REPORT. ENCLOSED FAN -COOLED ENCLOSURE FOR MOTORS EXPOSED TO WEATHER. MOTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY CENTURY, 70 DEG F - HEATING GENERAL ELECTRIC, WESTINGHOUSE, LOUIS-ALLIS OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. POINTS AND AREAS FOR RECHECK SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. PROVIDE EVERY MOTOR, EXCEPT FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER SINGLE PHASE MOTORS WITH AN APPROVED TYPE OF BUILT-IN C. MEASUREMENTS AND TEST PROCEDURES SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE ORIGINAL TEST AND BALANCE. THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, WITH A MOTOR STARTER. EACH STARTER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD HEATERS SIZED TO THE MOTOR RATING, AND EVERY THREE-PHASE MOTOR STARTER SHALL HAVE OVERLOAD HEATERS IN EACH PHASE. D. SELECTIONS FOR RECHECK, SPECIFIC PLUS RANDOM, SHALL NOT NORMALLY EXCEED 15% OF THE TOTAL NUMBER TABULATED AMBIENT COMPENSATED HEATERS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEREVER NECESSARY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MOTOR IN THE REPORT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIAL AIR SYSTEMS REQUIRE A COMPLETE RECHECK FOR SAFETY REASONS. STARTERS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR. FOR INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION BY THE DIVISION 16 60 DEG F - HEATING ADJUSTABLE CONTRACTOR, STARTERS SHALL BE ALLEN- BRADLEY, CLARK, FURNAS, SQUARE D, OR APPROVED EQUAL. E. IF RANDOM TESTS DEMONSTRATED A MEASURED FLOW DEVIATION OF 15% OR MORE FROM THAT RECORDED, ANEW DUCT TAPE AROUND THE INNER CORE CONNECTION AND A METALLIC OR NON- METALLIC CLAMP OVER THE TAPE AND TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR A CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED, AND A NEW INSPECTION TEST MADE, ALL AT NO ADDITIONAL COST ELECTRICAL WIRING TO OWNER. LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, CONTROLS AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL OUTDOOR AIR) FOR COOLING. IF OUTDOOR AIR IS SELECTED FOR COOLING, THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE PROPORTIONED OPEN TO MAINTAIN CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING BETWEEN 50 DEG. F. AND 56 DEG. F. DUPPLY AIR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE. DIAGRAMS TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) RUNTIMES TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. ACCUMULATED RUNTIMES FOR THE COMPRESSOR AND INDOOR BLOWER SHALL BE PROVIDED. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING (24 -VOLT) SHALL BE IN CONDUIT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL BE DONE BY THIS HVAC CONTRACTOR. HEATING/ COOLING MODES OF OPERATION REFRIGERANT AND OIL WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 50'F (ADJ) THE OPERATING MODE SHALL BE COOLING. WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR PROVIDE FULL REFRIGERANT AND OIL CHARGE IN NEW AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS, AND MAINTAIN IT FOR FULL TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 50° F (ADJ) THE OPERATING MODE SHALL BE HEATING. PROVIDE FREEZESTAT IN THE SUPPLY AIR DUCT TO SHUT DOWN TERM OF THE GUARANTEE. THE SUPPLY FAN AND CLOSE THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER IF TEMPERATURE IN THE SUPPLY DUCT DROPS BELOW 40 -DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. ALL NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL UTILIZE R410A EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS/ EXISTING EQUIPMENT PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS/ EXISTING EQUIPMENT IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR DESCRIBED IN THE GENERAL NOTES TO THIS CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE CONDENSATE DRAINS, FLUES, VENTS, INTAKES, ASSOCIATED ROOF JACKS AND CAPS TO EXTERIOR, DAMPERS, INLINE FANS, ROOF FANS, CONTROL INTERLOCKS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS AND SHALL VERIFY SAME WITH ARCHITECT AND/OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. ,� � � ' OlrAuw 40 r `* .' •` 6 z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U MFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z J 0 U w W U a 0 LUa 0 W HVAC EQUIPMENT CT INSULATION, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, AND FANS ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSENTS OF ASHRAE 90.1-2007 AND SHALL BE ENERGY STAR LABELED. DUCT INSULATION REFER TO APPROPRIATE ASHRAE 90.1, TABLE 6.5.1.1.3A FOR ALLOWABLE ECONOMIZER OPTIONS PER CLIMATE ZONE. PROTOTYPICAL DESIGN COVER CONCEALED RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WITH 2" THICK, 1 -112 -POUND DENSITY MINIMUM R-6.0 DUCT WRAP, CERTAINTEED, OR PROVIDES UNITS WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZERS IN MOIST (A) AND MARINE (C) CLIMATE ZONES AND DRY-BULB ECONOMIZERS IN DRY (B) EQUIVALENT OWENS-CORNING OR KNAUF WITH HEAVY DUTY FOIL -SCRIM- KRAFT FACING AND WITH JOINTS TAPED WITH T WIDE FOIL TAPE AS FOLLOWS: REGIONS. A. SUPPLY AND OUTDOOR AIR DUCTWORK IN ENTIRETY. °' B. EXHAUST AND RELIEF AIR DUCTWORK WITHIN 10 FEET OF EXTERIOR DISCHARGE. PROVIDE ECONOMIZERS WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS WITH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 4- TONS COOLING. PROVIDE ECONOMIZERS WITH POWER RELIEF FANS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS WITH CAPACITIES GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 -TONS COOLING. VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE TAPED AND SEALED AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. C, o Zm 0 U) =�! EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SUFFICIENT WORKING SPACE FOR INSPECTION, ROUTINE MAINTENANCE, CLEANING, AND CALIBRATION. INSULATING MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, ETC. SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 PER _ ASTM E 84; ADHESIVES, COATINGS, ETC. CONTAINERS FOR MASTICS AND ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE UL LABEL. PROVIDE MIN. 3" TALL LABELS ON HVAC EQUIPMENT INDICATING UNIT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE INSULATION OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. ROOFTOP UNITS (ELECTRIC HEAT) PROVIDE ELECTRIC COOLING, GAS HEATING ROOFTOP UNITS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY LENNOX, COMPLETE WITH DUCTWORK FACTORY -INSTALLED, DIRECT -DRIVE HERMETIC COMPRESSORS WITH INTERNAL SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION, BUILT-IN MOTOR THERMAL OVERLOAD DUCT CONSTRUCTION, BOTH METAL AND FLEXIBLE, SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION PROTECTION, CRANKCASE HEATER, AND LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES; DIRECT EXPANSION COOLING AND CONDENSING COILS; MINIMUM SEER OR EER STANDARDS. RATING (COOLING) AS REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE ENERGY CODE OR GREATER IF SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS; CENTRIFUGAL EVAPORATOR BLOWER; AIR FILTER RACK WITH 2" THICK MERV-13 FILTER, PROPELLER -TYPE CONDENSER FAN, ELECTRIC NICKEL CHROMIUM WIRE RESISTANCE PROVIDE RECTANGULAR GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK AND HOUSINGS TO SIZES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK INCLUDING HEATER INDIVIDUALLY FUSED WITH RESET THERMAL LIMIT PROTECTION, SUPPORT MULTI STAGE HEATING CONTROL FROM THERMOSTAT; MERV 8 FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS RELATIVE TO GAUGE, BRACING, JOINTS, ETC. MINIMUM THICKNESS FILTERS, COMPLETE FACTORY -INSTALLED MICRO -PROCESSOR CONTROLS INCLUDING ANTI -SHORT CYCLE TIMERS, TIME DELAY RELAYS AND MINIMUM OF DUCT SHALL BE 22 -GAUGE SHEET METAL. REINFORCE HOUSINGS AND DUCTWORK OVER 30" WITH 1-114" ANGLES NOT LESS THAN 5'-6" ON CENTERS, "ON" TIME CONTROLS, 100 -PERCENT SAFETY GAS SHUTOFF, DIRECT SPARK IGNITION SYSTEM, BUILT-IN THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ON MOTORS AND CLOSER IF REQUIRED FOR SUFFICIENT RIGIDITY TO PREVENT VIBRATION. AND COMPRESSORS, 100 -PERCENT OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER WITH POWER RELIEF FAN; WEATHERTIGHT HOUSING CONSTRUCTED OF ate, ZINC- COATED, HEAVY -GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WEATHER -RESISTANT, BAKED ENAMEL FINISH; MINIMUM INSULATED DOWN -FLOW STANDARD RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK GAUGES PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN ROOF CURB WITH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 14 -INCHES FOR ROOFS WITH NO INSULATION, 14- INCHES FOR ROOFS WITH INSULATION OR AS SCHEDULED ON PRESSURES EXCEED 2" W.G.): THE DRAWINGS; SINGLE -POINT ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION. PROVIDE SLOPED ROOF CURB AS REQUIRED TO MATCH SLOPE OF ROOF O STRUCTURE SO THAT UNIT IS INSTALLED LEVEL. PROVIDE A 125 -VAC, 20 -AMP DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO UNIT, READY FIELD SIZE DUCT GAUGE BRACING SEAL CLASS LEAKAGE CLASS WIRING WITH A COVER UL LISTED FOR WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS WHEN IN USE. COORDINATE W/ DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR TO WIRE UL LISTED DUCT - 12"& UNDER 24 NO A 4 TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED BY CODE TO SHUT DOWN ROOFTOP UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. PROVIDE UNIT COMPLETE WITH 13"THRU 18" 24 NO A 4 MANUFACTURER'S ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE ON COMPONENTS, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL FOUR-YEAR GUARANTEE ON THE COMPRESSORS AND HEAT 19" THRU 20" 24 YES A 4 EXCHANGERS. 31" THRU 42" 22 YES A 4 43" THRU 54" 22 YES A 4 CONTACT - CODY JACKSON - NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER - (801) 736-8904 CONDENSATE PIPING ALL CONDENSATE PIPING SERVING HVAC EQUIPMENT DRAINS SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) SCHEDULE 40 PLASTIC PIPE AND COMPLY WITH SUPPORT HORIZONTAL RUNS OF DUCT FROM STRAP IRON HANGERS ON CENTERS NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0". DO NOT SUPPORT CEILING GRID, CONDUITS, ASTM 2665. CONDESNATE PIPING LOCATED WITHIN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE TYPE'L', HARD TEMPER, COPPER TUBING, ASSEMBLED WITH PIPES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM DUCTWORK. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS SUCH THAT PIPING, ELECTRICAL WROUGHT COPPER SOLDER END DRAIN FITTINGS. SLOPE CONDENSATE PIPING AT 1% IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. MINIMUM DRAIN LINE SIZE SHALL BE CONDUIT, AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS ARE NOT ROUTED THROUGH THE DUCTWORK. 1-114". CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2" W.G. CONSTRUCT RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM SMOKE DETECTION OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 1"W.G. CONSTRUCT EXHAUST DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AIR DUCTS AT THE UNIT (AND IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS) IF REQUIRED BY CODE. PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL FUNCTION TO SHUT DOWN HVAC UNITS UPON ALARM. HVAC UNITS SHALL NOT RESTART AUTOMATICALLY ON RESET OF SMOKE DETECTOR. PROVIDE CONTACTS AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE ALARM PANEL. IF SMOKE CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2" W.G. CONSTRUCT RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM DETECTORS ARE EXISTING, CONTRACTOR MAY RE -USE, UPON ENSURING PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION, CLEANING, AND OTHERWISE OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 1"W.G. CONSTRUCT EXHAUST DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE REFURBISHING FOR LIKE -NEW CONDITION. PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. PROVIDE REMOTE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARM DEVICE IN AN APPROVED LOCATION IF SMOKE DETECTORS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SEAL DUCTWORK WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT - SEALANTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: MILL FINISH ALUMINUM SUBSTRATE PANEL AND LABEL DEVICE AS "AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE" WITH GRAY ADHESIVES, MINIMUM 30 MIL THICK, MINIMUM 17 LB/IN PEEL STRENGTH, MAX SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM G-53, VOC CONTENT OF 250 g/L OR LESS, PRESSURE CLASS UP TO 10" W.C. - HARDCAST IRONGRIP 601, DESIGN POLYMER DP 1010, UNITED MCGILL PROVIDE REMOTE TEST SWITCHES FOR ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. CONTACT FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR PROPER DUCT SEALER OR APPROVED EQUAL APPLIED ACCORDING TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. OUTDOOR DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED TO: PLACEMENT. SUPPLY - CLASS A; EXHAUST - CLASS C; RETURN - CLASS A. INDOOR DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED TO: SUPPLY - CLASS C; EXHAUST - CLASS B; RETURN - CLASS C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE RADIUS ELBOWS, TURNS AND OFFSETS WITH A MINIMUM CENTERLINE RADIUS OF 1-1/2 TIMES THE DUCT WIDTH. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PERMIT FULL RADIUS ELBOWS PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO CONTINUOUS SPLITTER VANES. VANES SHALL BE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BEND. PROVIDE MITERED ELBOWS WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT RADIUS ELBOWS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AT THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. MITERED ELBOWS LESS THAN 45 DEGREES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TURNING VANES. EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE A SYSTEM OF TEMPERATURE CONTROLS INCLUDING THERMOSTATS, CONTROL PANELS, TIME SWITCHES, MITERED ELBOWS 45 DEGREES AND GREATER SHALL HAVE SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES OF SAME GAUGE AS DUCTWORK RIGIDLY FASTENED OVERRIDE TIMERS, DAMPER MOTORS AND RELAYS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE DESIRED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. PROVIDE INTEGRATED WIRING WITH GUIDE STRIPS IN DUCTWORK. VANES FOR MITERED ELBOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND IN RETURN AND DIAGRAMS SHOWING INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN FIELD -INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGE WIRING FURNISHED WITH THE HVAC EQUIPMENT. OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK THAT HAS AN AIR VELOCITY EXCEEDING 1000 FPM. DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LENNOX OR APPROVED EQUAL ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT, MANUAL CHANGEOVER, DUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FANS, FAN CASINGS AND FAN PLENUMS BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL BE SWITCHING SUB -BASE, MULTI -STAGE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT COOLING/HEATING STAGING. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF 3 STAGES OF NEOPRENE -COATED, GLASS CLOTH CANVAS CONNECTIONS, DURO-DYNE, ELGEN, VENTFABRIC OR EQUAL. FLEX IBLE CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE A FLAME HEATING AND TWO STAGES OF COOLING, 7 DAY PROGRAMMING, AND ACCEPT UP TO 4 TEMPERATURE SENSORS. INSTALL THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF TO SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT HIGHER THAN 50. MAKE AIRTIGHT JOINTS AND INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 1-112" SLACK. MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. PROVIDE ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL DUCT TO SIZES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS OF ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL SPIRAL LOCK- WIRING SHALL COMPLY WITH DIVISION 26 WIRING REQUIREMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. SEAM DUCTS ARE LINDAB INC, MCGILL AIRFLOW CORP, SEMCO INC, LAPINE METAL PRODUCTS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL SPIRAL LOCK -SEAM SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF GALVANIZED STEEL ACCORDING TO SMACNA STANDARDS BASED ON PRESSURE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE SUPERVISION AND ON -JOB CHECKOUT SERVICE AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT INSTALLATION MEETS CLASS. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF DUCT SHALL BE 26 GUAGE SHEET METAL. ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL FITTINGS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED WELDED REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION. DESIGN. DUCTS UP TO 20 INCHES IN DIAMETER SHALL HAVE CENTER -BEADED SLIP COUPLING, SEALED BEFORE AND AFTER FASTENING, ATTACHED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. DUCTS 21 TO 72 INCHES SHALL HAVE A THREE-PIECE GASKETED FLANGED JOINT CONSISTING OF TWO INTERNAL FLANGES WITH AFTER COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL CALIBRATE & ADJUST ALL THERMOSTATS, CONTROL VALVES, SEALANT AND ONE EXTERNAL CLOSURE BAND WITH GASKET. PREFABRICATED CONNECTION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF FLANGES AND GASKET ARE VALVE ACTUATORS, MOTORS & OTHER EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AS PART OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL THEN PLACE ACCEPTABLE, APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES INC AND LINDAB. ELBOWS, TEES, AND BENDS SHALL HAVE A RADIUS NOT LESS IN COMPLETE OPERATING CONDITION SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. THAN 1-112 TIMES THE WIDTH OF THE CENTERLINE. TRANSITIONS IN DUCT SIZE SHALL BE GRADUAL NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES WHERE POSSIBLE. ROUND ELBOWS UP TO 14 INCHES SHALL BE PLEATED AND GORED FOR 16 INCH AND ABOVE. ALL FLAT OVAL ELBOWS SHALL BE GORED. 90 DEGREE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SHALL BE CALIBRATED TO +/- 2 -DEG F. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TEES, LATERALS, AND CONICAL TEES SHALL BE FABRICATED TO SMACNA. SHALL ALLOW AN OCCUPANT ADJUSTMENT RANGE OF +/- 2 -DEG F. ROUND DUCTWORK GAUGES PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN PRESSURES EXCEED 2" W.G.): TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SHALL BE LABELED WITH ASSOCIATED HVAC UNIT AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING LOCATING THE UNITS ON SURFACES THAT ARE NOT EXPECTED TO EXPERIENCE RAPIDLY CHANGING TEMPERATURES. SIZE DUCT GAUGE FITTING GAUGE SEAL CLASS LEAKAGE CLASS 14" & UNDER 24 24 A 4 EQUIPMENT 15" THRU 26" 24 22 A 4 ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES AND DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 28" THRU 36" 22 20 A 4 MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS ARE LISTED FOR REFERENCE AS TO QUALITY AND FEATURES REQUIRED FOR THE CONTROL DEVICES. LINDAB SPIROSAFE, LEWIS & LAMBERT OR APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY -MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES BY LENNOX, HONEYWELL, JOHNSON CONTROLS, OR TRANE WITH QUALITY AND FEATURES AS INDICATED. SPECIFIED ROUND BRANCH DUCTWORK AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. HEAVY LIQUID JOINT SEALANT MAY BE OMITTED ON FACTORY -MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION LOW-PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) FITTINGS 24" IN DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED, SPOTWELDED HVAC UNITS (EXCLUDING COMPUTER ROOM UNIT) SHALL SWITCH TO OCCUPIED MODE ONE HOUR BEFORE DOOR OPEN TIME AND SHALL SWITCH TO AND INTERNALLY SEALED. CONTINUOUSLY WELD FITTINGS LARGER THAN 24" IN DIAMETER. FITTING GAUGE SHALL BE 22 -GAUGE FOR 36" FITTINGS AND UNOCCUPIED MODE ONE HOUR AFTER DOOR CLOSE TIME. UNDER 20 -GAUGE FOR LARGER SIZES. 90- DEGREE TEE'S SHALL BE CONICAL -TYPE. SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIR -TIGHT WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT APPLIED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE GAUGE THICKNESS IN MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT INTERIOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS LIMITED BY DESIGN TO LESS THAN 50% RELATIVE HUMIDITY TO COMPLY WITH DMG OPR. PRESSURE CLASS 3" TO 6" W.G.) DUCTWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. SETPOINTS FLEXIBLE DUCT ANY FLEX DUCT CONNECTIONS MADE FROM BRANCH DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS SHALL BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SIMILAR TO "CERTAFLEX" OR OCCUPIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE: "GENFLEX". LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) AND MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 2" TO 6" W.G.) FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE FLEXMASTER TYPE 86, THERMAFLEX TYPE G -KM, M -KE OR EQUAL (FIRE -RETARDANT POLYETHYLE PROTECTIVE VAPOR 75 DEG F - COOLING BARRIER, U.L.181 CLASS 1, ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED DUCT, R-6.0 FIBERGLASS INSULATION). PROVIDE -CPE' LINER WITH STEEL WIRE HELIX MECHANICALLY LOCKED OR PERMANENTLY BONDED TO THE LINER. 70 DEG F - HEATING FLEXIBLE DUCT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 -FEET IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FULLY EXTENDED AND STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING TIGHT LOCALLY CHANGING THE HEATING/COOLING SETPOINT SHALL ENABLE A 120 MINUTES SETPOINT (± 2 DEG F ADJUSTMENT) OVERRIDE. UNOCCUPIED TURNS. INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. NO MORE THAN ONE (1) 90 -DEGREE BEND SHALL BE CREATED. SETPOINTS SHALL BE: SUPPORT FLEXIBLE DUCT AT MAXIMUM 5 -FEET ON CENTER AND WITHIN 6 -INCHES OF BENDS. BENDS SHALL NOT EXCEED A CENTERLINE RADIUS OF ONE DUCT DIAMETER. DUCT SAG SHALL NOT EXCEED 112 -INCH. SUPPORTING MATERIAL IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1-112- 80 DEG F - COOLING ADJUSTABLE INCHES IN WIDTH. 60 DEG F - HEATING ADJUSTABLE CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO RIGID METAL DUCT OR AIR DEVICES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. AT A MINIMUM, INSTALL TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE AROUND THE INNER CORE CONNECTION AND A METALLIC OR NON- METALLIC CLAMP OVER THE TAPE AND TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR A ECONOMIZATION CLAMP OVER THE OUTER JACKET. DUCT CLAMPS SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L.181 B AND MARKED 181 B -C. DUCT TAPE SHALL BE ECONOMIZER CONTROL SHALL COMPARE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY TO RETURN AIRE ENTHALPY AND SELECT THE LOWER ENTHALPY (RETURN OR LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L.181 B AND MARKED 181 B -FX. OUTDOOR AIR) FOR COOLING. IF OUTDOOR AIR IS SELECTED FOR COOLING, THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE PROPORTIONED OPEN TO MAINTAIN BETWEEN 50 DEG. F. AND 56 DEG. F. DUPPLY AIR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE. AIR TERMINALS RUNTIMES PROVIDE AIR DEVICES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY PRICE, TITUS, OR KRUEGER. SELECT AIR DEVICES TO LIMIT ROOM NOISE ACCUMULATED RUNTIMES FOR THE COMPRESSOR AND INDOOR BLOWER SHALL BE PROVIDED. LEVEL TO HIGHER THAN NC -30 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. PROVIDE DEVICES WITH A SOFT PLASTIC GASKET TO MAKE AN AIR -TIGHT SEAL AGAINST THE MOUNTING SURFACE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION, FRAME AND MOUNTING TYPE OF AIR DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS- HEATING/ COOLING MODES OF OPERATION WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 50'F (ADJ) THE OPERATING MODE SHALL BE COOLING. WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR PROVIDE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OF LAY -IN OR SURFACE -MOUNTED TYPE AS REQUIRED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 50° F (ADJ) THE OPERATING MODE SHALL BE HEATING. PROVIDE FREEZESTAT IN THE SUPPLY AIR DUCT TO SHUT DOWN CEILING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE SUPPLY FAN AND CLOSE THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER IF TEMPERATURE IN THE SUPPLY DUCT DROPS BELOW 40 -DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. DAMPERS RESTROOM AND JANITOR CLOSET EXHAUST FAN RESTROOM AND JANITOR CLOSET EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH THE LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR IN EACH RESTROOM. EXHAUST BALANCING DAMPERS FANS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 14" ROOF CURB, BIRD SCREEN, BACK DRAFT DAMPER, & INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS MANUFACTURED BY TITUS, KRUEGER, TUTTLE AND BAILEY, OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE ACCESS & CONTROL OF AIR FLOW. ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE BUTTERFLY TYPE CONSISTING OF CIRCULAR BLADE MOUNTED TO A SHAFT. INSTALL END BEARINGS WITH GASKETS ON OUTSIDE OF DUCT. BLADES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED, DIE -FORMED STEEL. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS DAMPERS SHALL BE FACTORY MADE OF 0.064" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BLADES SUPPORTED BY BRONZE OR ALUMINUM RODS. BLADES SHALL NOT BE LARGER THAN 30" IN LENGTH AND 3-112" WIDE. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY C.E. SPARROW CO., RUSKIN, OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIRE DAMPERS FIRE DAMPERS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 555 AND NFPA 90A. DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A FUSIBLE LINK AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE OR ACCESS DOOR IN DUCT/CEILING SHALL BE PROVIDED. DAMPER BLADES SHALL BE FABRICATED WITH 21 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. DAMPERS SHALL BE LOW PROFILE TYPE SIMILAR TO 5500 -E6 -LPC BY PREFCO PRODUCTS OR 1 BD2-B-FRAM BY RUSKIN, OR APPROVED EQUAL. PLENUMS AND SCREENS CONSTRUCT PLENUMS WITH GALVANIZED STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS AND GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL BRACED WITH GALVANIZED ANGLES. GAUGES AND BRACING SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DUCTWORK SIZES. WHERE ACCESS DOORS ARE SHOWN, PROVIDE HINGED DOORS WITH #202 VENTLOK LATCH. MAKE WATERTIGHT CONNECTIONS TO LOUVERS, SLOPING BOTTOM OF PLENUM TO DRAIN WATER TO WEEPHOLES IN BOTTOM OF LOUVER. PROVIDE SCREENS ON LOUVERS, DUCTS, HOODS, FANS, AND OPENINGS TO THE OUTDOORS AS SCHEDULED AND/OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. BIRD SCREENS SHALL BE 0.041 -INCH, 1/2 -INCH MESH GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE. TURNING VANES DOUBLE WALL AIRFOIL FORMED TYPE TURNING VANES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION FOR ALL SQUARE/ RECTANGULAR LOW VELOCITY DUCT. SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY TUTTLE & BAILEY, TITUS, KRUEGER, OR APPROVED EQUAL. EXHAUST AIR SYSTEMS PROVIDE ROOF -MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS OR EQUAL TO GREENHECK (MODEL G), TWIN CITY FANS, OR PENN BARRY COMPLETE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING, ALUMINUM CENTRIFUGAL WHEEL, ELECTRICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED INSIDE THE HOUSING, BIRDSCREEN, BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND PATE PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB. THREE-PHASE FANS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH MAGNETIC STARTERS WITH PUSH BUTTON STATION. PROVIDE DIRECT DRIVEN CEILING MOUNTED CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST FANS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR EQUAL TO GREENHECK (MODEL SP -B), TWIN CITY, OR PENN BARRY. FANS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND PROVIDE INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER. DRAIN PANS DRAIN PANS SHALL SLOPE TOWARDS THE DRAIN OUTLET BY AT LEAST 0.125 INCHES PER FOOT. THE OUTLET SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE LOWEST POINT OF THE PAN AND BE SIZED TO PRECLUDE OVERFLOW. FOR UNITS WITH NEGATIVE STATIC DRAW AT THE DRAIN PAN RELATIVE TO THE OUTLET, DRAIN LINE SHALL INCLUDE A P -TRAP OR OTHER SEAL TO PREVENT INGESTION OF AMBIENT AIR WHILE ALLOWING THE PAN TO DRAIN COMPLETELY. DRAIN PANS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW COILS OR OTHER WATER -PRODUCING DEVICES. ,� � � ' OlrAuw 40 r `* .' •` 6 z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U MFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z J 0 U w W U a 0 LUa 0 W U) Z JO UF_ _ Q Z U LL LM U U W W C:L x `\)77 \�\ y ,60NDgN ///i \�\�v��.'��CENSF,'tjC�ji 1 ,1l" O * PJo 82187 - , * 1 11 -A STATE OF O' l I i , �%//t�`SS- L O ---- *// - - /c�% M 1111110 w V PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 M-002 0) U C Ei CL a`) C =3O m Q_ LY °' J o _j G C, o Zm 0 U) =�! L0 QQcp _ w o cwQoa>U) o -a N 00 U � L1J U) Z JO UF_ _ Q Z U LL LM U U W W C:L x `\)77 \�\ y ,60NDgN ///i \�\�v��.'��CENSF,'tjC�ji 1 ,1l" O * PJo 82187 - , * 1 11 -A STATE OF O' l I i , �%//t�`SS- L O ---- *// - - /c�% M 1111110 w V PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 M-002 0) CL Of =3O v Q �� � U � L1J p OO ai Q ti ti 0 CN � c� - =n C) (D L L. L ate, 1r �' � 5 -+� L U fL 1L/ O o W (BON a a 4t Q 7 L 1%._� � cn U) Z JO UF_ _ Q Z U LL LM U U W W C:L x `\)77 \�\ y ,60NDgN ///i \�\�v��.'��CENSF,'tjC�ji 1 ,1l" O * PJo 82187 - , * 1 11 -A STATE OF O' l I i , �%//t�`SS- L O ---- *// - - /c�% M 1111110 w V PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 0 M-002 0) Ci LLJ M _ 0 W a F- U LU 0 d W 0 z 0 w U) 0 z 0 U z 0 Z Y z M CL O N 00 N O 00 N R N 1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - HVAC MD -101 1/4" =1'-0" GENERAL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES A ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES. B DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY TO THE STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT AREAS TO REMAIN WITH INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN SHALL BE SAFED OFF AND PROTECTED FROM ELEMENTS AT ALL TIMES. C WHERE THE EXISTING WORK IS TO BE CUT, UNDERPINNED, AND/OR SHORED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SHORING, NEEDLING, BRACING, WEDGING, AND DRY PACKING, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING THESE OPERATIONS. D AREA OF WORK SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. E ANY MATERIALS DEEMED AS HAZARDOUS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO ASBESTOS OR LEAD PAINTS SHALL BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TECHNIQUES, PROCEDURES, AND DISPOSAL METHODS AS PER STANDARD PRACTICE AND ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. F CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, AND CONTROLS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED, BACK TO THE EXISTING CURB. CURBS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED OR ADAPTEDFOR NEW UNITS SHALL BE CAPPED AND INSULATED FOR A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL. DO NOT ABANDON. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, AND FLOORS AT REMOVED MECHANICAL COMPONENTS. G CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS, PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE LINE SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. CAP AND SEAL LINES AT ACTIVE LINES. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENT IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. H CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES, HANGER, WIRING DEVICES, CONDUIT BOXES, WIRING PANELS, FIRE ALARMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO SERVICE OR NEAREST J -BOX TO REMAIN. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENTS IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. I DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ANY REMAINING SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. J EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE LEVELED, BROOM CLEAN WITH NO REMAINING ADHESIVE RESIDUES, AND SEALED. K REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE COORDINATED BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE LANDLORD AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. L UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN SPACING, AND EXISTING OPENING SIZES, AND LOCATIONS, WITH DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. MECHANICAL - DEMOLITION NOTES MD300 DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, AND SUPPORTS COMPLETE. Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U LU U Ira i� w w a 0 W U CL :3 0 0 UU) � O W ap (1)- 'Cl- 2 Ct2 C/) .�CU O., O r � � O cv O CN Io z Of O O J U— Z CU O T Oz w J W N F- N �1 \`C 1 in7T11111 gRENDq . N i c E rys-,,�p� No 82157 STATE OF ' ORID N OMAL' E?' PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 MD -101 0 W H M S O a S2 vi U w O CL Of W O M O w 0 z 0 J U z C Z Y } z a 0 z O U) S M CL cD M N O Q 00 N N 1 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN - HVAC MD -111 1/4"=V-0" GENERAL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES A ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES. B DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY TO THE STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT AREAS TO REMAIN WITH INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN SHALL BE SAFED OFF AND PROTECTED FROM ELEMENTS AT ALL TIMES. C WHERE THE EXISTING WORK IS TO BE CUT, UNDERPINNED, AND/OR SHORED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SHORING, NEEDLING, BRACING, WEDGING, AND DRY PACKING, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING THESE OPERATIONS. D AREA OF WORK SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. E ANY MATERIALS DEEMED AS HAZARDOUS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO ASBESTOS OR LEAD PAINTS SHALL BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TECHNIQUES, PROCEDURES, AND DISPOSAL METHODS AS PER STANDARD PRACTICE AND ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. F CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, AND CONTROLS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED, BACK TO THE EXISTING CURB. CURBS NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED OR ADAPTEDFOR NEW UNITS SHALL BE CAPPED AND INSULATED FOR A WEATHERTIGHT SEAL. DO NOT ABANDON. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, AND FLOORS AT REMOVED MECHANICAL COMPONENTS. G CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS, PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO NEAREST ACTIVE LINE SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. CAP AND SEAL LINES AT ACTIVE LINES. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENT IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. H CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES, HANGER, WIRING DEVICES, CONDUIT BOXES, WIRING PANELS, FIRE ALARMS, ETC. NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE BACK TO SERVICE OR NEAREST J -BOX TO REMAIN. DO NOT ABANDON COMPONENTS IN PLACE. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AT REMOVED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. I DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ANY REMAINING SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. J EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE LEVELED, BROOM CLEAN WITH NO REMAINING ADHESIVE RESIDUES, AND SEALED. K REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE COORDINATED BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE LANDLORD AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. L UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN SPACING, AND EXISTING OPENING SIZES, AND LOCATIONS, WITH DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. MECHANICAL - DEMOLITION NOTES MD301 REMOVE ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, AND ACCESSORIES. SEAL ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WATER TIGHT WITH COUNTER FLASHING. �IfIiR `f' Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U Ld a Z co W w U 0 LU a 0 w U) N L) U W a a U C to N C cc f0 O.. (O W t U No J J No 200 _ C/) O � cfl Q o o CC o U) U N 0 CL ry O O U U) O W O0 (D U) 2 LO C) O CU O cv C) z LL O O Z U O �"— _ 027 W J Wr LU W Q T CL \\\\\y 0RENDg4,///psi No 82157 e ��T , STATE OFNAL ✓� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 MD-111LU 0 w H M w CL vS 0 w O IY CL w w O z O w c� Z 0 J 0 z 0 Z Y z Q 0 sz S U) Q CD ,a. N 00 00 O 4 N 6i F� LB X w Y d wl M CL J LL N 1 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC M-101 1/4"= l' -O" MECHANICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES M301 MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN VERTICAL DUCTWORK. M302 80 EXHUAST AIR DUCT UP THRU ROOF AND TERMINATE WITH GOOSENECK SEE DETAIL ON SHEET M-501. M304 TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS TO OUTLET AND INLET CONNECTION SIZE OF ROOFTOP UNIT. M321 PROVIDE A VENTED LOCKABLE THERMOSTAT COVER (BASE BID). M322 PROVIDE A THERMOSTAT FOR EACH RTU (3 TOTAL) AT THIS LOACATION. REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED REMOTELY FOR EACH RTU AS INDICATED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. r r Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 WU F U a z Z a J w U r i' O W Y U W 2 U O H Q O O W Cn U O O �\ U W O W QO C) `` ^ vJ p F- O w O_ Cv0N C) Z > ¢� CV U M N `J LL L. C� O 0 T- U) U Z 0 w 0 F w w U— . ✓ •"mss No 82157 ze ^ta STATE OF , r ter/ N 'c1 .0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-101LLI U) MECHANICAL - GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE PIPING AND DUCTWORK AMONGST OTHER TRADES AS REQUIRED 2 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCES AROUND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, AND ANY COMPONENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3 COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING AND SHEET METAL WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND ELBOWS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 4 MOUNT THERMOSTATS 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. j 5 PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK TO PROVIDE ACCESS FOR ALL SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, VOLUME DAMPERS, HUMIDIFIERS, COILS, AND OTHER ITEMS LOCATED IN THE DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE AND/OR INSPECTION. 6 PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR THE OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL FANS, VALVES, AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. N 1 FLOOR PLAN - HVAC M-101 1/4"= l' -O" MECHANICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES M301 MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN VERTICAL DUCTWORK. M302 80 EXHUAST AIR DUCT UP THRU ROOF AND TERMINATE WITH GOOSENECK SEE DETAIL ON SHEET M-501. M304 TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS TO OUTLET AND INLET CONNECTION SIZE OF ROOFTOP UNIT. M321 PROVIDE A VENTED LOCKABLE THERMOSTAT COVER (BASE BID). M322 PROVIDE A THERMOSTAT FOR EACH RTU (3 TOTAL) AT THIS LOACATION. REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED REMOTELY FOR EACH RTU AS INDICATED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. r r Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 WU F U a z Z a J w U r i' O W Y U W 2 U O H Q O O W Cn U O O �\ U W O W QO C) `` ^ vJ p F- O w O_ Cv0N C) Z > ¢� CV U M N `J LL L. C� O 0 T- U) U Z 0 w 0 F w w U— . ✓ •"mss No 82157 ze ^ta STATE OF , r ter/ N 'c1 .0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-101LLI U) 0 LU F- M x cc a- C6 F- C-) W O a Of LU O Z O LU O z v J U z C Z Y } z Q LOLL- 0 W N W N O Q� Z O F- U) M Of O Z O W a O w LL LU f - Ln CD Z 0 N N 00 00 O N F. X W a� Y .0 N N LU 2 LL J LL - O N N 5) L 0 O z c.� of N 1 ROOF PLAN - HVAC M-111 1/4" =1'-0" MECHANICAL - GENERAL NOTES 1 THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED FABRICATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE PIPING AND DUCTWORK AMONGST OTHER TRADES AS REQUIRED 2 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CLEARANCES AROUND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, AND ANY COMPONENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3 COORDINATE ROUTING OF PIPING AND SHEET METAL WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS AND ELBOWS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 4 MOUNT THERMOSTATS 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5 PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK TO PROVIDE ACCESS FOR ALL SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, VOLUME DAMPERS, HUMIDIFIERS, COILS, AND OTHER ITEMS LOCATED IN THE DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE AND/OR INSPECTION. 6 PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR THE OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL FANS, VALVES, AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. MECHANICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES M302 80 EXHUAST AIR DUCT UP THRU ROOF AND TERMINATE WITH GOOSENECK. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET M-501. M304 TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS TO OUTLET AND INLET CONNECTION SIZE OF ROOFTOP UNIT. M307 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 10 FOOT MINIMUM SEPERATION DISTANCE FROM EXHAUST OR NOXIOUS CONTAINMENT SOURCE. Z 2000 16th Street Uj Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 F - C3 H 2 U Q r a N k w Y W U Q Of O H Q D O W N U W a CL U C U N C W (6 LU V N J o J No 2 00 L O mU CD, c 0 0 m U No 0 �0 �0 LL U U O W O0 U) p co M: F- _O � � O CU O cv 0 z � 1 z U- 0 0 w k No 82157 b y PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 6 M-111 zw U_ O FINISHED FLOOR w Cn D 0 w N O H z O F -- re re O LL z U_ O LU n- o a W 2 W C7 z 0 H ROOFTOP UNIT BASE RAIL HOLD DOWN CLIP DOOR GENERAL NOTES: 1. ON LONG SIDE OF RTU, ATTACH AND HOLD DOWN CLIP TO ROOF CURB OR ADAPTER USING 4-1/4" x 14 x 1-114" TEK SCREWS PER EACH BRACKET. 2. AFTER UNIT HAS BEEN POSITIONED ON TOP OF ROOF CURB OR ADAPTER CURB, ATTACH AND HOLD DOWN CLIP TO UNIT BASE RAIL USING 114" x 14 x 1-1/4" TEK SCREWS PER EACH BRACKET. 3. CLIPS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND 200 MPH WINDS PER BUILDING CODE. CLIP SHALL BE FLUSH WITH INSIDE OF CURB NAILOR 1/4"x14x 1-114" TEK SCREWS CURB STRUCTURAL STEEL 12" EQUAL SPACED HOLD DOWN CLIPS 12" HOLD DOWN CLIP ROOFTOP UNIT CURB MOVE BRACKETS SLIGHTLY AS REQUIRED TO AVOID DUCT CHANNELS - TYPICAL CURB AND HOLD DOWN CLIP ROOFTOP UNIT CURB AND HOLD DOWN CLIP LOCATIONS ROOFTOP UNIT WIND RESISTANCE ANCHOR DETAIL NO SCALE CEILING LIGHT SWITCH/ OCCUPANCY SENSOR THERMOSTAT/ Fnl/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR � -LP CENTER LINE THERMOSTAT DETAIL NO SCALE NOTE: THERMOSTATS/TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT SAME HEIGHT AS LIGHT SWITCH/OCCUPANCY SENSOR 01 1001 v 0=1 101,1 no W �— BRANCH DUCT SA FLOW EA &LFRA OW 14W 4" MIN. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER WHEN SHOWN ON PLANS BRANCH DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE THREADED HANGER RODS GALVANIZED ANGLE IRON 5L O 0 CLIPS SHALL BE 14 GA GALVANIZED CONSTRUCTION HOLD DOWN CLIP STRAP H1 TO BE FA TO DUCT SHEET MI SCREWS RUBBER CAP VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER ILI L SUPPLY AIR DUCT SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS CEILING PIPE PORTAL DETAIL NO SCALE PROVIDE FLEX DUCT 5'-0" MAXIMUM WITHOUT SAGS OR KINKS SAME SIZE AS NECK DIFFUSER ZIP TIE DUCT FASTENER RIGID SMOOTH RADIUS ROUND ELBOW SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK RIGID DUCT - ONE DUCT DIAMETER MINIMUM SUPPLY DIFFUSER GENERAL NOTES: 1. MAY CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DIFFUSER INLET IFA FLEXIBLE DUCT ELBOW SUPPORT IS PROVIDED. ROUND NECK SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE RECTANGULAR DUCT -HANGER RECTANGULAR DUCT -STRAP ROUND DUCT GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL HANGER STRAPS AND HANGER RODS SHALL BE FIRMY SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. 2. REFER TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK JOINT AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE FOR HANGER AND SUPPORT GAUGES, SPACING, STRAP SIZES, ETC. DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE ROOF TOP UNIT ACOUSTICAL PANEL OR 4" BATT FLEXIBLE CONNECTION INSULATION WITH SUPPORT PREFABRICATED INSULATED METAL CURB WITH WOOD NAILOR VIBRATION ISOLATION RAIL WHERE ® ® SCHEDULED/SPECIFIED FLASHING ROOF z STRUCTURALANGLE/BEAM STEEL r SUPPORTS ROOF DECK WITH FULL THICKNESS ROOF INSULATION CONDUITS FOR POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRE THRU ROOF CURB. SUPPLY AIR DUCT SIZE AS INDICATED RETURN AIR DUCT SIZE AS ON PLANS INDICATED ON PLANS GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE, REUSE/MODIFY OR CLOSE EXISTING OPENINGS AND REPAIR ROOF AS REQUIRED. ALL DUCT, PIPING, OR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO UNIT BELOW CURB SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS. ROOF TOP UNIT INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE REFRIGERANT PIPING OR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. ACTUAL NUMBER OF OPENINGS IN CAP WILL BE DETERMINED BY EACH INSTALLATION STAINLESS STEEL SNAP LOCK CLAMP COMPRESSION MOLDED NIPPLE (4 REQ'D) 13"x 13" REINFORCED ACRYLIC COATED PLASTIC COVER PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB BY HC STRAP HANGERS GALVANIZED NUT & BOLT DUCT BAND 1/2" MESH GALVANIZED WIRE SCREEN 45° 18" MINIMUM FOR EXHAUST 36" MINIMUM FOR INTAKE ROOF ROOFTOP UNIT ROOF WIRING BY CONTRACTOR BID ALTERNATE M1 - MASTER THERMOSTAT REMOTE TEMPERATURE MASTER THERMOSTAT T T SENSOR --— — — — — — — --� GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIELD WIRING BETWEEN ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROLS AND THE MASTER THERMOSTAT AND REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR. REFER TO MECH FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION OF UNITS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURE FOR EXACT TERMINATIONS AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: 1. RTU OPERATION BASED ON MAIN THERMOSTAT TIME SCHEDULE. 2. MAIN THERMOSTAT SHALL MONITOR SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOCATED IN SEPARATE SPACE BID ALTERNATIVE M1 - MASTER THERMOSTAT ROOFTOP UNIT WIRING & CONTROL NO SCALE ANGLE RIVETED OR SPOT WELDED AS REQUIRED CLAMP COUNTER FLASHING TO DUCTWORK GOOSENECK DETAIL NO SCALE EXHAUST FAN BY HC ALUMINUM HOUSING BACKDRAFT DAMPER ROOF OPENING AS INDICATED ON SCHEDULE BY HC TOP OF CURB TO BE LEVEL 12" HIGH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ROOF CURB, SELF FLASHING TYPE SHEET METAL DUCT SEE PLANS FOR SIZE MOTOR CENTRIFUGAL FAN WHEEL 16" HIGH PREFAB ROOF CURB, SELF FLASHING TYPE BY HC EXISTING ROOF CONSTRUCTION �L STEEL SUPPORT AL DUCT BY HC GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING AND TIE INTO EXISTING ROOFING MEMBRANE AS PER EXISTING ROOF MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATIONS SO THAT NO EXISTING WARRANTIES ARE VOIDED. ROOF EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NO SCALE VARIES COORDINATE W/ MECH RTU, SEE MECHANICAL SEALING MATERIAL BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER HIGH -DOMED, CAPPED GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" O.C. MIN TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) COUNTER FLASHING FASTENERS APPROX. 8" O.C. PREFABRICATED INSULATION METAL CURB WITH LINEAR PANEL AND WOOD NAILER ROOF SYSTEM FLASHING EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY NEW STEEL FRAMING FOR RTU - SEE STRUCTURAL RTU CURB DETAIL NO SCALE IL sh DaVitca, Medical {Group Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U) W W 11 , U 1„ Q ����y\gRENDq�" C E as�.,�G * No 82157 'P STATE OF % ©• Cn //;�j 0/Uj4 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �f 0 M-501 c ui m c ca �0 m a LU LL_ J o CJ_ G m2No = CO Cn t O to - M o U c 0 0 0 p U N U) W W 11 , U 1„ Q ����y\gRENDq�" C E as�.,�G * No 82157 'P STATE OF % ©• Cn //;�j 0/Uj4 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �f 0 M-501 Of �0 LL_ !0 vQ U U) W O O0 m < M C c = O LL_ C/i U O0 o d Q ZPZ Lo Cc vJ U) W W 11 , U 1„ Q ����y\gRENDq�" C E as�.,�G * No 82157 'P STATE OF % ©• Cn //;�j 0/Uj4 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 �f 0 M-501 6 w m O Ix (L U) U7 U LU O w CL W w _ O z O w U) c� z 0 J U z C Z Y z 0 sz S 0 Lp N N 00 00 0 v N F. M Lo v x w a� Y N N I W a J w 0 C m m If a s 0 0 z - - - - - - - - - FOR REFERENCE ONLY. UNITS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD: - - - - - - - - GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN IS LENNOX. A 2. ALL UNITS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH INSULATED ROOF CURBS WITH ALL PENETRATIONS THRU THE ROOF ENCLOSED. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE PERMITTED TO RUN EXPOSED TO THE OUTSIDE. ROOF CURB SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SLOPE OF THE EXISTING ROOF. 3. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED ECONOMIZER AND POWERED EXHAUST FAN. r _ - - _ _ _ - - - - _ - 4. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION WITH FACTORY WIRING AND DISCONNECT. 5. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 6. INSTALLATION OF ROOF TOP UNITS AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS SHALL BE CONSIDERED MBBI COST AND SHOULD BE ADDRESSED AS SUCH ON THE BID FORM. 7. ALL UNITS REQUIRE FACTORY START-UP AND TESTING. L - 8. FURNISH WITH 2" PLEATED MERV 8 FILTERS_ UNIT ID UNIT TAG GRILLE, REGISTER, AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE ESP UNIT ID FACE SIZE NECK SIZE MOUNTING STYLE OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES FINISH CONSTRUCTION STYLE MODEL # REMARKS E-1 2412 SEE PLANS ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE PDDR R-1 2424 SEE PLANS LAY -IN - WHITE STEEL PDDR R-2 2412 SEE PLANS LAY -IN - WHITE STEEL PDDR S-1 2424 SEE PLANS LAY -IN WHITE TEAMMATE TOILET 122 50 DX COOLING DATAHEAT 0.11 625 60 0.5 120 1 SP -1350 PUMP HEATING DATA ELECTRIC HEATING DATA 3 LAB TOILET 103 FAN DATA 0.100 0.11 625 60 ELECTRICAL 120 WEIGHT CEF UNIT ID RTU RTU RTU RTU UNIT TAG 1 2 3 4 TOTAL CFM 1780 1350 1400 - OA CFM 190 240 140 - NOMINAL TONS 4 3 3 3 EAT DB'F 78.5 79.9 78 - EAT WB'F 64.5 67.3 66.1 - LAT DB' F 53 58 58 - LAT WB' F TOTAL MBH 53 43 58 33.7 58 31.2 36 SENSIBLE MBH 34.9 26.4 25.6 - SEER 16 16 16 - EER 12.8 12.7 12.7 - EAT DB' F 66 64 66 _ LAT DB'F CAPACITY (MBH) ELEC LAT INPUT KW 80 27.5 90.8 7.5 75 16.2 81.5 7.5 80 20.2 83.5 7.5 _ _ _ 75 ESP (IN WG) 0.75 0.5 0.5 _ HP 0.5 0.5 0.5 _ DRIVE TYPE DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT _ MOTOR RPM 825 825 825 - VOLTAGE 208 208 208 208 PHASE MCA 3 49 3 44 3 44 3 26 MOP 50 50 50 35 LBS (NOT INCLUDING CURB) 767 664 664 - MODEL NUMBER REMARKS KHB048H4E KH6036H4E KHB036H4E LCH036H4E GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN IS LENNOX. A 2. ALL UNITS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH INSULATED ROOF CURBS WITH ALL PENETRATIONS THRU THE ROOF ENCLOSED. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE PERMITTED TO RUN EXPOSED TO THE OUTSIDE. ROOF CURB SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SLOPE OF THE EXISTING ROOF. 3. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED ECONOMIZER AND POWERED EXHAUST FAN. r _ - - _ _ _ - - - - _ - 4. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION WITH FACTORY WIRING AND DISCONNECT. 5. FURNISH WITH FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 6. INSTALLATION OF ROOF TOP UNITS AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS SHALL BE CONSIDERED MBBI COST AND SHOULD BE ADDRESSED AS SUCH ON THE BID FORM. 7. ALL UNITS REQUIRE FACTORY START-UP AND TESTING. L - 8. FURNISH WITH 2" PLEATED MERV 8 FILTERS_ GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON PRICE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN FOR FRAME TYPE. UNIT ID UNIT TAG GRILLE, REGISTER, AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE ESP UNIT ID FACE SIZE NECK SIZE MOUNTING STYLE OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES FINISH CONSTRUCTION STYLE MODEL # REMARKS E-1 2412 SEE PLANS LAY -IN - WHITE STEEL PDDR R-1 2424 SEE PLANS LAY -IN - WHITE STEEL PDDR R-2 2412 SEE PLANS LAY -IN - WHITE STEEL PDDR S-1 2424 SEE PLANS LAY -IN WHITE TEAMMATE TOILET 122 GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON PRICE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN FOR FRAME TYPE. GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON GREENHECK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. FANS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FAN SCHEDULE UNIT ID UNIT TAG AIRFLOW CFM ESP CEILING EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE FAN RPM MOTOR RPM TIP SPEED UNIT ID UNIT TAG SERVES CFM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE FAN RPM MOTOR WATTS AMPS VOLTAGE PHASE MODEL # REMARKS CEF 1 TEAMMATE TOILET 123 50 0.100 0.11 625 60 0.5 120 1 SP -1350 CEF 2 TEAMMATE TOILET 122 50 0.100 0.11 625 60 0.5 120 1 SP -1350 CEF 3 LAB TOILET 103 50 0.100 0.11 625 60 0.5 120 1 SP -650 CEF 4 PATIENT TOILET 108 50 0.100 0.11 625 60 0.5 120 1 SP -1350 GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON GREENHECK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. FANS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FAN SCHEDULE UNIT ID UNIT TAG AIRFLOW CFM ESP FAN TYPE FAN RPM MOTOR RPM TIP SPEED DRIVE TYPE MODULATION/ CONTROL I TYPE ELECTRICAL MODEL # REMARKS I BHP HP VOLTAGE I PHASE EF 1 100 0.3 1 DOWNBLAST 1 1593 1725 3388 DIRECT I AUTO I I .1 I I 115 V 1I G -060 -VG 10 ga GENERAL NOTES: 1. MODEL NUMBER IS BASED ON GREENHECK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. EF -1 SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. GENERAL NOTES: 1. 'X' OR THICKNESS IN INCHES INDICATE ACCEPTABLE SELECTION. IF MORE THAN ONOE SELECTION IS INDICATED FOR A DUCT SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR MAY SELECT FROM THOSE INDICATED SELECTIONS. DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE CODE MINIMUM SYSTEM VENTILATION RESULTS CODE MINIMUM VENTILATION SCHEDULE - RTU -1 - RTU -2 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY, Ev RECTANGULAR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ROOM N0. ROOM NAME AREA MINIMUM ZONE PRIMARY AIRAT FULL OCCUPNACY Vpz ROUND HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVNESS Ez MAXIMUM HALF OF DUCT PERIMETER GALVANIZEDSHEET STEEL STRAPS LOAD RATED GALVANIZED CABLE THREADED STEEL ROD MAXIMUM SPACING, FT. WIRE/ROD DIAMETER STRAPWIDTHAND GAUGE DIAMETER, IN. MAXIMUM SPACING, FT. WIRE DIAMETER ROD DIAMETER STRAPWIDTHAND GAUGE P12=30" X X 10 10 ga V x 22 ga 10 12 12 ga 114" Tx 22 ga P12=77' X X 10 3/8" 1'x 18 ga 11-18 12 8 ga 1/4" V x 22 ga P/2=96" X X 10 318" V x 16 ga 19-24 12 (2)10 ga 1/4" V x 22 ga P/2=120" X X 10 117' 1 1/2'x 16 ga 25-36 12 (2) 8 ga 3/8" V x 20 ga P12=168" X X 10 112' 1 1/2'x 16 ga 37-50 12 - (2)3/8!' (2)1' x 20 ga P12=192" X X 10 1/2' 1 51 60 12 - (2) 318" (2)1' x 18 ga GENERAL NOTES: 1. 'X' OR THICKNESS IN INCHES INDICATE ACCEPTABLE SELECTION. IF MORE THAN ONOE SELECTION IS INDICATED FOR A DUCT SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR MAY SELECT FROM THOSE INDICATED SELECTIONS. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U U a 0 W Y U W U 0 0 LU LU 9 0 U w 0 a inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 C u1 N C 1` (O a LU J o J_ aa) No 2 fn 00 _ O ; co Q 00 0 N 0 CODE MINIMUM SYSTEM VENTILATION RESULTS CODE MINIMUM VENTILATION SCHEDULE - RTU -1 - RTU -2 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY, Ev MAX ROOM N0. ROOM NAME AREA MINIMUM ZONE PRIMARY AIRAT FULL OCCUPNACY Vpz OCCUPANTDENSITY PEOPLE OA RATE PEOPLE11000 sgft CFANPERSON Rp TOTAL PEOPLE Pz AREA OA RATE CFANsgft Ra AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVNESS Ez BREATHING ZONE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW Vbz OUTSIDE AIR FRACTION AT ZONE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW MINIMUM SA Zpz Voz ZONE 100 WAITING 530 SF 1144 10 5 5 0.06 0.8 58 0.06 73 RTU -1 101 CHECK -IN / OUT 177 SF 145 30 5 5 0.06 0.8 37 0.32 46 RTU -1 102 WORK AREA 78 SF 96 5 5 0 0.06 0.8 7 0.09 8 RTU -1 103 LAB TOILET 50 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -1 109 TREATMENT 119 SF 129 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.1 13 RTU -1 110 EXAM 1A 119 SF 129 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.1 13 RTU -1 111 EXAM 1B 118 SF 128 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.1 13 RTU -1 Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U U a 0 W Y U W U 0 0 LU LU 9 0 U w 0 a inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 C u1 N C 1` (O a LU J o J_ aa) No 2 fn 00 _ O ; co Q 00 0 N 0 CODE MINIMUM SYSTEM VENTILATION RESULTS CODE MINIMUM VENTILATION SCHEDULE - RTU -2 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY, Ev MAX ROOM N0. ROOM N0, ROOM NAME AREA MINIMUM ZONE PRIMARY AIRATFULLOCCUPNACY Vpz OCCUPANTDENSITY PEOPLE/1000 sgft PEOPLE OA RATE CFANPERSON Rp TOTAL PEOPLE Pz AREA OA RATE CFWsgft Ra AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVNESS Ez BREATHINGZONE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW Vbz OUTSIDE AIR FRACTION AT ZONE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW MINIMUM SA Zpz Voz ZONE 104 VENIPUNCTURE 96 SF 50 5 5 0 0.06 0.8 8 0.2 10 RTU -2 105 LAB 124 SF 85 10 5 1 0.18 0.8 28 0.42 36 RTU -2 106 VITALS 60 SF 50 5 5 0 0.06 0.8 5 0.13 6 RTU -2 107 PATIENT CORRIDOR 474 SF 145 0 0 0 0.06 0.8 28 0.25 36 RTU -2 108 PATIENTTOILET 51 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -2 112 FLEX EXAM 118 SF 100 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.13 13 RTU -2 113 EXAM 2A 118 SF 100 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.13 13 RTU -2 114 EXAM 2B 118 SF 100 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.13 13 RTU -2 115 CARE MGR. OFFICE 169 SF 140 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 14 0.13 18 RTU -2 116 STORAGE 108 SF 50 0 0 0 0.12 0.8 13 0.32 16 RTU -2 117 BIO -HAZARD 34 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -2 118 J.C. / W.H. 47 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -2 119 MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 288 SF 1 260 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 24 0.12 31 RTU -2 121 MED ROOM 73 SF 1 180 10 5 1 0.18 0.8 17 0.12 21 RTU -2 Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U U a 0 W Y U W U 0 0 LU LU 9 0 U w 0 a inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 C u1 N C 1` (O a LU J o J_ aa) No 2 fn 00 _ O ; co Q 00 0 N 0 CODE MINIMUM SYSTEM VENTILATION RESULTS CODE MINIMUM VENTILATION SCHEDULE - RTU -3 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY, Ev MAX ROOM N0. ROOM NAME AREA MINIMUM ZONE PRIMARY AIR AT FULLOCCUPNACY Vpz OCCUPANTDENSITY PEOPLE OA RATE PEOPLE/1000 sgft CFWPERSON Rp TOTAL PEOPLE Pz AREA OA RATE CFANsgft Ra AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVNESS Ez BREATHINGZONE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW Vbz OUTSIDE AIR FRACTION AT ZONE OUTDOORAIRFLOW MINIMUM SA Zpz Voz ZONE 120 TEAM WORK 338 SF 210 5 5 2 0.06 0.8 29 0.17 36 RTU -3 122 TEAMMATE TOILET 52 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -3 123 TEAMMATE TOILET 52 SF 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 RTU -3 124 TEAMMATE LOUNGE 282 SF 620 25 5 4 0.06 0.8 37 0.07 46 RTU -3 125 PROVIDER OFFICE 1 51 SF 50 5 5 0 0.06 0.8 4 0.11 5 RTU -3 126 PROVIDER OFFICE 2 51 SF 50 5 5 0 0.06 0.8 4 0.11 5 RTU -3 127 COMM. 38 SF 50 0 0 0 0.12 0.8 5 0.11 6 RTU -3 128 CARE COORDINATOR 119 SF 140 1 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.09 13 RTU -3 129 ADMIN OFFICE 116 SF 115 1 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.11 12 RTU -3 130 WORK AREA 2 121 SF 70 1 5 5 1 0.06 0.8 10 0.18 13 RTU -3 Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U U a 0 W Y U W U 0 0 LU LU 9 0 U w 0 a inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 C u1 N C 1` (O a LU J o J_ aa) No 2 fn 00 _ O ; co Q 00 0 N 0 CODE MINIMUM SYSTEM VENTILATION RESULTS AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY, Ev MAX MIN U_ OCCUPANT DIVERSITY SYSTEM PRIMARY AIRFLOW, VpS SYSTEM UNCORRECTED OUTDOOR AIRFLOW, Vou AVERAGE OUTDOORAIR OUTDOOR AIR INTAKEAIRFLOW FRACTION, Xs (MULTI -ZONE), Vot OUTDOORAIR INTAKEAIRFLOW (100%04), Vot OUTSIDE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW AIRFLOW, AIRFLOW, FRACTION, CFM CFM % OUTSIDE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW AIRFLOW, AIRFLOW, FRACTION, CFM CFM % RTU -1 .92 1771 189 11 1771 189 11 100 1771 173 .1 189 217 RTU -2 .72 1 1260 236 19 1260 236 19 1 100 1260 169 .13 236 211 RTU -3 .9 1 1305 1 121 9 1305 121 9 1 100 1 1305 109 .08 121 136 Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U U U a 0 W Y U W U 0 0 LU LU 9 0 U w 0 a inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 C u1 N C 1` (O a LU J o J_ aa) No 2 fn 00 _ O ; co Q 00 0 N 0 U) W J W r v J ��;7�kl No 82157 -A ; STATE OF 6 op %0 i'VA1-✓ '0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-601 co O o U_ V < �� U UJ p f� > ti C � M Cf)U CU O LJL a--� '.CU I- r. U) -v O o 0 04 Lo CU Q Z U) U) W J W r v J ��;7�kl No 82157 -A ; STATE OF 6 op %0 i'VA1-✓ '0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 M-601 co cn POWER V® DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD SINGLE 125V -20A RECEPTACLE 0 w X(Is O CIRCUIT BREAKER a NEW PANELBOARD- SURFACE w DIMMER SWITCH LU GF(bDUPLEX = TV TELEVISION OUTLET p NEW PANELBOARD- RECESSED M NORMAUEMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE - O MOTOR Uj WP� D EXISTING PANELBOARD WEATHERPROOF HOUSING EWC(t) 0 MOTOR STARTING SWITCH z_ LIGHTING FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY ONLY p ® M TRANSFORMER (DRAWN TO SIZE) J U INDICATED ON DRAWINGS z KEY SWITCH z PS POWER SUPPLY $ (OVERRIDE OF TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED LIGHTS) Y LD LOCK DOWN PB Q CP CONTROLPANEL ® RELAY WITH RATING AND NUMBER OF POLES p AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS -"SEE SPEC." w N if JJ JUNCTION BOX O F - z JQ JUNCTION BOX - CEILING D O o PB PULL BOX W N af E]j NON -FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH U_ z O FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH SINGLE 125V -20A RECEPTACLE 0 DUPLEX 125V -20A RECEPTACLE X(Is QENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER INDICATES AMPERE Sw w DIMMER SWITCH CL GF(bDUPLEX = TV TELEVISION OUTLET INTERRUPTER TYPE PC � U) NORMAUEMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE - MO MOTOR zO WP� INTERRUPTER TYPE. INSTALL IN - WM WEATHERPROOF HOUSING EWC(t) M MOTOR STARTING SWITCH 250V - 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 30A SINGLE LIGHTING FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY ONLY _U SWO H INDICATED ON DRAWINGS $ K KEY SWITCH TLO TIMED LOCAL OVERRIDE $ (OVERRIDE OF TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED LIGHTS) f� Y ami w CL J -a 0 c m U) m co L 0 0 z RECEPTACLES SINGLE POLE SWITCH SINGLE 125V -20A RECEPTACLE 0 DUPLEX 125V -20A RECEPTACLE X(Is 250V 2 -POLE, 3 -WIRE RECEPTACLE (X) LIGHTING FIXTURE - SEE FIXTURE INDICATES AMPERE Sw DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TOP HALF SWITCHED- SEE PLANS FOR SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH LOCATION GF(bDUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR INTERRUPTER TYPE PC � DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON DEDICATED NORMAUEMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE - CIRCUIT FOR COMPUTER LOADS SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT WP� INTERRUPTER TYPE. INSTALL IN - WM WEATHERPROOF HOUSING EWC(t) RECEPTACLE ELECTRIC WATER COOLER A® 250V - 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 30A SINGLE LIGHTING FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY ONLY RECEPTACLE SWO QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE HALF SWITCHED- SEE PLANS FOR SWITCH INDICATED ON DRAWINGS LOCATION LIGHTING SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3 3 -WAY SWITCH 4 4 -WAY SWITCH TS LIGHTING FIXTURE - SEE FIXTURE OWAP SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION D DIMMER SWITCH m CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR 0 CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR 0 WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR PSI2 NORMAUEMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE - FD SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE PC INFORMATION LA v - WM 0 DOWNLIGHT Q LIGHTING FIXTURE ON NORMAUEMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY ONLY Fq EXIT SIGN - DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS B ( BATTERY PACK WITH HEADS AS INDICATED ELECTRIC STRIKE ON DRAWINGS O< REMOTE HEAD FOR BATTERY PACK 2 -POLE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMING PHOTOCELL VOLTAGE TO MATCH CIRCUIT LIGHTING CONTACTOR EPC EMERGENCY POWER CONTROL TELECOMMUNICATIONS TELEPHONE OUTLET(S) @ 18" AFF. U.N.O. WITH 314" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AVAILABLE. 0 DATA OUTLET(S) @ 18' AFF. U.N.O. WITH 314" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO DATA EQUIPMENT RACK IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AVAILABLE. COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(S) @ 18" AFF. U.N.O. WITH 1" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO TELE/DATA SECURITY &DOOR CONTROL SSCP SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL ADC AUTOMATED DIALER COMMUNICATOR 0a SECURITY CAMERA SECURITY CAMERA IN BUBBLE ®M SECURITY MONITOR ©S MOTION SENSOR © GLASS BREAK SS SOUND SENSOR DSA DOOR/ SECURITY ANNUNCIATOR PID QUAD PID MODULE ® CARD READER KP KEYPAD PUSH-BUTTON O U DOOR OPEN PUSH-BUTTON PP AUTOMATIC DOOR PUSH-BUTTON STATION FRT SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3 3 -WAY SWITCH 4 4 -WAY SWITCH TS DIGITAL TIMER WALL SWITCH OWAP WATT STOPPER MODEL #TS -400 D DIMMER SWITCH OS CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR tD�S CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR ®S WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR PSI2 w w U FD cfl - PC SCHEDULES AND DIAGRAMS LC - WM 0 SMOKE DETECTOR 2 -POLE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMING PHOTOCELL VOLTAGE TO MATCH CIRCUIT LIGHTING CONTACTOR EPC EMERGENCY POWER CONTROL TELECOMMUNICATIONS TELEPHONE OUTLET(S) @ 18" AFF. U.N.O. WITH 314" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AVAILABLE. 0 DATA OUTLET(S) @ 18' AFF. U.N.O. WITH 314" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO DATA EQUIPMENT RACK IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AVAILABLE. COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(S) @ 18" AFF. U.N.O. WITH 1" RACEWAY TERMINATED ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO TELE/DATA SECURITY &DOOR CONTROL SSCP SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL ADC AUTOMATED DIALER COMMUNICATOR 0a SECURITY CAMERA SECURITY CAMERA IN BUBBLE ®M SECURITY MONITOR ©S MOTION SENSOR © GLASS BREAK SS SOUND SENSOR DSA DOOR/ SECURITY ANNUNCIATOR PID QUAD PID MODULE ® CARD READER KP KEYPAD PUSH-BUTTON O U DOOR OPEN PUSH-BUTTON PP AUTOMATIC DOOR PUSH-BUTTON STATION FRT FLOW SWITCH - PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC TS TERMINAL AREA IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AVAILABLE. OWAP DATA OUTLET FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT P�WAP TELECOM OUTLET FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT �L WIRELESS PHONE SYSTEM ON SINGLE GANG WALL BOX WITH DATA OUTLET AND COAX N �M CONNECTION MISCELLANEOUS BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING CONCEALED IN WALLS OR ABOVE CEILING �-� HOME RUN BACK TO PANEL FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL WITH BATTERY BACKUP ADC AUTOMATED DIALER COMMUNICATOR ZAM ZONE ADDRESSABLE MODULE CMR CONTROL MODULE RELAY FF—AP-S] FIRE ALARM POWER SUPPLY �F FIRE ALARM PULL STATION �F FIRE ALARM STROBE -WALL MOUNTED �F FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE FLOW SWITCH - PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC TS TAMPER SWITCH -PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC -f FIREMAN'S TELEPHONE JACK rl" J FIRE ALARM REMOTE INDICATOR LAMP �L END OF LINE DEVICE RI REMOTE INDICATOR I TEST STATION �M DAMPER MOTOR 2 w w U cfl - SCHEDULES AND DIAGRAMS ED 101 - WM 0 SMOKE DETECTOR OH HEAT DETECTOR CEILING MOUNTED E REQUEST FOR EXIT C i DOOR CONTACT ES ELECTRIC STRIKE � ML ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR LOCK ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER LD LOCK DOWN PB PUSH BUTTON DOOR RELEASE FS SHEET LIST -ELECTRICAL E-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS E-002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-101 FLOOR PLAN -LIGHTING E-111 FLOOR PLAN -POWER 8 TELECOM E-121 FLOOR PLAN SYSTEMS E-131 FLOOR PLAN -ELECTRICAL HVAC E-141 ROOF PLAN ELECTRICAL HVAC E-501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS E-511 LIGHTING DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS E-601 FLOW SWITCH - PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC TS TAMPER SWITCH -PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC -f FIREMAN'S TELEPHONE JACK rl" J FIRE ALARM REMOTE INDICATOR LAMP �L END OF LINE DEVICE RI REMOTE INDICATOR I TEST STATION �M DAMPER MOTOR 2 w w U cfl - SCHEDULES AND DIAGRAMS ED 101 - WM 0 SMOKE DETECTOR OH HEAT DETECTOR CEILING MOUNTED DUCT DETECTOR -PROVIDED BY EC, INSTALLED BY MC AND CONNECTED BY EC. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM CONNECTION TO BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. FS SHEET LIST -ELECTRICAL E-001 NOTES, SYMBOLS, AND ABBREVIATIONS E-002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-101 FLOOR PLAN -LIGHTING E-111 FLOOR PLAN -POWER 8 TELECOM E-121 FLOOR PLAN SYSTEMS E-131 FLOOR PLAN -ELECTRICAL HVAC E-141 ROOF PLAN ELECTRICAL HVAC E-501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS E-511 LIGHTING DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS E-601 FLOW SWITCH - PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC TS TAMPER SWITCH -PROVIDED BY OTHERS, AND CONNECTED BY EC -f FIREMAN'S TELEPHONE JACK rl" J FIRE ALARM REMOTE INDICATOR LAMP �L END OF LINE DEVICE RI REMOTE INDICATOR I TEST STATION �M DAMPER MOTOR DENOTATIONS &ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL PROJECT NOTES: ADM ADMINISTRATOR 1. THE TERM CONTRACTOR" AS USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL MEAN THE 'ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR". AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 2. THESE NOTES ARE TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS AND THESE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THE INFORMATION ON THE C CEILING MOUNTED DRAWINGS, THESE NOTES, AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, INCLUDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRED FOR A CATV COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION COMPLETE NEW INSTALLATION AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 4. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL CONFORM IN ALL RESPECTS TO THE LATEST CCN CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION APPROVED STANDARDS OF THE IEEE, ANSI AND THE UL LABEL OR LISTING. 5. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NEC, LOCAL AND CF COFFEE MAKER STATE CODES, ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS, INCLUDING THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA), THE AMERICAN'S WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), AND THE NATIONAL ENERGY ACT (NEA). WHERE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH SUCH LAWS AND CH CHIME ORDINANCES, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE SUBMISSION OF THE BID. 6. WIRING METHODS FOR PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL APPLY TO ARTICLE 517 OF THE CO CENTER OFF NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 260533 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DD DOUBLE DEVICE 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL PERMITS, PAY ALL FEES, INCLUDING ALL COSTS ASSESSED BY THE ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY, AND ARRANGE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS FOR HIS WORK. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK, THE CONTRACTOR DF DOUBLE FACED DEVICE SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER WITH ALL CERTIFICATES OF FINAL INSPECTION AND APPROVALS. DO DOOR OPEN 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT ELECTRIC AND TELEPHONE UTILITY COMPANY SERVICE POINTS AND COORDINATE THE ELECTRIC UTILITIES PRIMARY AND E EMERGENCY SECONDARY CONDUIT ROUTINGS AND LENGTH Of RUN WITH THE UTILITY COMPANIES SERVICE PLANNERS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK FOR THIS PROJECT. EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HIS WORK MUST BE CONDUCTED BEFORE SUBMITTING THEIR PROPOSAL. THE SUBMITTING OF EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF A PROPOSAL IMPLIES THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS VISITED THE SITE, IS CONVERSANT WITH ALL SITE CONDITIONS, INCLUDING EXISTING SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT, EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER OBSTRUCTIONS AND ALL CONDITIONS, WHICH WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION OF PRESENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION OF NEW MATERIALS AND CUTTING AND PATCHING, ETC., FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL EXP EXPLOSION PROOF INSTALLATION. If ANY INTERFERENCE'S OR CODE VIOLATIONS APPEAR AND DEPARTURE FROM THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE BID DOCUMENTS IS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR F FIRE ALARM SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO CONTRACT WITH THE OWNER. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH THE AFOREMENTIONED FF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED NOTIFICATION WILL RESULT IN THE CONTRACTOR BEING HELD RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLETE ALL WORK TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE BID DOCUMENTS WITH NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSES ('EXTRAS') BEING INCURRED BY THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, OR FL FLUORESCENT ENGINEER. 10. THREE DAYS (72 HOURS) BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION WORK IS STARTED, RELATIVE TO FO FIBER OPTIC ELECTRICAL WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. NOTIVY THE LOCAL OR FSS (USED SAFETY SWITCH STATE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND WAIT THE REQUIRED TIME BEFORE COMMENCING TO DIG. 11. SHOULD ANY STRUCTURAL DIFFICULTIES PREVENT SETTING OF CABINETS, RUNNING G GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER CONDUCTORS, ETC., AT POINTS SHOWN ON PLANS, THE NECESSARY MINOR DEVIATIONS THEREFROM, AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT, MAYBE PERMITTED AND MUST BE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. 12. ANY ITEM APPEARING ON THE DRAWINGS AND NOT IN THE SPECIFICATION OR VICE VERSA, AND ANY ITEMS APPEARING IN NEITHER BUT NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF HOA HAND-OFF AUTO THESE SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR I INFRARED REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELS. NOTE: REVIEW OF CONTRACTORS SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE ICD INCANDESCENT CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFORM TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORK INSTALLED BY HIS WORKMEN UNDER THIS IG ISOLATED GROUND CONTRACT TO BE FREE FROM ALL DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING BY THE OWNER, AND K KEY SHOULD DEFECTS OCCUR WITHIN THIS PERIOD, REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE ITEMS, AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. LV LOW VOLTAGE 15. NO POWDER ACTUATED FASTENING DEVICE SHALL BE USED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE PREMISES FREE FROM THE ACCUMULATION OF M MOTOR WASTE MATERIAL. AT THE END OF EACH DAY THE WORK AREA SHALL BE LEFT IN A CLEAN CONDITION AS DEFINED BY THE ARCHITECT. MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 17. DURING ANY DRILLING OPERATION, AN INDUSTRIAL TYPE VACUUM MUST BE USED TO ELIMINATE DUST. IN ADDITION, A PLUNGER HEAD OR EQUIVALENT MUST BE USED WITH ML MULTI -LINE THE DRILL AND VACUUM WHEN DRILLING OVERHEAD. 18. ALL CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TESTED UPON COMPLETION OF WORK AND FINAL TESTS, WHEN REQUESTED, SHALL BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER'S MW MICROWAVE REPRESENTATIVE. ANY CIRCUITS OR EQUIPMENT FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED, AS NECESSARY, AND THEN RE -TESTED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL N NURSE CALL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 19. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, ALL ENCLOSURES SHALL BE LEFT FREE Of REFUSE NE NORMAUEMERGENCY AND THE EXTERIOR FREE OF DIRT AND PAINT SPLATTERS. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY THE ARCHITECT WITH RED -LINE AS -BUILT MARKUPS (PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS) OF THE INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK NFSS NON-FUSED SAFETY SWITCH AND BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT IS MADE. P PANIC ("CODE BLUE") PA PAGING SYSTEM PAY PAY TELEPHONE PL PILOT LIGHT PLC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PR PRESENT TO REMAIN COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS: PRN PRESENT LOCATION/ a. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL PARTS OF HIS WORK IN REPLACED WITH NEW PROPER RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHERS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND REF REFRIGERATOR STRUCTURAL) AND TO THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISH. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, BEFORE INSTALLING THE WORK INVOLVED, CONSULT WITH THE REL RELOCATE ARCHITECT AS TO THE EXACT LOCATION AND LEVEL OF HIS WORK. THE ARCHITECTS DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. b. COORDINATE THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH THE ARCHITECTS RED RELOCATED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. S SOUND SYSTEM c. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ARRANGEMENT OF HIS WORK, AND EQUIPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF PROPER HEADROOM UNDER THIS WORK. SHOULD WORK INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR REQUIRE MODIFICATION TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH SEC SECURITY SYSTEM OTHER WORK, AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT, SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. SL SINGLE LINE d. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE IF THE WORK AND/OR REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES AFFECT THIS CONTRACTOR. SS SURGE SUPPRESSION e. IN GENERAL, ALL CONTROL WIRING, CONDUIT, AND RELATED ITEMS FOR ALL ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THOSE RESPECTIVE TRADES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. T TELEPHONE TL TWIST LOCK TP TAMPERPROOF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WORK: a. PROVIDE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WORK AS INDICATED. ITEMS FOR REUSE OR TO BE TURNED U ULTRASONIC OVER TO THE OWNER SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED, DISMANTLED, AND STORED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO SAME. WHERE EQUIPMENT IS TO BE REMOVED, ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING UGC UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATIONS BOXES, CONDUIT, AND WIRE SHALL ALSO BE REMOVED BACK TO THE SOURCE. ITEMS NOT NOTED TO BE REUSED OR TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSED. UGE UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC b. WHEN RELOCATING OR REMOVING A LIGHTING FIXTURE, RECEPTACLE, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICE, BUT NOT OTHER DEVICES ON THE SAME CIRCUIT, THE CIRCUIT SHALL BE RECONNECTED OF UNDERGROUND FIBER FOR CONTINUED SERVICE TO REMAINING ITEMS ON THE CIRCUIT. c. ELECTRICAL WORK INTERFERING WITH AND REQUIRING RELOCATION OR MODIFICATION FOR NEW UT UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED, OR REROUTED TO SUIT FINAL INSTALLATION. d. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARILY FEEDING AND BACKFEEDING W WALL MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, PANELBOARDS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, SYSTEMS, AND ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY DURING VARIOUS PHASES OF WG WIRE GUARD CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WORK WITH NEW WORK DRAWINGS. e. CONDUITNVIRING THAT MAY BE CONCEALED IN WALLS THAT ARE BEING REMOVED SHALL BE WP WEATHERPROOF CAPPED AT THE APPROPRIATE LOCATION UNLESS SUCH CONDUITNVIRING MUST REMAIN AS PART OF AN ACTIVE SYSTEM. THE STATUS OF SUCH CONDUITWIRING AS TO BE ACTIVE OR WPG WEATHERPROOF/GROUND a� No 2 w w U cfl - SCHEDULES AND DIAGRAMS ED 101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL ziumol a� No 2 w w U cfl - ROJecr a 2018.2538.00 0 E-001 INACTIVE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THIS CONTRACTOR BEFORE ANY DISCONNECTION, CAPPING, OR FAULT RELOCATION WORK IS PERFORMED. EXISTING CONDUITANIRING THAT MUST REMAIN AS A PART INTERRUPTER OF AN ACTIVE SYSTEM SHALL BE RELOCATED AND REARRANGED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN WT WATER TIGHT CONTINUITY OF THAT CIRCUIT. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SUCH CONDUITNVIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED. XR EXISTING TO BE REMOVED f. CUT, PATCH, AND RESTORE ALL OPENINGS IN EXISTING STRUCTURE REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO REMOVE PORTIONS OF EXISTING CEILINGS, WALLS, AND FLOORS NECESSARY FOR REMODELING AND RESTORING SUCH CEILINGS, WALLS, AND FLOORS AFTER ELECTRICAL WORK INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. g. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF FIRE ALARM, SECURITY, AND ALL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED DURING VARIOUS PHASES OF THE WORK. h. REMOVE ABANDONED CONDUIT, WIRE, JUNCTION BOXES, WORK LIGHTS, ETC WITHIN DEMOLITION AREA EVEN THOUGH THEY ARE NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. Z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 O U_ 0 w U c ui c a J LLJ � J_ 76 o HH w U w w p o c o 0 � U)� C-4 43)pCO Q 0 U L1J O Q ti CO U � O o a Ccl Uj oO in U) U) O MO W vJ UJ W Q ~ O Z w z C\1 M � No 82104 �• 0111,111\4 P m C, a� No 2 w w U cfl - ROJecr a 2018.2538.00 0 E-001 0 z 9 0 S2 = H Q N 0 N a) 0 0 00 N F Y ami >, NI w M J 1, -o 0 m U) m :o 2 L 0 z SECTION 260000 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 1 AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO THIS SECTION AND DIVISION. WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED THOSE OF DIVISION 1, THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL THEIR CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION, SECTION OR BOTH. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY INFERRED TO BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS IMPLIED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. B. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVEN OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. C. DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ONE ANOTHER, INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY ALSO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, OUTLETS AND CIRCUITS WITHOUT SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE WHEN LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH, WHEN INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, SATISFACTORY AND PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. D. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. SHOW THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE AND ATTEMPT TO INDICATE HOW THEY SHALL BE INTEGRATED WITH OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS BY JOB MEASUREMENTS, BY CHECKING THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES, AND BY REVIEWING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CORRECT ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. E. SPECIFICATIONS DEFINE THE QUALITATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIAL, AND WORKMANSHIP UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. ABBREVIATIONS: 1. NEC: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2. OSHA: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT 3. ANSI: AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 4. NFPA: NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION 5. ASA: AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION 6. IEEE: INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS 7. NEMA: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 8. UL: UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. 9. IES: ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY 10. ICEA: INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION 11. ASTM: AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS 12. ETL: ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. 13. CBM: CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS 14. EIA: ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION 15. OEM: ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER 16. ADA: AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT B. WHENEVER USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE INDICATED MEANINGS: 1. FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, EQUIPMENT, TESTING APPARATUS, CONTROLS, TESTS, ACCESSORIES AND ALL OTHER ITEMS CUSTOMARILY REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER AND COMPLETE APPLICATION FOR THE PARTICULAR WORK REFERRED TO." 2. INSTALL: "TO JOIN, UNITE, FASTEN, LINK, ATTACH, SET UP OR OTHERWISE CONNECT TOGETHER BEFORE TESTING AND TURNING OVER TO OWNER, COMPLETE AND READY FOR REGULAR OPERATION, THE PARTICULAR WORK REFERRED TO." 3. PROVIDE: "TO SUPPLY, PURCHASE, TRANSPORT, PLACE, ERECT, CONNECT, TEST AND TURN OVER TO OWNER, COMPLETE AND READY FOR REGULAR OPERATION, THE PARTICULAR WORK REFERRED TO." 4. FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER -FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQ'D BY THIS DIVISION. 5. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND HE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USING IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT'. 6. WIRING: THE INCLUSION OF ALL RACEWAYS FITTINGS, CONDUCTORS, CONNECTORS, TAPE, JUNCTION AND OUTLET BOXES, CONNECTIONS, SPLICES, AND ALL OTHER ITEMS NECESSARY AND/OR REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH WORK. 7. CONDUIT: THE INCLUSION OF ALL FITTINGS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SLEEVES, ETC. 8. AS DIRECTED: AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. 9. CONCEALED: EMBEDDED IN MASONRY OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLED BEHIND WALL FURRING OR WITHIN DOUBLE PARTITIONS OR INSTALLED WITHIN HUNG CEILINGS. 10. AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. 11. NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 12. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 1.3 PRE-BID SITE VISIT A. PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED OF CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 1.4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A. PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NEW AND IN FIRST CLASS CONDITION. PROVIDE MARKINGS OR A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFYING THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDING SUFFICIENT REFERENCE TO ESTABLISH QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. IN GENERAL, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING QUALITY GRADE(S) FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (LIGHT DUTY AND RESIDENTIAL TYPE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE): A.3. COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE B. PROVIDE ALL HOISTS, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING, RUNWAYS, TOOLS, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. STORE AND MAINTAIN MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN CLEAN CONDITION, AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER, MOISTURE, AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE. C. FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT THAT ARE LISTED, LABELED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL), WHENEVER ANY LISTING OR LABELING EXISTS FOR THE TYPES OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. AT A MINIMUM, GENERAL WORK PRACTICES FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 (LATEST EDITION). "STANDARD PRACTICES FOR GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION". 1.5 MANUFACTURERS A. IN OTHER ARTICLES WHERE LISTS OF MANUFACTURERS ARE INTRODUCED, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED. B. WHERE A LIST IS PROVIDED, MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ALPHABETICALLY AND NOT IN ANY ACCORDANCE WITH RANKING OR PREFERENCE. C. WHERE MANUFACTURERS ARE NOT LISTED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WHERE REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN MANUFACTURING THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT FOR NO LESS THAN 5 YEARS 1.6 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER DIVISIONS AND TRADES SO THAT VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ALL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CIVIL, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING, AND TO RELEVANT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF CLEAR SPACES. MAKE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED TO CLEAR EQUIPMENT, BEAMS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND TO FACILITATE CONCEALING RACEWAYS IN THE MANNER ANTICIPATED IN THE DESIGN. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL FIT PROPERLY THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. 1.7 ORDINANCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. COMPLY, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARDS, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS. ADDITIONALLY, COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMENTS AFFECTED BY CONNECTION OF SERVICES. B. WHERE CONFLICTS BETWEEN VARIOUS CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS EXIST, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. WHEREVER REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, EXCEED THOSE OF THE ABOVE ITEMS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH SHALL GOVERN. CODE COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, IS MANDATORY. CONSTRUE NOTHING IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS PERMITTING WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH THESE CODES. C. BRING ALL CONFLICTS OBSERVED BETWEEN CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND THESE DOCUMENTS TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION FOR FINAL RESOLUTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. D. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR WORK IN THIS DIVISION. 1.8 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHANGING WEATHER CONDITIONS, DAMPNESS, OR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, STORE INSIDE IN CONDITION SPACES. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO THESE CONDITIONS, COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR -RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. B. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF CONDUITS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. INCLUDE IN THE BASIC BID THE PRODUCTS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS. SUBMIT, IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATES, WITH BID, PRODUCTS OF ANY OTHER MANUFACTURERS FOR SIMILAR USE, PROVIDED THE DIFFERENCES IN COST, F ANY, ARE INCLUDED FOR EACH PROPOSED ALTERNATE. B. PRIOR TO THE BID DATE, SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT, FOR REVIEW, AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING CUT SHEETS, PHOTO METRIC DATA, AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION FOR EACH SUCH REQUEST. PROVIDE FACTORY GENERATED POINT -BY -POINT CALCULATIONS). PROVIDE INTERIOR POINT -BY -POINT CALCULATIONS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT A $100.00 REVIEW FEE TO THE ENGINEER WITH EACH SUCH POINT -BY -POINT CALCULATION FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC BASE FILES. C. AFTER THE BID DATE, PROPOSALS TO SUBSTITUTE LIGHT FIXTURES FOR THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, WILL ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS A DEDUCT. SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SEPARATELY, IN SUBMITTAL FORM, WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS TOGETHER WITH A DEDUCT PRICE FOR EACH SUBSTITUTION. THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR BOTH, WILL THEN REVIEW PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. D. THE ENGINEER WILL HAVE THE FINAL AUTHORITY AS TO WHETHER THE LIGHT FIXTURE IS AN ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT TO THE SPECIFIED ITEM. THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION MAY ALSO BE REJECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR AESTHETIC REASONS IF FELT NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE. IN THE EVENT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS HEREIN DESCRIBED ARE REJECTED, FURNISH THE SPECIFIED ITEM. 1.10 ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES A. IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT TEH ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE AND SEND THE FORM ATTACHED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION ALONG WITH A CHECK MADE PAYABLE TO HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE THE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT ON THE ATTACHED FORM. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT, COPIES EACH OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS, APPROPRIATELY BOUND INTO MANUAL FORM INCLUDING APPROVED COPIES OF THE FOLLOWING, REVISED IF NECESSARY TO SHOW SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, SUBMIT (3) SETS, AND INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEETS 2. WIRING DIAGRAMS 3. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 5. PARTS LISTS B. TEST REPORTS AS DEFINED IN NETA ATS FOR THE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED OR FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. C. NAMES, ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND E-MAIL ADDRESSES OF LOCAL CONTACTS FOR WARRANTEE SERVICES AND SPARE PARTS. D. SUBMIT MANUALS PRIOR TO REQUESTING THE FINAL PUNCH LIST AND BEFORE ANY REQUESTS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALSO PROVIDE ADEQUATE VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS OF SYSTEM OPERATIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE COMPLETION OF, AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF, THE WORK. 1.12 TRAINING A. AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. B. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE SYSTEM AND/OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. C. SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. D. SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OWNER WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. 1.13 WARRANTIES A. WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. B. ALSO WARRANT THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ITEMS: C. ALL RACEWAYS ARE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTIONS, HOLES, CRUSHING, OR BREAKS OF ANY NATURE. D. ALL RACEWAY SEALS ARE EFFECTIVE. E. THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IS FREE FROM ALL SHORT CIRCUITS AND UNWANTED OPEN CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS. F. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. G. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. H. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 1.14 MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK A. PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND NEW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CABLES AND WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND VENTILATION SHAFTS. 1.15 EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL A. REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, EXPOSED CONDUITS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS NOT REUSED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. B. EXISTING RACEWAYS MAY BE REUSED IF THEIR POINTS OF TERMINATIONS ARE SUITABLE: IF THEY ARE CLEAN INSIDE WITH NO EVIDENCE OF RUST OR BURRS; IF FREE FROM CRACKS, FLATTENED SECTIONS OR SHARP BENDS: AND IF SUITABLY LOCATED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES OR INSTALLATIONS. CAREFULLY "FISH" ALL EXISTING CONDUITS REUSED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND OBSTRUCTIONS, AND SWAB UNTIL ALL MOISTURE IS REMOVED. C. CUT, PATCH, AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED FOR NEW ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, AND PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACE DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. CUT FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR AND PLUG AT BOTH ENDS. RACEWAYS STUBBED ABOVE THE FLOOR AND NOT USED AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK D. D. RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE IN OPERATION A SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT, IF REQUIRED, AS A RESULT OF WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 1.16 NOT USED 1.17 NOT USED 1.18 EXCAVATION AND BACK FILLING A. PERFORM EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. TRENCHES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT WIDTH. CRIB OR BRACE TRENCHES WO PREVENT CAVE-IN OR SETTLEMENT. DO NOT EXCAVATE TRENCHES CLOSE TO COLUMNS AND WALLS OF NEW BUILDING WITHOUT PRIOR CONSULTATION WITH THE ENGINEER. USE PUMPING EQUIPMENT IF REQUIRED TO KEEP TRENCHES FREE OF WATER. BACKFILL TRENCHES IN MAXIMUM 6 -INCH LAYERS OF WELL TAMPED DRY EARTH IN A MANNER TO PREVENT FUTURE SETTLEMENT. B. EXCAVATION AS HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS COMMON EXCAVATION. COMMON EXCAVATION SHALL COMPRISE THE SATISFACTORY REMOVAL AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL OF WHATEVER SUBSTANCES AND OF EVERY DESCRIPTION ENCOUNTERED, INCLUDING ROCK, IF ANY, WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. DISPOSE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONSIDERED UNSUITABLE FOR BACKFILL AND SURPLUS OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL WHICH IS NOT REQUIRED FOR BACKFILL, ALL TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. 1.19 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE A. REPAIR ALL STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS, FINISHES, AND OTHER FACILITIES DAMAGED IN THE COURSE OF THIS WORK. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL GENERALLY MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ALL BACKFILLING AND REPAIRING SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, CITY AND OTHERS HAVING JURISDICTION. REPAIR WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS. CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 2 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 1.20 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. FOLLOWING THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1, CUT WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. OBTAIN PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR BOTH, BEFORE DOING ANY CUTTING. CUT ALL HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS AND SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS IF APPLICABLE. 1.21 ROUGH -IN A. COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ALL ROUGHING -IN WITH OTHER DIVISIONS. CONCEAL ALL RACEWAYS EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.22 SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA-3, FACTORY -FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12 -GAUGE, 1-5/8 INCH BY 1-518 INCH; COOPER B -LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI INC., POWER -STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. B. FINISHES 1. METALLIC COATINGS: HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA-3. C. FIELD FABRICATION: 1. WHERE FIELD CUTTING OF STANDARD LENGTHS OF CHANNEL ARE REQUIRED, MAKE CUTS STRAIT AND PERPENDICULAR TO MANUFACTURED SURFACES. 2. FOR FIELD -CUT OR DAMAGED SURFACES OF COATED CHANNELS, DRESS CUT ENDS, DAMAGED SURFACES, OR BOTH, WITH AN ABRASIVE MATERIAL (E.G., FILE, GRINDING STONE, OR SIMILAR) AND CLEANSER TO REMOVE OILS, RUST, SHARP EDGES AND SHARDS). 3. FOR CHANNEL WITH A FACTORY -APPLIED COATING, RE -FINISH CUT EDGES WITH A COATING COMPATIBLE WITH THE FACTORY FINISH AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER (E.G. MANUFACTURER'S TOUCH-UP PAINT OR ZINC -RICH COLD -GALVANIZING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE). 1.23 PENETRATIONS A. COORDINATE SLEEVE SELECTION AND APPLICATION WITH SELECTION AND APPLICATION OF FIRE - STOPPING SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS" B. ROOFS: 1. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ENGINEER, OWNER, AND AS APPLICABLE, THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PROVIDING A ROOF WARRANTY. 2. KEEP ALL RACEWAY PENETRATIONS WITHIN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 WORK 3. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF, AND/OR PROVIDE PRE -FABRICATED MOLDED SEALS COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOF CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE LEAKTIGHT AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK AND SHALL NOT VOID ANY NEW OR EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. C. WALLS AND FLOORS: 1. SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES a. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A 531A 53M, TYPE E, GRADE B, SCHEDULE 40, GALVANIZED STEEL, PLAIN ENDS AND DRIP RINGS. b. CAST-IRON PIPE SLEEVES: CAST OR FABRICATED "WALL PIPE," EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE - IRON PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SLEEVES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH MINIMUM 0.052- INCH THICKNESS AS INDICATED AND OF LENGTH SO SUIT APPLICATION. 1.24 FIRE - STOPPING FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS A. FIRE - RESISTANT THROUGH PENETRATION SEALANTS: TWO - PART, FOAMED -IN-PLACE, SILICONE SEALANT FORMULATED FOR USE IN THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE -STOPPING AROUND CABLES, RACEWAYS, AND CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE -RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED, AS ESTABLISHED BY TESTING IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AST E 814, BY UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., OR OTHER NRTL ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. HILTI, INC. 2. 3M CORP. 3. RECTORSEAL. 4. SPECIFY TECHNOLOGY INC. 5. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY. 1.25 ACCESS DOORS A. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS AND WALLS, WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER -TYPE LOCK, AND ANCHOR STRAPS. MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 1.26 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIED HEREIN, OR BOTH EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS FLEXIBLE CORDS AND PLUGS, AS REQUIRE FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. B. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS, AN VERIFY THEM WITH ENGINEER, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, OR ALL THREE, PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. 1.27 CLEANING A. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1, REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK, AS REQUIRED, TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION. COOPERATE IN MAINTAINING REASONABLY CLEAN PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. IMMEDIATELY PROPER TO FINAL INSPECTION, MAKE A FINAL CLEANUP OF DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FORM THE WORK. CLEAN ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION. REMOVE DIRT, DUST, PLASTER, STAINS AND FOREIGN MATTER FROM ALL SURFACES. TOUCH UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED FINISHES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 1.28 ADJUSTING, ALIGNING, AND TESTING A. ADJUST, ALIGN, AND TEST ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ON THIS PROJECT PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION AND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FOR INSTALLATION OR WIRING UNDER THIS DIVISION, FOR PROPER OPERATION. B. TEST ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN NETA ATS (LATEST EDITION) AND ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN FOLLOWING SECTIONS. C. MAINTAIN THE FOLLOWING ON THE PROJECT PREMISES AT ALL TIMES: A TRUE RMS READING VOLTMETER, A TRUE RMS READING AMMETER, AND A MEGOHMMETER INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER. PROVIDE TEST DATA READINGS AS REQUESTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER. 1.29 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES: 1. ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, STARTERS, DIMMERS, SWITCHES IN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS. B. NAMEPLATES: 1. ENGRAVED, CONTRASTING COLOR, THREE -LAYER, LAMINATED PLASTIC INDICATION THE NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT, LOAD, OR CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS: 2. SELF -ADHERING, WITH A PERMANENT, WEATHERPROOF ADHESIVE 3. ATTACHMENT METHOD SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE EQUIPMENT TO WHICH THE NAMEPLATES ARE BEING APPLIED. 4. COLOR: BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS: LETTER HEIGHT: 1/4 -INCH MINIMUM [AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS]. 1.30 SYSTEM START UP A. PRIOR TO STARTING UP THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: 1. CHECK ALL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES. 2. LUBRICATE ITEMS ACCORDINGLY. 3. TIGHTEN SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE -TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND UL 4868. 4. ADJUST TAPS ON EACH TRANSFORMER FOR RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE. 5. CHECK AND RECORD BUILDING'S SERVICE ENTRANCE VOLTAGE, GROUNDING, CONDITIONS, GROUND RESISTANCE, AND PROPER PHASING. 6. BALANCE ALL SINGLE-PHASE LOADS AT EACH PANELBOARD, REDISTRIBUTING BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS UNTIL BALANCE IS ACHIEVED. DO NOT TYPE UP FINAL PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES UNTIL ALL RE -BALANCING AND REDISTRIBUTION OF CIRCUITS ARE COMPLETE. 7. REPLACE ALL BURNED -OUT LAMPS & LAMPS USED FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING IN PERMANENT LIGHT FIXTURES. 8. AFTER ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND ADJUSTED, CONFIRM ALL OPERATING FEATURES REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION AND MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENT AS NECESSARY. PART 2 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE A LOW IMPEDANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. STANDARDS 1. EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY GOVERNING CODES AND BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE LATEST APPLICABLE PROVISIONS AND LATEST RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: a. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY STANDARD NO. UL 467 b. ANSI C-1 1978 C. PRODUCTS 1. GENERAL a. FURNISH AND INSTALL AN ELECTRICAL GROUNDING SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. b. GROUNDING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES, NEC SECTION 250, AND SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. c. ALL GROUND WIRES AND BONDING JUMPERS SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. ALL GROUND WIRES SHALL BE WITHOUT JOINTS AND SPLICES OVER ITS ENTIRE LENGTH. 2. GROUNDING SYSTEMS a. THE SYSTEM NEUTRAL SHALL BE GROUNDED AT THE SERVICE ENTRANCE ONLY, AND KEPT ISOLATED FROM GROUNDING SYSTEMS THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. b. EACH SYSTEM OF CONTINUOUS METALLIC PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEC SECTION 250. c. METAL CONDUITS AND PORTIONS OF METALLIC PIPING AND DUCT SYSTEMS WHICH ARE ISOLATED BY FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, INSULATED COUPLING, ETC., SHALL BE BONDED TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND WITH A FLEXIBLE BONDING JUMPER, OR SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. d. ALL CONDUITS, METAL RACEWAYS, BOXES, CABINETS, ETC., INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND ALL MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED SHALL BE PROPERLY BONDED AND GROUNDED. e. IN ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS INSTALL A GREEN COLORED GROUND WIRE TO EACH PANEL, CABINET, RECEPTACLE, MOTOR ORA PIECE OF CONTROL EQUIPMENT. f. THIS GROUND WIRE SHALL BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT AS PHASE AND NEUTRAL WIRES FEEDING EQUIPMENT, MOTOR OR RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED IF NECESSARY. THIS CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC BUT SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #12 AWG. MOTORS SHALL BE GROUNDED BY A GROUNDING TERMINAL IN THEIR CONNECTION BOX. TIE ALL GROUND WIRES TOGETHER IN PANELS AND CONNECT TO GROUND BUS IN PANEL CABINET. g. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE GROUNDED IN THE SAME MANNER AS MOTORS. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SOLIDLY GROUNDED TO THE GREEN COVERED WIRE AND THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH GROUNDING LUGS AS REQUIRED. h. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS AND SPLICES SHALL BE BRAZED MOLDED EXOTHERMIC WELDED, BOLTED CLAMP TERMINAL OR PRESSURE -CONNECTOR TYPE. BOLTED CONNECTIONS AND PRESSURE -CONNECTORS SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS TO REMOVABLE EQUIPMENT. BRAZED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2.2 RACEWAY, WIREWAY, AND ELECTRICAL BOXES A. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT - RMC 1. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT HEAVY WALL GALVANIZED. 2. APPLICATIONS: a. WHERE EXPOSED ON OUTSIDE OF BUILDING OR SUBJECTED TO EXTERIOR TEMPERATURES AND HUMIDITY b. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES c. ALL CIRCUITS IN EXCESS OF 600V B. ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING - EMT 1. CONTINUOUS, SEAMLESS TUBING GALVANIZED OR SHERADIZED ON THE EXTERIOR COATED ON THE INTERIOR WITH A SMOOTH HARD FINISH OF LACQUER, VARNISH OR ENAMEL. 2. ALL COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS, ETC., USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS RACEWAY WHICH ARE 2 INCH IN SIZE AND SMALLER SHALL BE WATERTIGHT COMPRESSION TYPE. EMT FITTINGS SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON ZINC COATED. WITH CONDUITS OF 2-1/2 INCH IN SIZE AND LARGER, SET SCREW TYPE COUPLINGS ARE PERMITTED. 3. APPLICATIONS: a. USE IN EVERY INSTANCE EXCEPT WHERE ANOTHER MATERIAL IS SPECIFIED. C. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT - FMC 1. SINGLE STRIP, CONTINUOUS, FLEXIBLE INTERLOCKED DOUBLE -WRAPPED STEEL, GALVANIZED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE FORMING SMOOTH INTERNAL WIRING CHANNEL. 2. MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6 FEET. 3. EACH SECTION OF RACEWAY MUST CONTAIN A BONDING WIRE BONDED AT EACH END AND SIZED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CONNECTORS WITH INSULATING BUSHINGS. 4. APPLICATIONS: a. USE IN DRY AREAS FOR CONNECTIONS TO LIGHTING FIXTURES IN HUNG CEILING;, CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN REMOVABLE PANELS OF HUNG CEILINGS; AT ALL TRANSFORMER OR EQUIPMENT RACEWAY CONNECTIONS WHERE SOUND AND VIBRATION ISOLATION IS REQUIRED. D. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT - LFMC 1. SAME AS FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT EXCEPT WITH TOUGH, INERT WATERTIGHT PLASTIC OUTER JACKET. 2. CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY AND GLAND NUT CADMIUM PLATED WITH ONE-PIECE BRASS GROUNDING BUSHINGS WHICH THREAD TO INTERIOR OF CONDUIT. SPIRAL MOLDED VINYL SEALING RING BETWEEN GLAND NUT AND BUSING AND NYLON INSULATED THROAT. 3. APPLICATIONS: a. USE IN AREAS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE WHERE FLEXIBLE STEEL IS UNACCEPTABLE, AT CONNECTIONS TO ALL MOTORS, AND ALL RAISED FLOOR AREAS. E. ARMORED CABLE - AC - HCF 90 1. HEALTH CARE HCF 90 2. TYPE AC CABLE SHALL BE ARMORED, GALVANIZED STEEL, SHEATH CABLE WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS AND THHN 90° C INSULATION. FURNISH WITH #16 AWG INTEGRAL BOND CONDUCTOR PLUS AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN INSTALLATIONS NOTED IN NEC ARTICLES #517 AND #518. a. USE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING OR IN METAL STUD WALLS. CABLE SHALL NOT BE RUN EXPOSED. HOME RUN WIRING FROM PANELBOARD TO FIRST OUTLET BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. AC CABLE NOT PERMITTED FOR FIRE ALARM WIRING SYSTEMS. F. METAL CLAD CABLE - MC 1. NON HEALTH CARE 2. TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE ARMORED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEATH CABLE WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS AND THHN 90 ° INSULATION. FURNISH WITH INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3. APPLICATIONS: a. USE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR IN METAL STUD WALLS. CABLE SHALL NOT BE RUN EXPOSED. HOME RUN WIRING FROM PANELBOARD TO FIRST OUTLET BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. MC CABLE NOT PERMITTED FOR FIRE ALARM WIRING SYSTEMS OR EMERGENCY LIGHTING. G. RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT - RNC 1. COMPOSED OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE SUITABLE FOR 90' C. 2. RACEWAY, FITTINGS AND CEMENT MUST BE PRODUCED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER WHO MUST HAVE HAD A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) YEARS EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS. 3. MATERIALS MUST HAVE A TENSILE STRENGTH OF 7,000 - 7,200 PSI AND COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 9,000 PSI. 4. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SOLVENT CEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER. INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS PER NEC. 5. APPLICATIONS: a. SCHEDULE 40 - WHERE RACEWAYS ARE IN SLAB IN BELOW GRADE LEVELS, FOR RACEWAY DUCT BANKS. b. SCHEDULE 80 -FOR UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING WHICH ARE NOT ENCASED IN CONCRETE H. WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ELBOWS, TEES, CONNECTORS, ADAPTORS, ETC. 2. HINGED COVER SECURED WITH CAPTIVE SCREWS. 3. WIRE RETAINERS NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES ON CENTER. I. DUCT BANKS 1. REINFORCE DUCT BANKS WITH STEEL WHERE SUCH DUCT BANKS ARE POSITIONED BENEATH ROADS AND PARKING AREAS. 2. CONCRETE TO BE MINIMUM OF 3,000 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH.. 3. PROVIDE RIGID STEEL RACEWAY ACROSS ALL EXCAVATED AND BACKFILLED DITCHES AND FOR A LENGTH OF 10 FEET FROM BUILDING AND MANHOLE WALLS. PITCH CONDUIT AWAY FROM BUILDING AT EVERY POINT WHERE DUCT BANK ENTERS THE BUILDING OR EQUIPMENT. 4. PROVIDE CONCRETE MARKERS AT GRADE WHERE DUCT BANKS ARE STUBBED OUT FOR FUTURE USE. 5. INSTALL DUCT BANKS NOT LESS THAN 30 INCHES BELOW GRADE. INSTALL 6 INCH MARKING RIBBON 12 INCHES BELOW GRADE. J. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULLBOXES 1. PROVIDE ZINC -COATED OR CADMIUM -PLATED SHEET STEEL OUTLET BOXES NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES OCTAGONAL OR SQUARE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EQUIP FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES WITH 3/8 INCH NO -BOLT FIXTURE STUDS WHERE REQUIRED. FIT OUTLET BOXES IN FINISHED CEILINGS OR WALLS WITH APPROPRIATE COVERS, SET FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE. 2. PLUG ANY OPEN KNOCKOUTS NOT UTILIZED. 3. PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES IN INDOOR LOCATIONS WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE AND OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OF CAST METAL WITH THREADED HUBS. 2.3 RACEWAY, WIREWAY, AND ELECTRICAL BOXES INSTALLATION A. PROVIDE RACEWAYS FOR ALL WIRING SYSTEMS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 277/480 VOLT WIRING MUST BE KEPT INDEPENDENT OF 120/208 VOLT WIRING. WHERE NON-METALLIC RACEWAYS ARE UTILIZED, PROVIDE SIZES AS REQUIRED WITH THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONSIDERED AS AN INSULATED ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR. MINIMUM SIZE 314 INCH FOR HOME RUNS AND 1 INCH MINIMUM FOR POWER DISTRIBUTION. WIRING OF EACH TYPE AND SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS. B. ABOVE GRADE - DEFINED AS THE AREA ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FOR A BUILDING EXTERIOR AND ABOVE TOP SURFACE OF ANY SLABS (OR OTHER CONCRETE WORK) ON GRADE FOR A BUILDING INTERIOR. ABOVE -GRADE RACEWAYS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. INSTALL RACEWAYS CONCEALED EXCEPT AT SURFACE CABINETS AND FOR MOTOR AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTION IN ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ROOMS. INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM FLUES, STEAM PIPES, OR OTHER HEATED LINES. PROVIDE FLASHING AND COUNTER -FLASHING FOR WATERPROOFING OF RACEWAYS, OUTLETS, FITTINGS, ETC., WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF. PROVIDE SLEEVES IN FORMS FOR NEW CONCRETE WALLS, FLOOR SLABS AND PARTITIONS FOR PASSAGE OF RACEWAYS. WATERPROOF SLEEVED RACEWAYS WHERE REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE RACEWAY EXPANSION JOINTS FOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED RACEWAYS WITH NECESSARY BONDING CONDUCTOR AT BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS AND BETWEEN BUILDINGS OR STRUCTURES AND WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR RACEWAY OR BUILDING THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. 3. PROVIDE DRAG WIRE IN SPARE OR EMPTY RACEWAYS. TAG BOTH ENDS OF WIRE DENOTING OPPOSITE AND TERMINATION LOCATION WITH BLACK INDIA INK ON FLAMEPROOF LINEN TAG. C. BELOW GRADE: DEFINED AS THE AREA BELOW FINISHED GRADE FOR A BUILDING EXTERIOR AND BELOW OR WITHIN THE BOTTOM FLOOR SLAB FOR A BUILDING INTERIOR. BELOW GRADE RACEWAYS TO COMPLY TO THE FOLLOWING. 1. PROJECT BELOW -GRADE RACEWAYS 2 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE FLOOR OR EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION. INSTALL EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND CONDUITS 24 INCHES MINIMUM BELOW FINISHED GRADE. DO NOT PENETRATE WATERPROOF MEMBRANES UNLESS PROPER SEAL IS PROVIDED. D. RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. ELECTRICAL DEVICES WHICH ARE SERVED BY PVC RACEWAYS TO BE GROUNDED BY MEANS OF GROUND WIRE PULLED IN THE RACEWAY. 2. ELBOWS MUST BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL. 3. RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE BUILDING. E. BUSHING AND LOCKNUTS: 1. RIGIDLY TERMINATE CONDUITS ENTERING SHEET METAL ENCLOSURES TO THE ENCLOSURE WITH A BUSHING AND LOCKNUT ON THE INSIDE AND A LOCKNUT OR AN APPROVED HUB ON THE OUTSIDE. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER THE ENCLOSURE SQUARELY. 2. WHERE EMT ENTERS A BOX, PROVIDE APPROVED EMT COMPRESSION CONNECTORS. 3. USE INSULATED, GROUNDING, OR COMBINATION, BUSHINGS WHEREVER CONNECTION IS SUBJECT TO VIBRATION OR MOISTURE, WHEN REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, OR BOTH. F. WIREWAY AND AUXILIARY GUTTER 1. WIREWAYS INSTALLED IN HUNG CEILINGS SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THE COVER WILL HINGE UPWARD FROM THE SIDE. 2. A 12 INCH CLEAR WORK SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM WIREWAY COVER WHEN IT IS IN THE OPEN POSITION. G. OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULLBOXES 1. PROVIDE OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULLBOXES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE VARIOUS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND TO FACILITATE PROPER PULLING OF WIRES AND CABLES. J_BOXES AND PULLBOXES SHALL BE SIZED PER NEC MINIMUM. 2. THE EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT IS GOVERNED BY STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND OBSTRUCTIONS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ITEMS. WHEN NECESSARY, RELOCATE OUTLETS SO THAT WHEN FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT ARE INSTALLED, THEY WILL BE SYMMETRICALLY LOCATED ACCORDING TO THE ROOM LAYOUT AND WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER WORK OR EQUIPMENT. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION OF OUTLETS, PANELS EQUIPMENT, ETC., WITH ARCHITECT. 3. BACK-TO-BACK OUTLETS IN THE SAME WALL OR' THRU-WALL' TYPE BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE 12 INCH (MINIMUM) SPACING FOR OUTLETS SHOWN ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A COMMON WALL TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 2.4 FUSES A. MAINS, FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS 1. GENERAL a. ALL FUSES SHALL BE LABELED AS UL CLASS L OR UL CLASS R, CURRENT LIMITING AND RATED FOR UP TO 200,000 AMPERES. TIME DELAY CLASS R FUSES SHALL BE SO LABELED. 2. MAIN SERVICE AND ALL FEEDER CIRCUITS a. FUSES OVER 600 AMPERES SHALL BE UL CLASS L. FUSES UP TO 600 AMPERES SHALL BE UL CLASS RK1. IF FUSES DIRECTLY FEED MOTORS OR TRANSFORMERS, THEY SHALL BE UL RK1, LABELED TIME -DELAY. 3. BRANCH CIRCUITS a. FEEDING CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS SHALL BE UL CLASS RK1. b. FEEDING MOTOR CIRCUITS SHALL BE UL CLASS RK5 LABELED AS TIME -DELAY. 4. ALL FUSES SHALL BE SO SELECTED AS TO PROVIDE A SELECTIVITY COORDINATED SYSTEM. 5. ALL FUSES SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 6. ALL FUSES TO BE OF THE CLASS R TYPE. B. SPARES: UPON COMPLETION OF THE BUILDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH SPARE FUSES AS INDICATED BELOW: 1. 10 PERCENT (MINIMUM OF 3) OF EACH TYPE AND RATING OF INSTALLED FUSES SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS SPARES. 2. SPARE FUSE CABINETS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO STORE THE ABOVE SPARES. 3. SPARE FUSE CABINETS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A MINIMUM IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: a. EACH MAIN SWITCHGEAR ROOM. b. EACH MAJOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM. C. MANUFACTURERS LITTELFUSE, BUSSMANN, MERSEN. `jl O"h' vaVita. Medical Group z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U LU 0 of a a Z 0 0 Y = 0 ir 0 w U) U w 00 IL w w 0) (3 C E a`) C as a 2 LU 8 N J_ is a�' > o 0 � =er)O 2 2° a0 Q (a cD < p o C o (D U) U N 0 0 CL W =3p 0 LL_ Z Q M (n U (I) C'c'^^ C vJ Ca = .6-+ w CU 0 0 Z w U W J W in - 4 M___ R 9k N 4t VJ Z O _U LL U ^W 1..L U) Q ti tti U M NM LL_ N 72 oc V� � PROJECT# 2018.2538.00 E-002 = 0 LLJ CD _ 0 w a U) 0 w 0 w n- ct LU = 0 z 0 w U) Z) 0 z 0 J 0 z 0 Z Y M C7 z 0 S2 = M Q m N O N w 0 00 N 2.5 WIRING DEVICES B. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING WIRING DEVICES WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQ'D. MINOR CHANGES RELATIVE TO THE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE MADE TO COMPLY W/ STRUCTURAUBUILDING CONDITIONS AS DETERMINED IN THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ALL WIRING DEVICES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER DO NOT MIX ON THE PROJECT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. COORDINATE COLOR OF TOGGLES AND RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT. C. SWITCHES 1. GENERAL: a. SWITCHES SHALL BE OF THE TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. SWITCHES SHALL BE COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, QUIET TYPE, 20A, 120/277V, 1 HP RATED AT 120V, 2HP RATED AT 240V, BACK AND SIDE WIRED, SILENT HANDLE OPERATION. c. SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT SHALL BE SPECIFIED FOR APPLICATIONS WHERE THE LOAD TO BE CONTROLLED IS NOT IN SIGHT. PILOT LIGHT SHALL BE LONG LIFE, NEON TYPE AND SHALL BE ON WHEN THE LOAD IS ON. D. RECEPTACLES 1. GENERAL: a. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF THE TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY 20A SPECIFICATION GRADE, 125V, GROUNDING TYPE, BACK AND SIDE WIRED. c. RECEPTACLES LOCATED WITHIN AREAS DESIGNATED AS'PATIENT CARE' SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE. E. SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES 1. SWITCH AND OUTLET PLATES: COLORED, SMOOTH NYLON; BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES, WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERIFY DESIRED MATERIALS AND COLORS WITH ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION. SWITCH PLATES IN UNFINISHED ROOMS AND SPACES: STAMPED STEEL, CADMIUM PLATED. INSTALL GROUPS OF SWITCHES UNDER ONE GANGED - PLATE, USUALLY VERTICALLY; OR, WHERE REQUIRED BY DETAILS, HORIZONTALLY. SET ALL COVER PLATES PLUMB, PARALLEL, AND FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL. 2. RECEPTACLES: IDENTIFY PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER FROM WHICH SERVED. USE HOT, STAMPED OR ENGRAVED MACHINE PRINTING WITH BLACK FILLED LETTERING ON FACE OF PLATE, AND DURABLE WIRE MARKERS OR TAGS INSIDE OUTLET BOXES. F. WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES 1. PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR DESIGNATED WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. FOR WET LOCATIONS: IN -USE NEMA 3R, UL -LABELED PLATES MOLDED FROM A CLEAR HIGH IMPACT ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZED POLYCARBONATE MATERIAL FOR EASY VERIFICATION THAT CORDS ARE PLUGGED IN AND THAT THE GFCI IS FUNCTIONING. a. COVER PLATES: BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES; COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 406.8 (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR UNATTENDED USE. G. MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AS INDICATED BELOW (NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF THE OUTLET BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): 2. HEIGHTS LISTED ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER OF DEVICE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH THE ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION. a. WALL SWITCH OUTLETS: 40" b. BRACKET OUTLETS : 7'- 0" TO BOTTOM c. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS (GENERAL): 18" d. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS (MECHANICAL AREAS): 4'- 0" e. PANELBOARD AND DISTRIBUTION CABINET TO TOP: 6'- 6" f. FIRE ALARM AUDIO UNIT: LOWER OF 80' AFF OR 6' BELOW CEILING g. FIRE ALARM VISUAL UNIT: 80' TO BOTTOM OR 96' TO TOP AFF h. FIRE ALARM STATIONS: 40" TO TOP i. DESK TELEPHONE OUTLETS: 18" j. WALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS: 4'- 9" k. DESK INTERCOMMUNICATION OUTLETS: V- 6" I. SIGNAL BELLS BELOW CEILING: 1'- 0" m. CLOCK OUTLETS BELOW CEILING: V- 0" n. CHIMES BELOW CEILING: V-0" o. TELEVISION OUTLETS: V- 6" p. PUSHBUTTONS: 4'- 8" q. LOUDSPEAKERS (CORRIDORS): V- 0" 2.6 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: 1. ANNEALED (SOFT) COPPER COMPLYING WITH ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70. 2. CONDUCTOR INSULATION TYPES: 90 -DEGREE C -RATED, TYPE THHN/THWN-2 OR XHHW-2 COMPLYING WITH ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70. B. SIZES OF CONDUCTORS & CABLES INDICATED OR SPECIFIED ARE IN AMERICAN WIRE GAGE (AWG - BROWN & SHARPE). C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SPECIAL PURPOSE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES, SUCH AS LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL AND SHIELDED INSTRUMENT WIRING, SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. D. ALL CONDUCTORS, NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER, USED FOR POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS: SOLID COPPER, TYPE THWN-2 (WET OR CAMP LOCATIONS, OR IN CONDUIT BELOW GRADE OR SLAB), TYPE THHN (DRY LOCATIONS ONLY AND ABOVE GRADE) INSULATION, OR DUAL -RATED TYPE THHN/THWN-2. E. HOMERUNS TO PANELBOARDS 75 FEET TO 125 FEET SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN NO. 10 AWG, AND HOMERUNS 126 FEET TO 190 FEET SHALL BE NO LESS THAN NO 8 AWG. F. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING: NOT SMALLER THAN NO. 12 AWG. IF NO CONDUCTOR SIZE IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZED PER NFPA 70 AND BASED ON THE INDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE (OCPD) RATING AND NUMBER OF POLES. WHERE NO CIRCUIT SIZE (I.E. CONDUCTORS AND OCPD) IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE THREE NO. 12 AWG CONDUCTORS, IN 3/4 -INCH RACEWAY, AND A 20A CIRCUIT BREAKER. G. CONTROL WIRING: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS. 600V INSULATION, OF THE PROPER TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SPECIFIED FUNCTION. MINIMUM SIZE: NO. 14 AWG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. H. INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1. INSTALL ALL WIRING IN APPROVED RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURE. SUPPORT ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN VERTICAL INSTALLATIONS, AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, BY INSTALLING CABLE SUPPORTS OR PLUG -TYPE CONDUIT RISER SUPPORTS, OR WIRE -MESH SAFETY GRIPS. 2. INSTALL ALL CONDUCTORS & CABLE IN RACEWAY CONTINUOUS WITHOUT TAPS OR SPLICES. SPLICE OR TAP ONLY IN APPROVED BOXES AND ENCLOSURES WITH APPROVED SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS, OR CRIMP CONNECTORS AND TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR CONTROL WIRING, AND KEEP TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. INSULATE ALL SPLICES, TAPS, AND JOINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. 3. ALL MATERIALS USED TO TERMINATE, SPLICE OR TAP CONDUCTORS: DESIGNED FOR, PROPERLY SIZED FOR, AND UL LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND CONDUCTORS INVOLVED, AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TOOLS. I 4. WHERE WIRING IS INDICATED AS INSTALLED, BUT THE CONNECTIONS INDICATED "FUTURE" OR "BY OTHER DIVISION, TRADES, OR CONTRACTS", LEAVE A MINIMUM 3 -FOOT "PIGTAIL" AT THE BOX, TAPE THE ENDS OF THE CONDUCTORS, AND COVER THE BOX. 5. WHEN MULTIPLE HOME RUNS ARE COMBINED INTO A SINGLE RACEWAY SUCH THAT THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS FOUR (CONDUCTOR COUNT IS MADE UP OF ANY COMBINATION OF PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS), THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS APPLY, WHICH ARE IN ADDITION TO THOSE IN NFPA 70: 6. PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT -GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, OR BONDING JUMPER, AS APPLICABLE, IN ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS & FEEDER, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE W/ NFPA 70 TABLES 250.66 OR 250.122, AS APPLICABLE, UNLESS INDICATED AS LARGER ON DRAWINGS. 7. VOLTAGE DROP IN BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3 PERCENT. 8. VOLTAGE DROP AT FEEDER CONDUCTOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 2 PERCENT. 9. TAPE THE ENDS OF ALL POWER CONDUCTORS AS NOTED BELOW: 4. BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS ARE TO BE EQUAL TO EATON POW -R -LINE 3A AND POW -R - LINE -413. 600 AMP AND ABOVE 5. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS CONSISTING OF AN ASSEMBLY OF BRANCH CIRCUIT SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES (CIRCUIT BREAKERS, SWITCH AND FUSE UNITS, OR COMBINATION THEREOF) MOUNTED INSIDE A DEAD FRONT ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE THE NUMBER AND SIZE OF THESE BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICES AS INDICATED BY THE CIRCUITING, ON THE DRAWINGS, AND IN THE SCHEDULES. D. ELECTRICAL RATINGS 1. PANELBOARDS ARE TO BE RATED 120/208 OR 277/480 VOLTS 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, FULL NEUTRAL WITH AMPACITIES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 2. SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND RATINGS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY RATED. SERIES RATED NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE PANELBOARDS HAVING A'SERVICE ENTRANCE' TYPE UL LABEL WITH NEUTRALS FACTORY BONDED TO FRAME OR ENCLOSURE. E. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 1. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS WITH BOLT -ON DEVICES SHALL HAVE INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY RATED. 2. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS UL LISTED FOR APPLICATION AT 100% OF THEIR CONTINUOUS AMPERE RATING IN THEIR INTENDED ENCLOSURE. 3. PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR EACH PANEL SECTION. F. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 1. PROVIDE SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES AS SPECIFIED. G. INSTALLATION 1. MOUNT PANEL 4 FEET TO PANEL CENTER BUT WITH MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 6 FEET 6 INCHES TO HANDLE OF TOPMOST SWITCHING DEVICE. 2.9 DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES A. ENCLOSED SWITCHES 1. ENCLOSED SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED HEAVY-DUTY, SINGLE -THROW KNIFE SWITCH WITH QUICK - MAKE, QUICK -BREAK MECHANISM, CAPABLE OF FULL LOAD OPERATIONS. MEET NEMA AND U.S. GOVERNMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR CLASS A SWITCHES. INSTALL FUSED SWITCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 WITH HINGED DOOR, AND DEFEATABLE INTERLOCK WHEN SWITCH IS IN'ON' POSITION AND CAN BE POSITIVELY PADLOCKED IN'ON' AND'OFF' POSITIONS. UTILIZE NEMA 3R (RAIN -TIGHT) ENCLOSURE FOR EXTERIOR INSTALLATIONS. NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES MUST BE GALVANIZED. 3. SIZE FUSING AND NUMBER OF POLES AS SHOWN OR AS REQUIRED. WHERE FUSED, THE DEVICES MUST BE PROVIDED WITH UL LISTED REJECTION FEATURE TO REJECT ALL BUT CLASS R FUSES. PROVIDE HORSEPOWER RATED SWITCH TO MATCH MOTOR LOAD IF NO SIZE IS SHOWN. USE 3 POLE PLUS SOLID NEUTRAL SWITCHES ON FOUR WIRE CIRCUITS AND 3 POLE SWITCHES ON ALL OTHER CIRCUITS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. LUGS MUST BE UL LISTED FOR ALUMINUM AND/OR COPPER CONDUCTORS AND BE FRONT REMOVABLE. 5. MANUFACTURER TO BE THE SAME AS THAT FOR TRANSFORMERS, SWITCHGEAR, ETC. 6. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D, EATON, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR SIEMENS. B. TOGGLE TYPE MANUAL CONTROL SWITCHES 1. PROVIDE SWITCHES THAT OPERATE AT THEIR FULL RATING WITH FLUORESCENT, TUNGSTEN, AND RESISTANCE LOADS - AND AT 80% OF THEIR RATED CAPACITY WITH MOTOR LOADS. 2. SWITCHES TO BE HEAVY DUTY AND HAVE: a. ARC -RESISTING BODIES. b. SLOW MAKE -AND -BREAK MECHANISMS. c. SILVER ALLOY CONTACT BUTTONS. d. SIDE OR BACK WIRING WITH UP TO NO. 10 AWG SOLID CONDUCTORS. 3. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D CLASS 2510, 11, OR 12; GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE RB AND SIEMENS CLASS MMS WITH ENCLOSURE. C. MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. a. EATON b. GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY c. SIEMENS d. SQUARED 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH UL489, NEMA AB1, AND NEMA A63, WITH INTERRUPTING CAPACITY TO COMPLY WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENTS. 3. THERMAL -MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 225 AMPERES AND BELOW: INVERSE TIME -CURRENT ELEMENT FOR LOW-LEVEL OVERLOADS AND INSTANTANEOUS MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENT FOR SHORT CIRCUITS. 4. ELECTRONIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 250 AMPERES AND ABOVE: FIELD - REPLACEABLE RATING PLUG, RMS SENSING, WITH THE FOLLOWING FIELD -ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS: a. INSTANTANEOUS TRIP. b. LONG- AND SHORT -TIME PICKUP LEVELS. c. LONG -AND SHORT -TIME TIME ADJUSTMENTS d. GROUND -FAULT PICKUP LEVEL, TIME DELAY, AND 12T RESPONSE. 5. FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES: a. STANDARD FRAME SIZES, TRIP RATINGS, AND NUMBER OF POLES b. LUGS: SUITABLE FOR NUMBER, SIZE, TRIP RATINGS, AND CONDUCTOR MATERIAL. c. APPLICATION LISTING: APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION; TYPE SWD FOR SWITCHING FLUORESCENT LIGHTING LOADS; TYPE HID FOR FEEDING FLUORESCENT AND HIGH-INTENSITY DISCHARGE LIGHTING CIRCUITS. d. GROUND -FAULT PROTECTION: COMPLY WITH UL 1053; INTEGRALLY MOUNTED, SELF -POWERED TYPE WITH MECHANICAL GROUND -FAULT INDICATOR; RELAY WITH ADJUSTABLE PICKUP AND TIME -DELAY SETTINGS, PUSH -TO -TEST FEATURE, INTERNAL MEMORY, AND SHUNT TRIP UNIT; AND THREE-PHASE, ZERO -SEQUENCE CURRENT TRANSFORMER/SENSOR. e. SHUNT TRIP: TRIP COIL ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUIT, WITH COIL -CLEARING CONTACT. f. AUXILIARY CONTACTS: ONE SPDT SWITCH WITH'A' AND'B' CONTACTS;'A' CONTACTS MIMIC CIRCUIT -BREAKER CONTACTS, ' B' CONTACTS OPERATE IN REVERSE OF CIRCUIT -BREAKER CONTACTS. g. ALARM SWITCH: ONE NC CONTACT THAT OPERATES ONLY WHEN CIRCUIT BREAKER HAS TRIPPED. 6. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, AND UL 50, TO COMPLY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT INSTALLED LOCATION. a. INDOOR, DRY AND CLEAN LOCATIONS: NEMA 250 TYPE A. b. OUTDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 3R. c. KITCHEN AND WASH -DOWN AREA: NEMA 250, TYPE 4X, STAINLESS STEEL. d. OTHER WET OR DAMP, INDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4. e. INDOOR LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO DUST, FALLING DIRT, AND DRIPPING NON -CORROSIVE LIQUIDS: NEMA 250, TYPE 12. f. ALARM SWITCH: ONE NC CONTACT THAT OPERATES ONLY WHEN CIRCUIT BREAKER HAS TRIPPED. 2.10 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. SCOPE 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD) EQUIPMENT HAVING THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS, AND MODIFICATIONS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. TO MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY AND TO OBTAIN THE LOWEST POSSIBLE LET -THROUGH VOLTAGES, THE AC SURGE PROTECTION SHALL BE INTEGRATED INTO ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SUCH AS SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS. 2. SPD UNITS AND ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED, AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST APPLICABLE UL STANDARD (ANSI/UL 1449 3RD EDITION). B. SUBMITTALS 1. DESCRIPTIVE BULLETINS 2. PRODUCT SHEETS C. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE (MCOV) - THE MCOV SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 115% OF THE NOMINAL SYSTEM OPERATING VOLTAGE. 2. THE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SHALL INCORPORATE THERMALLY PROTECTED METAL -OXIDE VARISTORS (MOVS) AS THE CORE SURGE SUPPRESSION COMPONENT FOR THE SERVICE ENTRANCE AND ALL OTHER DISTRIBUTION LEVELS. THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT UTILIZE SILICON AVALANCHE DIODES, SELENIUM CELLS, AIR GAPS, OR OTHER COMPONENTS THAT MAY CROWBAR THE SYSTEM VOLTAGE LEADING TO SYSTEM UPSET OR CREATE ANY ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS. 3. PROTECTION MODES - THE SPD MUST PROTECT ALL MODES OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BEING UTILIZED. 4. NOMINAL DISCHARGE CURRENT (IN) - ALL SPDS APPLIED TO THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A 20KA IN RATING REGARDLESS OF THEIR SPD TYPE (INCLUDES TYPES 1 AND 2) OR OPERATING VOLTAGE. SPDS HAVING AN IN LESS THAN 20KA SHALL BE REJECTED. 5. MAINTENANCE FREE DESIGN - THE SPD SHALL BE MAINTENANCE FREE AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE ANY USER INTERVENTION THROUGHOUT ITS LIFE. SPDS CONTAINING ITEMS SUCH AS REPLACEABLE MODULES, REPLACEABLE FUSES, OR REPLACEABLE BATTERIES SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. SPDS REQUIRING ANY MAINTENANCE OF ANY SORT SUCH AS PERIODIC TIGHTENING OF CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. SPDS REQUIRING USER INTERVENTION TO TEST THE UNIT VIA A DIAGNOSTIC TEST KIT OR SIMILAR DEVICE SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 6. BALANCED SUPPRESSION PLATFORM - THE SURGE CURRENT SHALL BE EQUALLY DISTRIBUTED TO ALL MOV COMPONENTS TO ENSURE EQUAL STRESSING AND MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE. THE SURGE SUPPRESSION PLATFORM MUST PROVIDE EQUAL IMPEDANCE PATHS TO EACH MATCHED MOV. DESIGNS INCORPORATING REPLACEABLE SPD MODULES SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 7. ELECTRICAL NOISE FILTER- EACH UNIT SHALL INCLUDE A HIGH-PERFORMANCE EMI/RFI NOISE REJECTION FILTER. NOISE ATTENUATION FOR ELECTRIC LINE NOISE SHALL BE UP TO 50 DB FROM 10 KHZ TO 100 MHZ USING THE MIL -STD -220A INSERTION LOSS TEST METHOD. PRODUCTS UNABLE ABLE TO MEET THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 8. INTERNAL CONNECTIONS - NO PLUG-IN COMPONENT MODULES OR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS SHALL BE USED AS SURGE CURRENT CONDUCTORS. ALL INTERNAL COMPONENTS SHALL BE SOLDERED, HARDWIRED WITH CONNECTIONS UTILIZING LOW IMPEDANCE CONDUCTORS. 9. MONITORING DIAGNOSTICS - EACH SPD SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INTEGRAL MONITORING OPTIONS: a. PROTECTION STATUS INDICATORS - EACH UNIT SHALL HAVE A GREEN / RED SOLID-STATE INDICATOR LIGHT THAT REPORTS THE STATUS OF THE PROTECTION ON EACH PHASE. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 1. THE UNIT SHALL CONTAIN THERMALLY PROTECTED MOVS. THESE THERMALLY PROTECTED MOVS SHALL HAVE A THERMAL PROTECTION ELEMENT PACKAGED TOGETHER WITH THE MOV IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OF THE MOV. E. FULLY INTEGRATED COMPONENT DESIGN - ALL OF THE SPD'S COMPONENTS AND DIAGNOSTICS SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN ONE DISCRETE ASSEMBLY. F. SURGE CURRENT CAPACITY - THE MINIMUM SURGE CURRENT CAPACITY THE DEVICE IS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING: 1. CATEGORY C - SERVICE ENTRANCE LOCATIONS (SWITCHBOARDS, SWITCHGEAR, MCC, MAIN ENTRANCE) a. PER PHASE: 250 KA; PER MODE 125 KA 2. CATEGORY B - HIGH EXPOSURE ROOF TOP LOCATIONS (DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS) a. PER PHASE: 160 KA; PER MODE: 80 KA 3. CATEGORY A - BRANCH LOCATIONS (PANELBOARDS, MCCS, BUSWAY) a. PER PHASE: 120 KA; PER MODE 60 KA G. SPD TYPE - ALL SPDS INSTALLED ON THE LINE SIDE OF THE SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SHALL BE TYPE 1 SPDS. ALL SPDS INSTALLED ON THE LOAD SIDE OF THE SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SHALL BE TYPE 1 OR TYPE 2 SPDS. H. LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD REQUIREMENTS 1. THE SPD APPLICATION COVERED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS. THE SPD UNITS SHALL BE TESTED AND DEMONSTRATE SUITABILITY FOR APPLICATION WITHIN ANSMEEE C62.41 CATEGORY B ENVIRONMENTS. 2. THE SPD SHALL NOT LIMIT THE USE OF THROUGH -FEED LUGS, SUB -FEED LUGS, AND SUB -FEED BREAKER OPTIONS. 3. SPDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE LOAD SIDE OF THE MAIN BREAKER. SPDS INSTALLED IN MAIN LUG ONLY PANELBOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE INCOMING MAIN LUGS. 4. THE PANELBOARD SHALL BE CAPABLE OF RE -ENERGIZING UPON REMOVAL OF THE SPD. 5. THE SPD SHALL BE INTERFACED TO THE PANELBOARD VIA A DIRECT BUS BAR CONNECTION. ALTERNATELY, AN SPD CONNECTED TO A 30A CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR DISCONNECTING PURPOSES MAY BE INSTALLED USING SHORT LENGTHS OF CONDUCTORS AS LONG AS THE CONDUCTORS ORIGINATE INTEGRALLY TO THE SPD. THE SPD SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO THE 30A CIRCUIT BREAKER. 6. THE SPD WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR IN SCHEDULES SHALL BE INCLUDED AND MOUNTED WITHIN THE PANELBOARD BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PANELBOARD. 7. THE SPD SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARD. 8. THE COMPLETE PANELBOARD INCLUDING THE SPD SHALL BE UL67 LISTED. I. ENCLOSURES 1. ALL ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE NEMA 1 GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE ENCLOSURES SUITABLE FOR LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS DESCRIBED BELOW: a. NEMA 1 - CONSTRUCTED OF A POLYMER (UNITS INTEGRATED WITHIN ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLIES) OR STEEL (SIDEMOUNT UNITS ONLY), INTENDED FOR INDOOR USE TO PROVIDE A DEGREE OF PROTECTION TO PERSONAL ACCESS TO HAZARDOUS PARTS AND PROVIDE A DEGREE OF PROTECTION AGAINST THE INGRESS OF SOLID FOREIGN OBJECTS (FALLING DIRT). 2.11 DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. TRANSFORMERS: GENERAL PURPOSE, UL-LISTED/LABELED 150 DEGREES C TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT. INSULATING MATERIALS: EXCEED NEMA ST -020 STANDARDS, RATED FOR 220 DEGREES C, UL -COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM. PHASES, VOLTAGES, AND SIZES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SOUND LEVEL: NOT EXCEEDING NEMA STANDARDS FOR THE SIZES INDICATED. FULL -CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS: BELOW 25 KVA - MINIMUM OF TWO 5 PERCENT (2-); 25 KVA TO 300 KVA - MINIMUM OF SIX 2.5 PERCENT (2+,4 -); ABOVE 300 KVA - FOUR 2.5 PERCENT (2+,2-). TRANSFORMER CORE AND COIL ASSEMBLIES: MOUNTED ON INTEGRAL VIBRATION - ABSORBING PADS. MAKE FINAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMERS WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, WITH AT LEAST 6 INCHES OF SLACK IN ALL DIRECTIONS. TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURES: FULLY ENCLOSED (EXCEPT FOR VENTILATION OPENINGS), NEMA 2, DRIP -PROOF, FABRICATED OF HEAVY GAUGE SHEET STEEL CONSTRUCTION. B. PROVIDE ENERGY-EFFICIENT TRANSFORMERS COMPLYING WITH NEMA TP -1, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA TP -2, C. MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ACME, SIEMENS 2.12 LIGHT FIXTURES A. LOCATIONS 1. LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT LOCATIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FINAL INSTALLED PIPING AND DUCTWORK LAYOUTS. B. LIGHT FIXTURES 1. EACH LUMINAIRE SHALL CONSIST OF AN ASSEMBLY THAT UTILIZES LEDS AS THE LIGHT SOURCE. IN ADDITION, A COMPLETE LUMINAIRE SHALL CONSIST OF A HOUSING, LED ARRAY, AND ELECTRONIC DRIVER (POWER SUPPLY). IF REQUIRED, COMPONENTS SUCH AS THE LED ARRAY AND DRIVER SHALL BE MODULAR AND REPLACEABLE WITHOUT REMOVING THE LUMINAIRE. 2. EACH LUMINAIRE SHALL BE RATED FOR A MINIMUM OPERATIONAL LIFE AS SPECIFIED ON LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR PER BASIS OF DESIGN LUMINAIRE, AS DEFINED BY IES LM -80 AND TM -21. 3. EACH LUMINAIRE SHALL BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE AT AN AVERAGE OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF 25'C. 4. THE INDIVIDUAL LEDS SHALL BE CONNECTED SUCH THAT A CATASTROPHIC LOSS OR THE FAILURE OF ONE LED WILL NOT RESULT IN THE LOSS OF THE ENTIRE LUMINAIRE. 5. EACH LUMINAIRE SHALL BE LISTED WITH A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO UL, CSA, ETL) UNDER UL 1598 AND UL 8750, OR AN EQUIVALENT STANDARD FROM A RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. C. EXIT LIGHTING 1. EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH LED LIGHT SOURCES. 3. WHERE INDICATED AS SUCH, PROVIDE BATTERY PACK AND CHARGER WITH SELF -DIAGNOSTICS FOR ILLUMINATION UNDER POWER FAILURE CONDITIONS. 4. EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET BOCA, OSHA, NFPA AND NEC ILLUMINATION STANDARDS. D. EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1. PROVIDE GTD OR GTD20A TRANSFER DEVICES SUITABLE FOR USEW WITH SOLID-STATE LIGHTING (BODINE OR APPROVED EQUAL MANUFACTURER) AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, AND LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULE. E. FIXTURE SCHEDULE 1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OTHER THAN THE EQUAL MANUFACTURERS LISTED ON THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE WILL BE ACCEPTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER. THE LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED HEREIN HAS BEEN CAREFULLY CHOSEN FOR ITS ABILITY TO MEET LUMINOUS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. SUBSTITUTIONS IN ALL LIKELIHOOD WILL BE UNABLE TO MEET ALL OF THE SAME CRITERIA AS SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BASE BID SPARE MATERIALS FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND BALLAST INSTALLED ON THE PROJECT. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING SPARE STOCK. TURN THIS EQUIPMENT OVER TO THE OWNER AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN LABEL ON EACH FIXTURE WITH LAMP ORDERING CODE NUMBER FOR OWNER'S FUTURE MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT. LOCATE LABEL SO THAT IT CAN BE SEEN FROM NORMAL VIEWING ANGLE. 3. ONCE BIDS AND SHOP DRAWINGS ARE APPROVED, ALL LIGHTING IS TO BE ORDERED ACCORDING TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND LEAD TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR IS THEN TO INFORM THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, THE DATE WHEN EQUIPMENT ORDERS ARE COMPLETED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULED. F. SUBMITTALS 1. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURERS' DATA FOR LIGHT FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. 2.13 EQUIPMENT WIRING A. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 1. ALL POWER WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR ALL MOTORS INCLUDING STARTERS, CONTROLLERS, AND BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND THE RISER DIAGRAMS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. MOTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED IN A NEAT AND SKILLFUL MANNER. ONES DELIVERED WITH TERMINAL BOXES THAT ARE INADEQUATE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SPECIAL BOXES THAT SUIT THE CONDITIONS. 3. IN GENERAL, RIGID CONDUIT OR TUBING SHALL BE USED, BUT MOTORS THAT REQUIRE MOVEMENT OR ONES THAT WOULD TRANSMIT VIBRATION TO CONDUIT SHALL BE WIRED WITH LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT NOT OVER 18' LONG. 4. ALL MOTORS SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN COVERED GROUND WIRE RUN INSIDE THE CONDUIT AND CONNECTED TO MOTOR FRAME ON ONE END AND TO GROUNDING SYSTEM ON THE OTHER END. 5. MOTORS AND THEIR STARTERS NOT LOCATED IN THE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ARE ONLY APPROXIMATELY LOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW FOR THE RELOCATION THAT DEVELOPED CONDITIONS MAY DEMAND. THE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER IS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 6. THE LOCATION OF MOTORS, STARTERS AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND THE ARRANGEMENT TO BE FOLLOWED SHALL BE DETERMINED ON THE JOB JOINTLY BY THE CONTRACTOR WHOSE EQUIPMENT IS INVOLVED, THIS CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT. 7. STARTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EITHER WALL MOUNTED OR FREE STANDING, AS BEST SUITS CONDITIONS. IF FREE STANDING, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE AND INSTALL A SUITABLE FRAME OF STRUCTURAL STEEL TO ACCOMMODATE IT. 8. FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE MOTOR SNAP SWITCH OF THE PROPER SIZE FOR DISCONNECT OF EACH SINGLE PHASE MOTOR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. CONTROL WIRING 1. CONTROL WIRING FOR HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING AND HVAC CONTRACTOR AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISIONS 22 AND 23. 2. ALL CONTROL WIRING IN DIVISIONS 22 AND 23 IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR WHO PROVIDES THE PARTICULAR EQUIPMENT. CONTROL WIRING INCLUDES THE PROVIDING OF ALL REQUIRED MOTOR CONTROLS, RELAYS, PILOT DEVICES, ALL RELATED RACEWAY SYSTEMS, ALL RELATED CONDUCTORS AND ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS OTHER THAN THREE PHASE POWER CONNECTIONS. 3. FOR SINGLE PHASE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER HVAC AND PLUMBING CONTRACTS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SINGLE PHASE FEEDERS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION THRU THE CONTROL DEVICE. 4. ALL OTHER CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED BY OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER TO THE CONTRARY, ALL CONTROL DEVICES SUCH AS STARTERS, PUSHBUTTONS, LIMIT SWITCHES, ETC., ARE FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE AND STORE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY HIM. CONDUIT AND LAYOUT AND ARRANGEMENT OF CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE DONE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. C. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS. CONTRACTOR TO MATCH RECEPTACLE WITH PLUGS OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. D. TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS 1. PROVIDE INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE SERVING TELEPHONE COMPANY. PROVIDE 3/4 -INCH THICK PLYWOOD BOARD, FIRE - RETARDANT -TREATED AND STAMPED FRT, SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE WALL, AT THE LOCATION AND OF THE SIZE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES WITH 3/4 -INCH EMT STUB -UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. E. DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS 1. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED DATA OUTLET BOXES WITH 3/4 -INCH CONDUIT STUB -UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. F. TIME SWITCHES 1. TIME SWITCHES: TYPE INDICATED, W/ MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH, NEMA ENCLOSURE SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED: NUMBER & TYPES OF CONTACTS, SEQUENCE, & VOLTAGE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED, BASED ON THE TIME SWITCH FUNCTION & THE NUMBER OF BRANCH CIRCUITS OR CONTACTORS CONTROLLED. PROVIDE WIRING TO CONTACTORS, OR OTHER CONTROL POINTS AS REQUIRED. MANUFACTURERS: INTERMATIC, PARAGON OR TORK. 2.14 EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS A. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING NEW EQUIPMENT, COMPATIBLE WITH, OR OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES, THE LANDLORD, OR BOTH, AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: 1. ADDITIONAL INITIATING DEVICES, INDICATING APPLIANCES, AND INTERCONNECTING CIRCUITS. 2. ADDITIONAL ZONE MODULES REQUIRED BY NEW ZONING. 3. NEW AMPLIFIERS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE THE NEW INITIATING DEVICES AND INDICATING APPLIANCES INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 4. A NEW ZONE MAP, INCLUDING ALL EXISTING ZONES AND ALL NEW ZONES, FRAMED, MOUNTED UNDER GLASS, AND INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. HORN/STROBES SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 2.15 COMMISSIONING A. WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING 1. COMPLETE ALL PHASES OF WORK SO THE SYSTEM CAN BE STARTED, TESTED AND ADJUSTED BEFORE COMMISSIONED. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR HAS PRIMARY START-UP RESPONSIBILITIES WITH OBLIGATION TO COMPLETE SYSTEMS, INCLUDING ALL SUB -SYSTEMS SO THEY ARE FULLY FUNCTIONAL. THIS INCLUDES THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, WIRE, INSULATION, CONTROLS, ETC. PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND RELATED DIRECTIVES, CLARIFICATION, CHANGE ORDERS, ETC. 2. NORMAL START-UP SERVICES REQUIRED BRINGING EACH SYSTEM TO A FULLY OPERATIONAL STATE. THIS INCLUDES CLEANING, FILLING, LEAK TESTING, MOTOR ROTATION CHECK, CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, FULL AND PART LOAD PERFORMANCE, ETC. THE COMMISSIONING AGENT WILL NOT BEGIN THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS UNTIL EACH SYSTEM IS COMPLETE, INCLUDING THE COMPLETION OF NORMAL CONTRACTOR START-UP. B. PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING 1. PROVIDE SKILLED TECHNICIANS TO START UP ALL SYSTEMS WITHIN DIVISION 26. THESE SAME TECHNICIANS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO ASSIST THE COMMISSIONING AGENT IN COMPLETING THE COMMISSIONING PROGRAM AS IT RELATES TO EACH SYSTEM AND THEIR TECHNICAL SPECIALTY. WORK SCHEDULES, TIME REQUIRED FOR TESTING, ETC. WILL BE REQUESTED AND COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO JUDGE THE APPROPRIATENESS AND QUALIFICATION OF THE TECHNICIANS RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. QUALIFICATIONS FOR TECHNICIANS INCLUDE EXPERT KNOWLEDGE RELATIVE TO THE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT INVOLVED, ADEQUATE DOCUMENTATION AND TOOLS TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT AND ATTITUDEIWILLINGNESS TO WORK WITH THE CONTRACTOR TO GET THE JOB DONE. C. WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES 1. CORRECTIVE WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED INA TIMELY MANNER TO PERMIT COMPLETION OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. IF DEADLINES PASS WITHOUT RESOLUTION OF THE PROBLEMS, THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO OBTAIN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES AND/OR TO CORRECT THE PROBLEMS AT THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY IN AN EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. D. TRAINING 1. PARTICIPATE IN THE TRAINING OF THE OWNER'S ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE STAFF, AS REQUIRED IN DIVISION 26 ON EACH SYSTEM AND RELATED COMPONENTS. SECTION 27 00 00 COMMUNICATIONS REQUIREMENTS 1.1 COMMUNICATIONS INTERIOR PATHWAYS A. GENERAL 1. ALL PATHWAYS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION THAT ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED OR INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE CONTROL AND APPROVAL OF THE NETWORK & TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE OF THE QUALITY AND MANUFACTURE INDICATED. THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IS BASED UPON THE ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS LISTED. WHERE "APPROVED EQUAL" IS STATED, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIVALENT IN EVERY WAY TO THAT OF THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL. B. INNERDUCT 1. BUSH ALL CONDUIT ENDS. 2. CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT IN THE FOLLOWING AREAS: a. MECHANICAL ROOMS b. ELECTRIC ROOMS c. MANUFACTURING AREAS d. MAINTENANCE AREAS e. DO NOT INSTALL RACEWAYS ADJACENT TO HOT SURFACES OR IN WET AREAS. f. INSTALL CONDUITS TO EDGES OF ACCESS BOXES SO AS TO MAXIMIZE THE TOTAL NUMBER OF CONDUITS THAT CAN BE ROUTED THROUGH THE PULL BOX. g. PROVIDE EXPANSION FITTINGS WITH EXTERNAL GROUNDING STRAPS AT BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. h. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUIT HORIZONTALLY IN CONCRETE OR BLOCK PARTITIONS. i. ARRANGE NEATLY TO PERMIT ACCESS TO THE RACEWAY, OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES, AND WORK INSTALLED BY OTHER TRADES. j. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO BURN HOLES THROUGH WEBS OF BEAMS OR GIRDERS, CALL SUCH POINTS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE NETWORK & TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT AND RECEIVE WRITTEN APPROVAL BOTH AS TO LOCATION AND SIZE OF HOLE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. ALL HOLES SHALL BE BURNED NO LARGER THAN ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY. k. CORE DRILL, SLEEVE, AND FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING FLOORS. I. SUPPORT ALL RACEWAYS WITH MALLEABLE IRON PIPE CLAMPS OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD. IN EXTERIOR OR WET LOCATIONS, PROVIDE MINIMUM Y: AIR SPACE BETWEEN RACEWAY AND WALL. SECURE RACEWAY WITHIN 3 FT. OF EACH OUTLET BOX, JUNCTION BOX, CABINET OR FITTING. m. INSTALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES IN READILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS AND THE LIKE SHALL NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO BOXES. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES REQUIRED DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS AND SIZE AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. C. SUPPORTING DEVICES 1. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: a. PROVIDE STEEL ANGLES, CHANNELS AND OTHER MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER SUPPORT OF WALL -MOUNTED CABINETS, RACKS, PANELS, ETC. b. CABINETS, LARGE PULL BOXES, AND CABLE SUPPORT BOXES SHALL BE SECURED TO CEILING AND FLOOR SLAB AND NOT SUPPORTED FROM CONDUITS. SMALL EQUIPMENT BOXES, ETC., AS APPROVED BY NETWORK & TELECOMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT, MAY BE SUPPORTED ON WALLS. RACKS FOR SUPPORT OF CONDUIT AND HEAVY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SECURED TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION BY SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS. D. CABLE HANGERS 1. PROVIDE CABLE HANGERS A MAXIMUM OF TON CENTER WHEREVER CABLE TRAY OR CONDUIT IS NOT PRESENT. 2. CEILING TIES AND RODS SHALL NOT BE USED TO HANG CABLE OR CABLE SUPPORTS WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE NETWORK & TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT. 3. LOAD HANGERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE HANGERS SIDE BY SIDE ON A COMMON BRACKET WHERE CABLE QUANTITIES REQUIRE. 4. DO NOT INSTALL CABLES LOOSE ABOVE LOCK -IN TYPE, DRYWALL OR PLASTER CEILINGS. 5. CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 3 IN. ABOVE THE CEILING TILES AND SHALL NOT TOUCH THE CEILING. 6. DO NOT SUPPORT CABLE FROM CEILING SYSTEM TIE WIRES OR GRID IN FIRE RATED SYSTEMS. 1.2 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING A. GENERAL 1. PROVIDE A TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATION OF TIA/EIA-607 AND ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHERE TYPES, SIZES, RATINGS, AND QUANTITIES INDICATED ARE IN EXCESS OF NEC REQUIREMENTS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AND THE GREATER SIZE, RATING, AND QUANTITY INDICATIONS GOVERN. 2. TIE ALL GROUNDING SYSTEMS TOGETHER AT THEIR ORIGINS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS CALLED FOR BY THE NEC. 3. PROVIDE AN INSULATED GROUND WIRE SIZED AS SHOWN, BONDING, THE TELECOMMUNICATION RACK AND THE POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE. B. INSTALLATION 1. GENERAL: GROUND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS EXCEED NEC REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE WITH OTHER ELECTRICAL WORK AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING SYSTEM WITH OTHER WORK. 3. ROUTE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ALONG THE SHORTEST AND STRAIGHTEST PATHS POSSIBLE WITHOUT OBSTRUCTING ACCESS OR PLACING CONDUCTORS WHERE THEY MAY BE SUBJECTED TO STRAIN, IMPACT, OR DAMAGE, EXCEPT AS INDICATED. 1.3 VOICE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. PROVIDE RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM. B. RACEWAY 1. PROVIDE 1' EMT CONDUIT STUBS FROM THE OUTLETS TURNED OUT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. 2. VOICE/DATA OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF A4-11/16 SQUARE OUTLET BOX, SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 1' CONDUIT TURNED OUT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. C. RACEWAY SYSTEM 1. INSTALL CAPPED BUSHINGS ON RACEWAYS AS SOON AS INSTALLED. D. OUTLET AND PULLBOXES 1. PROVIDE OUTLET AND PULLBOXES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS. 2. BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATION AND THE DRAWING IMMEDIATELY TO ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. INSTALLATION AND DETAILS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN IF THEY DIFFER FROM THE SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1.1. GENERAL: A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE 24 VDC, ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED, ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO ALL CONTROL PANELS, POWER SUPPLIES, INITIATING DEVICES, AUDIBLE AND VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, ALARM DEVICES, AND ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. B. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE AND BE COMPATIBILITY LISTED TO ASSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM. 1.1. STANDARDS A. THE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND SHALL BE LISTED FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE AND BE COMPATIBILITY LISTED TO INSURE INTEGRITY OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM. B. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION STANDARDS: 1. NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2. NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE 3. NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE C. LOCAL AND STATE BUILDING CODES D. BOCA, NATIONAL BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL CODE, FIRE PREVENTION CODE E. LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION F. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. G. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). 1.1 ALL VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AND MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 1.1. SUBMITTALS A. TYPE, SIZE, RATING, STYLE, CATALOG NUMBER, MANUFACTURERS NAMES, PHOTOS, AND /OR CATALOG DATA SHEETS FOR ALL ITEMS PROPOSED. 1.1. WARRANTY A. WARRANTY ALL MATERIALS, INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A ONE (1) YEAR PERIOD, UNLESS ___ OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER WARRANTY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION. 1.1. PRODUCTS A. THIS LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM SPECIFICATION MUST BE CONFORMED TO IN ITS ENTIRETY TO ENSURE THAT THE INSTALLED AND PROGRAMMED LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM WILL ACCOMMODATE ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OWNER. ANY SPECIFIED ITEM OR OPERATIONAL FEATURE NOT SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED PRIOR TO THE BID DATE WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE MET WITHOUT EXCEPTION. 1.1. GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS A. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR UNINTERRUPTED DUTY. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, DEVICES AND OTHER FACILITIES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION OR NOTED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION SHALL BE BEST SUITED FOR THE INTENDED USE AND SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. IF ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION IS PROVIDED BY DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS, THEN THAT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE'LISTED' AS TO ITS COMPATIBILITY BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), IF SUCH COMPATIBILITY IS REQUIRED BY UL STANDARDS. 2.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. CONTROL PANEL 1. THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) SHALL BE THE SILENT KNIGHT 5700 ANALOG ADDRESSABLE CONTROL PANEL OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. SYSTEM WIRING 1. THE SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT (SLC) AND DATA COMMUNICATION BUS (SBUS) SHALL BE WIRED WITH STANDARD NEC 760 COMPLIANT WIRING, NO TWISTED, SHIELDED OR MID CAPACITANCE WIRING IS REQUIRED FOR STANDARD INSTALLATIONS. C. ADDRESSABLE DETECTOR FUNCTIONS 1. THE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION DETECTORS MUST COMMUNICATE ANALOG VALUES USING A DIGITAL PROTOCOL TO THE CONTROL PANEL FOR THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS: 2. AUTOMATIC COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 72 STANDARDS FOR DETECTOR SENSITIVITY TESTING 3. DRIFT COMPENSATION TO ASSURE DETECTOR IS OPERATING CORRECTLY 4. MAINTENANCE ALERT WHEN A DETECTOR NEARS THE TROUBLE CONDITION 5. TROUBLE ALERT WHEN A DETECTOR IS OUT OF TOLERANCE 6. ALERT CONTROL PANEL OF ANALOG VALUES THAT INDICATE FIRE. 2.1 ALARM A. WHEN A DEVICE INDICATES ANY ALARM CONDITION THE CONTROL PANEL MUST RESPOND WITHIN 3 SECONDS. THE GENERAL ALARM OR SUPERVISORY ALARM LED ON THE ANNUNCIATOR(S) SHOULD LIGHT AND THE LCD SHOULD PROMPT THE USER AS TO THE NUMBER OF CURRENT EVENTS. THE ALARM INFORMATION MUST BE STORED IN EVENT MEMORY FOR LATER REVIEW. EVENT MEMORY MUST BE AVAILABLE AT THE MAIN AND ALL REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS. B. WHEN THE ALARMED DEVICE IS RESTORED TO NORMAL, THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE REQUIRED TO BE MANUALLY RESET TO CLEAR THE ALARM CONDITION, EXCEPT THAT THE ALARMS MAY BE SILENCED AS PROGRAMMED. C. AN ALARM SHALL BE SILENCED BY CABINET KEY OR CODE AT THE MAIN FACP ANNUNCIATOR AND BY A CODE OR FIREFIGHTER KEY AT THE REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS. WHEN SILENCED, THIS SHALL NOT PREVENT THE RESOUNDING OF SUBSEQUENT EVENTS IF ANOTHER EVENT SHOULD OCCUR (SUBSEQUENT ALARM FEATURE). WHEN ALARMS ARE SILENCED THE SILENCED LED ON THE CONTROL PANEL, AND ON ANY REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS SHALL REMAIN LIT, UNTIL THE ALARMED DEVICE IS RETURNED TO NORMAL 2.2 TROUBLES A. WHEN A DEVICE INDICATES A TROUBLE CONDITION, THE CONTROL PANEL SYSTEM TROUBLE LED SHOULD LIGHT AND THE LCD SHOULD PROMPT THE USER AS TO THE NUMBER OF CURRENT EVENTS. THE TROUBLE INFORMATION MUST BE STORED IN EVENT MEMORY FOR LATER REVIEW. EVENT MEMORY MUST BE AVAILABLE AT THE MAIN AND ALL REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS. B. WHEN THE DEVICE IN TROUBLE IS RESTORED TO NORMAL, THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY RESET, THE TROUBLE RESTORE INFORMATION MUST BE STORED IN EVENT MEMORY FOR LATER REVIEW. EVENT MEMORY MUST BE AVAILABLE AT THE MAIN AND ALL REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS. C. COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES 1. FURNISH SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CONTROL PANEL AND WILL RESULT IN AN UL LISTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 2.3 WIRING A. INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1. THE INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL CONDUCTORS AND WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. IT SHALL BE THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH THE SUPPLIER, REGARDING THE CORRECT WIRING PROCEDURES BEFORE INSTALLING ANY CONDUITS OR CONDUCTORS. B. INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS 1. SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST REVISIONS OF THE APPROPRIATE NFPA PAMPHLETS, THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL AND STATE REGULATIONS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OTHER APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). 2. ALL WIRE USED ON THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AS FIRE ALARM PROTECTION SIGNALING CIRCUIT CABLE PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ARTICLES 760. 2.4 WARRANTY A. GENERAL 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING FREE FROM INHERENT MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEFECTS FOR ONE YEAR (365 DAYS) FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. B. AS BUILT DRAWINGS, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 1. AS BUILT DRAWINGS a. A COMPLETE SET OF REPRODUCIBLE'AS-BUILT DRAWINGS SHOWING INSTALLED WIRING, COLOR CODING, AND WIRE TAG NOTATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, SPECIFIC INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL EQUIPMENT, AND INTERNAL WIRING OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF SYSTEM. 2. OPERATING AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS a. OPERATING AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO TESTING OF THE SYSTEM. USER OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED PROMINENTLY DISPLAYED ON A SEPARATE SHEET LOCATED NEXT TO THE CONTROL UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. STANDARD 864. • M .- 0 1 rf z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 0 inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 w a a 0 0 x U w 0 LU 0 w w W 0 W 0 a w p iL W 0) a- 2 2 W b c i5 c m CL w 2! LU J E o J_ No M = in OO = `° s5 m co Q o o c' C::, m C/)T.� N 0 U) Z IO U or_ LL U U W W W C) \ ` No 3210`1 ; or ' ' = .-' 1 0t ,:: 11 , STATE OF '!a;; \ 0 ,` 1 4-% ` el �r i C' f e `I/ IIfvl ,��I PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-003LLI 0 U) 0 Q w =) 0 0- L LL. QI CU U) U L1Ja p (1)00 Q ti C3 - � U M CCU c CU = O N J LL LL � , U)12 \--+ / N-- 0. b p C CN Q z It , U5 U) Z IO U or_ LL U U W W W C) \ ` No 3210`1 ; or ' ' = .-' 1 0t ,:: 11 , STATE OF '!a;; \ 0 ,` 1 4-% ` el �r i C' f e `I/ IIfvl ,��I PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-003LLI 0 U) 0 W M O Ix a_ Ln C U Lu O a W O z O LU D 0 z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z U sz S N _ H ¢ 0 N C2 0 Q N EXISTING SERVI DISCONNECT SWIT EXISTING MET EXISTII DISCONNECT SWIT EXISTI DISCONNECT SWIT W 1 ) FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION -101 1/4'=l' -O" A GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING/RELAYS. 3. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRINGICABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK/INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. 5. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. 6. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. 8. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. ELECTRICAL - DEMOLITION NOTES ED101 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL. REMOVE THE EXPOSED CONDUITS AND WIRE COMPLETELY. ED102 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN THE WORK AREA. DO NOT SAVE ANY FOR REUSE. Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 iD W U x U a 0 r 0 0 W Cn co w a a C N c m a J ca L o J m No = 00 _ O Ctsco Q o C c' C:) C/)U N O C O O Co U U O W pp (D —0 2 U) O _O O «3 O N � z � > r- ¢� � N U Ch N LJL. LL (/6 72 O �U) U) PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ED -101 W OQ 00 J W LL z U O w � J LU O z W J WF F W Q LU N No 82104 STATE OF �•Ail� 40 ~mss/ ��,'-FCOfylt3i':• a lit w PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 ED -101 W 6 W H _m 2 O w n N vi U W 0 a✓ a W 0 z O w U) O z 0 J U z 0 Z Y z PP O z 0 SQ L0 M O N CD Go O Q 00 N PP F% Y d c a NI W 2 a J LL a 0 C 5) L 0 z 0 0 0 00 Cl) L0 E U N C Ln a) y A 2 1 N 1 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING E-101 1/4" = V-0" -IT ZONE IAN 150W OF LIGHTING LIGHT CONTROLS REQUIRED PP -A: 5 E109 (TYP) A .t GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHINGIRELAYS. 3. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING/CABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK/INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. 5. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. 6. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. 8. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. ELECTRICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES E101 JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO DAVITA BUILDING SIGNAGE. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION WITH BUILDING LANDLORD/DAVITA/ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E102 LIGHTING CONTACTOR LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. E105 CORRIDOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE CONFIGURED FOR AUTOMATIC ON. E107 FURNISH OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH A 2- POLE POWER PACK. THE POWER PACK SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE LOADS. PROGRAM OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH A 20 MINUTE DELAY FOR LIGHTING AND POWER CONTROL. REFER TO THE POWER PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. E109 LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR CIRCUITING. "'� )4 0"h' sh L) aV i Em- da t Medical Group Z 200016th Street Uj Denver, CO 80202 U LU 0 0 Z) co U) inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 I z Q Z O T LU p� w J W LL J R. No 82!104 13 STATE OF ORfIM •• g y PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-101 w CL = O O �1 CU //VJ</� U � Q p 00 ai C <ti V M C O C = O LL' ILL }+ I— V_ (16 -a O c N o CU �� 0 z I z Q Z O T LU p� w J W LL J R. No 82!104 13 STATE OF ORfIM •• g y PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-101 w 0 W H m 2 O of d N U H 0 w 0 a of w F_ 0 z 0 w U) O z 0 J V z 0 Z Y Q Q M N N W 0 0 v N ro EXISTING SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH EXISTING METER EXISTING DISCONNECT SWITCH EXISTING DISCONNECT SWITCH TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 PP -B: 16 NEMINE DISPENSER MED ROOM A ^A MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 11 9-1 OZ PATIENT CORRIDOR 1�D-7-1 N 1 ) FLOOR PLAN - POWER & TELECOM E-111 1/4" =1'-0" GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ALL EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING/RELAYS. 3. ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING SHALL BE MOUNTED AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING/CABLE TO FIXTURE AND FROM FIXTURE TO FIXTURE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. EXPOSED CABLING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. COORDINATE ALL UNDER CABINET LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORKIINTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE AN UNSWITCHED HOT LEAD. 5. ALL REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER CONTROLS, ALSO KNOWN AS UL924 BYPASS, SHUNT, OR TRANSFER RELAYS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN AN APPROVED ENCLOSURE. 6. REFER TO DRAWING E-511 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTUAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING GRID LAYOUT. 8. WIRING, RECEPTACLES, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, ETC. WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES SHALL BE UTILIZED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO PATIENT TREATMENTS, EXAMINATION, AND ANY OTHER AREAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE. ELECTRICAL - CONSTRUCTION NOTES E201 RECEPTACLES IN PATIENT CARE AREAS REQUIRE REDUNDANT GROUND PATHS PER NEC 517.13. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING WITHIN A METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM SIZED TO QUALIFY AS AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND ALSO PROVIDE AN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITHIN THE RACEWAY. REFER TO NEC 517.13 FOR MORE INFORMATION. E202 COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING WITH MILLWORK/CASEWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. E208 4'x 8'x 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD MOUNTED AT FLOOR TO 8'-0" AROUND PERIMETER OF ROOM WHERE INDICATED. E210 DEDICATED PHONE LINE TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. E211 DEDICATED PHONE LINE TO SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (SSCP) TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. E217 (1)1" CONDUIT STUBBED UP THROUGH ROOF TO ACCOMMODATE SATELLITE T.V. CABLING REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE CONDUIT PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS/LOCATION WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E221 FURNISH AND INSTALL 2 -GANG RECESSED ELECTRICAL BOX FOR RECEPTACLE AND DATA. COORDINATE TV RECEPTACLE/DATA LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND THE OWNER. E222 THE TOP HALF OF ALL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WIRED TO THE CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO THE LIGHTING PLAN FOR THE LOCATION OF THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLLING THE RECEPTACLES. FURNISH AND INSTALL A LABEL INDICATING ALL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES. E223 DISHWASHER INSTALLED IN ADJACENT SPACE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A RECEPTACLE UNDER THE SINK FOR POWERING THE DISHWASHER. EXTEND THE DISHWASHER CORD AND PLUG TO UNDERNEATH THE SINK FOR CONNECTION. Z 200016th Street W Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 z z J W$ W Y W U 0 W 0 w U) LU A O U C M N c a J cc J_ No 00 iU)0 Ov o co - o o c 0 C/) N 0 0 Q Oif :3 W O vQ J 06 U Ul ap � r` W J 0� r` <04 V C C/) (f) M C CL L LL r Cn 72 O c CU YG CN o 0 Z l`"1'- r Cn 0 U W ZLU J 06 OW W J 0� F 10 W W LL CL � YG K't Ff CO �0 PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-111LU 0 co 0 W H M _ O o: a U) H U w O Of CL of LU H O z O LU U) 0 z 0 J U z C Z Y z Q 0 z U) _ L0 0 N 22 0 N ANNUNCIATOR AT TREATMENT AREA (NCA) TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR DOME LIGHTS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER CALL LIGHT/BUZZER AS SHOWN ON DRAWING NURSE CALL GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE CABLING AND ROUGH -IN PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL MANUFACTURERS BACK BOXES REQUIRED FOR EACH DEVICE/PANEL. 2. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND CASEWORK PROVIDED. LOCATE ANY TRANSFORMERS DIRECTLY ABOVE CEILING IN PLENUM SPACE. NURSE CALL SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE SIGNAL TO ALL OCCUPIED AREAS. THE UNIT SHALL PROVIDE EMERGENCY SIGNAL FROM PATIENT TOILETS, RECOVERY, AND OTHER DESIGNATED AREAS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. LABEL NURSE CALL WITH ROOM NAMES. COORDINATE WITH TENANT ROOM SIGNS. 4. PROVIDE A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 5. EMERGENCY CALL STATION PULL CORD TO BE RED SANITARY NYLON, LIGATURE RESISTANT. TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR PULL CORDS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER EMERGENCY CALL STATION (EP) AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR PUSH BUTTONS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER PATIENT EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON STATION (PB) AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS" POWER SUPPLY FOR USE WITH THE CORNELL SERIES SYSTEM. THE POWER SUPPLY SHALL OPERATE AT 115 VOLTS AC 60HZ. ENCLOSURE PROVIDED WITH CAM LOCK AND FIELD WIRING ON THE UNITS SHALL UTILIZE SCREW TERMINALS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CORNELL LS -201 CALL INDICATOR CORRIDOR LIGHTINGS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. FACEPLATES SHALL BE DOUBLE GANG, STAINLESS STEEL WITH FOUR MOUNTING SCREWS. CALLS SHALL BE INDICATED BY AN INCANDESCENT LAMP COVERED BY A WHITE (OR RED) TRANSLUCENT PLASTIC COVER AND A PIEZOELECTRIC TONE DEVICE MOUNTED TO THE SIDE ON THE FINISH PLATE. THE SOUND OUTPUT SHALL BE 90db WITH 24VDC INPUT. THE COMPLETE UNIT SHALL CONSUME NO MORE THAN 11 5M @ 24VDC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CORNELL E-114-3 EMERGENCY STATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FACEPLATES SHALL BE SATIN -FINISH STAINLESS STEEL WITH SILK-SCREENED DESIGNATIONS. CALLS IN PROGRESS CAN BE CANCELLED BY MOVING THE SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION. (A RED LED ON THE DEVICE INDICATED A CALL IN PROGRESS). STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON STANDARD OUTLET BOXES WITH SINGLE -GANG RINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CORNELL A -4006A ANNUNCIATOR. FACEPLATE SHALL BE SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL WITH SILK-SCREENED DESIGNATIONS. CALL INDICATOR SHALL BE RED LEDS AND PULSATING ELECTRONIC TONE. HIGH/LOW TONE SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED. WHEN A CALL IS PLACED TH LIGHT WILL TURN ON AND PULSATING TONE WILL BE HEARD. UNIT SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED. RISER DIAGRAM - NURSE CALL NOT TO SCALE 120V CIRCUIT 120V: 24V TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY (NCPS) EXISTING SERVICE CONDUIT GRADE EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SPECTRALERT ADVANCED NA (STROBE) SPECTRALERT ADVANCED NA (HORN/ STROBE) PATIENT CORRIDOR -107 NEW 2 1/2" CONDUIT (3) #4/0 AWG W/ (1) #4 EGC EACH NEW PANEL NEW PANEL "PP -A" "PP -B" •1 •6 O •2 •7 STANDBY .3 08 O •4 •9 RESOUND (ARM) SK -RELAY _ • 5 •10 SK -PHOTO w I o ANNUNCIATOR AT TREATMENT AREA (NCA) TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR DOME LIGHTS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER CALL LIGHT/BUZZER AS SHOWN ON DRAWING NURSE CALL GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE CABLING AND ROUGH -IN PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL MANUFACTURERS BACK BOXES REQUIRED FOR EACH DEVICE/PANEL. 2. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND CASEWORK PROVIDED. LOCATE ANY TRANSFORMERS DIRECTLY ABOVE CEILING IN PLENUM SPACE. NURSE CALL SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE SIGNAL TO ALL OCCUPIED AREAS. THE UNIT SHALL PROVIDE EMERGENCY SIGNAL FROM PATIENT TOILETS, RECOVERY, AND OTHER DESIGNATED AREAS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. LABEL NURSE CALL WITH ROOM NAMES. COORDINATE WITH TENANT ROOM SIGNS. 4. PROVIDE A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. 5. EMERGENCY CALL STATION PULL CORD TO BE RED SANITARY NYLON, LIGATURE RESISTANT. TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR PULL CORDS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER EMERGENCY CALL STATION (EP) AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR PUSH BUTTONS. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT NUMBER PATIENT EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON STATION (PB) AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS" POWER SUPPLY FOR USE WITH THE CORNELL SERIES SYSTEM. THE POWER SUPPLY SHALL OPERATE AT 115 VOLTS AC 60HZ. ENCLOSURE PROVIDED WITH CAM LOCK AND FIELD WIRING ON THE UNITS SHALL UTILIZE SCREW TERMINALS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CORNELL LS -201 CALL INDICATOR CORRIDOR LIGHTINGS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. FACEPLATES SHALL BE DOUBLE GANG, STAINLESS STEEL WITH FOUR MOUNTING SCREWS. CALLS SHALL BE INDICATED BY AN INCANDESCENT LAMP COVERED BY A WHITE (OR RED) TRANSLUCENT PLASTIC COVER AND A PIEZOELECTRIC TONE DEVICE MOUNTED TO THE SIDE ON THE FINISH PLATE. THE SOUND OUTPUT SHALL BE 90db WITH 24VDC INPUT. THE COMPLETE UNIT SHALL CONSUME NO MORE THAN 11 5M @ 24VDC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CORNELL E-114-3 EMERGENCY STATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FACEPLATES SHALL BE SATIN -FINISH STAINLESS STEEL WITH SILK-SCREENED DESIGNATIONS. CALLS IN PROGRESS CAN BE CANCELLED BY MOVING THE SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION. (A RED LED ON THE DEVICE INDICATED A CALL IN PROGRESS). STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON STANDARD OUTLET BOXES WITH SINGLE -GANG RINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CORNELL A -4006A ANNUNCIATOR. FACEPLATE SHALL BE SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL WITH SILK-SCREENED DESIGNATIONS. CALL INDICATOR SHALL BE RED LEDS AND PULSATING ELECTRONIC TONE. HIGH/LOW TONE SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED. WHEN A CALL IS PLACED TH LIGHT WILL TURN ON AND PULSATING TONE WILL BE HEARD. UNIT SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED. RISER DIAGRAM - NURSE CALL NOT TO SCALE 120V CIRCUIT 120V: 24V TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY (NCPS) EXISTING SERVICE CONDUIT GRADE EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SPECTRALERT ADVANCED NA (STROBE) SPECTRALERT ADVANCED NA (HORN/ STROBE) PATIENT CORRIDOR -107 NEW 2 1/2" CONDUIT (3) #4/0 AWG W/ (1) #4 EGC EACH NEW PANEL NEW PANEL "PP -A" "PP -B" 208Y/1 20V 208Y/120V 3P, 4W 3P, 4W 225A MLO 225A MLO 22kA 22kA HONEYWELL TO ADDITIONAL SILENT KNIGHT NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT (NAC) DEVICES REMOTE ANNUN. FIRE ALARM 5860 CONTROLPANEL @ ENTRY DOOR 5700 INTELLIGENT LOOP TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES DEDICATED PHONE LINE I FOR AUTO -DIAL ADDRESSIBLE RELAY ADDRESSIBLE INPUT MANUAL PULL STA DUCT DETECTOR SMOKE EAT DETECTOR CTOR FIRE/CO DETECTOR 120V MODULE MODULE (AIM) SK -PULL -DA SK -DUCT w/ SK -PHOTO EAT SK -FIRE -CO (ARM) SK -RELAY _ SK -MONITOR SK -PHOTO w I o Sid FERE ALARM GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, COMPONENTS, WIRING TESTING, TERMINATIONS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM AS DIRECTED BY THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM, BACKBOXES, ETC, AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 3. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND CASEWORK DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4. HEAT DETECTORS AND CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER NFPA REQUIREMENTS IF REQUIRED. 5. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 283100 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. RISER DIAGRAM - FIRE ALARM NOT TO SCALE AUTO -OPERATED DOOR DETAIL - DOOR 100.A NOT TO SCALE 1. COORDINATE DOOR HARDWARE, OPERATOR, ETC. CONDUIT AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. PROVIDE REQUIRED APPURTENANCES FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 2. REFER TO THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR LOCATIONS. Push E Releas Area SECURE DOOR DETAIL - DOOR 106.A NOT TO SCALE 1 COORDINATE DOOR HARDWARE, OPERATOR, ETC. CONDUIT AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. PROVIDE REQUIRED APPURTENANCES FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 2. REFER TO THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR LOCATIONS. GRADE z 200016th Street LU Denver, CO 80202 U z J W U w x U 0 �AfAR' inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 J 0 Or- to J w U LU _j Q w w wW 0 0 M \\0\WA RIPP//j// A: � I- CO No 82104 * y STATE OF tiJ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-501Uj z. c Q w c :3 0 m CL 0 J J o m No _ Wo m m w I o C/) p c 0 0 0 C,4 Cl J 0 Or- to J w U LU _j Q w w wW 0 0 M \\0\WA RIPP//j// A: � I- CO No 82104 * y STATE OF tiJ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-501Uj z. 0 Q w :3 0 0 LL. 0wo > V N C,0= C) 0 LL_ C/j 7E U O o LLI a G J 0 Or- to J w U LU _j Q w w wW 0 0 M \\0\WA RIPP//j// A: � I- CO No 82104 * y STATE OF tiJ PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-501Uj z. 6 W H m O W CL U) vS r U LU 0 LU H O z O LU U) D 0 z 0 J U z C Z Y z z 0 H 0-10V WALL DIMMER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE J � BLACK H H BLUE LOAD N BLACK LIGHTS N O (+) DIMMING BLUE N EXH. FAN (-) DIMMING REFER TO WIRING GREEN DIAGRAM FOR EXHAUST FAN CONNECTION G) 2 -POLE WALL SWITCH SENSOR WSX-2P-WH "OS2" OS 2 2 -POLE WALL SWITCH SENSOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE W WALL SWITCH SENSOR W/DUALTECHNOLOGY WSX-PDT-WH "OS" OS WALL SWITCH SENSOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE LOW VOLTAGE CEILING SENSOR M DUALTECHNOLOGY CM -PDT "OS" -9 CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE LIGHTING CONTACTORS PROVIDED BY BMS VENDOR AND INEE CO 2#18 LOW \ ELEC- EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGN EXTERIOR LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM NOTE: 1. SELECTION OF CONTACTORS SHALL BE BY OTHERS. 2. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES THIS SHEET. ABBREVIATIONS NCEH - NORMALLY CLOSED ELECTRIC HELD NCMH - NORMALLY CLOSED MECHANICAL HELD NOEH - NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRIC HELD NOMH - NORMALLY OPEN MECHANICAL HELD EMS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (2) PLACES FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (4) PLACES FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (2) PLACES DOWNLIGHTS Lay -in Lighting Support Detail NOT TO SCALE Lighting Controls Sequence of Operations Occupancy Sensors All Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors will operate as'Occupancy Mode'- automatic ON / automatic OFF. All Occupancy Sensors will be provided with Factory default of a 10 minute time delay.Lighting & Lighting Control General Project Notes Project will be shipped in compliance to Lighting Schedule Technical Support Resources available: The E.C. shall contact Kelley O'Connor at CED -National Accounts (Phone: 562-926-7202, Fax: 562-926-4113, email: kelley@cednationalaccounts.com) to coordinate the fixture types quantities and shipment requirements prior to bids. Make provisions in the bid to storage light fixtures and provide all labor required for the installtion of the light fixtures as indicated on the plans. Reference Project Number enclosed with CED Material Shipment. Install ALL Devices and Contactor Loads in the locations shown on the Lighting Plans and Lighting Control details. Coordinate all locations with Architectural plans. ALL Cabling/Terminations shall be tested prior to functionality test. LIGHTING PACKAGE AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR NOTES NOT TO SCALE 40 1 :1M ms, Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W 0 0 W U C BLACK BLACK ON/OFF O VIOLET GRAY GREEN DIMMING SWITCHPOD SPODMRD H 0-10V WALL DIMMER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE J � BLACK H H BLUE LOAD N BLACK LIGHTS N O (+) DIMMING BLUE N EXH. FAN (-) DIMMING REFER TO WIRING GREEN DIAGRAM FOR EXHAUST FAN CONNECTION G) 2 -POLE WALL SWITCH SENSOR WSX-2P-WH "OS2" OS 2 2 -POLE WALL SWITCH SENSOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE W WALL SWITCH SENSOR W/DUALTECHNOLOGY WSX-PDT-WH "OS" OS WALL SWITCH SENSOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE LOW VOLTAGE CEILING SENSOR M DUALTECHNOLOGY CM -PDT "OS" -9 CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE LIGHTING CONTACTORS PROVIDED BY BMS VENDOR AND INEE CO 2#18 LOW \ ELEC- EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGN EXTERIOR LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM NOTE: 1. SELECTION OF CONTACTORS SHALL BE BY OTHERS. 2. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES THIS SHEET. ABBREVIATIONS NCEH - NORMALLY CLOSED ELECTRIC HELD NCMH - NORMALLY CLOSED MECHANICAL HELD NOEH - NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRIC HELD NOMH - NORMALLY OPEN MECHANICAL HELD EMS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (2) PLACES FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (4) PLACES FURNISH AND INSTALL #12 SUPPORT WIRE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO BUILDING STEEL IN (2) PLACES DOWNLIGHTS Lay -in Lighting Support Detail NOT TO SCALE Lighting Controls Sequence of Operations Occupancy Sensors All Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors will operate as'Occupancy Mode'- automatic ON / automatic OFF. All Occupancy Sensors will be provided with Factory default of a 10 minute time delay.Lighting & Lighting Control General Project Notes Project will be shipped in compliance to Lighting Schedule Technical Support Resources available: The E.C. shall contact Kelley O'Connor at CED -National Accounts (Phone: 562-926-7202, Fax: 562-926-4113, email: kelley@cednationalaccounts.com) to coordinate the fixture types quantities and shipment requirements prior to bids. Make provisions in the bid to storage light fixtures and provide all labor required for the installtion of the light fixtures as indicated on the plans. Reference Project Number enclosed with CED Material Shipment. Install ALL Devices and Contactor Loads in the locations shown on the Lighting Plans and Lighting Control details. Coordinate all locations with Architectural plans. ALL Cabling/Terminations shall be tested prior to functionality test. LIGHTING PACKAGE AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR NOTES NOT TO SCALE 40 1 :1M ms, Z 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 U inFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 W 0 0 W U/ Q C) W 0 _Z _Q �— C3 W^/ 7) J V H H W QW 1 � � * No 82104 'Ai�, STATE OF ® v •�LORv0�'�� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-511LLJ U C vi CL m c If co a 0 J J_ m R =UO Wm W Q m 0 o _C3 N U/ Q C) W 0 _Z _Q �— C3 W^/ 7) J V H H W QW 1 � � * No 82104 'Ai�, STATE OF ® v •�LORv0�'�� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-511LLJ in CL or_ O 0 U Uj o O0 > Q C � V M O CU = � O LCL u- Uj-2 U O o 0 0 a Q 7 -`F_F- LO Cc U) U/ Q C) W 0 _Z _Q �— C3 W^/ 7) J V H H W QW 1 � � * No 82104 'Ai�, STATE OF ® v •�LORv0�'�� PROJECT # 2018.2538.00 E-511LLJ 0 LU M_ O a U) C6 U w 0 a w O z O LU U) c� z 0 J U z C Z Y z Q O LU U) w N it O x z O 0 O z O LU (L O LU U) (D z 0 U) _ a N N O N O F. a) L0 X w Y L N N7N NI w CL J LL Panel: PP -A Location: PATIENT CORRIDOR 107 Volts: 208/120V Supply From: Phases: 3 Mounting: Surface Wires: 4 Enclosure: NEMA 1 Indoor Notes: A.I.C. Rating: 22kA Mains Type: Mains Rating: 225 MCB Rating: Legend: Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand A B C A B C Lighting 2459 125.00% 3074 CKT Circuit Description Trip Poles 247 Total Est. Demand: 43.04 kW Power 2250 100.00% 2250 Poles Trip Circuit Description CKT 1 Lighting Room 102, 100, 101, 129 20 1 0.41 3 125% Conn. Current: 0.7 1 LCAT24-35HLG-EDU 1 20 Lighting Room 121, 123, 122, 120, 130, 128, 127... 2 3 Lighting Room 103, 108, 105, 118, 119, 32, 106,... 20 1 20 0.65 E LED 0.64 1 1 20 Lighting Room 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115... 4 5 Exterior Lighting 20 1 RECESSED 1 0.12 20 Copier WORK AREA 2 130 0.5 1 20 Door Power WAITING 100 6 7 Door Power VITALS 106 20 1 1 Receptacle Room 126,125 10 0 Receptacle CARE COORDINATOR 128 20 1 20 Door Chime CHECK -IN / OUT 101 8 9 Exterior Sign Lighting 20 1 13 0.75 20 1 0.27 1 20 CEF-1, CEF-2 10 11 CEF-3, CEF-4 20 1 ", _, 4 0.27 1 1 0.19 1 20 EF -1 12 13 RTU -1 50 3 5.64 . 1 20 3.24 18 19 3 30 RTU -2 14 15 -- -- -- .. .. _ 5.64.: 21 Receptacle Room 118, 119, 121 3.24 1 -- -- -- 16 17 -- -- -- Receptacle Room 104,120 20 5.64 3.24 -- -- -- 18 19 RTU -3 30 3 3.24 7777 0.54 20 Receptacle Room 105, 32 1 20 Roof Receptacles 20 21 -- -- -- 1 3.24 Drinking Fountain Space 32 28 0 Receptacle CARE MGR. OFFICE 115 1 20 SPARE 22 23 -- -- -- 30 3.24 Receptacle Room 116, 117, 107 20 0 1 20 SPARE 24 25 SPARE 20 1 0 20 1 0 1.32 1.32 1 20 SPARE 26 27 SPARE 20 1 0 1.32 1.32 1 0 Receptacle EXAM 1 B 111 1 20 SPARE 28 29 SPARE 20 1 1 20 0 38 39 0 1 20 SPARE 30 31 SPACE -- -- 0 41 SPARE 0 1 MA -- -- SPACE 32 33 SPACE -- -- Total Load: 0 12.2 kW 11.5 kW 0 -- -- SPACE 34 35 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 36 37 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 38 39 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 40 41 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 42 Total Load: 14.78 kW 14.45 kW 13.2 kW Total Amps: 125 122 110 Legend: Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand Panel Totals HVAC 36934 100.00% 36934 CATALOG NUMBER Lighting 2459 125.00% 3074 Total Conn. Load: 42.43 kW Other 247 100.00% 247 Total Est. Demand: 43.04 kW Power 2250 100.00% 2250 Total Conn. Current: 118 Receptacle 540 100.00% 540 Total Est. Demand Current: 119 20 Security COMM. 127 2 3 125% Conn. Current: 20 1 LCAT24-35HLG-EDU 0.36 125% Est. Demand Current: Notes: Panel: PP -13 Location: PATIENT CORRIDOR 107 Supply From: Mounting: Surface Enclosure: NEMA 1 Indoor Notes: Volts: 208/120V Phases: 3 Wires: 4 A.I.C. Rating: 22kA Mains Type: Mains Rating: 225 MCB Rating: Legend: Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand A B C A B C 100.00% 800 CATALOG NUMBER Power CKT Circuit Description Trip Poles Receptacle 35860 63.94% Poles Trip Circuit Description CKT 1 Fire COMM. 127 20 1 0.5 B(E) 0.8 1 20 Security COMM. 127 2 3 Receptacle COMM. 127 20 1 LCAT24-35HLG-EDU 0.36 0.9 1 20 Receptacle WAITING 100 4 5 Receptacle CHECK -IN / OUT 101 20 1 E LED 1.08 1 1 20 Copier WORK AREA 102 6 7 Receptacle Room 130,102 20 1 0.9 RECESSED 1 1 20 Copier WORK AREA 2 130 8 9 Receptacle Room 128,129 20 1 LED 1.08 1.08 1 20 Receptacle Room 126,125 10 11 Receptacle CARE COORDINATOR 128 20 1 SURFACE 2' LED UNDER CABINET FIXTURE 0.9 0.18 1 20 Dishwasher TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 12 13 Refrigerator TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 20 1 1.2 1.72 1 20 Receptacle TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 14 15 Microwave TEAMMATE LOUNGE 124 20 1 4 1 1 1 20 Medicine Dispenser MED ROOM 121 16 17 Receptacle Room 123, 122, 124 20 1 0.54 1.2 1 20 Refrigerator MED ROOM 121 18 19 Printer MED ROOM 121 20 1 1 0.9 1 1 1 20 Receptacle MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 119 20 21 Receptacle Room 118, 119, 121 20 1 0.72 0.72 1 20 Receptacle MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 119 22 23 Receptacle Room 104,120 20 1 1.08 0.8 1 20 U.C. Refrigerator LAB 105 24 25 Centrifuge LAB 105 20 1 1 0.9 1 20 Receptacle Room 105, 32 26 27 Receptacle Room 108, 103, 106, 100 20 1 0.72 0.36 1 20 Drinking Fountain Space 32 28 29 Receptacle CARE MGR. OFFICE 115 20 1 1.08 1 1 20 Printer CARE MGR. OFFICE 115 30 31 Receptacle Room 116, 117, 107 20 1 0.54 1.32 1 20 Receptacle EXAM 213 114 32 33 Receptacle FLEX EXAM 112 20 1 1.32 1.32 1 20 Receptacle EXAM 2A 113 34 35 Receptacle EXAM 1 A 110 20 1 1.32 1.32 1 20 Receptacle EXAM 1 B 111 36 37 Receptacle COMM. 127 20 1 0.36 7--77777 1.32 1 20 Receptacle TREATMENT 109 38 39 Receptacle Room 120,105 20 1 0.9 0.72 1 20 Receptacle MA / CLINIC NURSE STATIONS 119 40 41 SPARE 20 1 MA 0 0 1 20 SPARE 42 Total Load: 13.46 kW 12.2 kW 11.5 kW Total Amps: 113 103 96 Legend: Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand Panel Totals Other 800 100.00% 800 CATALOG NUMBER Power 500 100.00% 500 Total Conn. Load: 37.16 kW Receptacle 35860 63.94% 22930 Total Est. Demand: 24.23 kW B LED COLUMBIA LCAT22-35MLG-EDU Total Conn. Current: 103 RECESSED 2x2 LED BASKET STYLE FIXTURE B(E) LED Total Est. Demand Current: 67 LCAT22-35MLG-EDU-ELL14 UNV RECESSED 2x2 LED EMERGENCY BASKET STYLE FIXTURE 125% Conn. Current: LED COLUMBIA LCAT24-35HLG-EDU UNV 125% Est. Demand Current: Notes: DaVlEa. Medical Group Z 200016th Street Ujv Denver, CO 80202 MFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 U C LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE r -L Of MARK LIGHTING TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER BALLASTVOLTAGE MOUNTING REMARKS O LED CONTECH RL38SA-1-35KC-12-D/CTR3002-CLR 120V RECESSED 6" LED DOWNLIGHT B LED COLUMBIA LCAT22-35MLG-EDU UNV RECESSED 2x2 LED BASKET STYLE FIXTURE B(E) LED COLUMBIA LCAT22-35MLG-EDU-ELL14 UNV RECESSED 2x2 LED EMERGENCY BASKET STYLE FIXTURE C LED COLUMBIA LCAT24-35HLG-EDU UNV RECESSED 2x4 LED BASKET STYLE FIXTURE C(E) LED COLUMBIA LCAT24-35HLG-EDU UNV RECESSED 2x4 LED EMERGENCY BASKET STYLE FIXTURE E LED CONTECH RL38SA-1-35KC-12-D/CTR3002-CLR 120V RECESSED 6" LED DOWNLIGHT E(E) LED CONTECH RL38SA-1-35KC-12-D-ER/CTR3002-CLR 120V RECESSED 6" LED EMERGENCY DOWNLIGHT H LED LITHONIA WL2-18L-D20-LP835-NX UNV SURFACE SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE J18 LED CONTECH LPU2241-P 120 SURFACE 18" LED UNDER CABINET FIXTURE J24 LED CONTECH LPU2241-P 120 SURFACE 2' LED UNDER CABINET FIXTURE J32 LED CONTECH LPU3322A-P 120 SURFACE 2'-8" LED UNDER CABINET FIXTURE DaVlEa. Medical Group Z 200016th Street Ujv Denver, CO 80202 MFORM studio www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 0 Z U) W U) W CD J 17W U W U N t j f R. N�•, • �� fit, o No 82104 ida STATE OF ; W i �••;°[OR%0 Cn a- AIL Cn 1NN11 �� PROJECT# 2018.2538.00 E-601 11, LLI 0 W U C N r -L Of C fa O LU (O V N J_ m o ao = U Ca O r co - WQ ZZ o p C/) V N Cl 0 Z U) W U) W CD J 17W U W U N t j f R. N�•, • �� fit, o No 82104 ida STATE OF ; W i �••;°[OR%0 Cn a- AIL Cn 1NN11 �� PROJECT# 2018.2538.00 E-601 11, LLI 0 W 0 r -L Of O `3 Ca ( r 00 Q ti Q U M CJ) (=:) CB = o _J �--� Uj 'a U CU O o 0 W a Q 0 y". Th a Lo Cc U)Z 0 Z U) W U) W CD J 17W U W U N t j f R. N�•, • �� fit, o No 82104 ida STATE OF ; W i �••;°[OR%0 Cn a- AIL Cn 1NN11 �� PROJECT# 2018.2538.00 E-601 11, LLI 0 W D W m o a - CD CD U LU 0 rz c� z Ce 0 TSi G U STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES GOVERNING CODE: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FBC) AND ALL LOCAL AMENDMENTS, EXCEPT AS NOTED DESIGN LOADS: RISK CATEGORY: 11, Standard ROOF LIVE LOADS: UP TO V-0 Roof Live Load: 20 psf Ground Snow Load (p9): 0 psf Flat Roof Snow Load (pr): 0 psf Snow Exposure Factor (Ce): 1.0 Thermal Factor (G): 1.0 FLOOR LIVE LOADS: Indicates column continuous through level shown Office: 50 psf Corridors & Public Spaces: 100psf Storage Areas: 125psf ROOF AND FLOOR DEAD LOADS: SECT Section Roof : 20 psf WIND LOADS (ASCE 7-10): level framing plan for size; install squash blocking Basic Wind Speed (3 -second gust): 135 mph (Ultimate) Building Enclosure Classification: Enclosed Internal Pressure Coefficient (GCS): 0.18 Wind Exposure: B COMPONENTS AND CLADDING DESIGN WIND PRESSURES (PSF - ULTIMATE) (ASCE 7-10): Wall Zone (Fig. 30.4-1): MIN Minimum 5 Within 8'-W of comers: +30.0 psf, -40.0 psf 4 Internally: +30.0 psf, -32.5 psf Roof Zone (Fig. 30.4-1) BL Brick Ledge 3 Within 8'-W of comers: +30.0 psf, -55.0 psf T Overhangs within 8'-W of comers and ridges: +30.0 psf, -47.2 psf 2 Within 8'-W of edges and ridges: +30.0 psf, -55.0 psf 2' Overhangs: +30.0 psf, -47.2 psf 1 Intemally: +16.0 psf, -32.8 psf SEISMIC LOADS: ® Spectral Response Acceleration Coefficients Short Period Ss: 0.080g Sas: 0.085g One Second Sr: 0.0408 Sdi: 0.064g Soils Site Class: D Seismic Design Category: A Basic Seismio-Force-Resisting System(s): Structural Systems Not specifically Designed for seismic resisitance Design Base Shear: 2.61 kips (For portion of roof shown) Seismic Response Coefficient(s) (Cs): 0.01 Response Modification Factor(s) (R): 3.0 Analysis Procedure: Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure Z•2 DTAIL D3/4�= 1'-0" N TYP EACH END, EACH ANGLE PROVIDE JOIST REINF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DETAIL FOR ALL CONCENTRATED LOADS IN EXCESS OF 150 POUNDS THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING PLAN STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel shall be detailed, fabricated and erected in accordance with the "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings' (AISC 360) and the "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" (AISC 303) by the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). All structural steel shall conform to the ASTM Standards and grades indicated below, unless noted otherwise on the drawings or details. Structural steel wide flange beams and WTs: ASTM A992, 50 ksi yield Other rolled shapes, including plates, channels, and angles: ASTM A36, 36 ksi yield. Hollow structural section (HSS) rectangular shapes: ASTM A500, Grade B, 46 ksi yield Unless otherwise noted, framed beam connections shall be bearing -type with 3/4" diameter, snug tight, ASTM A325 bolts, detailed in conformance with the structural drawings and the "Steel Construction Manual' by the AISC, 14th edition. Install bolts in accordance with AISC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts,'. All beams shall have full depth web stiffeners each side of webs above and below columns (1/4" plate or as noted). Anchor rods shall conform to ASTM F1554, Grade 55 as noted on the structural drawings with weldability supplement S1. Welling shall be done by a certified welder in accordance with the AISC documents listed above, the American Welling Society (AWS) D 1.1: 2006 Structural Welding Code, and the recommendations for use of E70XX electrodes. Where rot specifically noted, minimum weld shall be 3/16" fillet by length of contact edge. All post -installed anchors shall have current Interr>ational Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC -ES) reports and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Expansion anchors shall be approved `Wedge" type unless specifically noted to be "sleeve" type as noted on the structural drawings. Chemical anchors shall be approved epoxy or similar adhesive type as appropriate for installation in solid and non -solid base materials. PRE-ENGINEERED. PRE -FABRICATED STEEL JOISTS & JOIST GIRDERS: Steel joists, joist substitutes, joist girders, and joist headers shall be designed, fabricated, and erected according to in accordance with the standard specifications for joists, long span joists, and joist girders and the "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Joists and Joist Girders,' as prepared by the Steel Joist Institute (SJI). Steel joists, joist substitutes, headers, and joist girders shall be designed by an engineer registered in the state of Florida employed by the joist fabricator to satisfy the requirements shown on the architectural and structural drawings. Design calculations bearing the design engineer's stamp and signature shall be submitted for structural engineer's review prior to fabrication. Members shall be designed to support the full dead loads and other superimposed design loads noted on the structural drawings. Minimum capacity for net uplift due to lateral forces shall be as noted on the structural drawings. Top and bottom chord members shall have the capacity to support a concentrated 250 pound load applied anywhere along the length, concurrent with other live loads, without requiring field installed strut reinforcing between chords. Install special end bearings, top chord extensions, and extended ends as shown on the structural drawings. Detail and provide bridging for all joists in accordance with current OSHA and SA requirements. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS: The general contractor shall thoroughly inspect and survey the existing structure to verify conditions that affect the work shown on the drawings. The general contractor shall report any variations or discrepancies to the architect and structural engineer before proceeding. TYP: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIELD STRUT (L2x2x3/16) EACH SIDE OF JOIST AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE CONCENTRATED LOAD DOES NOT OCCUR WITHIN 3" OF A PANEL POINT INSTALL ANGLE WITH ONE END AT LOCATION OF LOAD AND OTHER END AT A PANEL POINT ON THE OPPOSITE CHORD <E> 8" CMU WALL 3/8x7x31/2 CAP PLATE, CONNECT TO STEEL BEAM W/ 3/4"0 A325 -N BOLT EA SIDE <N> STEEL BEAM, SEE PLAN N Go C6x8.2x2'-6". INSTALL INTO GROUT -FILLED CMU W/ (2) 5/8"0 SET ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ 5" EMBED. INSTALL FIRST ANCHOR INTO CENTER OF CMU, CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS & GROUT -FILLED CMU WALL. DETAIL 1 3/4" 0 6" 1 2' T <N> L1 1/2x1 1/2x1/4 ANGLE <E> ROOF DECK 5" 1" 6" EA SIDE (OR L2x2x1/4 w/ CUT TOP LEG TO FIT) FULLY WELD TO BEAM w/ 1/4" <E> JOIST FILLETS <N> STEEL BEAM, SEE PLAN INSTALL 1/4"x 6" SQUARE STEEL SHIM EA SIDE OF JOIST PLATES FOR 21/4' 1/4" 2" BEARING SEAT, SET BEAM TIGHT TO ROOF DECK 2 SECTION 3/4" =1'-0" <E> JOIST GIRDER STRUCTURAL ERECTION AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS: The structural drawings illustrate and describe the completed structure with elements in their final positions, properly supported, connected, and/or braced. The structural drawings illustrate typical and representative details to assist the general contractor. Details shown apply at all similar conditions unless otherwise indicated. Although due diligence has been applied to make the drawings as complete as possible, not every detail is illustrated and not every exceptional condition is addressed. All proprietary connections and elements shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. All work shall be accomplished in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the applicable codes and local ordinances. The general contractor is responsible for coordination of all work, including layout and dimension verification, materials coordination, shop drawing review, and the work of subcontractors. Any discrepancies or omissions discovered in the course of the work shall be immediately reported to the architect and structural engineer for resolution. Continuation of work without notification of discrepancies relieves the architect and structural engineer from all consequences. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the structural drawings do not describe methods of construction. The general contractor, in the proper sequence, shall perform or supervise all work necessary to achieve the final completed structure, and to protect the structure, workmen, and others during construction. Such work shall include, but not be limited to temporary bracing, shoring for construction equipment, shoring for excavation, formwork, scaffolding, safety devices and programs of all kinds, support and bracing for cranes and other erection equipment. Do rot backfill against basement or retaining walls until supporting slabs and floor framing are in place and securely anchored, unless adequate temporary bracing is installed. Temporary bracing shall remain in place until all floors, walls, roofs and any other supporting elements are in place. The architect and structural engineer bear no responsibility for the above items, and observation visits to the site do not in any way include inspections of these items. These plans have been engineered for construction at one specific building site. Builder assumes ALL responsibility for use of these plans at ANY OTHER building site. Plans shall not be used for construction at any other building site without specific review by the engineer. PRECAUTIONARY NOTES ON STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOR: Interior architectural finish detailing must accommodate the relative differential movements of supporting structural elements. Where the roof framing element spans are long, applied loading will naturally cause substantial deflection. Interior elements hung from the roof structure will deflect with the roof. The floor is a floating concrete slab -on -grade and may experience movements independent of the structural foundations. Interior elements supported on the slab -on -grade floor will move with the floor. Interior elements supported on foundations and columns will not experience similar or measurable movements. Exterior/perimeter wall assemblies hung from the edge of the building structure will be directly affected (to some degree) by changes in external temperature and floor deflection. Exterior/perimeter and interior architectural finish details should allow for relative movements between elements with different support conditions. The foundation design shown assumes that the owner/builder is aware of the presence of expansive soils, and that he has read the previously referenced soils report. Use of these plans is indication that the owner/builder accepts the risks associated with building on this site, especially those related to slab on grade construction in finished areas. Anthem, LLC will not be hell liable for damages caused by slab movement. LETTERS OF CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE: The general contractor shall determine from the local building authority, at the time the building permit is obtained, whether any letters of construction compliance will be requested from the structural engineer. The contractor shall notify the structural engineer of all such requirements in writing prior to the start of construction. Two day advance notice shall be given when requesting site visits necessary as the basis for the compliance letter. The general contractor shall provide copies of all third -party testing and inspection reports to the architect and structural engineer a minimum of one week prior to the date that the compliance letter is needed. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: The following Special Inspections and Testing shall be performed by a qualified Special Inspector, retained by the Owner, in accordance with the following sections of FBC Chapter 17: Section 1704 Special inspections and the following sub -sections: 1704.2 Inspection of Fabricates 1704.3 Steel Construction including 1704.3.1 Welding, 1704.3.2 Details, 1704.3.3 High Strength Bolts Section 1710 Design Strengths of Materials Section 1715 Material and Test Standards The Special Inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of the building official, for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. Duties and responsibilities of the Special Inspector shall be to inspect and/or test the work outlined above and within the Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Chapter 17 of the FBC for conformance with the approved construction documents. All discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. Per section 1704 the Special Inspector shall furnish regular reports to the building official and the structural engineer. Progress reports for continuous inspection shall be furnished weekly. Individual reports of periodic inspections shall be fumished within one week of inspection dates. The reports shall note uncorrected deficiencies, correction of previously reported deficiencies, and changes to the approved construction documents authorized by the Structural Engineer of Record. The Special Inspector shall submit a final signed report within 10 days of the final special inspection stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved construction documents and the applicable workmanship provisions of the FBC. Work not in conformance shall be noted in the report. The contractor shall submit a statement of responsibility to the building official and the owner prior to the commencement of work on a main wind- or seismio-force-resisting system, designated seismic system or a wind- or seismic -resisting component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections per section 1704. Except as noted, the special inspections outlined above are in addition to, and beyond the scope of, periodic Structural Observations. Structural Observations are included in the structural engineering design and construction administration services provided by the structural engineer. fYP "L1" OR 12" (USE LARGER VALUE) ANGLE SIZES REMARKS UP TO V-0 NONE REQ'D 'X" King scuds, 'Y' Trimmer studs, studs to match UP TO 3'-0 31/2x31/2x1/4 CMU UP TO 6-0 5x3x1/4 (L.L.V.) SC Slip Critical UP TO T-6 6x4x5/16 (L-L.V.) C USE ABOVE FRAMING AT ALL FLOOR & ROOF OPENINGS WHERE EITHER "L1' OR "L2" EXCEEDS V-0, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS. NOTE: WHERE ANGLES ARE SUPPORTED BY ROOF JOISTS INSTALL JOIST REINF AS REQ'D AS SHOWN IN SECTION 4/S5.01 3 DETAIL 3/4" =1'-0" ABBREVIATIONS KEY AB Anchor Rod (Bolt) LEGEND EF Each Face ^�- XK, YT LJ 'X" King scuds, 'Y' Trimmer studs, studs to match =p RO Rough Opening CMU EJ Expansion Joint wall thickness SC Slip Critical AFF Above Finished Floor EL Elevation C Indicates column continuous through level shown ALT Alternative EN Edge Nailing MATL Material SDST Self Drilling Self Tapping Concrete A Indicates column above level shown, see next SECT Section APPROX Approximate EQ Equal � 0 level framing plan for size; install squash blocking ARCH Architect, Architectural EQUIP Equipment Earth fill SHT Sheet in floor cavity of equal size and equal column size EQUIV Equivalent - (� - SHTG Sheathing AVG Average below to foundation - unless noted otherwise MIN Minimum SIM Similar BC Bottom of Concrete LJ XXXX Indicates column type below level shown SL Sloped BL Brick Ledge E -W East to West NIC Not In Contact Porous fill (i.e. gravel) - - - - Indicates dropped header or beam N -S North to South ® Interior wood bearing wall EXP Expansion Beam, Joist, or Truss bears on wall or beam below SPEC Specifications ® Wood shear wall L Beam, Joist, or Truss connected to support with metal BOT Bottom <E> Indicates 'existing' r hanger FF Finished Floor OH Opposite Hand STL Steel CANT Cantilever Beam, Joist, or Truss connected to support with OPNG Opening <N> Indicates new' FL Flush concealed hanger STRUCT Structure (Structural) CIP Cast In Place FLR Floor G7 Indicates span direction CJ Construction Joint (Control Joint) <R> Indicates 'to be removed' SYM Symmetrical CLG Ceiling FTG Footing PC Precast T&B Top and Bottom �;7/7;7 Indicates step in floor elevation PE Pre-engineered (trusses) T&G Tongue and Groove Indicates location of bend in bent beam 9 XX -XX" Indicates top of concrete slab TB Top of Beam SyyX Indicates shear wall. See schedule for sheathing 1i or wood subfloor elevation COM Common GEN General type and nailing (XX' -XX") Indicates top of footing or pier elevation GL Glue Laminated (Glu -lam) HDX TL Total Load, Top of Ledge {XX' -XX"} Indicates minimum pier penetration into bedrock PLF Pounds per Linear Foot TM Top of Masonry Indicates holdown. See schedule for description FXX Continuous spread footing. See schedule far size T.0 Top of Fm FX] Indicates rigid frame PSI Pounds per Square Inch and reinforcing COORD Coordinate, Coordination HAS Headed Anchor Stud PSL Parallel Strand Lumber (generic) FX.X Isolated Pad footing. See schedule for size and HNGR Hanger _� Moment connection CTR Center reinforcing P.T Post Tensioned UNO Unless Noted Otherwise CY Cubic Yard TC=XX'-XX" Indicates top of concrete elevation VERT Vertical BX Indicates braced frame BC=XX-XX' Indicates bottom of concrete elevation DIAG Diagonal INT Interior R Radius STEP TC Indicates step in top of concrete elevation K Kip (1,000 lbs) {XX' -XX"} Indicates top of steel beam elevation STEP BC Indicates step in bottom of concrete elevation RECT Rectangle WP Work Point DN Down TL=XX-XX" Indicates top of concrete ledge elevation WT Weight O FD Indicates floor drain PKT XxYxZ Indicates beam pocket in concrete wall (X --width, Y=height, DWG Drawing `Lr Indicates shoring XX' -XX" Z= ledge depth in inches) hes) with bottom of pocket elevation LSH Long Side Horizontal RET Retaining Wall XSECT Cross Section STEP TL Indicates step in top of concrete ledge elevation RM Room SLOPE _ Indicates direction of slope ABBREVIATIONS KEY AB Anchor Rod (Bolt) I EF Each Face I LVL Laminated Veneer Lumber (generic) =p RO Rough Opening ADDL Additional EJ Expansion Joint LW Light Weight SC Slip Critical AFF Above Finished Floor EL Elevation MASY Masonry SCH Schedule ALT Alternative EN Edge Nailing MATL Material SDST Self Drilling Self Tapping AMT Amount ENGR Engineer MAX Maximum SECT Section APPROX Approximate EQ Equal MECH Mechanical SF Square Feet ARCH Architect, Architectural EQUIP Equipment MEZZ Mezzanine SHT Sheet ASD Allowable Stress Design EQUIV Equivalent MFR Manufacture, -er, -rd SHTG Sheathing AVG Average ES Each Side MIN Minimum SIM Similar BC Bottom of Concrete EST Estimate MTL Metal SL Sloped BL Brick Ledge E -W East to West NIC Not In Contact SOG Slab On Grade BLK Block EXC Excavate N -S North to South SP Spaoe,-s BLKG Blocking EXP Expansion NTS Not to Scale SPEC Specifications BM Beam EXT Exterior OD Outside Diameter SQ Square BOT Bottom FDN Foundation OF Outside Face STD Standard BRG Bearing FF Finished Floor OH Opposite Hand STL Steel CANT Cantilever FIG Figure OPNG Opening STIFF Stiffener CF Cubic Foot FL Flush OPP Opposite STRUCT Structure (Structural) CIP Cast In Place FLR Floor OSB Oriented Strand Board SY Square Yard CJ Construction Joint (Control Joint) FP Full Penetration PAF Powder Actuated Fastener SYM Symmetrical CLG Ceiling FTG Footing PC Precast T&B Top and Bottom CLR Clear GA Gage (Gauge) PE Pre-engineered (trusses) T&G Tongue and Groove CMU Concrete Masonry Unit GALV Galvanized PEN Penetration TB Top of Beam COL Column GC General Contractor PERP Perpendicular TC Top of Concrete COM Common GEN General PKT Pocket TJ Top of Joist CONC Concrete GL Glue Laminated (Glu -lam) PL Property Line TL Total Load, Top of Ledge CONN Connection GR Grade PLF Pounds per Linear Foot TM Top of Masonry CONT Continue (Continuous) GT Girder Truss PSF Pounds per Square Foot T.0 Top of CONSTR Constriction GYP BD Gypsum Board PSI Pounds per Square Inch TRANS Transverse COORD Coordinate, Coordination HAS Headed Anchor Stud PSL Parallel Strand Lumber (generic) TYP Typical CS Countersink HNGR Hanger PT Pressure Treated ULT Ultimate CTR Center HORIZ Horizontal P.T Post Tensioned UNO Unless Noted Otherwise CY Cubic Yard HT Height or Heavy Timber PV Photovoltaic VERT Vertical DAB Deformed Anchor Bar ID Inside Diameter QTY Quantity VIF Verify In Field DIAG Diagonal INT Interior R Radius WA Wedge Anchor DIM Dimension K Kip (1,000 lbs) RE Reference (refer to) WF Wide Flange DL Dead Load LGS Light Gage Stud RECT Rectangle WP Work Point DN Down LL Live Load REINF Reinforcement WT Weight DP Drilled Pier LLH Long Leg Horizontal REQ Required WWF Welded Wire Fabric DWG Drawing LLV Long Leg Vertical REQMT Requirement XS Extra Strong EA Each LSH Long Side Horizontal RET Retaining Wall XSECT Cross Section ECC Eccentric LSV Long Side Vertical RM Room XXS Double Extra Strong E -E End to End LT I Light I WO I Rough Masonry Opening SHEET LIST SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME S 0.01 STRUCTURAL COVER SHEET S1.01 EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN anthem structural engineers 303.848.8497 anthemstructural.com Boulder, CO Anthem Job #18-167 Da ita. Medical Group = 200016th Street UJ Denver, CO 80202 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 Z 0 UJ 0 0 Lu co v Lu O d W J C ru 6 Q to rrto.rrs 2018.2538.00 S 0.0 1 0.W =p O LL. � Q Cc U _ ■ LJ.1 r O ori OQ ■ ti v/ � UM tQ = r-+ O N J tL LL_ O C,60 tic O p Z ..... O Cc `�' Cl) W O V J 9 W W rrto.rrs 2018.2538.00 S 0.0 1 0 w H m C F- C-) w j 0 of EL of w F- 0 Z 0 LU c� z 0 J U Z 0 Z Y } z Q c� M N d: O_ O N F. U ID, Z w U r ct_o Cb 77 m E U O 9 ID co LL > V' L- > LO Q O LL > J J U co A w V ROOF RTU PLAN \,i 3/16" =1'-0" PLAN NORTH 0 7 4' • CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING ROOF DIMENSIONS AND CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION i ROOF RTU PLAN HEX NOTES ODESCRIPTION fA m C 0. 1 RTU & METAL CURB AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. DESIGN FILED W BOLTED JOIST FOR 1/2 OF THE RTU LOAD. 2 RTU PENETRATIONS THRU ROOF DECKING SHALL BE SUPPORT BY O„ 16- ANGLES, SEE SECTION 3/S0.01 Da i a(. Medical Group = 200016th Street Denver, CO 80202 2 a� K w a 0 inFORM www.in-formstudio.com 235 e. main street, suite 102b, northville, mi 48167 voice: 248.449.3564 fax: 248.449.6984 Aanthem 'u w structural engineers 303.848.8497 anthemstructural.com Boulder, CO Anthem Job #18-167 mwwT: 2018.2538.00 . S 1.01 CV C fA m C 0. W LL � J O„ 16- p V Z. to 0 � s U W C 3 p U) _CS N 0 Aanthem 'u w structural engineers 303.848.8497 anthemstructural.com Boulder, CO Anthem Job #18-167 mwwT: 2018.2538.00 . S 1.01 0. =0 O„ 16- V Z. Aj a a0 � ti U C `0 vI M O NJ LL- LL- Aw ` UA / r 0 C6 � 0 d 0 Z *k �� , Co LO r Aanthem 'u w structural engineers 303.848.8497 anthemstructural.com Boulder, CO Anthem Job #18-167 mwwT: 2018.2538.00 . S 1.01